HomeMy Public PortalAboutPRR 15-1962RECORDS REQUEST (the "Request")
Date of Request: 10/7/15
Requestor's Request ID#: 1136
REQUESTEE: Custodian of Records Town of Gulf Stream
REQUESTOR: Commerce Group, Inc.
REQUESTOR'S CONTACT INFORMATION: E -Mail: records@commerce-group.com
Fax: 954-360-0807 or Contact Records Custodian at records(i�commerce-groumcom
Phone: 954-360-7713; Address: 1280 West Newport Center Drive, Deerfield Beach, FL 33442
REQUEST: Provide a copy of all policies that are currently in effect or are in force (or were
previously in effect) relative to the Gulf Stream Police Department for the period beginning January
1, 2010 through October 7, 2015 which are in the Dossession of the Town of Gulf Stream.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REQUEST: The term "Town of Gulf Stream" shall
mean each of the following: the Town of Gulf Stream. its Commissioners. its Manager, its emolovees, its
Police Department, its Police Officers and its Counsel (including, without limitation, the following law
firms) Sweetanole, Broeker & Varkus; Richman Greer, PA; and Jones, Foster. Johnston & Stubbs.
(including, without limitation, the attorneys, employees and partners of each such law film.)
THIS REQUEST IS MADE PURSUANT TO ARTICLE L SECTION 24 OF THE FLORIDA CONSTITUTION AND CHAPTER 119,
FLORIDASTATUTES
IF THE PUBLIC RECORDS BEING SOUGHT ARE MAINTAINED BY YOUR AGENCY IN AN ELECTRONIC FORMAT PLEASE
PRODUCE THE RECORDS IN THE ORIGINAL ELECTRONIC FORMAT IN WHICH THEY WERE CREATED OR RECEIVED.
SEE Lit 19.01(2)(Fl. FLORIDA STATUTES. IF NOT AVAILABLE IN ELECTRONIC FORM. IT IS REQUESTED THAT THIS
RECORDS REQUEST BE FULFILLED ON 11 X 17 PAPER. NOTE: IN ALL CASES (UNLESS IMPOSSIBLE) THE COPIES
SHOULD BE TWO SIDED AND SHOULD BE BILLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH Section 119.07(4) (a) (2)
ALSO PLEASE TAKE. NOTE OF 51 I9.07(I)(Hl OF THE FLORIDA STATUTES, IN HICH PROVIDES THAT"IF A CIVIL A(710N
1S INSTrrUTED WITHINTHE 30 -DAY PERIOD TO ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION WITH RESPECT TO
THE REQUESTED RECORD, THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS MAY NOT DISPOSE OF THE RECORD EXCEPT BY
ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AFTER NOTICE TO ALL AFFECTED PARTIES'."
ALL ELECTRONIC COPIES ARE REQUESTED TO BE SENT BY E-MAIL DELIVERY.
PLEASE PROVIDE THE APPROXIMATE COSTS (IF ANY) TO FULFILL THIS PUBLIC RECORDS REQUEST IN ADVANCE.
It will be required that the Requestor approve or any casts, asserted by the Agency (as defined in Florida Statute, Chapter 119.01
(Definitions)), in advance orany costs imposed to the Requestor by the Agency.
"BY FULFILLING THIS RECORDS REQUEST, THE AGENCY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE RESPONSIVE DOCUMENTS
ARE "PUBLIC RECORDS" AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES".
I/P/NP/FLRR
07.28.2015
"
a l f " S M & I / I I ��
G a r r e t t J . W a r d
C h i e f o f P o l i c e
1 0 / 0 1 / 2 0 0 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
Chief Of Police
Lieutenant
Sergeant
Sergeant
Police Officers, Part Time Officers & Code Enforcement
OOLF STR$4 V VIUM / l� ✓ a&e
9
0,-tCE 0"A ejt4
1
DepaW z& GARRETT J. WARD
I\ P�"n Beene Co°c� Chief of Police
1, I FLA.I _f
MISSION STATEMENT
THE MISSION STATEMENT OF THE GULF SREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT, IN
PARTNERSHIP WITH THE GULF STREAM RESIDENTS, IS TO PROTECT THE
LIVES AND PROPERTY OF RESIDENTS, ENHANCE THE QUALITY OF LIFE, RE-
DUCE THE "FEAR OF CRIME", ACT AS PROFESSIONALS AT ALL TIMES, WITH
INTEGRITY, DIGNITY, FAIRNESS, AND RESPECT FOR CITIZENS, ELECTED OFFI-
CIALS AND FELLOW OFFICERS.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1) COMMAND AND SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITY
1-1 CHIEF OF POLICE -AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1-1a Authority : The Chief of Police is the chief executive officer of the department and the final
department authority in all matters of policy, operations and discipline. He or she exercises all
lawful powers of his or her office and issues such lawful orders as are necessary to assure the
effective performance of the department.
1 -lb Responsibilities: Through the Chief of Police, the department is responsible for the enforcement
of all laws and ordinances coming within its legal jurisdiction. He or she is responsible for
planning, directing, coordinating, controlling and staffing all activities of the department; for its
continued efficient operation; for the enforcement of rules and regulations within the department;
for the completion and forwarding of such reports as may be required by competent authority;
and for the department's relations with the citizens of the town, the town government, and other
agencies
1-2 LIEUTENANT - AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Lieutenant shall assist the Chief of Police in the execution of his office and shall have such powers
and perform such other duties as the Chief from time to time may direct. He or She shall carry out the
orders and policies of the Chief and shall not alter, revise, or countermand such orders or policies
heretofore established, except in the case of an emergency.
1-3 SHIFT SUPERVISOR - AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The shift supervisor, during his or her tour of duty, exercises the same authority and has the same
responsibilities as his or her superior. In addition to the general and individual responsibilities of all
members, the shift supervisor is specifically responsible for the following:
1-3a Good Order: The general good order of his or her command during his or her tour of duty, to
include proper discipline, conduct, welfare, field training, and efficiency.
1-3b Briefing: Conduct prescribed briefings, communicate all orders or other information at briefings,
and inspect and correct his or her command as necessary.
1-3c Reporting: Reporting as required by an appropriate supervisor.
1-3d Personnel Complaints: Conduct inquiry into personnel complaints against members under his or
her command in accordance with Town Personnel Policies, Department Procedures and Rules
and Regulations.
1-4 SUPERVISORY OFFICERS - AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervisors are members appointed in charge of one or more members, permanent or temporary.
1-4a Leadership: Effective supervision demands leadership. Provision of leadership will include on
the job training as needed for efficient operation and coordination of effort when more than one
member is involved.
1-4b Supervision: A supervisor may be assigned to field or office duties. During his or her tour of duty,
he or she must closely supervise the activities of his or her subordinates, making corrections
where necessary and commending where appropriate.
1-4c Direction: Supervisors must exercise direct command in a manner that assures the good order,
conduct, discipline, and efficiency of subordinates. Exercise of command may extend to
subordinates outside his or her usual scope of supervision if the police objective or reputation of
Pagel of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
RULES AND REGULATIONS
the department so requires, or if no other provision is made for members temporarily
unsupervised. This authority will not be exercised unnecessarily. If a supervisor requires a
subordinate other than his or her own to leave a regular assignment, the supervisor so directing
will inform the subordinate's own supervisor as soon as possible.
1-4d Assisting Subordinates: A supervisor will have a working knowledge of the duties and
responsibilities of his or her subordinates. He or she will observe contacts made with the public
by his or her subordinates and be available for assistance or instruction as may be required. A
field supervisor will respond to calls of serious emergencies, felonies in progress, assaults and
others unless actively engaged in a police incident. He or she should observe the conduct of the
assigned members and take active charge when necessary.
1-4e Inspections: The Chief of Police may call for inspections of the department or any part thereof.
Members directed to attend such inspections will report in the uniform prescribed, carrying the
equipment specified. Unauthorized absence from such inspection is chargeable as "absence
without leave."
2) PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT AND RESPONSIBILITIES
2-1 STANDARD OF CONDUCT
Members will not engage in conduct on or off-duty which adversely affects the morale or efficiency of
the department or engage in conduct on or off-duty, which may destroy public respect for the
member and/or the department and/or destroy confidence in the operation of the municipal service.
2-2 LOYALTY
Members will maintain a loyalty to the department and their associates as is consistent with the law,
department policy and procedures or rules and regulations.
2-3
All members are strictly charged with establishing and maintaining a high spirit of cooperation within
the department, with other governmental entities, and the community.
2-4 ASSISTANCE
All sworn members are required to take prompt police action toward aiding a fellow officer exposed
to danger or in a situation where danger might be impending.
2-5 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Within the town, sworn members will at all times take appropriate action to:
Protect life and property,
Preserve the peace,
Prevent crime,
Detect and arrest violators of the law; and
Enforce all federal, state, and local laws and ordinances coming within department jurisdiction.
2-6 DUTY RESPONSIBILITIES
Members will, at all times regardless of assignment, promptly respond to the lawful orders of a
supervisor and other proper authorities and to calls for police assistance from citizens. Sworn
members assigned to special duties are not relieved from taking proper action outside the scope of
their specialized assignment when necessary. Sworn members, after completing a police call for
service, will promptly return to active duty status. All members, sworn and civilian will perform their
duties as required or directed by law; department rule, policy or order; or by order of a supervisor.
2-7 OFF-DUTY RESPONSIBILITIES
Page 2 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
Sworn members will, while off-duty and within the Town of Gulf Stream, take appropriate law
enforcement action when a felony or a serious misdemeanor occurs in their presence or an incident
occurs in their presence that is life threatening or presents a danger of injury to someone. Sworn
members will be in an on -duty status when they take such law enforcement action when off-duty.
Members will properly identify themselves when off-duty and in plain clothes.
Sworn members will not utilize a private or personal vehicle to take enforcement action, except when
a felony or a serious misdemeanor occurs in their presence. Members will immediately notify an on -
duty officer to respond to the scene.
When a member, off duty, becomes involved with another law enforcement agency as a victim or
witness in any investigation of any violation of law, excluding non -criminal traffic infractions, the
member will notify the on -duty shift supervisor at the earliest time possible during or immediately
after the contact.
If the member becomes involved with another law enforcement agency during any investigation as a
detainee, suspect or arrestee, the on -duty shift supervisor will be notified during the contact or
immediately after contact with the other law enforcement agency. The shift supervisor may respond
to the scene, where practical and will notify the on-call supervisor.
2-8 ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Immediately upon being hired, members will record their correct residence addresses and telephone
numbers with the Administrative Section. Members are required to have telephone service in the
place where they reside. Changes in address or telephone number will be reported to the Chief of
Police within 48 hours of the change. This will be done in writing on the appropriate form.
2-9 QUESTIONS REGARDING ASSIGNMENT
Members in doubt as to the nature or detail of their assignment will seek information and direction
from their supervisors.
2-10 KNOWLEDGE OF LAWS AND DIRECTIVES
Every member is required to establish and maintain a working knowledge of all laws and ordinances
in force in the town, the rules, regulations and written procedures of the department. In the event of
improper action, it will be presumed that the member was familiar with the law, rule, procedure or
policy in question.
2-11 OBEDIENCE TO LAWS AND DIRECTIVES
Members will observe and obey all federal and state laws, town ordinances, policy and procedures,
written directives, rules and regulations of the department.
2-12 INSUBORDINATION
Insubordination will include, but not be limited to, any failure or deliberate refusal by a member to
obey a lawful order given by a supervisor or any disrespectful, mutinous, insolent, or abusive
language or action by a member toward a supervisor, whether in or out of the presence of the
supervisor.
2-13 REPORTING VIOLATIONS OF LAWS. ORDINANCES. RULES OR ORDERS
Members knowing of other members disobeying orders or violating laws, ordinances, or written
directives and/or rules of the department, will report same in writing to the Chief of Police via the
appropriate supervisor.
2-14 MANNER OF ISSUING ORDERS
Orders from superior to subordinate will be made in clear and understandable language, civil tone
and issued in pursuit of department business.
Page 3 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
2-15 OBEDIENCE TO ORDERS
Each member will obey all lawful orders of a superior, including those relayed through an employee
of equal or less rank. The term "lawful order" will be construed as any order in keeping with the
performance of any duty prescribed by law or by these rules and regulations or for the preservation
of good order, efficiency and proper discipline which is not in conflict with these rules and
regulations.
2-16 UNLAWFUL OR IMPROPER ORDERS
No commander or supervisor will knowingly issue any order, which is in violation of any law or
ordinance or department procedure, policy, or rule.
2-17 OBEDIENCE TO UNLAWFUL ORDERS
No member is required to obey any order, which is contrary to federal or state law or local ordinance.
Responsibility for refusal to obey rests with the member. The member will report the unlawful order
in writing to the next higher supervisor in the chain of command. The member will be required to
strictly justify his or her action.
2-18 OBEDIENCE TO UNJUST OR IMPROPER ORDERS
Members who are given orders which they feel to be unjust or contrary to department directive must
first obey the order to the best of their ability and then may appeal the order through the chain of
command.
2-19 CONFLICTING ORDERS
Upon receipt of an order conflicting with any previous order or instruction, the member affected will
advise the person issuing the second order of this fact. Responsibility for countermanding the
original instruction then rests with the individual issuing the second order. If so directed, the latter
command will be obeyed first.
2-20 CONDUCT TOWARD SUPERIOR AND SUBORDINATE OFFICERS AND ASSOCIATES
Members will treat supervisors, subordinates and associates with respect. Members will be
courteous and civil at all times in their relationships with each another. When on -duty, and
particularly in the presence of other members or the public, officers should be referred to by rank.
2-21 CRITICISM
Members will not publicly criticize or ridicule the department, its procedures, policies, rules or other
members by talking, writing, or in any other manner where such talking, writing or other expression
is defamatory, obscene, or unlawful and which tends to impair the operation of the department by
interfering with its efficiency, interfering with the ability of supervisors to maintain discipline, or having
been made with reckless disregard for the truth.
2-22 SOLICITING GIFTS, GRATUITIES, FEES, REWARDS, LOANS, ETC.
Members will not, under any circumstances, solicit any gift, gratuity, loan, or fee during the
performance of, or related to, any official duty or action.
2-23 ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS, GRATUITIES, FEES, LOANS, ETC.
Members will not accept, either directly or indirectly, any gift, gratuity, loan, fee, or any thing of value
arising from or offered because of police employment or any activity connected with said
employment, without first advising the Chief of Police of the circumstances in writing.
2-24 OTHER TRANSACTIONS
Members are prohibited from buying or selling anything of value from or to any suspect, witness,
defendant, prisoner, or other person involved in any case which has come to their attention or which
arose out of their department employment, except as may be specifically authorized by the Chief of
Police.
2-25 PRIVATE BENEFIT FROM DEPARTMENTAL ASSOCIATION
The use of prestige or influence of one's official position, or the use of facilities, equipment or
supplies of the department for the private gain or advantage to oneself or another is prohibited.
Page 4 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
2-26 DISPOSITION OF UNAUTHORIZED GIFTS, GRATUITIES, ETC.
Any unauthorized gift, gratuity, reward, or other commodity falling into any of these categories
coming into the possession of any member will be forwarded to the office of the Chief of Police with
a written report explaining the circumstances connected therewith.
2-27 FREE ADMISSIONS AND PASSES
Members will not solicit free admission to theaters and other places of amusement or entertainment
for themselves or others.
2-28 REWARDS
Members will not accept reward in money or any other consideration except lawful salary and that,
which may be authorized by law.
2-29 DEBTS - INCURRING AND PAYMENT
Members will pay all just debts and legal liabilities they incur.
2-30 RESTRTICTION ON EMPLOYMENT OF RELATIVES
Members may not appoint, employ, promote, or advance, or advocate for appointment,
employment, promotion, or advancement, in or to a position in the department in which the member
is serving or over which the member exercises jurisdiction or control any individual who is a relative
of the member.
A relative is an individual who is related to the member as father, mother, son, daughter, brother,
sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-
law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter,
stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, or half sister.
This does not apply to persons serving in a volunteer capacity.
3) GENERAL CONDUCT ON -DUTY
3-1 PROHIBITED ACTIVITY ON -DUTY
Members are prohibited from engaging in the following activities while on -duty;
Sleeping, loafing;
Recreational reading;
Conducting private business;
Carrying any articles which distract from the proper performance of police duty; and
Drinking intoxicating beverages except in performance of a police duty and then only with the
speck consent of a supervisor and never in uniform.
3-2 CONSUMPTION OF INTOXICANTS
Members will not consume intoxicants while off-duty to the extent that evidence of such consumption
is apparent when reporting for duty or to the extent that their ability to perform duty is impaired.
3-3 INTOXICANTS ON DEPARTMENTAL PREMISES
Members will not bring onto or keep any intoxicating liquor on department premises except:
When necessary in the performance of a police task. Such intoxicants brought onto department
premises will be properly identified and stored according to department procedure.
Page 5 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
3-4 POSSESSION/USE OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES
No member will possess and/or while on -duty use any controlled substances without the approval
and guidance of a licensed physician and only with the knowledge of a supervisor. At no time may a
member use or be under the influence of a controlled substance where such use impairs or
compromises the efficiency and integrity of the department or municipality.
Although antibiotics are classified as controlled substances, those which are known not to induce
any side effects are exempt from this rule.
3-5 SMOKING WHILE ON -DUTY
Members are prohibited from smoking in all police facilities, in all police vehicles, while in direct
contact with the public, and/or when in uniform in public view.
3-6 RELIEF
All members are to remain at their assignment and on -duty until properly relieved by another
member or until dismissed by competent authority.
3-7 MEALS
Sworn members may suspend their police duty for a meal period to be taken within their assigned
duty areas, subject to modification by the appropriate supervisor. Meals will be eaten expeditiously
as long as members are available by phone or radio. No more that two (1) patrol units will be out for
meals at the same time.
3-8 REPORTS
Members will submit all reports required within their job assignment, classification/rank or job
description within 24 hours of occurrence. Any reports to be submitted after 24 hours must have
prior approval from the shift supervisor.
3-9 ABSENCE FROM DUTY
Every member who fails to appear for duty at the date, time and place specified without the consent
of competent authority is "absent without leave." Absences without leave must be reported in writing
to the Chief of Police. Absence without leave may result in discipline up to and including discharge.
3-10 PHYSICAL FITNESS FOR DUTY
All sworn members of the department will maintain a level of physical fitness, which allows them to
fulfill their legal responsibilities as police officers.
3-11 LOITERING
All members while on -duty or in uniform will not enter taverns, theaters or other entertainment places
except to perform a police task. Loitering in such locations is forbidden.
3-12 COURTESY
When meeting in public, officers will conform to normal courtesy standards and refer to each other
by rank.
3-13 NATIONAL COLORS AND ANTHEM
Uniformed members will render full military honors to the national colors and anthem at appropriate
times. Members in civilian dress will render proper civilian honors to the national colors and anthem
at appropriate times.
3-14 REPORTING FOR DUTY/TARDINESS
Unless otherwise directed, members will report to their assigned place of work to include, but not be
limited to, briefing, overtime assignments, court activities, and training sessions at the time and
place specified, properly uniformed and equipped. They will give careful attention to orders and
instructions, avoiding unnecessary talking. A member will be considered on -duty at any of the
aforementioned activities.
Page 6 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
3-15 PRESENCE AT UNAUTHORIZED PLACES
No member will be present in any unauthorized place within his or her assignment area during his or
her tour of duty except for a legitimate police purpose.
3-16 ZONE ASSIGNMENT
All members are required to remain in their assigned zone or area of assigned responsibility. All
suspicious vehicle checks, traffic violations or other police enforcement action which requires an
officer to leave his or her beat will be reported to the dispatcher at the time of occurrence.
3-17 LEAVING TOWN LIMITS
A member may not go beyond the town limits while on -duty unless in the performance of actual duty,
or upon the direct order or with the permission of a supervisor.
3-18 SUBMISSION OF OVERTIME SLIPS
Overtime slips must be turned in no later than the end of the pay period after the date of the
overtime.
4) UNIFORM APPEARANCE
4-1 UNIFORM APPEARANCE
Members will appear neat and well groomed while in uniform. All articles of uniform will conform to
the department uniform regulations. Civilian clothing will not be worn with any distinguishable part of
the uniform without the approval of the Chief of Police or a designee.
4-2 WEARING THE UNIFORM
Uniforms will be kept neat and clean at all times. While wearing the uniform, members will maintain
a military bearing avoiding mannerisms such as slouching, shuffling, and keeping hands in pockets.
4-3 MANNER OF DRESS ON -DUTY
Normally, members will wear the authorized uniform on a tour of duty. Chief of Police or designee
may prescribe other clothing as required by the nature of the duty to which a particular member is
assigned.
4-4 UNIFORM AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE CLAIM
Any claims for damage to clothing or other personal property belonging to a member caused by
performance of duty will be made in accordance with current department directives.
4-5 EQUIPMENT
All equipment must be clean, in good working order and conform to department specifications.
4-6 LOCKERS
Members assigned lockers will be required to keep them clean, in good order, and free of noxious or
inappropriate material at all times.
4-7 WEARING UNIFORMS OFF-DUTY
Members may wear department uniforms while off-duty, limited to those times when an route to or
from the place of official duty and the member's abode. All members may optionally change from
civilian attire to department uniform at facilities provided at the police station. While in uniform, only
those stops which are necessary while an route to or from duty are permitted. For sworn members,
"in uniform" means the total uniform, including leather gear and sidearm. The burden of proving the
necessity of any stop rests with the member should a question of policy adherence arise.
4-8 OFF-DUTY EQUIPMENT
Sworn members who are authorized to carry a concealed weapon off-duty must carry official
identification when doing so.
Page 7 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
RULES AND REGULATIONS
4-9 FIREARMS
Sworn members will never display firearms unnecessarily while in civilian clothes or draw them in
any public place except for official use. Sworn members are required to make a written report of any
discharge of firearms (except routine target practice, sporting events, etc.). This report is to be made
according to current department procedures.
4-10 HAIRSTYLES
At all times while on -duty, unless expressly authorized by the Chief of Police or a designee, all
members of the department will be well-groomed and clean in their person. Male members will
conform to these additional standards of appearance:
Hair will be evenly trimmed at all times while on -duty. Sideburns will not extend below the bottom of
the ear. The maximum width at the bottom of the sideburns will not exceed 1 1/4".
The face must be clean-shaven; however, a mustache is permitted provided it is neatly trimmed and
does not extend beyond the corners of the mouth.
Beards will not be permitted to be worn by sworn members unless authorized by the Chief of Police
or a designee for a particular assignment or operation.
Personnel with a medical condition, which precludes shaving, will be required to present a written
statement, signed by a medical doctor, verifying such condition.
5) DEPARTMENT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
5-1
Members will maintain in good condition department property and equipment assigned to them. In
the event town property is found bearing evidence of damage, which has not been reported, it will be
prima facie evidence that the last person using the property or equipment was responsible.
5-2 DAMAGED -INOPERATIVE PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT
Members will immediately report to their appropriate supervisor by memorandum any loss of, or
damage to, department property assigned to or used by them. The appropriate supervisor will be
notified of any defects or hazardous conditions existing with any department equipment or property.
5-3 CARE OF DEPARTMENT BUILDINGS
Members will not mark, alter, or deface any surface on or within any department building. No
material will be affixed to any wall in department buildings without specific authorization from an
appropriate supervisor.
5-4 NOTICES
Members will not mark, alter, or deface any posted notice of the department. Notices or
announcements will not be posted on bulletin boards without permission of an appropriate
supervisor. (This section does not affect any collective bargaining unit bulletin board.)
5-5 MANUALS MAINTENANCE
All members who are issued manuals are responsible for their care and maintenance and will make
appropriate changes and/or insertions as they occur. Manuals will be inspected annually during the
employee's performance review.
5-6 SURRENDER OF DEPARTMENT PROPERTY
Members are required to surrender all department property and equipment in their possession upon
separation from the department.
5-7 DEPARTMENT PROPERTY- LOSS/DAMAGE - NEGLIGENCE
Members are responsible for department property issued or used by them. Loss or damage of
department property caused by negligence or inattention by any member may result in disciplinary
action against the member.
Page 8 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
5-8 POSSESSION OF KEYS
No member will have in his or her possession any key not specifically issued to that person. All keys
that are signed out will be signed back in when they are no longer needed (transfer, promotion,
separation from employment, etc)
5-9 DEPARTMENT VEHICLES, USE
Members will not use any department vehicles without the permission of an appropriate supervisor.
Conversely, the use of private vehicles for official purposes is prohibited unless authorized by a
supervisor.
5-10 TRANSPORTING CITIZENS
Citizens will be transported in department vehicles as a Ride -Along participant or when necessary to
accomplish a police purpose only.
6) COMMUNICATIONS -CORRESPONDENCE
6-1 RESTRICTIONS - Members will not:
Use department letterheads for private correspondence;
Enter into official department correspondence with anyone or any agency outside the department,
except when approved by a division commander or the Chief of Police.
6-2 FORWARDING COMMUNICATIONS TO HIGHER COMMANDS
Any member receiving a written communication for transmission to a higher command will in every
case forward such communication. A member receiving a communication from a subordinate
directed to higher command will endorse it indicating approval, disapproval, or acknowledgment.
6-3 DEPARTMENT DOCUMENTS AND ORDERS - CONFIDENTIAL
Members will consider all department documents and all special orders confidential unless ordered
otherwise.
6-4 DEPARTMENT ADDRESS/ (PRIVATE USE OF) / CALLSNISITORS
Members will not use the department as a mailing address for private purposes except as provided
by Florida State Statutes, nor will the employee or member consistently receive personal visitors or
telephone calls at the police department. Utilization of department telecommunication systems for
non -duty related purposes is prohibited.
6-5 IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
All members of the department will be issued identification numbers upon being employed.
Identification numbers will be placed on documents prepared by a member in all instances as
required.
6-6 RADIO PROTOCOL
All members of the department operating the police radio, will strictly observe regulations for such
operations as set forth in department directives, Federal Communications Commission Regulations,
and/or F.C.I.C./N.C.I.C. regulations.
7) DEATH AND INJURY NOTIFICATIONS
7-1 DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
When a member is killed or seriously injured on or off-duty, the Chief of Police will be notified
immediately. This will be followed by a written report detailing the circumstances.
Page 9 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
7-2 NON -SERIOUS INJURY
In cases where the member's injuries are not of a serious nature, a written report and required town
reports will be submitted by the injured member or his or her supervisor at the earliest practical time
and the on-call division commander will be notified.
7-3 NOTIFICATION OF FAMILY
The family of a member seriously injured or dying on -duty will be notified immediately by the Chief of
Police or designee.
8) INVESTIGATIONS, ARRESTS, DETENTIONS, AND OFFICIAL REPORTS
8-1 INVESTIGATIONS
Investigations at the scene of a crime, accident, or other police incident will be conducted in
accordance with current department directives. Reports that are required by the performance of
one's duties must be promptly submitted.
8-2 ARRESTS
Arrests will be made in accordance with current department directives and appropriate state
statutes.
8-3 TRANSPORTATION OF PRISONERS
Transportation of prisoners will be made in accordance with current department directives.
8-4 BOOKING PROCEDURES
Prisoners will be booked in accordance with current department directives.
8-5 IDENTIFICATION AS POLICE OFFICER
Except when impractical or unfeasible, or where the identity is obvious, officers will identify
themselves by displaying the official badge or identification card before taking police action.
8-6 DEPARTMENTAL RECORDS/REPORTS/CITATIONS
Stealing, altering, forgoing, or knowingly falsifying or tampering with any kind of police record, report
or citation is prohibited. The removal of any record, card, report, letter, document, or other official file
from the department, except by process of law or as directed by the Chief of Police or a supervisor,
is prohibited. The obtaining/duplicating or attempting to obtain/duplicate any information from
department files, sources or reports, other than in accordance with one's duties and assignments, is
prohibited.
8-7 PRESS RELATIONS AT CRIME SCENES
Consistent with sound police practice, members in control of a crime scene will supply information
regarding the incident to the working press. Whenever a member feels that release of information is
contrary to sound police practice, he or she will refer the press to his or her immediate supervisor or
the Public Information Officer.
8-8 SECURITY OF DEPARTMENTAL BUSINESS
Members will not divulge police information outside the department, except as required by law or
competent authority. The information includes, but is not limited to, that which is contained in police
records and other information ordinarily accessible only to members. Names of informants,
complainants, witnesses and other persons known to the police are considered confidential.
Any information obtained by any member through any internal process to include, but not be limited
to, recruitment, selection, and/or promotion will be considered confidential and will not be divulged to
anyone without prior written authorization from the Chief of Police.
8-9 USE OF PHYSICAL FORCE
The use of physical force will be restricted to circumstances specified by law when it is necessary to
accomplish a police task. Whenever a sworn member is required to strike or use considerable
physical force against another person, he or she will immediately notify a supervisor after gaining
Page 10 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
control and assuring officer, citizen, and suspect safety. Following the incident, an investigation will
be made and a written report submitted through the chain of command to the Chief of Police or a
designee.
Officers will not use any more force than is necessary to effect their lawful objectives. All prisoners
will be treated with dignity and with regard to their legal rights. Officers will make a complete,
thorough search of all arrested suspects and of the area within their immediate reach or grasp.
Felons, suspected felons, and misdemeanants will be handcuffed for officer safety.
8-10 COMPROMISING CRIMINAL CASES
Members will not engage in any of the following conduct:
Interference with the service of lawful process;
Interference with the attendance or testimony of witnesses through coercion, bribery, or other
means;
Withholding information on criminal activity;
Attempt to have any traffic citation or Notice to Appear reduced, voided, or stricken from the
calendar;
Taking any other action which will interfere with the efficiency or integrity of the administration of
criminal justice. Members having knowledge of such interference will inform a superior officer.
8-11 RECOMMENDING ATTORNEYS & BAIL BOND BROKERS IS PROHIBITED
Members will not suggest, recommend, advise or otherwise counsel the retention of any attorney or
bail bond broker to any person coming to their attention as a result of police business.
8-12 INVESTIGATIVE AND TRAFFIC STOPS
Investigative and traffic stops will be made in accordance with department directives.
8-13 RECOVERED PROPERTY/EVIDENTIARY MATERIAL
Members will turn over to the Evidence Custodian or place in the appropriate area all lost, stolen,
recovered, abandoned or evidentiary material which comes into the possession of a department
member as a result of the performance of police duties. All such material will be turned over prior to
the completion of the tour of duty or as otherwise outlined in current department procedures.
9) PUBLIC ACTIVITIES
9-1 COMMERCIAL TESTIMONIALS
Members will not permit their names or photographs to be used to endorse any product or service,
which is in any way connected with law enforcement in any commercial testimonial, which alludes to
their position or employment with the department without the permission of the Chief of Police.
9-2 PUBLIC APPEARANCE REQUESTS
All requests for public speeches, demonstrations and the like will be routed to the Chief of Police for
approval and processing.
9-3 OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
Prior to engaging in any outside business or employment, or volunteer employment, the member will
submit a request for approval, through the Chief of Police, to the Town Manager. The approval of the
Town Manager will be based upon avoiding potential conflicts of interest and protecting the image of
the department and/or avoiding impairment of on -duty performance.
9-4 POLITICAL ACTIVITY
No members will engage in the following political activity:
Pagel 1 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
Being an officer in a political party or holding political office during his or her employment;
Being a checker, watcher, or challenger for any political party, faction, or group of candidates.
Utilization of one's official position with the department for political purposes. Nothing in this section
should be construed to prohibit a member of the department from, as a private citizen, exercising the
right of suffrage, casting a vote or expressing one's opinions privately, being delegates to or
members of a political caucus, or taking part in political canvass.
9-5 SUBVERSIVE ORGANIZATIONS
No member will knowingly become a member of or be connected with any subversive organization,
except when necessary in the performance of duty and then only under the direction of the Chief of
Police.
9-6 PERSONAL PREFERMENT
No member may solicit anyone to intercede with the Chief of Police, Mayor, Commission, Town
Manager or any elected/appointed official in relation to promotions, departmental assignment or
disposition of pending charges or findings in a disciplinary proceeding. Nothing in this section will be
construed to be applicable to licensed attorneys -at -law of the state when representing a member of
the department.
9-7 CONDUCT TOWARD THE PUBLIC
Members will be courteous and orderly in their dealings with the public. They will attend to requests
from the public quickly and accurately. They will perform their duties quietly, avoiding harsh, violent,
profane, abusive, racial, or insolent language and will always remain calm regardless of provocation
to do otherwise. Upon request, they will supply their name and identification number and/or the
name of their supervisor in a courteous manner.
9-8 IMPARTIAL ATTITUDE
All members will display an impartial and professional attitude toward all persons coming to the
attention of the department.
9-9 CARING FOR LOST, HELPLESS, INJURED, OR ILL PERSONS
Members will always be alert to assist lost, helpless, injured, or ill persons. Every sworn member will
maintain a proficiency in first aid techniques.
9-10 AVAILABILITY WHEN ON -DUTY
While on -duty, members will not conceal themselves except for some police purpose. They will be
immediately and readily available to the public during duty hours.
9-11 RESPONDING TO CALLS
Members of the department will respond without delay to all calls for police assistance from citizens
or other members. All calls will be answered as soon as possible consistent with normal safety
precautions and vehicle laws. No member will fail to answer any telephone or radio call directed to
him or her. The dispatch center will be informed by any member when leaving the air and when
returning to a duty status.
10) JUDICIAL AND INVESTIGATIVE ACTIONS, APPEARANCES, & TESTIFYING
10-1 DEPARTMENTAL INVESTIGATIVE ACTIONS
Members are required to truthfully and in a cooperative manner answer questions by, or render
material and relevant statements to, a competent authority in a departmental administrative
investigation when so directed.
10-2 COURT APPEARANCES AND DRESS
The official uniform or business attire will be worn when appearing in court. Members will maintain a
Page 12 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
neat and clean appearance, avoiding any mannerism, which might imply disrespect to the court.
Members will comply with all rules of the court. Weapons will not be displayed.
10-3 TESTIFYING FOR THE DEFENDANT
Any member subpoenaed to testify for the defense in any trial or hearing, or against the town or
department in any hearing or trial, will notify his or her supervisor upon receipt of the subpoena.
10-4 REFUSAL TO TESTIFY
When appearing as a witness or party before any competent investigative body, a judicial tribunal, a
hearing board, or a person authorized to take testimony, any member who invokes his or her
constitutional privilege and refuses to testify will be subject to departmental review.
10-5 CIVIL ACTION INTERVIEWS
Civil action interviews involving members or employees which arise out of departmental employment
will be conducted in accordance with current departmental directives.
10-6 CIVIL ACTION, COURT APPEARANCES - SUBPOENAS
Members will accept all subpoenas legally served. If the subpoena arises out of departmental
employment, or if the member is informed that he or she is a party to a civil action arising out of
departmental employment, he or she will immediately notify the Chief of Police by memorandum.
Members will not enter into any financial understanding for appearances as witnesses prior to any
trial, except in accordance with current directives. Any member of the department involved in a
lawsuit, either as a plaintiff or defendant, must notify the Chief of Police by memorandum.
10-7 CIVIL DEPOSITION AND AFFIDAVITS
Members will confer with the Chief of Police or designee before giving a deposition or affidavit on a
civil case.
DISCIPLINE
11-1 SERIOUS COMPLAINTS OR ALLEGATIONS
If, in the opinion of the shift supervisor, the incident is of sufficient gravity, the supervisor will
immediately notify the Chief of Police. Immediate action necessary to preserve the integrity of the
department until arrival of the Chief of Police or designee will be taken. Should the matter pertain to
or involve the Chief of Police, the Town Manager will be notified.
11-2 CITIZEN COMPLAINTS AGAINST DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL
Complaints by citizens against members of the department will be recorded and investigated by the
Chief of Police or designee as soon as possible and in accordance with current department
procedures. All investigations of the Chief of Police will be conducted by the Town Manager or
designated agent.
11-3 HARRASSING/UNNECESSARY COMPLAINTS
Making a harassing or unnecessary complaint against a fellow member of the department is
prohibited.
11-4 INVESTIGATION OF ALLEGED MISCONDUCT
The individual assigned the investigation of an alleged act of misconduct on the part of a member of
the department will conduct a thorough and accurate investigation.
11-5 COOPERATION WITH INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS
Failure to answer questions, respond to lawful orders or to render material and relevant statements
in an internal administrative investigation when such orders, questions and statements are directly
related to job responsibilities is prohibited.
Nothing in the section will violate one's Federal or State constitutional rights or laws.
Page 13 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
11-6 REPORTS OF INVESTIGATION OF ALLEGED ACTS OF MISCONDUCT
Alleged acts of misconduct must be investigated and results of the investigation must be concluded
in a written report.
11-7 DEPARTMENT DISCIPLINE
Any member who violates or attempts to violate the law of the United States of America, the State of
Florida, or local ordinances; or who violates or attempts to violate any department rule or regulation,
policy or procedure, general or special order, written or verbal order; or who is incompetent to
perform one's duty is subject to appropriate disciplinary action.
11-8 AUTHORITY TO DISCIPLINE
Final disciplinary authority and responsibility for the department rests with the Chief of Police. Other
supervisory personnel may take the following disciplinary measures:
a. Verbal reprimand, memorandum of counsel, instructional memorandum;
b. Written reprimand;
c. Emergency administrative leave;
d. Written recommendations for other penalties.
11-9 INFORMING THE PERSON BEING DISCIPLINED
The member being disciplined will be informed of the charges at the time such action is taken.
11-10 EMERGENCY ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE
The following members have the authority to impose emergency administrative leave until the next
business day against a member when it appears that such action is in the best interest of the
department:
a. Chief of Police;
b. Lieutenant
c. The Town Administrator in cases involving the Chief of Police.
11-11 FOLLOW-UP ACTION ON EMERGENCY ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE
A member receiving an emergency administrative leave will be required to report to the Chief of
Police or a designee on the next business day at 1000 hours unless otherwise directed by the Chief
of Police or a designee.
11-12 REPORTS OF DISCIPLINARY ACTION TAKEN OR RECOMMENDED
Whenever disciplinary action is taken or recommended (except for verbal counseling), a written
memorandum must be submitted immediately containing the following information:
a. The name, rank, I.D. number, and present assignment of the person being disciplined;
b. The date(s) and time(s) of the misconduct and location(s), indicating on or off-duty;
c. The section number(s) of this manual violated or common name of the infraction;
d. A complete statement of the facts of the misconduct;
e. The punishment imposed or recommended;
f. The written signature and position of the preparer.
Page 14 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
11-13 CONCLUSION OF INVESTIGATION INVOLVING DEPARTMENT MEMBERS
All investigations of department member's accused of misconduct will conclude with one of the
following findings:
a. Unfounded: The investigation indicates that the act or acts complained of did not occur or failed to
involve police personnel;
b. Exonerated: Acts did occur, but were justified, lawful and proper;
c. Not Sustained: Investigation fails to discover sufficient evidence to clearly prove or disapprove the
allegations made in the complaint;
d. Sustained: The investigation disclosed sufficient evidence to clearly prove the allegations made in
the complaint.
Appropriate disciplinary action, if required, will be recommended by the investigator in accordance
with the Supervisor's Guide to Discipline -Law Enforcement Edition. The report will be forwarded via
the chain of command to the Chief of Police.
11-14 PENALTIES
The following penalties may be assessed against any member of the department as disciplinary
action:
a. Verbal reprimand, memorandum of counsel, instructional memorandum;
b. Written reprimand;
c. Disciplinary probation;
d. Suspension from duty without pay;
e. Dismissal from the service.
Original issue: 10/01/06
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 15 of 15
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COVERPAGE..................................................................................................................1
ORGANIZATIONAL CHART...................................................................................................II
MISSION STATEMENT..........................................................................................................III
RULES AND REGULATIONS................................................................................................IV
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES...............................................................V
1 ORGANIZATION
CommandProtocol..................................................................................................1.01
2 AUTHORITY
Code of Ethics and Conduct of Police Department Members.................................2.01
ArrestProcedures....................................................................................................2.03
3 WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Written Directive System..........................................................................................3.01
4 USE OF CONTROL
Useof Control.......................................................................................................... 4.01
Weapons& Ammo....................................................................................................4.02
5 PART TIME SWORN and RESERVE OFFICERS
Part -Time Sworn & Reserve Officers............................................................5.01
6 CIVILIAN VOLUNTEER PROGRAMS
RideAlong Program.................................................................................................6.05
7 FISCAL ACTIVITIES
FiscalManagement..................................................................................................7.01
Control of Department Property & Assets ......................................................7.02
10/01/06 Page 1
8 CLASSIFICATION AND DELINEATION OF DUTIES
JobTask Analysis.....................................................................................................8.01
9 SPECIAL DUTY DETAILS AND OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
Special Duty Details and Outside Employment .................................................9.01
SpecialEvents.........................................................................................9.02
10 GRIEVANCE PROCESS
Grievance Process.................................................................................................10.01
11 CONDUCT AND DISCIPLINARY PROCESS
Disciplinary Procedures..........................................................................................11.02
DrugTesting..........................................................................................11.04
Workplace & Sexual Harassment...............................................................11.10
Employee Assistance Program.................................................................11.11
12 RECRUITMENT
Recruitment........................................................................................................12.01
13 RESURVED FOR LATER USE
14 TRAINING FUNCTION
TrainingFunction....................................................................................................14.01
Field Training Program...........................................................................................14.08
i"N 11;101:4 Wilt :illy
IT -2 a 4 1.1 X01 N Ji i►_1 R4 :111111 Zk911 IL4-, I I [aP► 61
Performance Evaluations.......................................................................................16.01
17 PATROL
Law Enforcement Response...............................................................................17.01.1
Special Purpose Vehicle...........................................................................17.03
Supervisor Notification............................................................................................17.04
VehiclePursuit........................................................................................................17.07
10/01/06 Page 2
Use of Safety Belts/Restraining Devices................................................................17.10
SoftBody Armor.....................................................................................................17.11
Police Bicycle Function.........................................................................................17.14
In Car Video Recording System.................................................................17.15
Baker Act/Marchman Act..........................................................................17.23
Racial Profiling & Anti-discrimination...........................................................17.24
Rapid Deployment to Active Violence..........................................................17.25
ImmigrationLanding................................................................................17.26
18 INVESTIGATIONS
Criminal Investigations............................................................................................18.01
Informants...............................................................................................................18.02
Specialized Investigative Operations (Undercover,
Decoy, Raids & Surveillance).18.03
SearchWarrants.....................................................................................................18.04
Sexual Battery Investigation...................................................................................18.05
FieldInterview........................................................................................................18.06
MissingPersons.....................................................................................................18.07
Sexual Predator Notification...................................................................................18.08
Line-Ups................................................................................................18.09
Officer Involved Domestic Violence.............................................................18.13
DomesticViolence..................................................................................................18.14
Auto Theft Investigation..........................................................................................18.15
Notification of Next of Kin.......................................................................................18.19
Investigation of Critical Incidents............................................................................18.20
Victim Witness Guidelines......................................................................................18.23
Child Abuse Protective Investigations..........................................................18.24
Stalking Investigations ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.25
19 JUVENILE OPERATIONS
Juvenile Procedures...............................................................................................19.01
20 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
Hurricane Preparedness.........................................................................................20.01
Unusual Occurrence Procedure.............................................................................20.02
21 SPECIAL OPERATIONS
Hostage & Barricaded Response..........................................................................21.03
Bomb Related Incidents.........................................................................................21.05
Dignitary Protection Plan........................................................................................21.06
10/01/06 Page 3
22 TRAFFIC
Traffic Enforcement...........................................................................................22.01
Towing and/or Impoundment of Vehicles...............................................................22.02
Stopping and Approaching Vehicles.......................................................................22.05
Emergency Highway Assistance............................................................................22.06
Police Escorts, Roadblocks, and Traffic Related Checkpoints...............................22.07
Persons Suspected of Driving Under Influence of Alcohol or Drugs ......................22.09
Traffic Crash Investigations....................................................................................22.10
Manual Traffic Direction..........................................................................................22.15
26 RESERVED FOR LATER USE
27 INTERNAL AFFAIRS FUNCTION
Professional Standards/Internal Affairs..................................................................27.01
28 RESERVED FOR LATER USE
29 PRISONER TRANSPORTATION
Prisoner Transportation..........................................................................................29.01
30 HOLDING AREAS
Prisoner Holding Area......................................................................................30.01
33 COMMUNICATIONS
CellularTelephones................................................................................................33.02
ICL 2:4x91*1NIR
Records..................................................................................................................34.01
Information Systems, E -Mail and Internet Usage...........................................34.02
FieldReporting.......................................................................................34.04
10/01/06 Page 4
35 CRIME SCENE INVESTIGATION/EVIDENCE COLLECTION
Crime Scene Investigation & Evidence Collection ..................................................35.01
36 PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT
Property and Evidence Management.....................................................................36.01
Crime -Related Firearms, Bullet Projectiles & Ammunition Casings ....................36.02
37 INFECTIOUS DISEASES
InfectiousDiseases................................................................................................37.01
Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) .........................................................37.02
PandemicInfluenza.................................................................................37.03
38 SEIZURES AND FORFEITURES
Seizures and Forfeitures.........................................................................................38.01
50 MISCELLANEOUS
Uniform and Plain Clothes Attire............................................................................50.01
Line of Duty Death or Serious Injury ............................................................50.02
Court Attendance & Subpoena Service ........................................................50.04
10/01/06 Page 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Command Protocol SOP # 1.01
COMMAND PROTOCOL
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: Organizational components are under
the direct command of one supervisor, at one time.
Each member is accountable to one supervisor, at
any time. Gulf Stream Police personnel will follow
the chain of command except in exigent
circumstances or in grievance procedures when the
offending party is in the upper chain of command.
II. PRECEDENCE OF COMMAND: Precedence of
command is used to ensure that leadership is
available when the Chief of Police is off-duty, out of
town, incapacitated, or otherwise unable to assume
his or her duties.
A. During the temporary planned or unplanned
absence of the Chief of Police, when the Chief
of Police makes no other provision, the
command authority falls upon the Lieutenant.
B. Normally, the Chief of Police will identify the
individual who will assume all the
responsibilities and duties of his or her office
with the exception of discipline involving
demotion or dismissal. Emergency
Administrative Leave is authorized when it is in
the best interest of the Department.
C. It is the right and privilege of the Chief of
Police to change or modify the order of
precedence of command to assure the
efficiency and effectiveness of police
operations.
III. COMMAND PROTOCOL:
A. The shift supervisor or a designee will
assume command of any specific incident or
crime scene occurring during his or her tour of
duty. Command will be relinquished when
relieved by higher authority or by personnel
designated to assume command at specific
incidents as detailed in policy or as designated
by the Chief of Police.
B. If a person of higher rank elects to assume
command, he or she will be responsible for the
subsequent completion of the assignment.
Original issue: 07/01/07
C. Major operations will be under the direction
of the Chief of Police or a designee.
D. Whenever the department engages in an
operation involving more than one Division,
and/or more than one shift, the overall
command of the operation will be assigned to
the supervisor initiating the event or involved in
the activity, unless a designee is otherwise
appointed by the Chief of Police.
GARRETT J. WARD, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Command Protocol SOP # 1.01
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Code of Ethics and Conduct SOP # 2.01
CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT OF
POLICE DEPARTMENT MEMBERS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
expects police officers to conduct themselves, both
on and off duty, in a manner that will not have an
adverse effect on the member's performance or the
department's reputation. It is imperative that
members understand they are held to a higher
standard of conduct by the public. Prior to being
sworn, all members will take an oath of office in
compliance with Florida State Statute 876.05
requiring members to "support the Constitution of
the United States and of the State of Florida."
It is not the intent of the police department to
interfere in the private lives of its members nor to
hinder the exercise of the member's constitutional
rights. All personnel must understand that a higher
standard of conduct is applied to them in order for
the public to continue to have confidence in the
department and the officers. Members are expected
to show courtesy and civility in all contacts with the
public.
Members will be honest and truthful in their
dealings, regardless of whether under oath or not,
except in such situations where it may impede a
lawful course of action or interfere with lawful duties.
The Gulf Stream Police Department has adopted
and the Law Enforcement Oath of Honor and the
Police Code of Conduct as published by the
International Association of Chiefs of Police. All
sworn officers are required to abide by the Oath of
Honor and Code of Conduct. Civilian members
should guide themselves by the same standards
wherever possible.
IL DEFINITION:
A. Conduct unbecoming an officer - an act, on
or off-duty, of immoral, improper, disorderly or
intemperate personal conduct that reflects or
has a tendency to reflect discredit upon the
member, fellow members or the police
department itself.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Police officers are encouraged to be
reasonable in their actions and refrain from
conduct that threatens the reputation and good
order of the department or that interferes with
the department's ability to carry out its mission.
B. It is not necessary that the alleged conduct
be criminal in nature nor that it is proved beyond
a reasonable doubt. It is sufficient that the
complaint conduct and its attending
circumstances are such as to offend publicly
accepted standards of decency.
C. The police department will notify a member
of precisely what he or she is accused of having
done in violation of this policy and will give the
member the full opportunity to be heard.
D. All members are required to comply with:
1 Department Standard Operating
Procedure,
2. Department Rules and Regulations,
3. Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies,
4. The Law Enforcement Oath of Honor,
and
5. The Police Code of Conduct.
IV. LAW ENFORCEMENT OATH OF HONOR:
On my honor, I will never betray my badge, my
integrity, my character or the public trust. I will
always have the courage to hold myself and others
accountable for our actions. I will always uphold the
laws of my country, my community and the agency I
serve.
V. POLICE CODE OF CONDUCT:
All law enforcement officers must be fully aware
of the ethical responsibilities of their position and
must strive constantly to live up to the highest
possible standards of professional policing.
The International Association of Chiefs of Police
believes it important that police officers have clear
advice and counsel available to assist them in
performing their duties consistent with these
standards, and has adopted the following ethical
mandates as guidelines to meet these ends.
Primary Responsibilities of Police Officers
A police officer acts as an official representative
of government who is required and trusted to work
within the law. The officer's powers and duties are
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Code of Ethics and Conduct SOP # 2.01
conferred by statute. The fundamental duties of a
police officer include serving the community,
safeguarding lives and property, protecting the
innocent, keeping the peace and ensuring the rights
of all to liberty, equality and justice.
Performance of the Duties of a Police Officer
A police officer will perform all duties impartially,
without favor or affection or ill will and without
regard to status, sex, race, religion, political belief or
aspiration. All citizens will be treated equally with
courtesy, consideration and dignity.
Officers will never allow personal feelings,
animosities or friendships to influence official
conduct. Laws will be enforced appropriately and
courteously and, in carrying out their responsibilities,
officers will strive to obtain maximum cooperation
from the public.
They will conduct themselves in appearance
and deportment in such a manner as to inspire
confidence and respect for the position of public
trust they hold.
Discretion
A police officer will use responsibly the
discretion vested in his or her position and exercise
it within the law. The principle of reasonableness will
guide the officer's determinations, and the officer
will consider all surrounding circumstances in
determining whether any legal action will be taken.
Consistent and wise use of discretion, based on
professional policing competence, will do much to
preserve good relationships and retain the
confidence of the public. There can be difficulty in
choosing between conflicting courses of action. It is
important to remember that a timely word of advice
rather than arrest which may be correct in
appropriate circumstances can be a more effective
means of achieving a desired end.
Use of Force
A police officer will never employ unnecessary
force or violence and will use only such force in the
discharge of duty as is reasonable in all
circumstances.
The use of force should be used only with the
greatest restraint and only after discussion,
negotiation and persuasion have been found to be
inappropriate or ineffective. While the use of force is
occasionally unavoidable, every police officer will
refrain from unnecessary infliction of pain or
suffering and will never engage in cruel, degrading
or inhuman treatment of any person.
Confidentiality
Whatever a police officer sees, hears or learns
of that is of a confidential nature will be kept secret
unless the performance of duty or legal provision
requires otherwise.
Members of the public have a right to security
and privacy, and information obtained about them
must not be improperly divulged
Integrity
A police officer will not engage in acts of
corruption or bribery, nor will an officer condone
such acts by other police officers.
The public demands that the integrity of police
officers be above reproach. Police officers must,
therefore, avoid any conduct that might compromise
integrity and thus undercut the public confidence in
a law enforcement agency. Officers will refuse to
accept any gifts, presents, subscriptions, favors,
gratuities or promises that could be interpreted as
seeking to cause the officer to refrain from
performing official responsibilities honestly and
within the law. Police officers must not receive
private or special advantage from their official
status. Respect from the public cannot be bought; it
can only be earned and cultivated.
Cooperation with Other Police Officers and
Agencies
Police officers will cooperate with all legally
authorized agencies and their representatives in the
pursuit of justice.
An officer or agency may be one among many
organizations that may provide law enforcement
services to a jurisdiction. It is imperative that a
police officer assist colleagues fully and completely
with respect and consideration at all times.
Personal -Professional Capabilities
Police officers will be responsible for their own
standard of professional performance and will take
every reasonable opportunity to enhance and
improve their level of knowledge and competence.
Through study and experience, a police officer
can acquire the high level of knowledge and
competence that is essential for the efficient and
effective performance of duty. The acquisition of
knowledge is a never-ending process of personal
and professional development that should be
pursued constantly.
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Code of Ethics and Conduct SOP # 2.01
Private Life
Police officers will behave in a manner that
does not bring discredit to their agencies or
themselves.
A police officer's character and conduct while
off duty must always be exemplary, thus maintaining
a position of respect in the community in, which he
or she lives and serves. The officer's personal
behavior must be beyond reproach.
Original issue: 07/01/07
VI.
• Rules and Regulations.
Police Officer Bill of Rights.
F.S.S. 876.05 Public employees; oath.
GARRETT J. WARD, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP#2.03
ARREST PROCEDURES
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
the responsibility and duty to make arrests based
upon probable cause within the town limits. In
instances when a crime occurs and the department
does not make a physical arrest, a report will be
written and further investigation may be initiated.
A. Discretion - Is the power or right conferred
upon officers by law of acting officially in certain
circumstances according to the dictates of
one's own judgement and conscience.
B. Probable Cause (Reasonable Belief) - The
facts and circumstances that an officer knows
or should know, based on reasonably
trustworthy information to warrant a prudent
person to act or think in a similar way.
III. ARREST JURISDICTION:
A. Gulf Stream Police Officers have law
enforcement jurisdiction and authority to arrest
at any time within the town limits of Gulf Stream
pursuant to Town Ordinance and Florida State
Statutes.
B. Gulf Stream Police Officers have the
authority to arrest upon fresh pursuit outside the
town limits of Gulf Stream pursuant to Florida
State Statutes.
C. An officer may exercise law enforcement
authority when he or she witnesses a violation
of FSS, which is A crime of violence, outside of
Gulf Stream provided the jurisdiction they are in
participates in the Palm Beach County Law
Enforcement Combined Operational Assistance
and Voluntary Cooperation Mutual Aid
Agreement (MUTUAL AID).
1. The MUTUAL AID is intended to address
critical, life threatening or public safety
situations prevent bodily injury to citizens
and/or secure the apprehension of violent
criminals.
2. An officer who exercises his or her law
enforcement authority outside of Gulf
Stream Town Limits will do the following:
a. Immediately after the situation is
brought under control, notify the agency
having normal jurisdiction.
b. Turn the investigation over to the
agency having normal jurisdiction.
c. Offer any assistance requested
including, but not limited to, a follow-up
report documenting the event and
actions taken.
d. Notify a supervisor of the Gulf
Stream Police Department of the
enforcement action.
e. Submit a memorandum to the
Chief of Police within twenty four (24)
hours of the incident, documenting all
aspects and action taken during the
incident. Approval for additional time for
submittal may be granted by the Chief
of Police.
D. When an off-duty officer is personally
involved in an incident which involves family,
personal friends or neighbors, whether within
the town or outside of Gulf Stream, he or she
should not take any law enforcement action,
unless immediate action is necessary to
prevent serious bodily harm.
E. Nothing in this section is meant to require or
order an officer to act on a crime of violence
committed in the presence of the officer outside
of his or her jurisdiction, but only to authorize
such action if the action would be that of a
reasonably prudent person.
IV. CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS WARNINGS
(COMMONLY KNOWN AS "MIRANDA
A. An officer is required to advise a person
suspected of committing a crime of his or her
Constitutional Rights under the "Miranda
Decision" before that person is questioned
when:
1. The suspect is arrested and in custody.
2. When "custodial interrogation" exists.
a. This occurs when a suspect(s)
freedom is limited by police to the
"degree associated with formal arrest".
B. The officer will read the Miranda Rights from
a standard rights card or form prior to
interviewing a person who is under arrest or in a
custodial interrogation situation.
Page 1 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures
SOP# 2.03
Gulf Stream Police Officer without first
1. The interviewing officer will ensure that
obtaining written authorization from a
the person being interviewed is read the
supervisor or the Chief of Police. The
Miranda Rights and interviewed in the
authorization will be documented on a
appropriate language by an officer or
narrative continuation report, which will be
investigator who is fluent in that language.
filed with the original report.
2. The interviewing officer will advise and
explain if necessary, each provision of the
Miranda Rights to ensure the subject
comprehends what was said.
C. The officer will request the subject sign the
rights card to acknowledge that he or she
understood the Miranda Rights.
1. If the subject refuses to sign or is violent
and cannot be unhandcuffed, the officer will
write "REFUSED' and/or "VIOLENT" on the
rights card, initial the card and explain the
situation in the narrative portion of his or
her report.
D. The officer will submit the signed or
witnessed rights card with the appropriate
report.
V. DISCRETION:
A. The spirit of the law may be adhered to
where an arrest or charge of a violation is not in
the best interest of the public or the police
department. The letter of the law may be
utilized where limits of authority are clearly
defined.
B. Discretion will be used when an arrest would
not be in the best interest of justice, fairness or
the welfare of the public.
C. Should any questions arise concerning a
particular situation, the officer involved shall
confer with a supervisor.
VI. SEARCH AND SEIZURE:
A. An officer may search a person incident to
arrest.
B. The arresting officer may search the area
within the person's immediate presence for
evidence, contraband, and/or tools or weapons
used in the commission of a crime or which
may be used to escape.
C. A strip -search will be performed by an officer
of the same gender as the arrested person
pursuant to FSS 901.211.
1. A strip search will not be ordered by a
D. Normally an officer needs a warrant to
conduct a search. Exceptions include, but are
not limited to:
1. An officer may search a person, vehicle .
or home without a warrant if given voluntary
consent to search by the proper party. A
written consent form is the preferred
method of "voluntary consent".
2. A warrantless search of a vehicle is
valid, if sufficient facts to support a probable
cause belief that there is a presence of
some type of contraband item is in the
vehicle.
a. When probable cause is established,
an officer may search the vehicle and
any containers found in the vehicle that
are capable of concealing the object of
the search.
3. An officer will conduct a vehicle inventory
when the owner or driver is placed under
arrest, and if the vehicle is towed or seized.
4. Officers who wish to "stop and frisk"
must abide by Florida State Statute. An
officer may only stop and frisk a person
when the circumstances reasonably
indicate that the person has committed, is
committing or is about to commit a crime.
a. When an officer conducts a "stop and
frisk", and the officer has reasonable
suspicion that the person is armed and
the officer has a concern for his or her
safety, the person may be searched to
disclose the presence of a weapon.
b. If a search discloses a weapon or
any evidence of criminal activity, it may
be seized.
5. An officer may make a warrantless
search when exigent circumstances justify
it. These circumstances can include public
safety or that danger or harm will occur to
the police or others if the officer had to wait
while the warrant was being obtained.
B. An officer may also conduct a
warrantless search in any other situation
authorized by state or federal legal
Page 2 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP#2.03
decisions.
E. At the scene of a crime, the officer should
obtain a search warrant if there is a belief the
offender might have standing or a reasonable
expectation of privacy within the scene.
1. When exigent circumstances exist, or if
given valid written consent by a proper
party, the officer need not seek a search
warrant.
2. When the officer is unsure whether a
search warrant or written consent is
necessary, the officer will consult with a
supervisor prior to entering the scene.
F. When an officer returns to a crime scene
where it is believed that the offender might have
standing, the officer will obtain either consent to
search from a proper party or a search warrant,
unless exigent circumstances exist.
1. If a written consent or a search warrant
was needed at the original scene, the
officer will obtain a new written consent or
search warrant each time he or she must
revisit the scene.
VII. DETENTION FOR THE PURPOSE OF
INVESTIGATION:
A. Whenever an officer encounters any person
under circumstances which reasonably indicate
such person has committed, is committing, or
was about to commit a violation of the criminal
laws of this state or the criminal ordinances of
any municipality or county, he or she may
temporarily detain such person for the purpose
of ascertaining the person's identity and the
circumstances surrounding his or her presence
which lead the officer to believe that he or she
had committed, was committing, or was about
to commit a criminal offense.
1. No person will be detained for a time
longer than reasonably necessary to
determine the above.
2. The detention will not extend beyond the
place it was first made or the immediate
vicinity.
3. If during the detention probable cause for
the person develops, the person should be
arrested.
4. If, after inquiry into the circumstances,
which prompted the temporary detention,
no probable cause develops, the person will
be released.
B. If during the temporary detention, an officer
has probable cause to believe the person
detained is armed with a weapon and therefore
offers a threat to the safety of the officer or
another person, the officer may search the
person detained only to the extent necessary to
disclose, and for the purpose of disclosing, the
presence of such weapon. If the search
discloses a weapon or any evidence of a
criminal offense, it may be seized.
C. If during the investigation of a crime, newly
acquired evidence shows probable cause no
longer exists for the arrest of a person who has
been arrested, such person will be released.
1. A supervisor will be notified prior to
releasing the arrested person.
2. The person will be freed immediately.
3. The situation will be explained to the
person.
4. The person will be transported to the
original point of detention or other location
reasonably indicated by the arrested
person.
5. The person will be reasonably assisted in
retrieving a vehicle that had been towed,
returning property that had been taken from
them, etc. during the incident where they
were taken into custody.
6. A report will be written documenting the
incident.
VIII. WARRANTLESS (Probable Cause)
ARRESTS:
A. A person may be arrested without a warrant
when:
1. That person has committed a felony,
misdemeanor or violation of a municipal or
county ordinance in the presence of an
officer.
2. A felony has been or is being committed,
or the officer has probable cause to believe
that a felony has been or is being
committed and the officer has probable
cause to believe that the person to be
arrested is committing, or has committed, it.
3. The officer has knowledge that an arrest
warrant has been issued, but another
Page 3 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP# 2.03
officer is holding the warrant for execution.
4. An officer can make a warrantless arrest,
based on probable cause, for misdemeanor
violations that did not occur in his or her
presence as authorized in FSS.
B. Sworn members who have made a custodial
arrest of a suspect or have established
probable cause to arrest a suspect who is not in
custody must present a filing packet to the
Office of the State Attorney within ten (10)
business days of the incident or the
development of probable cause.
1. Extenuating circumstances may exist
which prevent filing the case within ten (10)
business days.
2. Such circumstances must be brought to
the attention of a supervisor as soon as
they become known. The supervisor will
review the circumstances and approve or
disapprove the delay.
3. If approved, the officer will file the case
at the State Attorney' Office, as soon as
possible within statutory limits and the
officer will submit a supplemental report
outlining the circumstances.
C. A Gulf Stream Police Officer may make a
probable cause arrest based on a Probable
Cause Affidavit, which is completed by another
Gulf Stream Police Officer and available at the
police station.
1. When such an arrest is made, it is the
responsibility of the arresting officer to notify
the officer who completed the Probable
Cause Affidavit that the arrest was made as
soon as practical but no longer than three
(3) days. The officer who completed the
Probable Cause Affidavit will be responsible
to file the case with the State Attorney's
Office.
2. An officer who completes a Probable
Cause Affidavit without an arrest and posts
the affidavit in dispatch, will, if the subject is
not arrested within 10 working days,
present the Probable Cause Affidavit along
with all other required documents and
reports to the State Attorney's Office to file
for a warrant.
a. The officer who completed the
Probable Cause Affidavit is
responsible to monitor and file the
case.
D. A Gulf Stream Police Officer may detain a
person on a request from another law
enforcement agency only if sufficient probable
cause exists or the information is confirmed by
teletype or officers from the jurisdiction making
the request are on -scene to make a positive
identification.
1. If sufficient probable cause does not
exist, it will be treated as an attempt to
locate.
2. The originating agency will be notified of
the location where the person is being
detained or has been located and a request
will be made for that agency to respond to
that location. If it is not possible for that
agency to respond, the officer will gather as
much information as possible and forward
such information to the originating agency.
IX. ARREST WITH A WARRANT:
A. An officer making an arrest by warrant will
inform the person to be arrested of the cause of
arrest and that a warrant has been issued,
except when the person flees or forcibly resists
before the officer has an opportunity to inform
him/her or when giving the information would
imperil the arrest.
B. The officer need not have the warrant in his
possession at the time of the arrest, but, on
request of the arrested person(s), will make
arrangements to have it shown to him/her as
soon as practical.
C. Officers will check PALMS, NCIC and FCIC
for outstanding warrants on all arrested
persons.
D. If a warrant check by computer shows a "hit",
the officer should make every effort to verify the
warrant and confirm that the person in custody
is the person on the warrant.
E. Warrant information from Palm Beach
County (PALMS) warrants may be verified by
telephone through Palm Beach County Sheriffs
Office (PBSO).
F. Warrant information from agencies outside
Palm Beach County will be verified by teletype.
G. After verifying the warrant and the person's
identity, the officer may transport the person to
the G.S.P.D. for processing and make
arrangements for the arrested person to be
transported to the County Jail to be booked.
Page 4 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP#2.03
CRIMINAL ORDINANCE ARRESTS:
H. Whenever a person is arrested on a warrant,
the officer will: A. An effort will be made by officers to issue a
Notice to Appear (NTA) to persons and
1. Check the computer print out (NCIC, release them on their own recognizance (ROR),
FCIC, PALMS) to identify which department without booking them into the county jail, for a
originated the warrant. misdemeanor law violation or violation of a
county or municipal ordinance.
2. If the warrant was originated by this
department, the original case number will
be used and the officer will complete a
supplement report.
3. If the warrant was originated by another
department, a new case number will be
obtained for the ADD (Assist Other
Department). One case number will be
used per arrested person, even if arrested
for multiple warrants.
3. Warrants for FTA, Contempt of Court,
and VOP are not Gulf Stream Police
Department originated warrants, even
though the department is listed as the
originating agency on the PALMS printout.
I. When a person arrested by an officer on
probable cause is found to have an active
warrant, the officer will obtain an additional case
number for ACD.
1. The officer will use the ACD case
number for the warrant arrest.
2. When the case was originated by the
Gulf Stream Police Department, a
supplement report to the original case
number will be written.
3. The arrested person will be transported
to the Palm Beach County Jail.
J. Pursuant to FSS, all warrants are directed to
and executed by County Sheriffs.
K. If the warrant is from another county within
the state or from another state, the officer must
verify extradition. This will be done by teletype.
1. If the other county or state will extradite,
the arrested person will be transported to
the Palm Beach County Jail to await
transport to the other county or state.
2. If the other county or state will not
extradite; the person will be released unless
there are local charges.
X. NON -TRAFFIC MISDEMEANOR AND
VIOLATION OF COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL
1. Positive identification must be obtained
on all ROR arrests.
B. A full custody arrest, which includes being
booked into the County Jail, should be
made if one or more of the following
circumstances exist:
1. The person fails or refuses to identify
himself/herself or to supply required
information to complete the NTA.
2. The person fails to agree to appear to
answer the charges and refuses to sign the
NTA.
3. The officer has reason to believe the
continued liberty of the person constitutes
an unreasonable risk of bodily injury to
himself or herself or others.
4.The person has no ties with the
jurisdiction reasonably sufficient to assure
his/her appearance or there is substantial
risk he or she will refuse to respond to the
notice.
5. The officer has information that the
person may be wanted in another
jurisdiction.
6. The person has previously failed to
appear or has violated the conditions of any
Pre -Trial Release Program.
7. The person is a known habitual offender.
8. The offense committed is of a violent
nature or the person is displaying a violent
or disorderly behavior.
9. The officer has reason to believe, either
by the persons actions or words, he/she will
repeat the offense if the person is not
physically arrested.
10. A person has committed the offense of
prowling.
11. A person has committed a
misdemeanor sexual offense.
Page 5 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP# 2.03
12. Other circumstances exist, either by a person, unless emergency or exigent
person's action or words, which in the circumstances exist.
opinion of the officer would deem a release
on recognizance inappropriate. The XII. MILITARY DESERTERS AND AWOL
physical arrest under these circumstances ARREST:
must be approved by a supervisor.
XI. ENTRY OF A BUILDING TO EFFECT AN
ARREST:
A. Pursuant to F.S.S., when an officer fails to
gain entry after he or she has announced his or
her purpose and authority to make an arrest,
either by warrant or when authorized to make
an arrest for a felony without a warrant, he or
she may use all reasonable force to enter any
building or property where the person to be
arrested is or is reasonably believed to be.
1. For the purpose of this directive, " when
authorized" is defined as to prevent the
imminent use of a weapon, to prevent the
destruction of evidence, to protect
individuals in distress, to assist victims of
crimes, to investigate a felony in progress,
or to investigate suspicious signs of
impending danger.
B. The announcement of authority and purpose
is not necessary if the officer reasonably
believes such announcement may cause
danger to life or limb or the person to be
arrested is attempting to destroy evidence or
flee.
C. An officer may enter a suspect's residence
for the purpose of effecting a lawful arrest when
he or she reasonably believes the person to be
arrested is within the residence under the
following circumstances:
1. The arrest is based on probable cause
developed or obtained as the result of a
felony and the circumstances of the crime
or the character of the suspect make it
impractical to obtain an arrest warrant.
2. The arrest is based on an arrest warrant,
not a capias.
3. The officer is in fresh pursuit of a person
suspected of committing a felony offense.
4. Entry is necessary to prevent or
terminate the commission of a serious
crime.
D. A search warrant is required to enter a
residence of someone other than the person to
be arrested, for the purpose of arresting such
A. Whenever a computer check is made on a
person and a hit comes back for a military
deserter or AWOL, the person will be arrested.
The arrest will be handled in the same manner
as a warrant hit.
B. The hit will be verified by contacting the
appropriate branch of the U.S. Military Service
by phone (APPENDIX A).
C. An officer will request teletype verification of
an AWOL by contacting the appropriate
number. A copy of the teletype information will
be attached to the report.
D. The arrested person will be transported to
the County Jail.
E. When military personnel are arrested and it
is necessary for them to contact their base, the
arresting officer will assist the person in
establishing the contact.
XIII. IMMUNITY FROM ARREST:
When, in the course of responding to or
investigating an apparent violation of criminal
law, an officer encounters a person who is
claiming Diplomatic Immunity, official U.S.
Department of State identification should be
requested to verify status and immunity.
Below are guidelines and reflect the general
rule, however employees of certain foreign
countries may have higher levels of privileges
and immunity because of a special bilateral
agreement between their country and the U.S.
When in doubt, the officer will notify his or her
supervisor, who will contact the United States
Department of State (APPENDIX A) and
determine the person's status prior to making
the arrest.
A. Diplomats:
1. These officials are generally immune
from arrests.
2. They may be detained only for the time
necessary to confirm their diplomatic status
(APPENDIX A).
3. An officer may apply reasonable
constraints in emergency circumstances
Page 6 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP#2.03
involving self-defense, public safety, or the blanket shield against effective law enforcement
prevention of serious criminal acts. efforts.
4. A traffic citation for non -criminal law
violations may be issued to any diplomatic
agent because it is not an arrest.
5. Immunity may extend to the
administrative and technical staff of
diplomatic agents.
6. Immunity may extend to the family
members of diplomatic agents and to the
family members of the administrative and
technical staff of diplomatic agents.
7. Service staff employees of diplomatic
personnel and the family members of the
service staff generally do not have
immunity.
B. Consular Personnel
1. A career consular official does not have
diplomatic immunity from arrests if the
arrest is for a felony and pursuant to a
warrant.
2. Honorary consular officers, consular
employees and all family members of
consular personnel do not have diplomatic
immunity.
3. All consular personnel may be issued
non -criminal traffic citations.
C. Personnel of International Organizations,
and National Missions, ie United Nations:
1. Personnel serving in the above
organizations may have diplomatic
immunity. Certain executive and senior
staff level may be granted immunity equal
to diplomats and other staff may have been
granted some or limited immunity for their
function.
2. All personnel of international
organizations may be issued non -criminal
traffic citations.
3. The US Department of State maintains
status of immunity and privileges for the
above organizations.
a. The officer will verify each person
claiming immunity through the US
Department of State.
D. Diplomatic immunity does not provide a
1. When a clear law violation by a diplomat
occurs, police are not entirely powerless,
although immunity may insulate the
offender.
2. Where public safety is at issue, or a
serious crime is imminent, police may
intervene to halt a crime and may defend
themselves and others.
3. Proper investigation and documentation
of incidents is required even when arrest
and prosecution is not possible due to
immunity.
4. Immunity is sometimes waived.
5. The status of the diplomat may change
6. The information may be useful to the
U.S. Department of State.
7. Potential non judicial diplomatic channel
remedies may be available with a properly
investigated and documented incident.
E. Privilege from Arrests
1. Privilege from arrests extends to U. S.
Senators and U. S. Representatives
through the U. S. Constitution.
2. The privilege is applicable only while the
official is traveling to or from a legislative
session or during attendance at a session.
3. This privilege does not prevent an officer
from making an arrest, but simply means
the person can have the arrest set aside.
The arrest remains valid until disposed of
lawfully.
4. The privilege does not apply when the
offense is treason, a felony, or breach of
the peace.
XIV. LEGAL GUIDLEINES:
A. Sworn members have access to book(s)
containing Florida State Statutes at the
department.
B. Sworn members will be issued training
bulletins at regular intervals.
1. Members will have access to legal
bulletins through the Police Law Institute
(PLI).
Page 7 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP# 2.03
W REFERENCE:
Original issue: 07/01/07
F.S.S. Ch. 901 Arrests.
GARRETT J. WARD, Chief of Police
Page 8 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Arrest Procedures SOP #2.03
APPENDIX A
A. Phone numbers to check AWOL status and/or to report arrests to military authorities:
1. U. S. Army - (317)-510-3711.
2. U. S. Navy- 1-800-201-4199
3. U. S. Marines - Business hours: (910)-450-0116 or 0415;
After hours : (910)-450-0633 or 0179.
4. U. S. Air Force - (407) 494-2000 or 2008 or 2009.
B. To confirm diplomatic or related status:
1) For information concerning diplomatic agents and their families, (202) 647-1985.
2) Administrative and technical service staff and families, (202) 647-1405.
3) Consular personnel and families, (202) 647-2122.
4) International Organization Personnel and their families (202) 647-1402.
5) For information on any of the above, after normal business hours, (202) 647-2412.
6) United Nations Personnel - (Information available from the host country section of the U. S. Mission to the
United Nations, (212) 415-4168. After normal business hours, (212) 415-4444.
Page 9 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
WRITTEN PROCEDURE SYSTEM
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: Written procedures are to be followed
while delivering law enforcement services and
accomplishing departmental goals and objectives.
This policy establishes a format for the
development, review, revision, distribution and
maintenance of the written procedure system. The
Chief of Police is the final authority to issue, modify
or rescind a written procedure. All members are
issued Standard Operating Procedure Manuals
containing written policies, procedures, and rules
and regulations. All members will familiarize
themselves with the written procedures for the
agency.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Standard Operating Procedure - (S.O.P.) a
written document which is a guide for carrying
out agency objectives. Sometimes procedures
allow latitude and discretion in carrying out the
activity.
B. Policy Statement - A broad statement of
principles of the department for the attainment
of various goals and objectives.
C. Addendum - will modify a specific written
procedure.
D. Rules and Regulations - A specific procedure
from which no deviations or exceptions are
permitted .
E Department Memorandum - A written
communication that contains information used
to clarify, inform, inquire or convey orders.
Addendum, not memorandums, will be used to
note changes in procedure (Appendix A).
III. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
AND MANUAL:
A. The Standard Operating Procedure manual
will be indexed in the following manner:
1. The Table of Contents contains all the
components of the manual, listing them by
order of insertion or policy number.
2. The Introduction may contain a message
from the Chief, Departmental Philosophy
and the Department's Mission Statement.
3. Rules and Regulations are identified by
subject matter addressed. Each subject is
numbered sequentially. Each Rule and/or
Regulation, which is written in narrative
form, is placed in the subject area it
pertains to and given a two -digit number
with a dash in between the two numbers.
The first number is the number of the
subject matter heading and the second is
the sequential order of the Rule or
Regulation under that particular heading
(Example 5-1).
4. The Standard Operating Procedure
Manual is organized into chapters. The
chapters contain policies that are similar or
related.
a. Written procedures are organized by
procedure number.
b. The identification number of the
originator(s) is noted in the signature
box.
c. An authorization signature of the
Chief of Police will be affixed to all
Standard Operating Procedures.
5. The Index will be organized in numerical
order.
6. The Appendix is the supplemental
material that affects the policy and is
attached at the end of a policy.
B. To ensure accountability for department
manuals, each manual will be assigned an
individual number. Each member will sign a
written receipt for his or her assigned manual.
C. Individual employees receiving a procedure
for inclusion in a manual will place the
procedure in the appropriate section. Each
member will sign a written receipt for any
additions to the manual.
D. An inspection of the manuals will be
conducted by each member's immediate
supervisor to determine if the manuals are
being kept current and in proper condition. This
inspection will be completed at the time of the
Employee Performance Evaluation and at any
other time deemed necessary by their
Supervisor.
E. All members are required to have a sound
working knowledge of the S.O.P. manual. Each
member is responsible for seeking clarification
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
of a S.O.P., if it is not fully understood, from his
or her immediate supervisor.
IV. WRITTEN PROCEDURES:
The Chief of Police will issue:
A. Standard Operating Procedures, Rules and
Regulations, and Addendums.
B. The Chief of Police or designee is
responsible for disseminating written
procedures to all affected police personnel
through the chain of command.
C. Department memorandums may be
prepared by any member of the police
department subject to approval by his or her
immediate supervisor.
1. Memorandums will be written in the
prescribed format.
D. To eliminate duplication of effort and create
effective planning, the Chief of Police will be
notified anytime a policy or written directive is
being developed or revised.
1. The Chief of Police must review and
approve any revisions or new written
procedure.
V. PROCEDURES FOR DOCUMENTING,
REVISING, REVIEWING AND DISTRIBUTING
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
A. Any member of the department identifying
the need for a new procedure or the revision or
update of an existing directive will submit the
proposed directive(s) or change(s) with all
pertinent information through the chain of
command to the Chief of Police.
B. The Chief of Police or a designee will
evaluate the proposal for functional intent and
effectiveness. If it is determined that a new
directive is needed or an existing one needs
revising, the Chief of Police will:
1. Assign a member to prepare a draft of
the proposed procedure or addendum,
2. Distribute copies of the draft to any other
personnel designated by the Chief of Police
for their review, and
3. Set a return date for the draft, allowing
adequate time for review and feedback.
C. When all drafts are returned, the Chief of
Police will, if necessary, assign a member to
prepare amended drafts that include suggested
changes submitted during the review process.
D. Upon approval by the Chief of Police, The
Chief or designee will have a copy of the
procedure or addendum printed for distribution
to all members.
1. When a new policy or procedure is
issued, the word "New" will appear in the
signature box.
2. When a change, revision or correction is
made to a policy the change, revision or
correction will be noted in the signature box
at the end of the policy.
E. Upon receiving the printed copies of the new
procedure, The Chief of Police or designee will
issue them with the Receipt Forms (Appendix
E) to each member.
1. The Chief of Police or designee
will verify receipt of the procedure by having
each member sign the receipt Form.
3. The member will then place the
procedure in his or her assigned manual.
4. The Receipt Form will then be filed by the
Chief of Police.
F. Written procedures will be reviewed as
necessary for purposes of updating or revising.
Written procedures are not self -canceling
unless specifically stated in the procedure. Each
procedure is in effect until it is amended,
superseded, rescinded, or abrogated by law or
court decision.
G. Written procedures will be maintained by the
Chief of Police or designee until they are
revised. The outdated directives will be
maintained in a historical file.
VI. FORMAT FOR WRITTEN PROCEDURES:
A. All departmental procedures will be written in
narrative outline form.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
Original issue: 07/01/07
GARRETT J. WARD, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
Appendix
NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
Appendix B
NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
Page 5 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
Appendix C
NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure
Appendix D
NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
SOP # 3.01
Page 7 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Written Procedure System SOP # 3.01
Appendix E
NOT USED AT
THIS TIME
E.A.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Use of Control SOP # 4.01
USE OF CONTROL III. USE OF CONTROL CONTINUUM:
EFFECTIVE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: Gulf Stream Police Officers are
permitted to only use the degree of force that is
necessary to accomplish their lawful objectives.
Officers must be reasonable in their actions when
using any type of force. In situations involving non-
lethal force, an officer should attempt to exhaust all
alternatives before resorting to physical force.
Gulf Stream Police Officers are authorized to use
lethal force when there is reason to believe that
such force is necessary to protect life and prevent
or minimize great bodily harm. Officers must always
bear in mind that the use of lethal force will be
limited to situations where there is an imminent
threat of death or great bodily harm.
Whenever any type of non -lethal or lethal force is
used, the officer will charge the subject(s) with the
appropriate resisting arrest charge for the level of
resistance.
IL DEFINITIONS:
A. Non -Lethal Force -Force that is not likely to
cause death or great bodily harm.
B. Lethal Force - Force which is likely to cause
death or great bodily harm.
C. Force Continuum - A term that is used to
designate appropriate conduct for an officer
when using force to establish control of a
resisting subject. The level of force necessary
to establish control is directly related to the level
of resistance an individual is exerting.
D. Control — Levels of force used by an officer
to influence or overcome the unlawful or
physical actions of a subject.
E. Resistance - The subject(s) attempt to evade
an officer's attempt(s) to control.
F. Great Bodily Harm - A condition which
creates a substantial risk of death or serious
injury to the officer or another person.
G. Probable Cause (Reasonable Belief) - The
facts and circumstances that the officer knows
or should know, based on reasonable
trustworthy information sufficient to warrant a
prudent person to act or think in a similar way.
A. The officer's levels of Control -
1. Officer Presence- Identification of
authority.
2. Verbal Direction - Commands of direction
or arrest.
3. Aerosol Subject Restraint (ASR)/OC.
ASR can be used:
a. when less control techniques in all
likelihood may fail, or
b. when greater control techniques in all
likelihood may lead to injury.
4. Soft Control /Passive Resistance -
Techniques that have a minimal chance of
injury to the officer and/or subject(s)
involved, but have a high probability of
control. Examples include:
a. escort position,
b. pressure points,
c. empty hand joint locks,
d. assisted empty hand arm locks using
impact weapons,
e. handcuffing and/or supplemental
restraints.
5. Hard Control Techniques - Techniques
that have a probability of injury to the
subject(s) involved and a high probability of
control. Examples include:
a. punches and kicks,
b. impact weapon strikes,
c. less -lethal force, and
d. canines (K-9).
6. Lethal Force - Force that is likely to
cause death or great bodily harm.
IV. LEVELS OF RESISTANCE:
A. Subject's Actions:
1. Psychological intimidation— Nonverbal
cue indicating subject's attitude,
appearance, and physical readiness.
2. Verbal noncompliance -Verbal
responses indicating unwillingness to
comply, or threats.
3. Passive resistance - Physical actions that
do not prevent the officer's attempt to
Page 1 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Use of Control SOP # 4.01
control and no attempt is made to harm the
officer (example: going limp). 1. Non -lethal force will be used only when
4. Defensive resistance - Physical actions
which attempt to prevent the officer's
control, but no attempt is made to harm the
officer, (example: a person simply clutches
his or her arms tightly to the chest to
prevent the application of handcuffs or pulls
away).
5. Active aggression - Physical actions of
assault and/or battery.
6. Aggravated active aggression - Lethal
forces encounter or takes officer(s) OC
spray or other non -lethal weapon.
B. Officer's Perception of Danger and Level of
Resistance:
1. When an officer determines that he or
she must use force, the level of force used
would be dependent upon the officer's
perception of the resistance and/or whether
the resistance is placing the officer or
others in jeopardy of serious injury or death.
2. If the officer's presence and verbal
direction are not successful in establishing
control, the officer is trained to escalate the
level of control.
a. Escalating the level of control is
accomplished by using the "One Plus
One Theory" of escalation and only
escalating to the next level of force that
is justified and/or necessary considering
the amount of resistance given and the
potential for injury to the subject by
using that type of control.
3. It is not necessary to escalate or de-
escalate through all steps to reach another
control level, the officer may use any
appropriate level of force to gain control.
V. USE OF NON -LETHAL FORCE:
A. All force used by a Gulf Stream Police
Officer, whether it is non -lethal or lethal, will be
only that force necessary to effect lawful
objectives.
B. Non -lethal force may be used by an officer,
when necessary, to effect an arrest, to
overcome resistance to an arrest, for self-
defense, to prevent an escape, or to perform
other official duties.
Page 2 of 7
necessary, and then, only the necessary
force to control the situation will be used.
2. Any officer applying non -lethal force as
defined in this policy will be prohibited from
using a lateral vascular neck restraint (i.e.,
"choke hold").
VI. USE OF LETHAL FORCE:
A. Police officers of this department are
authorized to use lethal force when there is
reason to believe that such force is necessary.
1. Officers using force will use only the
degree of force necessary to effect their
lawful objectives.
B. When using lethal force to protect life, the
element of effecting an arrest need not be
present.
C. The following is when the use of such force
is the only reasonable option:
1. To prevent the imminent threat of death
or great bodily harm to the officer and/or to
another person.
D. When feasible, the officer will give a verbal
warning prior to the application of lethal force.
VII. INJURY FOLLOWING USE OF FORCE:
A. Whenever any type of force is used or any
action is taken that results in the injury or death
of a person, the officer using the force will,
immediately or immediately after the situation or
person is brought under control, notify a
supervisor to respond to the scene.
B. Dispatch will be contacted immediately to
summon medical aid whenever the use of force
results in injury, there is an observable injury or
a complaint of injury.
VIII. USE OF FIREARMS:
A. Officers are not justified in the use of a
firearm against a misdemeanor offender unless
a misdemeanor arrest escalates to the point
that the officer must defend himself or herself or
another from death or great bodily harm.
B. An officer may use a firearm to destroy an
animal for self- defense or to prevent
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Use of Control SOP # 4.01
substantial harm to another.
1. If an animal is injured or killed, the officer
will contact his or her supervisor
immediately and notify them of the situation.
Palm Beach County Animal Regulation will
be requested to respond and handle the
injured animal. The officer will make a
reasonable effort to contact the owner.
2. When an animal is destroyed by an
officer, a review will be conducted by the
officer's supervisor as described in SOP #
27.01.
C. Officers are prohibited from shooting a
firearm when it appears likely that an innocent
person may be injured, except in a situation that
is life threatening to the officer or another.
D. Officers should not shoot a firearm at or from
a moving vehicle except in a situation that is life
threatening to the officer or another.
E. Officers who are authorized to carry
revolvers will fire double action at all times.
F. Nothing in this procedure will preclude an
officer from unholstering and displaying his or
her firearm when the possibility of danger to
anyone exists.
G. Under no circumstances will a warning shot
be fired by a Gulf Stream Police officer.
H. Whenever an officer discharges a firearm on
or off duty, other than for training or recreational
purposes, the officer will notify a supervisor of
the incident. This will include all incidents
involving accidental or unintentional discharge
of any firearm by a member and includes a
primary firearm, secondary or back up firearm,
shotgun, or off-duty firearm.
1. A supervisor will respond to the
scene of the incident within the town limits
to conduct an administrative investigation.
2. A supervisor or designee may respond
to the scene of the incident outside the town
limits to conduct an administrative
investigation
3. The officer will, as soon as possible after
the incident, complete a report of the
circumstances surrounding the discharge
so an investigation may be completed (SOP
# 27.01).
IX. PROCEDURE FOR USE OF CONTROL
REPORT:
A. The incidents which require a Use of Control
Report (Appendix A) are:
1. Whenever a person is injured as a result
of using a police canine for apprehension.
2. Whenever physical force is used on any
person including, but not be limited to;
a. When a person is charged with
resisting arrest as a result of physical
contact with an officer;
b. When there is any observable injury
or complaint of injury to any subject(s)
or police member(s) as a result of
physical contact between the subject(s)
and member(s);
c. Whenever an officer strikes a subject
with an impact weapon or any object;
d. Whenever a member uses oleoresin
capsicum spray or other approved
chemical agents and
e. Whenever a firearm is drawn and
pointed at a person to gain control.
3. Whenever a firearm is discharged on or
off-duty other than for training or
recreational purposes.
a. If the discharge of a firearm is
accidental and no control of persons is
involved, a supervisor will complete a
report in memorandum form. A copy will
be forwarded to the Chief of Police for
review.
b. If there is a discharge of a firearm,
intentional or accidental, during a use of
control incident, the Chief of Police will
be noted of the incident immediately.
The Chief of Police will determine who
will investigate the incident.
c. PBSO and the State Attorneys
investigator(s) will respond to police
shootings where injury is involved.
Page 3 of 7
Control
4. When a death results from a use of
control incident, the on-call division
commander will be notified and PBSO
Investigator(s) will be called to investigate
the incident.
a. The State Attorney's Office will also
be notified to respond.
5. Any in custody deaths will be
investigated by PBSO.
a. The State Attorney's Office will also
be notified to respond.
B. It is the responsibility of the member involved
in a use of control incident to report it to his or
her shift supervisor immediately after the
incident is brought under control.
1. Any time a member uses control, he or
she is required to submit a written report
documenting the incident. It will be the
responsibility of the shift supervisor on call
supervisor to assure that the Chief of Police
is notified whenever a police officer is
involved in a shooting incident or an in -
custody death occurs.
C. It will be the responsibility of the supervisor to
Original 07/01/07
Page 4 of 7
SOP # 4.01
complete the Use of
1. The Use of Control Report is written by
the supervisor and the report will be
submitted to the Chief of Police.
D. All Use of Control Reports and accidental
discharge memorandums will be forwarded to
Chief of Police when completed for review.
1. If an administrative investigation is
Requested, the request will be forwarded
along with the Use of Control Report to the
Chief of Police.
E#
• SOP # 4.02 Weapons and Ammunition.
• SOP # 17.07 Vehicle Pursuits.
• SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function.
• Chapter 776 of Florida State Statutes Justifiable
Use of Force.
• Tennessee vs. Garner, 105 S.Ct. 1694,1701
(1985) provides sufficient justification for limiting
use of deadly force to those instances where a
suspect poses an immediate and imminent
threat of serious physical harm to the officer or
others.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Use of Control SOP # 4.01
APPENDIX A
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT USE OF CONTROL FORM
SUBJECT INFORMATION
Last Name First Name Initial
fflj:qil
Address CityState A.K.A. D.O.B.
Sex Race Height Weight
Impaired by Drugs or Mcohal: Yes_ No Unable to determine
Injury received: Yes No No apparent Injury_
If yes, describe In detail
Medical Treatment -Paramedic: Yes No Paramedic #1
Medical treatment -Hospital:
Photographs Taken :
Photograph(s) Taken by:
Yes_ Na_ Hospital
Physician's Name
Yes_ No_ Polaroid_ 35MM _ Digital
Date / Time
Weapon Involved : Yes _ No _ Type of Weapon
Charges: RESISTING W/ VIOLENCE RESISTING W/O VIOLENCE BATTERY ON LEO
Other Charges Specify
Last
OFFICER INFORMATION
First Name
On Duty: Yes No Extra Duty Detail _ In Uniform : Yes _ No
Officer Injury received : Yes _ No _ If Yes, describe In detail
Initial ID#
Medical Treatment -Paramedic: Yes_ No_ Paramedic #1
Paramedic #2
Medical treatment -Hospital: Yes_ No_ Hospital
Physician's Name
Photographs Taken : Yes_ No_ Polaroid_ 35MM _ Digital
Photograph(s) Taken by: Date /Time
Weapons / Instrumentalities / Tactics Used:
Physical (Hands, Feet, Fist. Elbow or Knee) _ Impact (Asp, Baton) _ OC Spray (see OC section)
K-9 Agency/ Handler
other Agency Case #
—Firearm: Make Model Serial #
# of Rounds Expended Type of Ammo
Other Specify
Original 07/01/07
Caliber
Page 5 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Use of Control SOP # 4.01
Signed
Print name
Date
IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR REVIEW Name Rank Date
Comments
STAFF REVIEW Name
Comments
CHIEF OF POLICE
Page 6 of 7
Rank Date
TE
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Use of Control SOP # 4.01
OC SPRAY SECTION
Subject sprayed: Outside Inside (Building or Vehicle) Approx. Seconds sprayed
Skin Color: Dark Medium Light Was subject perspiring Sun Burned
Weather Conditions Day Night Sunny Rain
Effects Of Spray:
Was Subject sprayed more than once : Yes No # Of Times
Actions taken to neutralize or alleviate effects of spray:
POLICE EMPLOYEE(S) Name
Name
Supplemental Report Filed:
CIVILIAN
Name
Last
Address
Phone #
Name
Last
Address
Phone #
Yes No
WITNESS INFORMATION
Name _
Name
First Middle
City / State
First
City / State _
Middle
INCIDENT
COMPLETE DETAILED NARRATIVE OF OCCURRENCE. (USE ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NECESSARY.)
Paye 7 ui 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
identified and established guidelines for the use of
approved weapons and/or ammunition for sworn
personnel.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Department Approval - Approval from the
Chief of Police or designee.
B. Service Weapon - Any department issued or
approved handgun provided to or by an officer
as his or her primary weapon carried on or
about their person during their tour of duty.
C. Secondary/Off-Duty Weapon -A secondary
weapon is an approved handgun other than the
primary service weapon, which is carried
concealed while on or off-duty or during special
assignments.
D. Police Shotgun - Any shotgun issued or
authorized for an officer to carry on duty.
E. Duty Ammunition -Ammunition authorized by
the Chief of Police or designee for use in
service, secondary and off duty weapons.
F. Proficiency - A demonstration of weapon
operation, care, maintenance, disassembly, and
assembly knowledge. Members must also be
familiar with the capabilities and limitations of
the ammunition and holster.
G. Qualification - A course designed to
demonstrate proficiency using a particular
weapon by obtaining an acceptable grade on a
weapons standards course.
III. NON -LETHAL WEAPONS:
A. The following are department approved non-
lethal defensive weapons which officers are
trained in and permitted to carry or use:
1. ASR/OC (Oleoresin Capsicum), and
2. Impact weapon.
B. Before an officer is issued or may use any of
the above approved non -lethal weapons, he or
she must attend a department approved training
class in the use of these weapons.
1. Training received in the Basic Standard
Police Recruit Class or a current
department approved certification on the
use of any of the approved non -lethal
weapons will satisfy the requirement.
C. Approved non -lethal weapons are to be used
by officers only in the manner they were
instructed in training classes.
D. Approved non -lethal weapons are to be used
only when necessary for self-defense, to protect
others from injury, and to overcome resistance
to arrest. In these instances, only the force
necessary will be used.
E. Whenever an officer uses any of the
approved non -lethal weapons to control a
person, the officer will notify the shift supervisor
immediately after the incident is brought under
control.
1. The shift supervisor or designee will
complete a Use of Control form
documenting the weapon used, how the
weapon was used, and the injuries, if any,
sustained as a result of using the weapon.
F. The use of non -lethal weapons such as
beanbag rounds, chemical agents, diversionary
devices or other non -lethal weapons by
specially trained personnel, when authorized by
the Chief of Police or a designee, is not
prohibited by this procedure.
G. The Chief of Police has authorized police
officers to carry department approved non -lethal
weapons while off-duty.
H. The following are non -lethal weapons that an
officer is prohibited by the department from
carrying or using:
1. Blackjack or slapjacks,
2. Nunchucks,
Page 1 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
3. Chemical mace,
4. Any non -lethal weapon that uses an
electrical discharge, and
5. Sap gloves.
IV. FIREARMS:
A. All uniformed road patrol officers will carry a
department issued (Appendix A) or approved
service weapon in a department approved
holster, while on duty.
1. The department may approve personal
service firearms for road patrol duty in .40
S & W, .38 caliber or 9 mm caliber.
B. All non -road patrol officers will carry a
department -approved firearm, concealed or
unconcealed in an approved holster, while on
duty. If the firearm is unconcealed, the
department badge must be conspicuously
displayed.
C. All police officers are permitted to carry one
concealed secondary firearm as a back up
weapon while on duty.
1. Any secondary weapon will be a make,
model and caliber approved by the Chief of
Police or a designee prior to use by an
officer. Officers will complete a Request to
Carry Personally Owned Firearm Form
(Appendix B) and submit it to the Chief of
Police.
2. The secondary weapon will be capable of
being carried concealed and will meet the
following specifications:
a. A revolver chambered to accept and
fire five or six rounds of .38 caliber
department approved ammunition with
a barrel length of two, but not more than
fourinches.
b. A double action semiautomatic pistol
chambered to accept .380 caliber or
larger.
c. The Chief of Police or designee
reserves the right to disapprove any
request to carry an off-duty or a
secondary weapon based on his or her
safety inspection of the weapon.
D. The Chief of Police has authorized police
officers to carry concealed firearms while off-
duty.
1. The service weapon is authorized for off-
duty concealed carry.
2. Personally owned off-duty firearms must
meet the same specifications as the
secondary weapon before they will be
approved for carry and use by an off-duty
officer.
E. While off-duty and within the Town of Gulf
Stream, full-time sworn police officers should
have in their possession a department approved
firearm and police identification card.
F. Under no circumstance will members carry
department authorized firearms off-duty when
under the influence of alcoholic beverages or
other substances to the extent that their normal
faculties are impaired.
G. Police officers may carry and use a
department issued shotgun while on duty.
1. Department issued shotguns will be
secured in a protective carrying case in the
trunk.
2. A shotgun may be carried only after the
officer attends a department approved
shotgun course and displays an adequate
degree of proficiency.
V. PROFICIENCY AND QUALIFICATIONS WITH
FIREARMS:
A. Qualification courses are designed by the
City of Delray Beach Range Master and are
designed to meet department training needs
and requirements of the Florida Criminal Justice
Standards and Training Commission. Lesson
plans and course descriptions are kept on file in
the Delray Beach Police department training
files.
B. A minimum qualifying score or a pass/fail
standard may be set for courses of fire.
C. Ammunition fired during qualification is duty
ammunition or equivalent in bullet weight, type
and projectile velocity.
Page 2 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
D. All sworn police officers will qualify annually
with their service weapon and their
secondary/off-duty weapon(s). Shotgun
qualification will be required of all officers.
E. During the annual firearm qualification, police
officers will be instructed in the deadly force
policy.
VI. FAILURE TO QUALIFY/SERVICE WEAPON
OR POLICE SHOTGUN:
A. Police officers failing to qualify on the first
attempt with their service weapon or police
shotgun during annual qualifications will fire the
course an additional two times. The officer must
have a minimum qualifying score for both
attempts.
1. Any police officer failing to qualify will be
placed on paid administrative leave. The
officer will be relieved of all department
issued service weapons, not authorized to
carry an off-duty and/or a secondary
weapon, and additional training will be
provided.
B. Any police officer placed on administrative
leave for failure to qualify, is allowed an
additional seven (7) calendar days from the
date of administrative leave to qualify.
1. Police officers failing to qualify after re-
testing will be placed on administrative duty
without pay until the officer meets
qualification standards, not to exceed thirty
(30) days.
C. Police officers failing to annually qualify due
to injury or illness will be scheduled to qualify
within ten (10) days of returning to duty.
D. Nothing in this procedure is a bar or
protection to any extent against the loss of
police powers through failure to meet minimum
standards for certification as established by the
State of Florida.
VII. FAILURE TO QUALIFY/OFF-DUTY WEAPON
OR SECONDARY WEAPON:
A. Any police officer failing to qualify with an
approved off-duty or secondary weapon
must re -fire the course two times and must
qualify both times.
B. Unsuccessful qualifications are documented
and forwarded to the Chief of Police. If
authorization was previously given for off-duty
or secondary weapon, it is immediately revoked
administratively.
C. Police officers failing to qualify with a
particular weapon may resubmit a request to
fire that same weapon, or a different one, at the
officer's next regularly scheduled qualification
date.
VIII. SPECIAL TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION:
A. The department may issue other firearms
and provide specialized training including
modified shotgun, limited illumination, stress
shooting, undercover shooting and reactionary
shooting as needed.
IX. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF
WEAPONS:
A. The department armorer will inspect all
firearms an officer is authorized to carry and
use, both on and off duty, at least annually, and
at other times he or she deems necessary, for
function, reliability, safety, and compliance to
this procedure.
B. Department firearms will not be altered,
modified, or repaired except by the department
armorer. If a personally owned firearm
approved for carrying and use off-duty is
altered, modified, or repaired, the firearm must
be inspected by the department armorer prior to
and immediately after the alteration,
modification, or repair, for continued approval.
This will not prohibit placing approved grips
and/or sights on a secondary or off-duty firearm.
C. All officers are responsible for the proper
care, cleaning, and treatment of all firearms
they are authorized to carry and use both off
and on -duty.
D. The department armorer will maintain an
inventory of all department weapons and
records for approved off-duty weapons.
X. USE OF FIREARMS:
A. Whenever a firearm is used, the department
Page 3 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
Use of Force policy must be strictly adhered to.
B. Whenever an officer discharges a firearm on
or off duty, other than for training or recreational
purposes, the officer will notify the shift
supervisor of the incident. This will include all
incidents involving accidental or unintentional
discharge of any firearm.
1. The officer will, as soon as possible after
the incident, submit a Use of Control form
documenting the circumstances
surrounding the discharge of the firearm.
C. Officers are prohibited from shooting a
firearm when it appears likely that an innocent
person may be injured, except in a situation that
is life threatening to the officer or another.
D. An officer may use a firearm to destroy an
animal, in self-defense or to prevent substantial
harm to another by an animal.
1. If an animal is injured or killed, the officer
will contact the shift supervisor immediately
and notify him or her of the situation. Palm
Beach County Animal Regulation will be
requested to respond and handle the
injured animal.
XI. HOLSTERS/EQUIPMENT:
A. While on -duty, all uniformed and non -
uniformed sworn police officers will wear and
use a holster that is approved by the
department for their primary duty service
firearm and, their secondary backup firearm, if
carried.
B. All sworn police officers, when carrying a
firearm off-duty, will use a department -approved
holster.
1. If the firearm is carried in a purse, fanny
or waist type bag, it will be in a department -
approved holster or in a separate
compartment in the purse or bag.
C. All sworn police officers are required to
demonstrate proficiency with all duty (primary
and secondary) holsters they use at the annual
qualification for duty firearms. All sworn police
officers will be required to demonstrate
proficiency with all off-duty holsters they use at
the annual qualification for off-duty firearms.
XII. INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING IN USE OF
FORCE:
A. Prior to being authorized to carry or use a
firearm or any other weapon approved by the
department, the officer will be instructed in this
policy and any other current directives that
pertain to use of force and/or weapons.
B. During any weapons training classes,
directives pertaining to use of force and/or
weapons will be reviewed for training purposes.
C. All officers will be instructed in new or
revised directives pertaining to use of force
and/or weapons when issued or in conjunction
with a scheduled in-service training session.
XIII. AMMUNITION:
A. All sworn police officers will carry and use
only department approved and/or issued
ammunition for any firearm they are issued to
carry on duty (Appendix A).
B. Magazines for authorized semi-automatic
pistols will be charged to capacity. An additional
round will be chambered in each weapon.
C. Only factory loaded, department approved
ammunition will be used in shotguns and
special purpose tactical firearms.
D. While on duty, each uniformed patrol officer
will carry on their person two (2) additional
magazines of ammunition to reload their
primary duty service firearm.
E. While on duty, each non -uniformed officer
will carry on their person or have readily
available sufficient ammunition to reload their
primary duty service firearm once.
F. The following types of ammunition are
prohibited for any issued or authorized firearm:
1. Explosive or combustible rounds,
2. Magnum rounds,
3. Rounds containing multiple pellets,
except for approved shotgun ammunition,
and
4. Metal piercing rounds.
XIV. TACTICAL FOLDING KNIVES:
Page 4 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
A. The department authorizes sworn members
to possess and use a tactical folding knife, both
on and off duty. It is recognized that officers
may have many needs for a folding knife,
including both general work and for limited
defensive purposes.
1. Approved tactical knives are folding,
manual opening with blade length of 4
inches or less.
2. Automatic blades or spring loaded
knives are prohibited.
B. The tactical folding knife is primarily used as
a general cutting tool to assist in daily duties.
1. The officer will use reasonable care in
the use of the tactical folding knife as a
cutting tool.
2. The officer will not exhibitor handle the
knife in a careless manner.
3. The officer will use care in the general
use of the knife to prevent damage to
property.
Original Issue: 07/01/07
B. The tactical knife is not considered a
primary weapon in a defense of life situation,
officers may under extraordinary circumstances,
use a tactical folding knife in defense of their life
and the lives of others. Officer will follow
department use of force procedures in the use
of any weapon.
1. Use of a tactical folding knife in a
defense of life situation is considered
deadly force.
C. The tactical folding knife will be carried in a
duty belt holder or in a pocket.
D. The possession and use of a fixed blade
knife for uniformed patrol is prohibited.
XV.REFERENCE:
• SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
• SOP # 18.20 Investigations of Critical Incidents.
F.S.S. 790.052 Carrying concealed firearms;
off-duty law enforcement officers.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
Appendix A
WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION
The current issue service weapon is the Smith & Wesson Model 5846 9mm Semi -Automatic pistol.
The current police shotgun is the 12 gauge shotgun, Smith & Wesson and Remington Model 870.
The current issue pistol duty rounds are Winchester 9mm 147 grain sxt. .
The current shotgun round is the Remington, 12 gauge, 23/4 in., 9 pellet, 00 buck.
Page 6 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Weapons & Ammunition SOP # 4.02
Appendix B
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
REQUEST TO CARRY PERSONALLY OWNED FIREARM
Name: ID #:
Firearm
Serial
Barrel Length: Finish:
Anticipated Use:
Uniformed Duty: Non -Uniformed Duty:
Additional On -Duty: _ Off -Duty: _
Signature of Officer Date
Inspected for make, model, function, and reliability: Approved:
Disapproved:
Officer demonstrated proficiency with firearm:
Request to carry granted:
Request to carry denied:
Signature of Range Master
Signature of Chief of Police
Date
Date
FIREARMS MUST MEET SPECIFICATIONS AS OUTLINED IN SOP # 4.0
Page 7 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Less -Lethal Ammunition and System SOP # 4.03
LESS -LETHAL LAUNCHED
AMMUNITION AND ORDNANCE
SYSTEM
EFFECTIVE DATE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME
ACCREDITATION STANDARD: NIA
I. POLICY: The Lantana Police Department has
authorized the use of a less -lethal weapons system
to deliver Kinetic Energy Impact Projectiles when
non-compliant, violent, combative, and/or armed
subjects are involved in situations that may lead to
potentially violent confrontations. The department
realizes that special training and equipment are
necessary to effectively de-escalate these
dangerous situations with a lesser risk of great
bodily injury or death to the subject.
It. DEFINITIONS:
A. Less -Lethal Force- Force intended to
subdue, incapacitate, or render a subject non-
threatening with a lesser possibility of causing
great bodily harm or death.
B. Kinetic Energy Impact Proiectiles-
Ammunition designed and developed to be
launched at human targets with a lesser
possibility of producing fatal results. These
munitions may cause injuries similar to those of
traditional police impact weapons and can be
referred to as "extended range impact
weapons." Although designed to incapacitate
without causing great bodily harm or death, that
possibility always exists even when the
munitions are deployed properly.
C. Safety Priorities- The department's safety
priorities are established as follows:
1.Innocent bystanders — Free & direct
them to safety as soon as possible.
2. Hostages — Free & escort to safety as
soon as possible.
3. Police Officers — The most tactically
sound plan will always require a level of risk
to police officers.
4. Subject — Stop his or her actions by
arrest or force.
111. TRAINING:
A. No officer may operate the less -lethal
weapon system until he or she has successfully
completed departmental or an approved training
program.
B. All less -lethal weapon system operators will
qualify on an annual basis.
IV. EQUIPMENT STORAGE AND
ACCESSIBILITY:
A. Less -lethal weapon systems will be secured
in the armory or in a high impact, waterproof
case and transported in the trunk of the shift
supervisor's vehicle.
V. DEPLOYMENT TECHNIQUES:
A. The less -lethal weapon system will not be
deployed by any officer unless the shift
supervisor or other command supervisor is on
the scene to authorize deployment.
B. The intended use of Less -Lethal Force will
be communicated to the other officers present
prior to deployment to negate any perception of
gunfire.
C. The authorized officer will ensure the
weapon is fully loaded and ready for immediate
deployment prior to engaging a target.
D. Each time there is a potential for the use of
the less -lethal weapon system, the operator will
have an officer with him or her to provide
immediate back-up.
E. Whenever possible, Fire/Rescue will be
notified to stand by at the scene prior to the
less -lethal force being deployed.
F. Prior to the deployment of the less -lethal
weapon system, an arrest team will be selected
to approach the subject and take him or her into
custody.
G. Prior to deploying less -lethal force, officers
will consider:
1. The level of force being confronted;
2. The proximity and/or access of subject to
officers; and
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Less Lethal Ammunition and System SOP # 4.03
3. The department safety priorities.
H. Target areas on the subject will be
determined by the severity of each situation.
The target areas are defined as:
1. Low severity- extremities.
2. Moderate severity- lower abdomen.
3. Extreme severity- chest/torso area.
4. Only if the event escalates into a lethal
force confrontation will any round be fired at
the head or neck area of the subject.
I. When engaging a target, the officer will
evaluate the effectiveness of each round during
the volley. Compliance and/or incapacitation is
the desired goal and alternative target areas
should be considered when rounds are not
effective. Alternative target area considerations
will be based on the circumstances the officer is
encountering and the department safety
priorities.
J. Subjects who are struck with a less -lethal
round will be transported to a medical facility as
soon as is practical.
1. The potential, although reduced, for
causing serious bodily injury or death by
such projectiles is a reality. This potential is
greatly reduced when impacts to the neck
and head are avoided and when proper
medical treatment is provided in cases
where the subject is struck in an area that
may conceal a closed injury. These areas
include, but are not limited to, the chest,
back, thoracic and abdominal areas, and
the groin.
K. At any time during the incident, the shift
supervisor or command supervisor may order
the weapon operator to disengage and not fire.
1. At no time will the shift supervisor or
command supervisor issue an order for the
operator to fire the weapon if it is not
warranted.
2. Even when authorized, the operator need
not fire if he or she feels it is unnecessary,
unsafe, or not prudent.
w
L. The assigned officer, when returning the
weapon to the shift supervisor, will report any
damage and/or required repairs. The weapon
will be delivered to the Range Master for
inspection and/or repair as soon as practical.
A. The shift supervisor will ensure the weapon
system is in the trunk compartment of the
vehicle he or she takes into service.
B. The shift supervisor will inspect the weapon
system to ensure there are six (6) KO -1
standard energy rounds available.
C. The shift supervisor will ensure six (6) KO -1
LE (less energy) rounds are present in the
carrying case.
D. The Range Master will inspect the weapon
and replace the ammunition, if needed, at three
(3) month intervals. The inspection will be noted
on the Less -Lethal Weapon/Ammo Inspection
Log.
VII. USE OF FORCE REPORTING:
A. The operational use of less -lethal force will
be documented prior to going off duty in an
offense report to include the number of and type
of rounds expended by the officer initiating the
use of force.
1. The shift supervisor or designee will
submit a Use of Control form to the Uniform
Division Commander outlining the use of
force to include the number and type of
rounds expended, injuries, if any, and other
factors involved in the incident.
B. Photographs depicting the subject and the
point of contact will be taken at the earliest
possible opportunity.
VIII. REFERENCE:
SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Less -Lethal Ammunition and System SOP # 4.03
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Original issue: 9/1/2001
Revised: 11/16/2001
I.D. # 696
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Less Lethal Ammunition and System SOP # 4.03
Appendix A
LESS -LETHAL LAUNCHED AMMUNITION AND ORDNANCE SYSTEM
EFFECTIVE DATE:
A. The current Less -Lethal Weapon System is the SAGE SL -6 Launcher 37mm. Multiple Purpose Launcher.
Page 4 of 5
LESS -LETHAL LAUNCHED AMMUNITION
Appendix B
LESS -LETHAL WEAPON/AMMO INSPECTION LOG
SERIAL #:
# ROUNDS # ROUNDS
DATE NAME ID # KO -1 Standard Energy KO -1 LE Less Energy
SOP # 4.03
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Part -Time Sworn Members SOP#5.01
PART-TIME SWORN OFFICER shall maintain CJSTC mandatory training for
police officers.
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The need for additional police personnel or to
meet the demands created by emergencies such as civil
disturbance, natural disasters, and other emergency
conditions or to supplement police operations can be
handled by the agency's Part Time Officer.
A. Sworn Part Time Officer- A part-time police officer that
has met all pre-employment and training requirements
prescribed by the police department and the Florida
Criminal Justice Standards and Training Commission for
police officers. After Field Training Officer (FTO)
requirements have been met, a Part Time Police Officer
may exercise full police authority.
III. AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF:
The Chief of Police shall be the appointing authority and
retains authority to rescind the appointment of any sworn
part-time member at anytime, with or without cause, and
to limit the extent of law enforcement authority, which
he/she delegates.
IV. PART-TIME OFFICER FUNCTION:
A. Part-time officers shall be subject to the rules,
regulations, policies and procedures of the department.
B. They may be assigned to the road patrol function or
other functions as determined by the Chief of Police or
his designee.
C. Part-time officers are provided with public liability
protection equal to that provided to full-time officers and
are bonded with the coverage provided to full-time
officers performing like functions.
D. Part-time officers shall:
1. Take a sworn oath of office and
2. Become familiar with all
departmental rules, regulations, directives,
policies, and procedures; and shall adhere to
their responsibilities.
VI. APPLICANT AND SELECTION PROCESS:
A. Application processing of persons seeking
part-time officer positions shall be coordinated
through the Uniform Division.
B. Part-time officers shall be subject to the same
application and selection criteria as full-time officers.
C. Applicants must comply with eligibility
requirements established for full-time police officers
and FDLE for certifications required for sworn Part -
Time officer.
VII. TRAINING:
A. Part-time officers will be provided
with training that meets the police department and
the Florida Criminal Justice Standards and Training
Commission requirements for those full-time officers
performing like functions including mandatory
retraining required by CJSTC.
B. Part-time officers will be proficient in weapons
(lethal and non- lethal) and complete training in Use
of Force as required by department standards.
VIII. REFERENCE:
• SOP # 14.01 Training
• SOP # 4.02 Weapons
• Rules & Regulations
• SOP # 4.01 Use of Force
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Original Issue: 07/01/07 ,.,_,_ 4 ,f 1
i ayc i vi i
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPAERTMENT-Citizen Observer Patrol SOP # 6.01
CITIZEN OBSERVER PATROL
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME
I. POLICY: The department recognizes a volunteer
Citizen Observer Patrol (COP) program as a
valuable resource for a law enforcement agency
and maintains a Citizen Observer Patrol program to
gain the assistance of citizens in the observation
and reporting of suspicious or criminal violations
within the Town of Lantana. In addition, properly
trained members also assist in enforcement of
parking regulations within the town.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Citizen Observer - A person appointed by the
Chief of Police as a citizen observer, who has
met the prescribed qualifications, background
checks and training requirements for the
position of citizen observer.
III. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS:
A. All observers must be at least 18 years of
age.
B. All observers must possess a valid Florida
driver license.
C. All observers must complete an application
and pass a non -sworn background check.
D. All observers will be fingerprinted and
photographed.
E. All observers will possess good moral
character and a positive attitude.
F. All observers must successfully complete the
Citizens Observer Patrol Academy including
certification as a Parking Enforcement
Specialist.
IV. TRAINING:
A. The citizen observer will attend a training
program conducted by the Lantana Police
Department.
B. The training program may include liability
issues, delineation of citizens responsibilities,
and other appropriate subject matter.
C. Upon completion of the training the citizen
observers will:
1. Understand the scope of their authority
and their limits.
2. Understand the purpose of citizen
observer patrol.
3. Demonstrate their ability in reporting
skills.
4. Demonstrate an ability to perform patrol
functions.
5. Demonstrate their ability to enforce
parking regulations including the issuance
of parking citations.
V. ORGANIZATION OF THE CITIZEN OBSERVER
PATROL:
A. The citizen observer function will be
composed of citizen volunteers to assist in
patrolling the town, reducing criminal activity
and the enforcement of parking regulations.
B. The Citizen Observer Patrol will be
coordinated by the Uniform Services
Commander or a designee.
C. All daily reports will be turned in at the end of
the shift and checked by the shift supervisor.
D. The citizen observer will be issued a
department identification number and
identification card upon appointment.
1. The COP member will be required to
wear the department identification card
while on patrol and at the police station.
2. The COP member will record their
identification number on daily reports and
parking citations.
E. The Chief of Police is the final authority over
the Citizen Observer Patrol program and
reserves the right to be the appointing authority
and retains authority to rescind the appointment
of any observer.
Page 1 of 5
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Observer Patrol SOP # 6.01
VI. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES:
A. A citizen observer has NO legal authority to
stop, detain or hinder any person from moving
about freely.
B. A citizen observer has NO legal authority to
stop and question any person or persons.
C. A citizen observer has NO law enforcement
authority, (i.e., police, arrest,) and will not carry
any type of weapon while working in the Citizen
Observer Patrol program, even if licensed to do
SO.
D. A COP member who has completed an
approved parking enforcement specialist course
may enforce parking regulations, as outlined in
this procedure, while on -duty as a citizen
observer.
E. A COP member is prohibited from taking any
parking regulation enforcement or representing
the department in any manner while off-duty or
not specifically assigned by the Chief of Police
or a designee.
F. While on patrol, the Citizen Observers will:
1. Report any suspicious or criminal
activity or potential hazards within the
patrol area via a department Nextel
radio/phone to communications.
2. Assist with the CARE program by
checking on CARE clients as assigned
by shift supervisors.
3. Be courteous and professional in the
performance of duties and assigned
tasks.
4. Maintain all equipment in proper
condition.
G. A Citizen Observer Patrol will consist of two
observers assigned to the COP vehicle.
H. The COP may use the amber light bar while
patrolling shopping areas only.
I. The COP will activate the amber light bar
when stopping on any roadway to:
a. Assist a motorist.
b. Remove or warn the public of a
hazard.
c. To perform an assigned function.
J. The citizen observer will be issued a
department Nextel radio -phone prior to starting
a COP shift.
a. The COP Nextel will be stored in
communications and issued by the on—
duty communications officer.
b. The communications officer will
record the name and ID number of the
COP member the Nextel is issued to.
c. The COP member is responsible
for the Nextel during their shift and no
unauthorized telephone calls will be
made.
d. Upon completion of the COP shift,
the citizen observer will return the
Nextel to communications.
e. The communications officer will log
the COP Nextel in and return the COP
Nextel to the specified charger.
K. COP members will complete a daily activity
log (Appendix A) of their activities and record
any reports or parking citations in the
appropriate areas.
L. COP members are encouraged to assist the
public in utilizing available parking and the
issuance of parking citations is not considered
to be a goal of the COP program.
M. COP members authorized to enforce
parking regulations may issue Town of Lantana
Parking Citations (Appendix B).
a. The COP member will complete the
parking citation noting the location,
date, time, type of violation, type and
description of the vehicle, and the tag or
registration number.
b. The COP member will turn the
completed parking citations into the on -
duty communications officer prior to the
end of the COP shift.
Page 2 of 5
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Observer Patrol SOP # 6.01
c. The communication officer will run
the tag or registration number on the
parking citations and attach a copy of
the NCIC/FCIC teletype to the parking
citation.
d. The communication officer will
forward to Administrative Services the
parking citations issued by the COP
member along with the tag information.
N. If a COP member is approached by a
citizen with a complaint about a parking citation
that has been issued, the COP member will:
1.Address the citizen with courtesy
and explain the nature of the violation
and validity of the parking citation.
2.If the explanation is not accepted
refer the citizen to the police
department.
3. A COP member will not void a
parking citation once it is fully
completed.
VII. MOTOR VEHICLES:
A. The Town of Lantana will provide vehicle(s)
for the Citizen Observer Program.
1. The vehicle will be a Lantana Police
vehicle and clearly marked "Citizen
Observer Patrol".
2. The vehicle will have amber lenses on
the emergency light bar and the siren will be
inoperable.
B. The Uniform Services Commander or
designee will be responsible for the care and
maintenance of the vehicles.
1. Monthly inspections of the COP vehicle
will be conducted by the Uniform Services
Commander or designee.
C. The COP member who is assigned to drive
the vehicle during a COP shift will conduct a
vehicle inspection prior to beginning patrol and
will record the inspection on the daily log.
Original Issue: 3/1/2005
1. Any safety or maintenance problems
found during the vehicle inspection will be
brought to the attention of the shift
supervisor.
D. The COP vehicle(s) will only be driven while
performing Citizen Observer Patrol functions,
unless authorized by the Chief of Police or a
designee.
E. All traffic crashes and/or damage to the
vehicles will be reported immediately to the shift
supervisor.
1. The appropriate state and town
report forms will be completed.
F. When a COP member is at fault in a traffic
crash, he or she will be required to complete a
driver training course/ exam conducted by the
Uniform Services Commander or a designee.
VIII. UNIFORM:
A. When on -duty, COP members will wear the
department issued polo type shirt and a
baseball cap which clearly identifies them as
Citizen Observer Patrol members, not sworn
police officers.
B. Citizen Observer Patrol members will wear
navy blue or black shorts or pants and black
shoes or sneakers, which are not issued.
IX. LEAVE OF ABSENCE:
A. COP members may be granted a leave of
absence upon request and approval by the
Chief of Police. (A leave of absence will be any
time over 90 days)
X.
• Rules and Regulations.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 5
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Observer Patrol SOP # 6.01
APPENDIX A
Page 4 of 5
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Observer Patrol SOP # 6.01
APPENDIX B
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Ride Along Program SOP# 6.05
RIDE ALONG PROGRAM in the best interest of the department.
EFFECTIVE: 07101107 E. Assignments will be for a specified period of
time. The shift supervisor will determine hours
of participation.
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
approved a Ride Along Program to permit citizens
to accompany a police officer in a police vehicle as
observers. The assignments and activities of
citizens authorized to participate in this program will
be limited to, and conform with, the conditions and
regulations set forth in this procedure.
11. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROGRAM:
A. The Chief of Police is responsible for
administering the department's Ride Along
Program and maintaining all pertinent records.
B. Requests to participate in the program are
handled by the Chief of Police or designee. The
person handling the request is responsible for
evaluating and approving the request.
C. Assignments are made by the on -duty shift
supervisor.
D. The Chief of Police will ensure that a
GENERAL RELEASE OF CIVIL LIABILITY form
(Appendix A) is completed by the participant
prior to participation in the program.
III. ELIGIBILITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF
A. All participants must be at least 18 years of
age.
B. Each participant is under the direct and
complete control of the officer to whom he or
she is assigned.
C. Participants are not permitted to operate any
police vehicle, handle or possess firearms or
weapons, or use any police equipment.
1. Participants are not permitted to take
part in any police action, assist in
conducting investigations, or perform any
other police task or function. Participants
may act as observers only
D. An officer experiencing difficulty with a
participant has the option of discharging the
rider at the police department. In such cases,
the officer will forward a memorandum
explaining the circumstances to the shift
supervisor. An individual may be barred from
future participation in the program if it would be
F. Whenever possible, participants will be
assigned to officers of the same gender.
G. Situations may arise that could expose the
participant to undue danger, violence, or other
hazardous conditions. In such cases, the officer
will exercise discretion and will have the
prerogative to temporarily discharge the
observer at a suitable, safe location while
responding to and handling the call.
H. Any person requesting to participate in the
Citizens Ride -Along Program may be rejected if
such participation would not serve the best
interest of the department.
1. Any officer having knowledge of facts or
circumstances that would demonstrate the
person to be unsuitable for participation in
the program should make this knowledge
known to the Uniform Services Commander
or designee.
IV. PRIVATE CITIZENS:
A. No more than one (1) private citizen may be
assigned at any one time without prior approval
from the Chief of Police. Requests will be
handled on a first come, first served basis.
B. A signed Liability Release Form is required
for all participants in this category.
C. All private citizens must submit a driver's
license or other valid photo I.D. card along with
the program application prior to participating in
the program.
1. Any private citizen found to have a past
felony criminal conviction will be barred
from participating in the Ride Along
Program.
2. Any private citizen found to have a past
misdemeanor criminal conviction may be
permitted to participate in the Ride Along
Program at the discretion of the Chief of
Police.
3. No one will be allowed to participate while
they are the subject of a criminal
investigation or have pending felony or
misdemeanor charges against them.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Ride
4. Participation will be limited to one (1)
Ride Along per 30 -day period.
D. Private citizens will not wear any type of
uniform or apparel, which may cause them to
be misidentified as police officer.
E. No member will be permitted to have as an
observer their boy/girl friend, or any relative (as
defined in Rules & Reg. 2-30) without
authorization of the Chief of Police.
V. NON -SWORN TOWN PERSONNEL:
A. This category includes police personnel
employed in a non -sworn capacity by the Town
of Gulf Stream and to interns assigned to the
Department.
1. Interns may participate in the Ride Along
Program as frequently as necessary to
satisfy the requirements of his or her
internship, at the direction of the Chief of
Police. A signed Liability Release Form will
be required for all interns.
B. Non -sworn members are not permitted to
ride as an observer unless the employee is
riding as part of an in—service training program
with the approval of the members Chief.
VI. LAW ENFORCEMENT PERSONNEL/NON-
G.S.P.D.
A. This category includes sworn law
enforcement personnel from other jurisdictions
who are not involved in an investigation or
otherwise acting in an official capacity.
B. A Liability Release Form must be signed and
submitted 24 hours prior to the assignment with
a copy forwarded to the Chief of Police.
C. Florida certified police officers participating in
the Ride Along Program may carry a firearm as
permitted in FSS. Florida officers must adhere
to the guidelines of their department policy
when carrying a firearm outside of their
jurisdiction.
D. Police officers who are not certified in the
State of Florida may not carry a firearm while
participating in the Ride Along Program.
Original issue: 07/01/07
SOP #
E. Police officers from other jurisdictions may
not wear a uniform or clothing, which indicates
they are police officers while participating in the
Ride Along Program.
VII. LAW ENFORCEMENT
PERSONNEL/G.S.P.D.:
VII.
Off-duty sworn members of GSPD are not
permitted to ride as an observer unless
specifically assigned as part of normal course of
duty.
• FSS 790.052 Carrying concealed firearms;
off duty law enforcement officers.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
raye / ui 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Ride Along Program SOP# 6.05
Appendix A
REQUEST FOR PERMISSION TO RIDE AS OBSERVER
AND
HOLD -HARMLESS AGREEMENT
The undersigned being over the age of twenty-one, does hereby request permission of the Gulf Stream
Police Department to ride as an observer only. This observation is for the purpose of educational benefit. If
permission is granted, I hereby agree to obey at all times all instructions, orders, and commands given me by the
officer or officers in command of any vehicle in which I mat be riding. I fully realize and appreciate that the basic
nature of law enforcement work and the possibility that situations will arise which might result in my being
exposed to danger of physical harm or injury, including, but not limited to motor vehicle accidents. I nevertheless
freely and voluntarily accept these risks. I further agree to keep confidential anything I may observe when
requested to do so by members of the Gulf Stream Police Department. I understand that my observation may be
terminated at any time without notice by the Gulf Stream Police Department.
WHEREFORE, in consideration of the educational benefit to received and the granting of the above request, I
hereby agree to hold THE TOWN OF GULF STREAM, its Commission, the GULF STREAM POLICE
DEPARTMENT and its Chief, employees, agents and servants harmless from any and all liability to me for
personal injury or property damage, whether proximate or remote, sustained during the period of time I may be in
the capacity of an observer, as aforesaid.
(Signature) (Age) (Address) (Telephone)
(Witness) (Police Officer)
APROVED FOR
UNIT ASSIGNED
(Day) (Month -Day -Year) (Time)
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Ride Along Program SOP # 6.05
Appendix B
NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Fiscal Management SOP # 7.01
FISCAL MANAGEMENT
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The purpose of this procedure is to
establish guidelines for the fiscal management of
the Gulf Stream Police Department. Financial
records of the Gulf Stream Police Department will
be maintained in accordance with all town
regulations and generally accepted accounting
principles and auditing procedures.
A. Budoet Preparation Forms - Various forms
used by town departments, including the police
department, for documenting estimates of
personnel, operating expenses, capital outlay
and revenue for the upcoming fiscal year.
B. Encumbrance Authority - Authority delegated
by the Chief of Police to division commanders
or their designees to encumber budgeted funds
for authorized purchases of supplies, services
and/or capital equipment.
C. Fiscal Year - A financial period to which
revenues, appropriations and expenditures are
related for accounting purposes. The fiscal year
for the town begins October 01 and ends
September 30 of the following calendar year.
D. Generally Accepted Accountino Principles -
Accounting principles developed and
documented by nationally recognized
professional organizations in order to conduct,
measure and report financial and related
activities in a consistent manner.
E. Capital Outlay - Tangible personal property of
a non -consumable nature costing $500.00 or
more or having "significant value" as defined by
Florida State Statutes, with a life expectancy of
more than one year and not repairs, parts or
supply items.
III. CHIEF OF POLICE FISCAL AUTHORITY AND
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The Chief of Police, as Department Head, is
the final authority pending Town Manager
approval, when needed, in all fiscal and budget
matters and decisions for the Town of Gulf
Stream Police Department.
IV. COMMAND FISCAL RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. Whenever notified by the Chief of Police,
designees will participate in the preparation of
their assigned budgets.
B. Based on operational and activity analysis of
the previous year, each designee will prepare
written recommendations for use in the
development of the department's budget.
C. The Chief of Police or a designee is
responsible for attending budgetary meetings to
receive all necessary budget materials, which
may include, but not limited to, budget data,
cost estimates, and historical information
provided by the Town of Gulf Stream Finance
Department.
V. BUDGET RESPONSIBILITY:
A. The Chief of Police is charged with:
1. Accounting;
2. Budget management;
3. Cost control and analysis;
4. Monitoring of department expenditures;
and
5. Other related functions designated by the
Town Manager.
VI. BUDGET PROCEDURE:
A. The police department's budget will be
prepared and presented to the Town Manager
each year in accordance with Town Ordinance
and the schedule established by the finance
department.
1. Upon receipt of the Town Manager
directive, the Chief of Police or a designee
will begin preparation of the following year's
budget.
2. The finance department will issue
speck instructions and guidelines for the
particular budget year preparation.
3. Each budget proposal will include a
detailed justification, including all
anticipated costs, benefits, support,
equipment, maintenance and/or purchase
costs, and related items.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Fiscal Management SOP # 7.01
B. A budget schedule and budget forms will be
sent to the police department by the finance
department.
C. A budget review will be scheduled for each
division with the Chief of Police.
D. When adjustments have been made and
tabulated, the budget will be reviewed and
approved by the Chief of Police. The budget will
be assembled in final form for presentation to
the Town Manager.
VII. ACCOUNTING SYSTEM:
A. The finance department provides all account
numbers and the accounting structure to be
utilized by all Town departments based on
generally accepted accounting principles, Town
Ordinance, and Florida State Statutes.
B. The Town of Gulf Stream Police Department
prepares and monitors its budget utilizing
generally accepted accounting principles.
VIII. INTERNAL MONITORING:
A. All town departmental budgets, including the
police department's, are routinely monitored by
the finance department.
B. Internal monitoring of the department's
budget provides a means to determine whether
established internal control procedures are
being administered effectively and for staff to
evaluate each division's performance in their
budgetary responsibilities.
C. The police department monitors its overall
budget on a continuous basis.
IX. INDEPENDENT AUDIT:
A. An annual audit will be conducted of varied
funds to ensure the integrity of the entire
accounting system.
1. All Town of Gulf Stream departmental
budgets, including the police departments,
are audited on an annual basis by auditors
approved by the Town Manager.
2. The Town of Gulf Stream Finance
Department maintains copies of all audit
reports.
X. PAYROLL AND PERSONNEL:
A. Each personnel file maintained for members
will contain records necessary to substantiate
the date of initial employment, pay grade and/or
step, step increases, promotions, overtime
payments, special payments, annual
evaluations, letters of commendation, and
disciplinary action.
B. Payroll transactions - Regular pay, pay
increases, salary incentive pay, and other
related disbursements will be made only upon
receipt of proper authorization. Authorizations
flow from the police department to the finance
department. The finance department on an
individual basis will handle payroll deductions,
including income tax withholdings, with the
individual concerned.
XI. EMERGENCY PURCHASES:
A. Situations may occur which require an
emergency purchase of certain items. An
example of this could occur at a crime scene or
major incident. Supplies such as food,
materials, fuel, etc., may be required that are
otherwise unavailable.
B. Emergency purchases will be curtailed as
much as possible by anticipating needs in time
for the use of regular purchasing procedures.
C. When emergency purchases are necessary,
they are to be made only when the normal
function and operation of the department would
be hampered by submitting a requisition in the
usual manner to such an extent it may affect the
life, health or convenience of citizens.
D. The Chief of Police or Town Manager must
approve emergency purchase.
F. When emergency purchases are necessary,
the department will make the purchase at the
best possible price.
.XIII.
F.S.S. Ch. 274 Tangible Property Owned by
Local Governments.
Garrett J. Ward Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Fiscal Management SOP # 7.01
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Original issue:07/01/07
Page 3 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Fiscal Management SOP # 7.01
Appendix A
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES
DATE:
REQUESTOR:
ITEM (S)
REQUE:
SUPPLIER:
(If known)
COST:
(if known)
(shipping separate)
BUDGET ACCOUNT # TO BE CHARGED:
SUPERVISOR APPROVING REQUEST
CHIEF OF POLICE
Page 4 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Fiscal Management SOP # 7.01
Page 5 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Control of Department Property & Assets SOP # 7.02
CONTROL OF DEPARTMENT
PROPERTY & ASSETS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for procurement, issuance,
accountability, and maintenance of department
property. Department -owned items, which include
fixed assets, equipment, uniforms, and other
department issued items will be maintained and
controlled to insure their functional readiness.
Il. DEFINITIONS:
A. Fixed Assets: Tangible items of property that
have an expected useful life longer than a year
and have a value of over $500.00 or more.
III. PROPERTY PROCUREMENT, ISSUANCE
MAINTENANCE, AND ACCOUNTABILITY:
A. Each division will be responsible for
identifying and requisitioning materials,
supplies, and equipment necessary for their
operations.
1. All requisitions will be forwarded to the
Chief of Police for review, confirmation of
funds availability, and approval before
transmittal to the Town Finance
Department.
2. The Chief of Police maintains centralized
control of all department requisitions
processed, pending, or completed.
B. The maintenance, distribution and issuance
of department -owned property to authorized
personnel will be the responsibility of the Chief
of Police.
C. All stored items or special equipment will be
regularly inspected for operational readiness by
the appropriate division or by a designee of the
Chief of Police.
D. All members will be held accountable for
issued or assigned department property,
equipment, vehicles, etc., issued or assigned to
them.
E. All members will maintain issued or assigned
property, equipment and supplies and will notify
the appropriate supervisor for necessary repairs
or replacements. The supervisor may require
the notification in writing when necessary.
1. Failure to notify the proper authority
when damaging, or discovering damage to
department property may result in
disciplinary action.
F. Supervisors are responsible to complete
necessary town reports for damaged town
property.
G. Supervisors will have the responsibility of
checking the condition of department -owned
property issued to members under his or her
supervision as part of a routine inspection.
H. The Chief of Police is responsible for
coordinating the Fixed Asset Inventory with the
Town Finance Department per Town
Administrative Orders.
IV. REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOST OR STOLEN
PERSONALLY OWNED PROPERTY:
A. The department may reimburse a member a
reasonable amount for the loss or damage to
personal items required to be used while on
duty (wristwatches, prescription glasses,
hearing aid, etc.), if the loss is not due to
negligence. This department will not pay for the
loss of jewelry.
1. The member incurring the loss of or
damage to their personal property is
required to write a report to document the
incident.
2. The Supervisor will review the reports of
an item(s) of personal property that were
lost or damaged.
B. Request for reimbursement will be forwarded
to the Chief of Police for review and evaluation.
1. Reimbursement must be authorized by
the Chief of Police.
2. If so authorized, Town of Gulf Stream will
reimburse for the replacement or repair of
the personal property or items.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Control of Department Property & Assets SOP # 7.02
Original Issue: 07/01107
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Job Task Analysis SOP # 8.01
JOB TASK ANALYSIS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Town of Gulf Stream Police
Department will provide a Job Task Analysis for
each position. A Job Task Analysis is an important
tool for recruiting and testing applicants.
As the duties and responsibilities of positions
change, those changes should be reflected in the
job task analyses. Analyses will also be instrumental
in helping the department keep members better
informed with respect to the duties and
responsibilities of each position.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Job Task Analysis - An examination of the
functions and objectives of each job to be
performed as it relates to the skills, knowledge
and abilities required to perform the tasks or
duties of the job.
III. OBJECTIVES OF JOB TASK ANALYSIS:
A. The job task analysis (position classification)
will also include at a minimum:
1. Duties, responsibilities and tasks
2. The frequency with which each task is
performed.
3. Minimum qualification or level of
proficiency necessary in job related skills,
knowledge, abilities, and behaviors.
4. Serve as a basis for the determination of
Original Issue: 07/01/07
a position classification plan and
compensation.
5. Provide a basis for establishing minimum
qualification requirements for recruitment,
examination, selection, appointment, and
promotion.
6. Assist in the establishment of a training
curriculum.
B. Provide guidance to members and their
supervisors concerning the duties and
responsibilities of individual positions.
C. Job Task Analyses are maintained and
available to all members.
IV. PROCEDURE:
A. A written job task analysis will be prepared by
the department and approved by the Chief of
Police, for each position within the Gulf Stream
Police Department. The job task analysis will
contain sufficient written detail to adequately
identify the duties, responsibilities and tasks of
each position.
V. MAINTENANCE OF THE CLASSIFICATION
PLAN:
A. The Chief of Police will report to the Town
Manager the addition of new assignments or the
elimination of old ones, which may affect the
duties and responsibilities of any position if it is
believed such changes will be permanent.
VI. REFERENCE:
Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policy Chapter
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
3SPECIAL DUTY DETAILS AND B. The Chief of Police or his Designee is
OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT responsible for:
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
1. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established procedures for handling of requests for
extra police service. The department will allow its
members to engage in special duty details and
outside employment activity, providing the activity is
approved by the department and it does not impair
the officer's ability to perform his or her regular duty.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Special Duty Detail - Any approved detail
requiring the use of law enforcement authority.
The department will regulate special duty
assignments to ensure the assignment won't
reflect negatively on the profession or the
department.
B. Outside Employment - Sworn members may
engage in employment that does not relate to
law enforcement. The department will regulate
outside employment to ensure members do not
engage in employment, which may reflect
negatively on the profession or the department.
III. SPECIAL DUTY DETAILS:
A. Any requests or inquiries regarding extra
police service from citizens or businesses in the
town will be directed to the Chief of Police:
1. An officer will not solicit or work any
special duty detail that is not assigned by
the department.
2. An officer will not provide police services
to a special area, location, or entity either
on or off duty for any type of compensation
other than approved compensation.
3. Officer (s) that are assigned or volunteer
for any special detail are governed by all
procedures, policies, rules and regulations
as regular duty.
a. Officer(s) will abide by procedures
for reporting for duty, illness, injury and
switching shifts.
4. An officer who accepts a special duty
assignment is responsible for finding a
replacement if he or she is unable to report
for the detail.
1. The approval, review and revocation
process of each special duty detail.
2. Overseeing that policy is adhered to
while the member is engaged in special
duty details.
3. Coordinating between the department
and the party requesting the special detail.
C. While working an extra duty detail, an officer
will comply with all departmental rules,
regulations, policies and procedures.
1. Officers will enforce all laws.
D. The Chief of Police retains the final authority
on special duty details.
IV. SPECIAL DUTY DETAIL RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. There are different criteria for each special
duty detail. The officer(s) will be familiar and
comply with the requests and the requirements
of the detail as long as the requests or
requirements do not violate any laws, rules,
regulations, policies, or procedures.
B. Officers, when working special duty details,
will complete all written reports and paperwork
applicable to that assignment. The reports and/
or paperwork will be turned in no later than the
end of shift.
V. SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The Chief of Police reserves the right to
determine the appropriate level or rank of
supervision for any special duty detail.
B. The supervisor will be responsible for
checking the special duty detail(s) to see if the
assigned officer has reported on time.
C. When an on -duty shift supervisor becomes
aware that an officer has not reported to an
assigned special duty detail and has not
arranged for replacement coverage, he or she
will:
1. The supervisor will assign an on -duty
officer to work the detail if staffing permits
and the detail is closely related to the safety
of the general public, or
2. May contact an off-duty officer to work
the detail per procedures.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Special Dutv Detail and Outside Emolovment SOP# 9.01
D. The supervisor will take appropriate action 1. Sworn members may not engage in
for any problems found or officers failing to employment directly or indirectly connected
report to a special duty detail. to the operation of any business licensed
under the beverage law, which would be a
VI. RATE OF PAY: violation of Florida State Statutes.
A. The rate charged to those hiring officers to
work special duty details will be governed by the
current policy.
1.Officers will be paid in accordance with
current town policy.
VII. OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT:
A. Any requests to work outside employment
must be submitted on the Outside Employment
Request form (Appendix A) to his or her
supervisor, and then forwarded to the Chief of
Police for approval.
B. Members will not engage in outside
employment that would interfere with the proper
performance of their duties or responsibilities as
a Town employee.
Original issue: 07/01/07
VIII. HOURS WORKED FOR SPECIAL DUTY
DETAILS AND OUTSIDE EMPLOYEMNT
A. An officer will not work at outside
employment when he or she is in an on-call
status without prior approval of the department.
B. Officers are prohibited from working more
than 16 hours within a 24-hour period including
on -duty, special duty hours and outside
employment. The only exception is an officer
who is ordered to work in the event of an
unusual occurrence.
IX. REFERENCE:
Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies.
• F.S.S. 561.25 Officers and employees
prohibited from being employed by or engaging
in beverage business.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Special Duty Detail and Outside Employment SOP# 9.01
APPENDIX A
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT REQUEST
EMPLOYEE:
DEPARTMENT: POSITION
**+**+++*++**+**+wrt**+**+*++t+**+**+wrtrt*+***+*+***+***+++wwrtrt*+++**+***++*+*+w+rtrt*+*+*******wwrtw
COMPANY NAME:
COMPANY LOCATION:
POSITION:
NUMBER OF DAYS PER WEEK:
OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT TO BEGIN ON: (date)
COMMENTS:
RENEWAL DATE: (JANUARY IST EACH YEAR)
FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR
DATE: DATE:
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE/DATE
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE / DATE
POLICE CHIEF SIGNATURE / DATE
PHONE:
1.1611JR-51
TOTAL HOURS PER WEEK
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE/DATE
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE/DATE
POLICE CHIEF SIGNATURE / DATE
THIRD YEAR
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE/DATE
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE / DATE
POLICE CHIEF SIGNATURE / DATE
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Special Events SOP# 9.02
SPECIAL EVENTS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for the department's handling
of special events within the town. Detailed planning
and coordinated efforts between town departments
are necessary if special events are to be managed
in the most effective and efficient manner.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Special Event - Any parade, march,
demonstration, protest, rally, ceremony, show, IV.
carnival, exhibition, festival, race, derby, block
party, celebration, public gathering, pageant,
procession of any kind, or similar activity on any
street, alley, or other public way.
III. SPECIAL EVENTS PROCEDURES:
A. The Town Manager or designee will notify the
Chief of Police of the approval of a special
event.
B. The Chief of Police or designee is
responsible for identifying and coordinating the
law enforcement and public safety security
needs for special events with personnel from
both inside and outside the department. The
concerns include:
1. The number of officers required for
security, crowd control, and traffic control;
2. Provide briefing information to the
personnel assigned to the event;
3. Traffic flow and control, parking and
street closures; and
4. Any additional law enforcement, public
safety, and/or security need.
Original issue: 07/01/07
C. The Chief of Police will maintain files
pertinent to special events.
D. Provisions for news media will be handled by
the group or individual requesting the event.
E. The Chief of Police in conjunction with City of
Delray Beach Fire/Rescue will determine the
best location for emergency vehicle access, if
needed. The supervisor in charge of the event
will allow for emergency vehicle access to the
event.
A. The Chief of Police or designee reserves the
right to determine the appropriate level or rank
of supervision for any special event.
1. The supervisors) at an event will deploy
the assigned personnel to their posts and
maintain proper supervision during the time
they are working the detail.
2. Redeployment of personnel working the
detail for reasons other than temporary
operational purposes should be discussed
with the Chief of Police.
B. All department personnel assigned to special
events will work through the Chief of Police or
event supervisor as designated.
V. AFTER ACTION REPORTS:
A. It is the responsibility of the Chief of Police or
his Designee at all designated Special Events to
complete a memorandum entitled "After Action
Report" and submit.
B. The after action report will indicate in the
comment section if the number of officers was
sufficient, crowd reaction, the impact of traffic
on the streets, ect.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Grievance Process SOP # 10.01
GRIEVANCE PROCESS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department recognizes that due to
the many procedures involved in administering an
agency, there are occasions when differences arise
regarding the spirit and intent of particular directives
or actions. The grievance process affords members
the opportunity to contest the directive or action in a
formal manner. It also provides the department with
an opportunity to clarify the directive or action, if
necessary.
A. Grievance Procedure - A procedure for the
resolution of any dispute, controversies or
misunderstandings involving employment.
1. Members are covered by the Town of
Gulf Stream Personnel Policy: Grievance
Procedure.
III. GRIEVANCE AND ARBITRATION
PROCEDURES:
A. Grievance and arbitration procedures for
members of the department will be in
accordance with the Town of Gulf Stream
Personnel Policies.
B. The member will notify the agency of the
grievance, by indicating in the appropriate box
on the Internal Investigative Report/Supervisor's
Review form, the members wish to have a
hearing with the Chief of Police.
Original issue: 07/01/07
C. The facts or allegations are analyzed and
handled according to Town of Gulf Stream
Grievance Procedure.
D. The allegation(s) in the grievance is affirmed
or denied and initialed (showing receipt) by
each reviewing supervisor up to and including
the Town Manager or designee, if the matter is
not satisfactorily resolved at a lower level.
E. Appropriate remedies or adjustments can be
made at any level of supervision with authority
to act on the particular grievance.
F. If the grievance is not resolved, the aggrieved
member, if eligible, may submit a request for
arbitration to the Town Manager.
IV. COORDINATION, MAINTENANCE AND
CONTROL OF RECORDS:
A. The supervisor who receives the grievance at
the initial step will notify the Chief of Police of
the grievance, so he or she can assist by
coordinating the process and ensuring that the
proper procedure is followed.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will track the
grievance through each step of the process to
its final disposition.
C. The Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible for maintaining accurate records of
all grievances that are filed.
V.
• SOP # 11.02 Disciplinary Procedures.
• SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function.
• Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Disciplinary Procedures SOP # 11.02
DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES
discipline under the provisions of this directive.
Any member who violates the Oath of Office; the
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
laws of the United States, the State of Florida, or
the Town of Gulf Stream; any provision of
departmental or town rules and regulations, or
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
standard operating procedure; who is unlawful
has established a uniform system for
or improper in their conduct toward members or
counseling, administering discipline, and
citizens; or who is incompetent in the
providing remedial training to agency members.
performance of their duties is subject to
The intent of the department is that discipline
disciplinary action.
should be characterized as corrective and
constructive instead of punitive. Included are the
rights of the accused member and the appeal
procedure for disciplinary actions. Members of
this agency are to conform to, and comply with,
agency directives and be truthful in their
dealings with the public and department.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Administrative Leave - When a member is
PI aced on leave with pay by the department
during the time an investigation is being
conducted into an incident in which the member
was involved and/or during the time period after
the investigation is completed and the
department is determining the action to be
taken.
B. Discipline - The process whereby the
employer ensures that each member's behavior
conforms to standards established by the
employer, including compliance and adherence
to departmental rules, regulations, directives,
and policies.
C. Disciplinary Variance - For each violation,
consideration will be given to the severity of the
misconduct, the time between violations, the
length and quality of service, the willingness to
improve, the ability to improve, the attitude of the
member, and the overall work performance of
the member.
D. Punitive- A formal disciplinary action imposed
after a sustained violation of department policy,
procedure, rule or regulation. Forms of
discipline include written reprimand, suspension
from duty without pay, disciplinary probation and
separation of employment.
E. Non -Punitive- An informal disciplinary action
which is intended to correct or improve
performance. This action is used to educate a
member and includes training, counseling and
instructional memorandum.
III. ADMINISTERING DISCIPLINE:
A. All members of the department are subject to
B. All disciplinary actions imposed will be
commensurate with the severity of the offense
coupled with due consideration of the member's
prior performance record. Disciplinary actions
taken will be progressive in application, except:
1. When violations of a serious nature
occur, the actions may include an immediate
temporary removal from duty. These
violations include, but are not limited to,
criminal misconduct, theft, domestic violence,
insubordination, sabotage, any threat to
department members or the public, and/or
suspected drug/alcohol use while on duty.
2. If an investigation substantiates
the validity of the charges, the above
violations are cause for dismissal. Depending
on the seriousness of the offense, and even
if it is a first offense; discipline of a
progressive nature is not required.
3. The Chief of Police reserves the right to
change the duty status of the accused
member until the investigation is completed.
C. When any supervisor becomes aware of or is
assigned to investigate a member's
misconduct/actions, he or she will thoroughly
investigate the incident and ascertain if
disciplinary action is necessary.
D. When a supervisor decides disciplinary action
is appropriate, the supervisor will consult the
Supervisor's Guide to Discipline -Law
Enforcement Version to assist in determining the
appropriate disciplinary action.
E. If a verbal reprimand, counseling or
instructional memorandum is decided upon, the
supervisor will meet with the member to
administer the reprimand or counseling and
document the meeting within the member's
personnel file.
1. Any training will be documented in the
member's personnel file.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Disciplinary Procedures SOP # 11.02
F. If the supervisor feels a written reprimand is
their record of discipline, the supervisor
appropriate, he or she documents the alleged
administering the discipline will forward the
improper allegation(s) by memorandum and will
record of discipline to the Town Clerk for
meet with the member to administer the
inclusion in the member's personnel file.
reprimand and document the meeting within the
member's personnel file.
IV. LEVEL OF AUTHORITY FOR DISCIPLINE:
G. If a suspension from duty without pay,
disciplinary probation or discharge is being
considered, the supervisor will:
1. Document the allegation(s) and
recommendation(s) in memorandum form
and forward it through the affected member's
chain of command to the Chief of Police.
a) A copy of the recommendation will be
given to the member.
2. The member will have the
opportunity to meet with the Chief of Police
or designee to discuss any mitigating or
extenuating circumstances regarding the
allegation(s).
3. The Chief of Police will make a
determination in any suspension from duty
without pay and disciplinary probation.
4. The Chief of Police will make a
determination and recommendation to the
Town Manager for a member's discharge.
5. The member will have a
Predetermination Hearing with the Town
Manager or designee.
6.The Town Manager will
approve/disapprove any member's
discharge.
7. When a member is discharged, the
member shall receive within five (5) working
days from the Town of Gulf Stream a Notice
of Discharge including:
a. Reason for dismissal,
b. Effective date of dismissal,
c. Status of fringe benefits after
dismissal,
d. Supporting documentation relating to
the dismissal including a record of the
hearing.
H. Once a member receives and acknowledges
A. Final disciplinary authority and responsibility
for department members rests with the Chief of
Police. All supervisors are responsible for any
discipline administered at any level below them
within their span of control.
1. The Town Manager will approve the
discharge of any member.
B. Supervisors may exercise the following
disciplinary measures upon members under
their control:
1. Chief of Police:
a. non -punitive and punitive discipline,
b. emergency relief from duty,
c. dismissal from the department with
Town Manager approval.
2. Sergeants and Lieutenant:
a. non -punitive discipline,
b. written reprimand,
c. recommendation of separation,
d. Have the authority to impose
emergency relief from duty in the
absence of the Chief.
V. DISCIPLINE, COUNSELING, AND
A. Subject to the Town of Gulf Stream
Personnel Policies, Town of Gulf Stream
Administrative Order Manual, department
procedures, and, when necessary, the approval
of the Chief of Police, the following discipline,
counseling, and retraining actions may be
given/imposed against a member of the
department:
1. Counseling or Instructional Memorandum -
A non -punitive measure of discipline issued
by members of superior rank or authority for
infractions or violations of rules, regulations,
policies or directives or to educate a member
about a deficiency. Verbal counseling,
counseling memorandum or instructional
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Disciplinary Procedures SOP # 11.02
memorandums are documented by documented on a Notice of Discharge.
supervisors in the member's personnel file.
2. Remedial Training -A non -punitive
measure which may be recommended by a
member of superior rank or authority or a
training officer when the subject participating
in a defined course of training. Remedial
training is required to correct a specific
deficiency usually identified by testing or any
other evaluation method used during training
or supervisory evaluation during routine job
performance. The recommendation for
remedial training is appropriate when a
violation was caused primarily by the
member being inadequately prepared for his
or her responsibilities. The specific nature
and procedure for remedial training will be
determined by supervisors and/or training
officers and documented by in-service
training form. The in-service training form will
be maintained in the member's personnel
file.
3. Written Reprimand -A punitive
measure which is recommended by a
member of superior rank and authority for
more serious infractions of rules, regulations,
directives or standard operating procedures,
or for repeated procedural error in the line of
duty. The Chief of Police reserves the right to
review the circumstances surrounding a
written reprimand and may agree with,
impose stricter punishment or void the
reprimand. The written reprimand is
documented by memorandum.
4. Disciplinary Probation- A punitive action
where a member is given a specific time limit
to correct or be re-trained in an area of
deficiency. The member will be continually
evaluated and monitored for progress.
Disciplinary probation may be administered
with other levels of discipline.
5. Suspension from Duty Without Pay- A
punitive action which may be recommended
by a member of superior rank for serious
infractions of rules, regulations, directives or
standard operating procedures, or for
repeated procedural error in the line of duty.
6. Discharge - A punitive action which
may be recommended by a member of
superior rank or authority and approved by
the Chief of Police in accordance within
provisions in town and department policy. A
specific reason for discharge is not required
for probationary members who may be
discharged without cause. The dismissal is
B. Reports of final disciplinary action will
become a permanent part of the member's
personnel file.
VI. LEVEL OF ACTION:
A. Whenever improper conduct is observed by
or reported to any member, it will be the
responsibility of that member to inform the
offending member's supervisor for possible
disciplinary action.
B. Whenever a member feels that another
member of superior rank in the department is in
violation of established standards or rules of
conduct, the member will:
1. If the offending member is in the
complaining member's chain of command,
the complainant will submit the specific
details of the violation in memorandum form
to the offending member's supervisor through
the chain of command, bypassing the level of
the offending member.
EXAMPLE: A police officer has knowledge of
a sergeant in his or her chain of command
committing a violation. The officer submits a
memorandum detailing the incident to the
sergeant's commander.
2. If the offending member is a member of a
different section, the member who observes
the violation will notify his or her immediate
supervisor in writing. The memorandum will
be forwarded through the chain of command
to the offending member's supervisor.
C. In cases where the violation is of a serious or
emergency nature, the following actions may be
taken at the appropriate supervisory level:
1. A member's immediate supervisor may
relieve a member from duty and place the
member on administrative leave when it is in
the best interest of the department.
(Example: an officer reports to his or her tour
of duty under the influence of intoxicants).
a. Such relief from duty will remain in
effect until 1000 hours on the next
business day, unless otherwise directed
by competent authority, when the relieved
member and the supervisor will report to
the member's division commander or a
designee.
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Disciplinary Procedures SOP # 11.02
VII. ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE:
At the time a member is advised he or she is
being placed on administrative leave, the person
so advising will also inform the member of the
following:
1. Whether the member is required to report
to work for some type of duty, which would
restrict him or her to police headquarters or is
not to report to work.
2. If the member is not required to report to
work, the member:
a. must be available during normal
business hours, Monday through Friday
0900-1700 hrs, for the purpose of
interviews to provide information
pertaining to the investigation and work
related matters.
b. report by telephone at 1000 and 1400
to the division commander or designee.
c. administrative leave supersedes any
other leave.
d. is subject to recall at any time.
3. In the case of sworn personnel, whether the
officer is relieved of their police powers and
authority or not.
4. The member placed on administrative leave
will honor all subpoenas and court related
responsibilities.
5. Administrative leave must be approved by the
Chief of Police except as specifically provided
for in policy.
VIII. APPEALS PROCESS:
A. Grievance Procedures
Original Issue: 07/01/07
1. All members are entitled to the
grievance procedure as provided in the Town
of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies as a
process to discuss disputes or controversies
involving employment.
2. The grievance procedure will be used for
non -punitive and punitive discipline up to
discharge.
a. Grievances are governed by current
town policy.
B. Predetermination Hearing
1. All non -probationary members are entitled
to a predetermination hearing as provided in
the Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies.
This hearing is an opportunity for the
member to offer facts and circumstances to
mitigate, negate or reduce the impact of the
actions.
2. The hearing officer will be the Town
Manager or designee.
3. Sworn members who are the subject of the
disciplinary hearing may not have a firearm in
their possession while they attend the
hearing or any related meetings.
4. Any predetermination hearing will be tape-
recorded.
IX. REFERENCE:
• Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies
• F.S.S. 112
• SOP # 10.01 Grievance Procedure.
• SOP # 11.10 Employee Assistance
Program.
• SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.04
DRUG TESTING
EFFECTIVE DATE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: It is the policy of the Gulf Stream Police
Department to hire and continue to employ those
persons who are free from the use of illegal drugs
or abuse of alcohol and other drugs, either on or off
duty. The illegal possession, use, sales, or
distribution of controlled substance, on or off duty,
by any member is not tolerated. The Gulf Stream
Police Department recognizes that the workplace is
not exempt from the use or abuse of such
substances. Alcohol and drug abuse is seen as
harmful and a threat to Department members and
the service population. Moreover, the illegal use of
controlled drugs by any member is a criminal act
that directly threatens the integrity of the
Department. The Department intends to reduce or
deter this harm by adopting and maintaining a drug
free workplace policy and program as established
under the guidelines of the Drug Free Workplace
Act. The procedures to implement this policy seek
to balance member privacy with the Department's
legal responsibility and right to establish and
maintain a safe and drug-free work environment.
While the Department's intention is to deter and
prevent substance abuse and the use of illegal
drugs, the Department will, where possible and
appropriate, provide members the means to obtain
information about treatment for alcohol and drug
dependency.
A. Special Risk Member - All full-time sworn
Police Officers employed by the Department.
B. Safety Sensitive Member - A position,
including a supervisory or management
position, in which drug impairment would
constitute an immediate and direct threat to
public health or safety.
C. Drug - Alcohol, including distilled spirits,
wine, malt beverages, and intoxicating liquors;
amphetamines; cannabinoids; cocaine;
hallucinogens; methaqualone; opiates;
barbiturates; benzodiazepines; synthetic
narcotics; designer drugs; or a metabolite of any
of the substances listed herein.
D. Except where the context otherwise requires,
all other definitions used in the Drug -Free
Workplace Act are applicable.
III. ADMINISTRATION OF DRUG TEST:
A. The Police Department's drug testing
program will test for the following controlled
substances:
1. Amphetamines,
2. Barbiturates,
3. Benzodiazepines,
4. Cannabinoid,
5. Cocaine Metabolite,
6. Opiates, and
7. Phencyclidine (PCP).
B. The Chief of Police will be responsible for
the coordination of the Drug Testing Program
for the Police Department and is designated as
the Drug Test Coordinator. The Drug Test
Coordinator will be responsible and accountable
for the following:
1. Ensuring the confidentiality of all
information, interviews, reports statements
and drug testing results, written or
otherwise, pursuant to F.S.S. 112.0445.
D. The provider will designate a program
manager to provide a single point contact
between the Department and the provider on all
matters concerning the contract.
IV. PROVIDER QUALIFICATIONS:
A. The U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services (DHHS), and the National Institute on
Drug Abuse (NIDA) developed mandatory
guidelines and standards in certification of
laboratories performing urinalysis drug testing.
B. The State of Florida adopted the Federal
guidelines as a model in the licensing and
certification of laboratories as mandated in the
Drug Free Workplace Act.
C. In the implementation and execution of this
agency's workplace Drug Testing Program, only
Federal and State certified laboratories will be
used for member drug testing.
V. SPECIMEN COLLECTION PROCEDURES:
A. The specimen collection procedures utilized
will be those set forth by Florida Drug -Free
Page 1 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
Workplace Act.
VI. LABORATORY ANALYSIS PROCEDURES:
A. The drug -testing laboratory will follow
procedures as set forth by the Florida Drug -
Free Workplace Act.
VII. REPORTING TESTS RESULTS:
A. DEFINITIONS:
1. Medical Review Officer (MRO) - A
licensed physician responsible for receiving
laboratory drug test results. The MRO
assesses and determines whether an
alternate medical or other acceptable
explanation can account for a confirmed
positive test result.
2. Confirmed Positive - A second laboratory
analytical procedure to identify the presence
of a speck drug or metabolite which is
independent of the initial test and which
uses a different technique and chemical
principle to ensure accuracy.
3. Verified confirmed Positive - A test result
that was positive on both the initial and
confirmatory tests, and reviewed and
verified as a true positive by the MRO.
B. All written test results, both negatives and
positives will be delivered to the MRO only,
following the laboratory's completion of test(s).
C. The MRO will ensure the security and
confidentiality of all member drug test records.
D. Drug test results will not be solicited from the
provider laboratory by any member or
supervisor.
E. All specimens that test negative on the initial
test are reported as negatives. Only specimens
confirmed positive will be reported positive for a
specific drug.
F. The medical review may include, but is not
limited to, the following:
1. Conducting a medical interview with the
member whose drug test results were
positive.
2. A physical examination of the member.
3. Review of the member's medical history.
4. Review of any other relevant biomedical
Page 2 of 8
SOP # 11.04
factors.
5. Review of laboratory chain of custody
documentation and procedures to ensure
the integrity of the specimen.
6. Request a re -analysis of the positive test
result. Only the MRO is authorized to order
a re -analysis of the original sample and
such retests are authorized only at
laboratories certified by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services
(DHHS).
G. In the event of a laboratory -confirmed
positive and upon review by the MRO, a written
report of findings and determinations will be
provided to the employer by the MRO. The
MRO report should contain explanations and
rationale in support of final conclusions and
specify whether the laboratory positive is
declared an MRO verified confirmed positive
suggestive of illegal drug use or abuse of legal
drugs.
H. The Drug Testing Coordinator will provide
written notification to the member of drug test
results immediately upon receipt from the
Medical Review Officer. The written notification
will include the possible consequences faced by
the member and any available options.
I. MRO verified positive test results will be
reported to the member who was the subject of
the test and the Chief of Police for further
action.
1. Such member will receive a copy of the
drug test results.
VIII. DRUG TESTING FOR CAUSE:
A. Nothing in the above Department Policy and
Procedure will prohibit a supervisor from
requiring a Gulf Stream Police Department
member to submit to a drug test if at least
"reasonable suspicion" exists the member is
abusing drugs on or off duty or is impaired on
duty as a result of drug abuse.
B. "Reasonable suspicion" for the purpose of
drug testing for cause is drug testing based on
a belief that an employee is using or has used
drugs in violation of the Town of Gulf Stream or
the Department's policy drawn from specific
objective facts and reasonable inferences
drawn from those facts in light of the
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.04
supervisors experiences.
1. An employee will not be required to
submit to a "reasonable suspicion drug test"
except upon the recommendation of a
supervisor who is at least one level of
supervision higher than the immediate
supervisor of the member in question.
2. There are many actions and
characteristics upon which such facts and
inferences for "reasonable suspicion" may
be based. Some of those are listed in FSS
112.0455 (5) (j).
C. If the supervisor has reason to believe the
member's performance problems or other facts
which gave the supervisor the "reasonable
suspicion" is a result of the use and/or abuse of
a drug other than those tested for in the annual
drug test, or an alcohol problem, the supervisor
must specify that drug and/or note alcohol
problem in the written documentation of
reasonable suspicion.
1. In this instance, the specimen will be
tested for the specified drug and/or alcohol
and the drugs tested for in the random drug
test.
2. If no other drug and/or alcohol is
specified, the specimen will be tested for
the drugs tested for in the annual drug test.
D. The supervisor, in order to have the member
tested, must comply with the following:
1. Provide written documentation through
the chain of command of the reasonable
suspicion to the Division Commander in
which the member works. The Division
Commander must approve or deny the
supervisor's request
2. Under exigent circumstances, the
supervisor may provide the written
documentation of the reasonable
suspicion to the highest-ranking officer
on duty at the time for approval.
However, the ranking officer must be at
least one level of supervision higher
than the immediate supervisor of the
member in question.
E. When the supervisor receives approval for
the test, he or she will:
1. Notify the member that he or she must
submit to a drug test or other specified test.
2. Accompany the member to the collection
facility immediately after the notification.
F. The same process used for collection of a
specimen, chain of custody, testing, and
reporting in an annual drug test will be used in a
drug test and/or specified test for cause.
G. Upon completion of the test, the member
will be placed on administrative leave until
the results of the test are received.
H. When the test results are received, the
supervisor will complete a report, detailing the
circumstances of the entire process. This
report, the written documentation of the
reasonable suspicion or greater, and the written
test results will be submitted to the Chief of
Police.
I. Confidentiality of all information, interviews,
reports, statements, drug or specific testing
results, written or otherwise, or specified test for
cause is the same as annual drug testing.
J. Any member of the Gulf Stream Police
Department who is required to submit to a drug
test for cause must do so. Any such member
who refuses to submit to the drug test will be
subject to disciplinary action up to and including
dismissal.
K. Any member who is found, through drug
testing for cause, to be using and/or abusing
any of the specified drugs tested for and verified
by MRO, is subject to disciplinary action up to
and including dismissal.
XI. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS:
A. Any special risk or safety sensitive member
of the Gulf Stream Police Department who is
required to submit to a drug test and refuses to
do so will be subject to disciplinary action up to
and including dismissal.
B. Any special risk or safety sensitive member
of the Gulf Stream Police Department who is
found through drug testing for cause to be using
and/or abusing any of the specified drugs tested
for is subject to disciplinary action up to and
including dismissal.
C. When a member's confirmation drug test
Page 3 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
results is verified as a true positive by the MRO,
the Chief of Police will immediately suspend the
officer from duty with pay.
D. The Chief of Police or his or her designee will
conduct an internal investigation.
E. Upon completion of the investigation, the
Investigator will submit a report to the Chief of
Police, including the MRO's findings.
F. If the findings of the investigation shows the
member is illegally using and/or abusing any of
the drugs tested for in the annual drug test or
any drugs listed under Schedule I, Schedule Il,
or Schedule III of FSS 893.03, the member will
be dismissed.
G. If the findings of the investigation show the
member is illegally using and/or abusing and/or
illegally obtaining any drug other than the drugs
listed in the above section, the member will be
dismissed.
H. If the findings of the investigation show the
member is abusing a legally obtained legal
drug; the following actions will be taken:
1. The member will be required to enroll in,
participate in and complete a mandatory
drug/alcohol abuse rehabilitation program at
the member's own expense or pursuant to
coverage under a health insurance plan.
2. Upon the successful completion of the
drug/alcohol abuse rehabilitation program,
the member will be reinstated to duty at the
same or equivalent position they held prior
to attending the rehabilitation program and
must sign an agreement to include the
following:
a. He or she will undergo drug testing
by the Town of Gulf Stream at any time,
irrespective of reasonable suspicion for
a period of two (2) years.
b. The Chief of Police will determine the
dates of the above tests.
c. He or she will enroll and
participate in an outpatient
drug/alcohol abuse program for a
period of at least two years after
being reinstated to duty.
3. Refusal to enroll in, participate in,
Page 4 of 8
SOP # 11.04
successfully complete, comply with, or give
written consent allowing the Department to
obtain information regarding the progress
and successful completion of any of the
above will result in dismissal of the
member.
4. If a drug test at any time after the
successful completion of the above
drug/alcohol rehabilitation program is
verified positive and the findings of an
investigation show the member is abusing a
legally obtained legal drug, the member will
be dismissed.
I. No member will be dismissed, disciplined, or
discriminated against solely on the basis of a
laboratory positive that has not been reviewed
and verged as a true positive test by the MRO.
XII. MEMBERS RIGHTS TO APPEAL PROCESS:
A. No member will be dismissed, disciplined, or
discriminated against for voluntarily seeking
treatment for a drug related problem if the
member has not previously tested positive for
drug use, entered an employee assistance
program for a drug related or alcohol problem,
or entered a drug/alcohol rehabilitation program.
This option is available to an officer up until the
time that officer is noted he or she has
submitted to annual drug test.
B. A member will be placed on administrative
leave without pay to participate in a drug/alcohol
abuse rehabilitation program the first time such
officer participates in any such program,
whether voluntary or mandatory. Such officer
will be allowed to use any and all accumulated
leave time.
C. Any member who successfully completes a
drug/alcohol rehabilitation program, whether
voluntary or mandatory, for the first time will be
reinstated to the same or equivalent position
held prior to such rehabilitation.
D. No member will be dismissed, disciplined, or
discriminated against on the basis of prior
medical history revealed pursuant to this
directive.
E. When a drug test for cause is conducted
based on "reasonable cause"; a copy of the
documentation will be provided to the tested
member upon request. The original
documentation will be kept confidential and
retained by the Department for one (1) year.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.04
F. When a member tests positive for a drug(s)
pursuant to this directive, the member may
undertake an administrative or legal challenge
to the drug test results. The member has the
responsibility to notify the Department's provider
laboratory, via the Drug Testing Coordinator
and MRO, to maintain the test sample in a
frozen state for up to one (1) year, unless
otherwise specked by the Department, until the
case or administrative appeal is settled.
G. During the 180 day period after the member
has received written notification of a MRO
verified positive drug test results; the member
who provided the sample will be permitted to
have a portion of the specimen retested. Such
request will be made with the MRO.
1. This retest will be at the expense of the
member.
2. The retest will be completed at a
laboratory, other than the Department's
provider laboratory, which is licensed and
approved by DHHS/NIDA.
3. The laboratory performing the retest will
do so at equal or greater sensitivity for the
drug in question as the Department's
provider laboratory, which performed the
first test.
4. The Department's provider laboratory,
which performed the first test, will be
responsible for the transfer of the portion of
the specimen to be retested and for the
integrity of the chain of custody during such
transfer.
H. A member will, within five (5) working days
after receiving written notice of a MRO verified
positive drug test, submit information to the
Chief of Police explaining or contesting the drug
test results and why the results do not constitute
a violation of this directive.
1. If the explanation or challenge of the
verified positive drug test results is
unsatisfactory to the Chief of Police, a
written explanation as to why the
explanation or challenge is unsatisfactory
will be provided to the member.
2. All such documentation will be
confidential and retained by the Department
for one year.
I. Any disciplinary action taken against a
member pursuant to this directive may be
appealed to the Public Employees Relations
Commission (PERC).
1. A member may not file both an appeal
and a grievance.
2. A member must exhaust either the
appeal process.
3. Upon resolving an appeal in favor of the
member, PERC may order relief to the
member as listed in FSS 112.0455 (14) (e).
J. A member who alleges a violation of the
provisions of FSS 112.0455 which cannot be
remedied by an appeal to PERC or through the
collective bargaining grievance -arbitration
process must institute a civil action for injunctive
relief or damages, or both, in a court of
competent jurisdiction within 180 days of the
alleged violation or be barred from obtaining
relief per F.S.S. 112.0455 (15) (a) 1 & 2.
XIII. GENERAL INFORMATION:
A. The purpose of this directive is not only to
prevent drug abuse but also to identify users as
early as possible so the public is not
jeopardized because of drug related
impairment.
B. All information, interviews, reports,
statements, memoranda, and drug tests results,
written or otherwise, received by the
Department pursuant to this directive are
confidential communications and may not be
used or received in evidence, obtained in
discovery, or disclosed in any public or private
proceedings, except in accordance with FSS
112.0455 (11).
1.The Department, the Department's
provider laboratory, the Medical Review
Officer, employee assistance programs,
drug/alcohol rehabilitation programs, and
any of their members or agents who receive
or have access or information concerning
drug test results will keep all information
confidential.
2. Release of such information will be solely
pursuant to a written consent form signed
voluntarily by the person tested.
Page 5 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.04
a. An exception is when such release is
compelled by a hearing officer or a
court of competent jurisdiction pursuant
to an appeal by the member or where
deemed appropriate by a professional
or occupational licensing board in a
related disciplinary proceeding.
b. The written consent must contain:
1) The name of the person who is
authorized to obtain the
information.
2) The purpose of the disclosure.
3) The precise information to be
disclosed.
4) The duration of the consent.
5) The signature of the person
authorizing release of the
information.
c. Information on drug tests results will
not be released or used in any criminal
proceeding against the officer. Any
information -released contrary to this will
be inadmissible as evidence in any
such court proceedings.
d. Nothing contained in this directive will
prohibit the Criminal Justice Standards
and Training Commission (CJSTC)
from receiving information on a MRO
verified positive drug test result for the
purpose of reviewing certification.
e. Nothing contained in this directive will
prohibit the Department, an agent of the
Department, or laboratory conducting a
drug test from having access to the
member's drug test information when
consulting legal counsel in connection
with actions brought under or related to
this directive or where the information is
relevant to its defense in a civil or
administrative matter.
C. It is unlawful for any person to sell,
purchase, manufacture, possess with intent
to sell, purchase, manufacture, or deliver a
controlled substance, or to be in actual or
constructive possession of a controlled
substance unless the controlled substance
was lawfully obtained.
Page 6 of 8
1. Nothing in this directive will prohibit a
police officer from arresting and
prosecuting any Gulf Stream Police
Department member for violating FSS
893.13.
2. Nothing in this directive will prohibit a
sworn police officer of the Gulf Stream
Police Department from selling,
purchasing, or possessing a controlled
substance to further an investigation or
other law enforcement objective that
the Department is aware of or will be
made immediately aware.
XIV. ASSISTANCE CENTERS:
A. Any Department member may contact the
agencies listed on Appendix A, Section III for
help in dealing with a drug abuse or alcohol
problem:
Xv.
• SOP # 11.10 Employee Assistance Program.
• F.S.S. 112.0455. Drug -Free Workplace.
• F.S.S. 893.03 Drug Abuse Prevention and
Control.
• Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies: Drug
Policy
STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
SOP # 11.04
Page 7 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.04
APPENDIX A
I. INITIAL SCREENING CUT-OFF LEVEL:
A. The following levels are those, which must be found present in a person's specimen to indicate possible
drug usage:
DRUG (NG/ML)
1. Amphetamines
1000
2. Barbiturates
300
3. Benzodiazepines
300
4. Cannabinoids
50
5. Cocaine/Metabolite
300
6. Opiates
300
Il. CONFIRMATION TEST CUT-OFF LEVEL:
A. The following levels are those, which must be found present in a person's specimen to confirm drug
usage:
DRUG
1. Amphetamines
2. Barbiturates
3. Benzodiazepines
4. Cannabinoids
5. Cocaine Metabolite
6. Opiates
III. EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM REFERRAL
A. M. H. Net 1-800-250-3935.
Page 8 of 8
(NG/ML)
500
200
300
10
150
100
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Awards Program SOP # 11.09
DEPARTMENTAL AWARDS PROGRAM
AND RECOGNITION
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
will recognize officers and employees who perform
in an outstanding manner or who go above and
beyond the call of duty. Members will be
distinguished for exemplary conduct and personal
effort which attributes department members in the
performance of their duties.
A. The Patriot- This award is presented to the
Employee of the Year. WORN ON LEFT
BREAST
B. Medal of Honor -This award is presented for
an outstanding act of heroism in the line of duty,
at imminent hazard of personal fife, with full
knowledge of the risk involved. WORN ON
RIGHT BREAST
C. Legion of Honor -This award is presented
for a permanent injury suffered in the line of
duty, thereby preventing the employee from
further serving in the active role of the job
classification for a minimum of three months.
WORN ON LEFT BREAST
D. Combat Cross -This award is presented for
an individual act of heroism, at imminent
personal hazard of life, in combat with an armed
adversary. WORN ON LEFT BREAST
E. Gallantry Ste his award is presented for
an act of distinguished bravery in the arrest of a
person who is a major threat to the welfare of
the community and/ or the officer. WORN ON
LEFT BREAST
F. Meritorious Service -This award is
presented for a highly unusual accomplishment
under adverse conditions with some degree of
hazard to personal safety, or where death or
injury to a third party is prevented. WORN ON
LEFT BREAST
G. Wounded In Combat -This award is
presented for a wound received in the line of
duty, inflicted intentionally by an armed
adversary and resulting in severe puncture
wounds, severe lacerations, fractures, or
concussion being suffered by the nominee.
WORN ON RIGHT BREAST
H. Life Savina-This award is presented for an
act which through disregard for personal safety
or prompt and alert action resulted in the saving
of a human life. WORN ON LEFT BREAST
I. Grand Cordon- This award is presented for
an individual action while participating in an
operating unit during a cited action. WORN ON
LEFT BREAST
J. Unit Citation -This award is presented for
participation in an operating unit and/ or the
entire departmental staff in a cited action.
WORN ON LEFT BREAST
K. Triumphant -This award is presented to the
department's "Top Gun" recipient. This award
may also be issued for other competitive events
sponsored by the department. WORN ON LEFT
BREAST
L. Croix De Neaotiator Laurel -This award is
presented for an action that through
composure, talk -down, and wit, prevented the
loss of a life. WORN ON LEFT BREAST
M. The Samaritan -This award is presented for
an act of humanity as a friend to those in need,
by attending to them in the time of crisis,
accident or danger, and providing them with
confidence and understanding. WORN ON
LEFT BREAST
N. Honorable Service -This award is presented
for a credible act in the line of duty, which meets
some, but not all the requirements for other
awards, and is unusual in nature, showing
initiative and accomplishment.
WORN ON LEFT BREAST
Q. Veterans Bars -
1. Vietnam- presented to any employee who
served with the Armed Forces in Vietnam
during the Vietnam War. WORN ON LEFT
BREAST
2. Gulf War- presented to any employee who
served with the Armed Forces in the Persian
Gulf during Desert Storm. WORN ON LEFT
BREAST
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Awards Program SOP # 11.09
O. Educational Achievement -This award is
presented to employees who achieve 65 credits
toward a college degree (20 of which were
received while employed with the Lantana
Police Department) and/ or the introduction of a
new method or device which is adapted to the
departmental administration or to improve
tactical procedures. WORN ON LEFT BREAST
P. "Officer or Employee of the Quarter" - An
award granted to the sworn or non -sworn
member who demonstrates exceptional
performance during the rating period consistent
with department policies and procedures. This
award will be presented by the Chief of Police in
the form of a certificate. The four (4) members
chosen for this award will be submitted to the
Chief of Police for recognizing a "Officer or
Employee of the Year".
Q. Recognition - Any letter of recognition or
commendation concerning a positive action of a
member. Such positive actions include but are
not limited to letters, awards and/or certificates
from schools, organizations, agencies (local,
state, national), professional groups, and
nominations. Selections or appointments to an
established committee, board, function or
activity are included.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Award recipients must be listed on the duty
roster at the time of the Awards Ceremony to
receive an award. The only exception is retired
employees.
B. Any employee may nominate another
employee or themselves. An Awards
Recommendation Form (Appendix A) must be
completed with supporting documentation
attached. The nomination should be forwarded,
through the chain of command, to the Chief of
Police.
C. The program runs yearly from January 1
through December 31. Nominations will be
accepted until the 15th of January.
D. A voluntary awards committee will be
comprised of three personnel selected by the
Chief of Police. This committee will review all
award nominations and forward a final award
list to the Chief of Police for approval by March
31.
1. The awards committee will review
submissions for the prior year for content
and award recommendation.
E. In the selection of "Officer or Employee of the
Quarter", submissions to the Administrative
Services will be reviewed by the awards
committee at least once a quarter. The awards
committee will submit recommendations to the
Chief of Police.
1. Administrative Services will request
nominations the last week of March, June,
September and December annually.
2. Awards committee will review the
submissions for the prior quarter during the
first staff meeting of January, April, July and
October.
3. A member selected as "Officer or
Employee of the Quarter" will receive one
(1) working shift of administrative time off,
according to assignment.
IV. ELIGIBILITY:
A. All members of the department, are eligible
for those awards specified in this directive.
B. The conduct of any nominee must be in
keeping with sound judgment and reflect
honorably upon the police department.
V. WEARING AWARDS
A. The awards will be worn parallel to and below
the seam of the pocket flap in ranking order with
the highest award worn on top.
1. When four (4) or more awards are worn
on the uniform, the awards will be worn two
(2) vertically, with the highest award on the
top right followed by awards in descending
order.
a. Odd numbers of award pins will
be worn in descending order
centered below the two (2) vertical
award bars.
B. Appurtenances- A designation pin with the
specific number of multiple awards in the center
of the award bar.
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Awards Program SOP # 11.09
VI. RECOGNITION /COMMENDATION
PROCEDURE:
A. Any letters, commendations, awards and/or
documentation from members or outside
entities should be routed for review to the Chief
of Police.
1. The Chief of Police will review and
determine which documents will be
Original issue:
IV.
submitted to the Town Clerk for inclusion in
the member's file.
B. A copy of any letters, commendations,
awards and/or documentation in this procedure
will be given to the member.
SOP # 50.01 Uniform and Appearance
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Awards
Appendix A
SOP # 11.09
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Workplace & Sexual Harassment SOP # 11.10
WORKPLACE & SEXUAL HARASSMENT
EFFECTIVE 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department is
committed to providing a work environment that
is free of discrimination. In keeping with this
commitment, the department maintains a strict policy
prohibiting sexual harassment and discrimination
based on age, race, color, sex, religious creed,
national origin, ancestry, medical conditions, marital
status or handicap in accordance with state and
federal law.
It. DEFINITIONS:
A. HARASSMENT: For the purpose of
clarification, harassment includes but is not
limited to derogatory terms, jokes or any
comment or conduct that disparages a person
because of race, national origin, sex, age,
religion or ethnicity. It can also include
unwelcome sexual advances, requests for
sexual favors and other verbal, non-verbal,
visual or physical contact where:
1. Submission to such conduct is made either
explicitly a term or condition of an member's
employment;
2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct
by an individual is used as the basis for
employment decisions affecting such member;
or
3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of
unreasonably interfering with a member's work
performance or creating an intimidating, hostile,
or offensive working environment.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Harassment of any kind, fashion or nature
will not be tolerated. An investigation of all
reported cases of harassment will be
conducted as well as on-going attempts by
supervisory members to work toward
eliminating instances of harassment and to
create a non -hostile work environment for all
members.
B. Any member who becomes the subject of
any harassment is encouraged to promptly
report the facts of the incident to his or her
supervisor.
C. Supervisors will immediately intervene and
correct any conduct, which might constitute a
violation of this policy that, occur in his or her
presence.
1. If the conduct is such that it may be a
serious violation of this procedure the
supervisor will forward a report of the
conduct to the Chief of Police.
D. Supervisors will immediately forward any
report of conduct that is reported to him or her
by another member, which might constitute a
violation of this policy to the Chief of Police. All
reports of such harassment will be investigated
in a confidential and timely manner with due
regard to the privacy and rights of the accuser
and the accused.
E. In the event the person alleged to be
committing the discriminatory harassment is in
the reporting members chain of command, the
reporting member may report the
discriminatory harassment to the Chief of
Police.
1. In the event the allegation involves the
Chief of Police, the member may report
the allegations directly to the Town
Manager.
F. In determining whether alleged conduct
constitutes harassment, the Chief of Police or
designee may look at the record as a whole
and at the totality of the circumstances, in the
context in which the alleged incident(s)
occurred.
1. The determination of the conduct will
be made from the facts, on a case-by-
case basis.
2. Circumstances of the job functions
performed by the member will determine
whether an individual acts in either a
supervisory or official capacity and may
effect the determination.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Workplace & Sexual Harassment SOP # 11.10
G. Disciplinary action will be taken promptly
against any member if such person has
engaged in prohibited conduct in violation of this
policy.
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.11
EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
(EAP)
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for employees seeking
assistance through the Town's Employee
Assistance Program (EAP). The Police
Department's policies have the underlying concept
of positive regard for the employee as an individual
and as a worker. To uphold this concept of caring
for our employees, the Department participates in
the Town's EAP, which provides assistance for
employees work and non -work related problems
including assisting employees who may be
experiencing personal or stress related problems.
II. DEFINITION:
A. Emolovee Assistance Prooram (EAP) - Is a
confidential guidance and referral service for
Town employees. both work and non -work
related matters, which may be utilized as a
consultation service for supervisors who have
employees with work related performance
problems.
III. EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM, EAP:
A. The Police Department participates in the
Town's Employee Assistance Program.
Program services are provided by an
independent service under contract with the
Town.
B. The Employee Assistance Program is
designed to help employees with behavior
and/medical problems which affect job
performance and/or attendance.
C. The resources of the E.A.P. are available to
any eligible employee who voluntarily requests
help.
D. All employees are encouraged to voluntarily
use the services of the Employee Assistance
Program.
E. Any communication between the employee
or the family member and E.A.P. will be held in
the strictest of confidence.
IV. EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY:
A. Employees are encouraged to seek
assistance on their own before problems affect
their work. Early resolution of personal
problems is in the best interest of the individual
and the Police Department.
B. It is the employee's choice to accept or
decline the services offered by the Employee
Assistance Program.
C. Participation in the Employee Assistance
Program will not jeopardize an employee's job
security or promotional opportunities.
D. It is the employee's responsibility to assess
and maintain optimum physical and mental
health.
V. SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITY:
A. It is not the intent of the Employee
Assistance Program to have supervisory
management actively looking for employees
with problems.
B. It will be the responsibility of supervisors at
all levels to assess job performance and, when
appropriate, encourage employees to seek
assistance through the E.A.P. if the assistance
is beyond the supervisor's normal counseling
duty.
C. Supervisors will refrain from making any
diagnosis of an employee's problem. Referrals
for assistance will be made only at the
employee's request or on the basis of job
performance.
D. The E.A.P. staff and supervisors will not get
involved when a family member notifies the
Department or a supervisor to complain about
an employee's behavior at home.
E. The Department will not intrude into an
employee's private life by utilizing family
information to refer an employee to the E.A.P.
F. The Employee Assistance Program will not
be used for a "Fitness for Duty Evaluation" or
for any type of disciplinary action for any
employee.
VI. PROCEDURE FOR ASSISTANCE:
A. Whenever circumstances dictate, any
employee can self -initiate the services of the
Employee Assistance Program.
B. Through assessment of job performance, an
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT SOP # 11.11
employee's supervisor may consider employee
referral to the Employee Assistance Program.
1. Such referral to the E.A.P. by a
supervisor should be based on the
supervisor's regular and routine
observation, documentation, confrontation,
and the initial referral and monitoring of the
employee's job performance.
2. Observation is the first step in working
with an employee who seems to be
experiencing a personal problem or crisis
by recognizing that such problems/crises
exist. Watch carefully for unusual actions or
for a change in work performance. If these
actions continue or performance declines
there may be cause for concern. The key is
consistency. Anyone can have an off day
but if the symptoms are consistent, it may
signal something is wrong. Some of these
symptoms may include:
a. Inability to relax;
b. Missing deadlines;
c. Having accidents;
d. Making errors;
e. Withdrawing from or avoiding co-
workers;
f. Sluggishness or Inability to complete
tasks;
g. Being late frequently or absent from
work; and/or
h. Having conflicts with others.
3. Documentation is essential to
substantiate the employee's display of
Original issue:07/01/07
Page 2 of 2
repeated symptoms or unusual behaviors
over a period of time. Documenting should
be accomplished for the following reasons:
a. To demonstrate to the employee
exactly when and where his or her
performance has declined.
b. To have this data available in case
of an employee grievance.
c. To enable those involved in diagnosis
and treatment to more effectively
assess the problem.
VII. E.A.P. RECORDS:
A. To preserve the employee's right to privacy,
records and discussions regarding the nature of
personal problems will be handled in a highly
confidential manner.
B. All records regarding the E.A.P. will be
maintained by the contracted provider in strict
confidence and separate from personnel
records.
C. The contents of these records will only be
released with the employee's written
permission.
VIII. REFERENCE:
SOP # 18.20 Investigation of Critical Incidents.
Town of Gulf Stream Employee Assistance
Program.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Recruitment SOP # 12.01
RECRUITMENT
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
actively recruits quality applicants to develop a work
force reflective of the community we serve.
Recruitment of quality personnel is the first step
toward an efficient and effective police department
and the department will identify and select the most
qualified candidates.
A fair selection process identifies the skills,
knowledge and abilities necessary for those
candidates seeking law enforcement careers.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Equal Employment Opportunity - The Town
of Gulf Stream and the Gulf Stream Police
Department exists to serve equally the people
of the Town without regard to race, color,
religion, national origin, age, disability, family
status, marital status, or sexual orientation.
A. The Gulf Stream Police department will
implement the recruitment plan for candidates
for the position of police officer.
1. An "Equal Opportunity Employer" will
be boldly indicated and advertised on all
employment applications and recruitment
advertisements.
B. The responsibility for recruiting for the
position of sworn police officer within the
department is assigned to the Chief of Police or
Designee.
C. Prior to recruiting any applicants for the
position of sworn police officer, members
assigned to recruiting activities will receive
training in related personnel matters which may
include, but not be limited to:
1. Department recruitment needs (current
and projected).
2. Organization, operation, and philosophy
of the department.
3. Department career opportunities,
IV.
salaries, benefits, training, and job
diversification.
4. The selection process (testing
procedures, background checks, etc).
5. The duties and qualifications required of
candidates, as well as disqualifying
characteristics.
A. The department will recruit for entry-level
police officer positions through:
1. Various community college law
enforcement academies throughout the
local area.
2. Mailing or providing announcements for
the position of Police Officer to anyone who
meets the minimum qualifications.
B. The department's role in the development
and implementation of the recruitment program
is to:
1. Provide applicants with applications and
recruitment literature;
2. Solicit cooperation and assistance in
recruiting from other law enforcement
agencies, educational institutions,
community service organizations, and
community leaders.
V. JOB ANALYSIS IN RECRUITMENT PROCESS:
f�
A. To ensure job relatedness, recruitment
efforts will be based on the nature of the job to
be performed. Job task analyses have been
completed by Town Hall in conjunction with the
department to assess all sworn positions in the
department in relation to skills, knowledge,
abilities, experience, and training required to
perform the job tasks.
SOP# 13.01 Selection
• Town of Gulf Stream Administrative Orders.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Recruitment SOP # 12.01
This page not used at this
time
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process -Sworn Members SOP # 13.01
SELECTION PROCESS -Sworn Members
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for the selection of the most
qualified candidates to develop a work force
reflective of the community we serve.
A fair selection process identifies the skills,
knowledge and abilities necessary for those
candidates seeking law enforcement careers.
A. Equal Employment Opportunity - The Town
of Gulf Stream and the Gulf Stream Police
Department exists to serve equally all the
people of the Town without regard to race,
color, religion, national origin, age, disability,
family status, marital status, or sexual
orientation.
B. Selection Process - Candidates must
successfully complete a multiple hurdle
selection process. The procedures leading to
the final employment decision, include, but are
not limited to meeting minimum qualifications
(education, experience, physical attributes,
citizenship, residency, etc.), psychological
evaluations, background investigations, oral
interviews, medical exams, and probationary
period ratings.
III. APPLICATION PROCESS:
A. All applications for police officer received by
this department will be reviewed by the Chief of
Police or designee to determine if the candidate
meets the minimum qualifications.
1. When the candidate meets the minimum
qualifications, he or she will be notified of
the next step in the selection process.
2. When the candidate fails to meet the
minimum qualifications, he or she will be
notified in person, by telephone or by mail.
B. Applications for non -sworn positions are
handled by the Chief of Police or designee.
IV. SELECTION PROCESS RESPONSIBILITY:
A. The Chief of Police will have the final
authority in the selection process for candidates
seeking employment in entry-level positions in
the department.
B. The authority and responsibility for
administering the department's selection
process will be delegated to the Chief of Police.
C. The Chief of Police or designee will initiate
and/or participate in the following components
of the department's selection process including,
but not limited to,
1. Liaison with Town Hall;
2. Coordinate the processing of persons
making application for hire;
3. Schedule and/or administer oral
interview(s);
4. Schedule and initiate the Polygraph:
5. Conduct the background investigations;
6. Schedule the psychological exams;
7. Schedule the medical exams, to include
drug and alcohol screening; and
B. Maintain a file on the selection process of
each candidate making application for
employment.
a. When the application process is
completed the file is retained as
required by law.
E. Town Hall will keep on file the following:
1. Town Administrative Orders governing
the selection process;
2. A record of the status and final
disposition of applicants making application;
3. Applications and other recruitment
literature for walk-in and referral candidates;
and
4. An outline by classification of the
selection process as outlined by the
department and Town Hall.
F. Whenever possible, the Chief of Police or a
designee will make every effort to include
qualified members of varied genders, races,
and ethnic backgrounds in the selection
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process —Sworn Members SOP # 13.01
process. responsible for maintenance and security of the
files.
1. Those members qualifying to participate
in the selection process will receive
appropriate training prior to assignment to
any part of the selection process.
2. Training and/or orientation to the
selection process may be provided by the
department.
G. The selection process will be screened by
the department for uniformity in administration,
scoring, and interpretation.
1. All tests utilized will meet criteria
established by regulations, case law, and
other relevant means.
2. Tests and scoring criteria used will be
maintained by Town Hall.
V. QUALIFICATIONS FOR SWORN MEMBERS:
A. All candidates, prior to making application,
must not be less than 19 years of age and meet
the minimum requirements mandated by the
State.
B. Other qualifications may include, but not be
limited to:
1. High school diploma or State of Florida
acceptable G.E.D.;
2. Meet medical requirements;
3. U.S. citizenship;
4. Have valid Florida Driver License; and
5. No conviction as an adult for any felony
or for a misdemeanor involving perjury,
false statement, moral turpitude or domestic
violence.
C. Town Hall will maintain the original
application and the Personal History
Questionnaire completed in a safe and secure
place.
VI. SELECTION PROCESS MATERIALS:
A. All selection materials in the physical
possession of the department will be stored in a
safe and secure area.
B. The Chief of Police or designee is
C. When selection materials are disposed of,
the manner of disposal will be the same as
classified documents and in accordance with
state records law.
VII. APPLICATION PROCESSING:
A. All applications received by this department
will be handled as follows:
1. Any application received containing
omissions and/or deficiencies will be
returned to the applicant for corrections
prior to entering the testing or interview
process.
2. Applicants will be scheduled for the next
step in the process following acceptance of
the completed application depending upon
vacancies.
3. Accepted applications are valid to enter
the selection process for current vacancies,
if no selection process is conducted within
twelve (12) months, the applicant must
complete a new application.
4. The Department maintains regular
contact by phone or mail with applicants
from initial application to final employment
decision.
B. Candidates must complete each portion of
the selection process in order to advance to the
next step in the process. The steps are:
1. Application and Personal History
Questionnaire;
2. Polygraph Examination;
3. Psychological Examination;
4. Background Investigation;
5. Oral Interview with Chief of Police or
designee; and
6. Medical Examination and Drug Testing.
C. All sworn candidates will be notified of the
selection process in person or via telephone by
the Chief of Police or designee to include, but
not be limited to,
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process -Sworn Members SOP # 13.01
1. Dates, times, and locations;
2. Information on the remaining selection
components (Polygraph examination, oral
interview, psychological examination,
background investigation, medical
examination, etc.);
3. Information regarding duration of
process;
4. Information relevant to what criteria might
disqualify a candidate.
D. All components of the selection process
must be successfully completed or satisfied
prior to appointment to probationary status.
E. All candidates must obtain certification as a
police officer through the Criminal Justice
Standards and Training Commission in the
State of Florida within the allotted time required
by the State.
F. Candidates who fail any specific area in the
selection process will be notified by the Uniform
Services Chief of Police or designee.
G. Results of the selection process of
candidates not selected will be maintained by
Town Hall in a safe and secure place.
VII. POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONS:
A. As a condition of employment, all candidates
must be willing to submit a Polygraph
examination.
1. Polygraph examinations for hiring
purposes will be administered by examiners
who are trained and certified in the use of
Polygraph instruments and skilled in the
evaluation of data resulting from the
examination.
2. Results of the Polygraph examination will
not be the sole determinant for hire or
rejection.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will
coordinate the Polygraph scheduling with the
examiner.
C. No Polygraph examination will be
administered unless the candidate gives his or
her informed consent in writing, and only after
signing a release of liability, which will be kept
on file by the examiner
D. Prior to the Polygraph examination, the
examiner will provide each candidate with a list
of relevant questions to be asked and sufficient
time will be allowed for the candidate to ask
questions or clear up any misunderstandings
about what will be asked.
E. Results of Polygraph examinations will be
confidential and will be filed with the examiner in
a safe and secure place.
VIII. PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION:
A. All candidates passing the background
investigation will be subject to a psychological
evaluation.
B. The evaluation is designed to screen the
candidates for emotional stability, maturity, and
the ability to function under stressful conditions.
C. Psychological evaluations are to be
conducted using valid, useful, and non-
discriminating procedures by licensed
professionals who are experienced with law
enforcement officers.
D. Upon completion of the evaluation, a written
evaluation report is received by the Chief of
Police who will review for acceptability,
unacceptability, or marginal results.
E. Results of psychological evaluations are
maintained in the applicant file in a safe and
secure place.
IX. BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION- SWORN
MEMBERS:
A. All candidates will be subject to a
background investigation as prescribed by
Criminal Justice Standards and Training
Commission (CJSTC).
B. The Chief of Police will initiate and/or assign
a member to conduct the background
investigation.
1. Personnel assigned to background
investigations will be trained in collecting
required information, such as the use of
FCIC, NCIC or PALMS computers.
a. Such training may be received
through a designated course at the
local community college, the
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process —Sworn Members SOP # 13.01
department or other identified
resources.
b. The training should stress
confidentiality, effective interviewing
techniques, liability and waiver
requirements, and documentation.
2. All background investigations will be
conducted by police personnel only and
through the use of phone, mail, computer,
and/or if possible, in person.
C. The background investigation will verify the
following:
1. Birth certificate or proof of U.S.
citizenship;
2. Social security card;
3. Diploma and/or transcripts certifying
credits or degree;
4. Driver license check;
5. Criminal history check through FCIC,
NCIC, and PALMS;
6. Fingerprint checks on state and national
levels;
7. Past and present employment check;
8. Interviews with at least three (3) personal
references;
9. Military Form DD 214, if a veteran;
10. Credit history report provided by
applicant.
D. A report on each candidate investigated will
be filed with the Chief of Police and the results
and records of background investigations will be
kept on file in a safe and secure place for the
period of time prescribed by F.S.S.
X. ORAL INTERVIEW:
A. Those candidates successfully completing
the medical examination and drug screening will
be invited to an oral interview with the Chief of
Police or designee.
B. During the oral interview, questions asked of
candidates are structured, consistent, and job
related.
C. Those candidates who successfully pass the
oral interview will be considered for appointment
to vacant positions.
XI. MEDICAL EXAMINATION/DRUG TESTING:
A. All candidates, after successfully completing
the psychological evaluation will receive a
medical examination and drug -screening test by
a licensed physician as mandated by CJSTC
standards.
B. The examination is designed to reveal any
medical conditions that would adversely affect
the candidate's ability to perform the essential
duties of a sworn police officer and to indicate
any use of banned substances by the
candidate.
C. The Chief of Police will coordinate the
medical examination and drug screening with
the contracted town physician.
D. All medical reports are the permanent
records of the Town of Gulf Stream. Copies of
such reports are received by the police
department for review and placed in the
candidate's file.
XII. REAPPLICATION/RETESTING PROCESS:
A. Applications are valid for current vacancies
selection process or until the candidate is
disqualified from the process.
1. Candidates who complete the process
must reapply after each selection process.
2. Candidates disqualified in the process
must wait one (1) year from the date of
disqualification to reapply.
XIII.
A. After satisfying all qualifications and selection
criteria, all candidates will be eligible to be hired
as a probationary member(s).
B. All newly officers must have previous law
enforcement experience and have complete all
requirements (i.e., firearms training, criminal
laws of arrests, search & seizure, etc) of the
basic recruit police academy and successfully
complete the State certification test for Police
Officers as mandated by C.J.S.T.C. prior to
assignment in any capacity which involves
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process -Sworn Members SOP # 13.01
carrying a firearm or making an arrest.
C. When a member successfully completes the
requirements of CJSTTC and is sworn by taking
the oath of office, the member will begin a 18 -
month probationary appointment as governed
by Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies.
D. When a member successfully completes a
18 -month probationary appointment, the
member is considered a non -probationary
member.
XIV. PROBATIONARY EVALUATION:
A. The performance of newly appointed officers
hired on probationary status will be monitored
and evaluated during the following times:
1. On a daily basis during the Field Training
Program (FTO).
2. Upon completion of the prescribed FTO
Program, the officer will be released from FTO
or have the field training period extended.
a. Termination of probationary officers
during the Field Training Program may
occur at any time based on the
recommendations of the field -training
officers.
3. Probationary officers will be evaluated
quarterly and the evaluations will be
maintained as part of their personnel file.
XV. CONTESTING PROBATIONARY
EVALUATION:
Original issue: 5/1/06
A. Probationary officers who disagree with their
evaluations may:
1. Submit written comments and the
contested evaluation to the Chief of Police
for review.
2. The Chief of Police will make
recommendations as to the resolution of the
matter.
3. Chief of Police will have final authority
over contested evaluations.
XVI. DISPOSITION OF RECORDS:
A. Records of candidate's application who are
not selected are maintained by Town Hall for a
period of two (2) years before destruction,
unless otherwise directed by Civil Service Rules
and Regulations or State records law.
B. Records of candidates who are selected will
be maintained by Town Hall department for the
period of time prescribed in F.S.S.
XVII.
• FSS Ch.119 Public Records.
• FSS 943.13 Officer's minimum qualifications for
employment or appointment.
• Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies and
Administrative orders.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process -Non -Sworn Members SOP # 13.02
SELECTION PROCESS -Non -Sworn
Members
EFFECTIVE: not used E.A.
ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: 13.14
I. POLICY: The Lantana Police Department has
established guidelines for the selection of the most
qualified candidates to develop a work force
reflective of the community we serve.
A fair selection process identifies the skills,
knowledge and abilities necessary for those
candidates seeking law enforcement careers.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Equal Employment Opportunity - The Town
of Lantana and the Lantana Police Department
exists to serve equally all the people of the
Town without regard to race, color, religion,
national origin, age, disability, family status,
marital status, or sexual orientation.
B. Selection Process - Candidates must
successfully complete a multiple hurdle
selection process. The procedures leading to
the final employment decision, include, but are
not limited to meeting minimum qualifications
(education, experience, physical attributes,
citizenship, residency, etc.), oral interviews and
background investigations.
III. APPLICATION PROCESS:
A. Applications for non -sworn positions are
handled by Town Hall.
B. All applications received from Town Hall for
non -sworn positions will be reviewed by the
effected commander to determine if the
candidate meets the minimum qualifications.
1. When the candidate meets the minimum
qualifications, he or she will be notified of
the next step in the selection process.
2. When the candidate fails to meet the
minimum qualifications, he or she will be
noted in person, by telephone or by mail.
IV. SELECTION PROCESS RESPONSIBILITY:
A. The Chief of Police or designee will have the
final authority in the selection process for
candidates seeking employment in non -sworn
positions in the department.
B. The authority and responsibility for
administering the department's selection
process will be delegated to the effected
commander within each division.
C. The commander or designee will initiate
and/or participate in the following components
of the department's selection process including,
but not limited to,:
1. Liaison with Town Hall;
2. Coordinate the processing of persons
making application for hire;
3. Schedule and/or administer oral
interview(s);
4. Conduct the background investigations;
and
5. Maintain a file on the selection process of
each candidate making application for
employment.
a. When the application process is
completed the file is transferred to
Town Hall for retention as required by
law.
E. Town Hall will keep on file the following:
1. Town Administrative Orders governing
the selection process;
2. A record of the status and final
disposition of applicants making application;
3. Applications and job announcements for
walk-in and referral candidates.
IX. BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION- NON -
A. All candidates for non -sworn positions will
be subject to a background investigation.
B. The Support Services Commander will
initiate and/or assign a member to conduct the
background investigation.
1. All background investigations will be
conducted by police personnel only and
through the use of phone, mail, computer,
and/or if possible, in person.
C. The background investigation will verify the
following:
Page 1 of 2
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Selection Process —Non -Sworn Members SOP # 13.02
1. Birth certificate or proof of U.S
citizenship;
2. Social security card;
3. Diploma and/or transcripts certifying
credits or degree, if required for the
position;
4. Driver license check, if required for the
position;
5. Criminal history check through FCIC,
NCIC, and PALMS;
Original issue: 9/1/200
Revised: NEW
I.D. # 696
6. Fingerprint checks on state and national
levels;
7. Past and present employment check;
8. Credit history report provided by
applicant.
VI. REFERENCE:
• Town of Lantana Personnel Policies and
Administrative Orders.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Training Function SOP # 14.01
TRAINING FUNCTION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
encourages all members to improve personal skills,
knowledge and abilities necessary to accomplish
the mission of the department through education
and training. In-service and career development
training certified by the Criminal Justice Standards
and Training Commission (CJSTC) enables sworn
members to maintain their State certification.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. In -Service Training - Training received by
agency members to enhance skills, knowledge,
and abilities. This may include roll call training
and/or periodic retraining, ie. PLI, AED, CPR,
driving and firearms. In-service training is
designed to meet mandatory retraining as well
as meeting the department's specific needs.
B. Specialized Training - Training courses to
enhance skills, knowledge, and abilities and
may address supervisory, management, and/or
executive development training, or it may
include technical and job specific subjects (e.g.,
crime scene, death investigation, juvenile
investigations, etc.).
III. TRAINING STAFF FUNCTIONS:
A. Coordinate and/or conduct departmental
training activities to include in-service,
specialized, and periodic refresher training.
B. Coordinate department personnel attending
training programs provided by other criminal
justice agencies.
1. Coordinate other agencies' personnel
attending training programs provided by the
department.
C. Make training programs available for sworn
and non -sworn members which comply with
FDLE or CJSTC training standards and
department needs.
1. In-service training will cover mandatory
retaining classes as required by CJSTC as
well as keep personnel up-to-date with new
laws and technological improvements and
revisions in department policy, procedure,
and regulations.
2. All sworn officers will at least annually
qualify with their duty, off-duty, and/or back
up weapons on an approved course
conducted by the department's Range
Master.
3. All sworn officers will at least bi- annually
attend Use of Force training.
D. The Chief of Police or designee will be
charged with, but not limited to the following; as
it pertains to the training function:
1. The review and evaluation of the
member's job -task analysis will be
considered in the development of the
department training program(s), when
necessary.
2. Will evaluate, update, and revise
department training programs as needed.
3. Designate the instructors for courses.
4. Will assist in budget preparation so
training needs are met.
IV. NEWLY APPOINTED MEMBERS -
A. All sworn members will successfully
complete the appropriate minimum state
certification program prior to assignment in any
capacity in which the member is allowed to
carry a firearm or make an arrest, except as
part of a formal field training program.
B. New members will receive training in, but not
limited to;
1. An orientation to the agency's roles,
purpose, goals, policies and procedures;
2. Working conditions and regulations;
3. Rights and responsibilities of the
member.
V. TRAINING CLASSES:
A. All members are required to attend any
training courses for which they have elected to
enroll, or have been assigned to attend whether
on or off duty time.
1 Members will arrive on time and have all
1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Training Function SOP # 14.01
materials, equipment, etc. required for
participation in the training.
2. Members will be informed in advance
what materials are needed.
3. Members are required to wear
appropriate attire when attending training
courses.
B. To receive credit for the program, members
must be present for 100% of the class time
unless otherwise specked by the course of
instruction.
C. Members may be excused by the instructor
when:
1. The member is sick or injured, which
prohibits attendance or participation.
2. The member's presence in court is
required.
3. An emergency situation develops
requiring the member's immediate
attention.
4. When the Chief of Police excuses the
absence.
D. Each member unable to attend the regularly
scheduled training date will be rescheduled if
possible, or will attend a make-up class, if
necessary.
E. All members must obtain a minimum passing
score on all exams.
F. Remedial training will be provided to officers
who have not met minimum standards in any
mandatory training course in any area of high
liability in which certification or qualification is
required by statute, ordinance, policy, or
procedure.
1. Remedial training given will include, but
is not limited to firearms, defensive tactics
and driving skills.
a. This remedial training will be
accomplished at the next scheduled
session available, but in no case will
this training be delayed more than 30
days, if presented by the department.
b. Certain areas of qualification and/or
certification may not be under the
control of the department, but are
subject to the schedule of other
agencies or entities. Remedial training
will be provided within that entities
schedule.
c. Failure to attend remedial training for
qualification or certification in areas of
high liability will result in disciplinary
action up to and including separation of
employment.
VI. TRAINING INSTRUCTORS:
A. Instructors who teach high liability topics as
identified by CJSTC must have a completed the
CJSTC Instructors Technique course and
possess an instructors certification for the
specific course taught.
B. An instructor who possesses certain skills,
knowledge, abilities, expertise, experience, or
training and/or a certificate in a specified area
and does not have an Instructors Technique
certificate may teach certain portions of in-
service training, under the supervision of the
Training Instructor, as the certified instructor for
the topic.
C. Instructors are required to submit a lesson
plan to the Chief of Police for approval prior to
teaching the class.
1. A lesson plan will contain the following
provisions, at a minimum:
a. A statement of student performance
objectives;
b. Training content;
c. Appropriate instructional techniques;
d. Lesson plan format;
e. Approval process; and
f. Identification of tests, if used.
2. The lesson plan will be kept on file by the
Chief of Police, subject to Florida Records
Retention Law.
VII. EVALUATION AND RECOGNITION FOR
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Training Function SOP # 14.01
COMPLETION:
A. Each attendee may receive, when applicable,
credit toward any mandatory retraining
requirement upon successfully completing his
or her training class.
1. Successful completion of certain courses
may result in the attendee receiving a
certificate of attendance or completion
and/or certification in the class.
VIII. TRAINING RECORDS:
A. The Chief of Police or designee will maintain
current training records in reference to the
individual class the attendee participated in. The
records will include:
1. Name of the instructor(s);
2. Course content (a lesson plan);
3. Names of participants;
4. The performance of the individual
participants, if applicable; and
5. Other pertinent information relative to the
training session.
Original Issue: 07/01/07
B. The Chief of Police or designee will maintain
a training file for each member in compliance
with FDLE requirements:
1. Monitor mandatory retraining for each
member to ensure current FDLE
requirements are maintained.
2. Each sworn member is responsible for
ensuring that he or she maintains his or her
certification by achieving the minimum
training level as set forth by F.D.L.E.
C. Training records will be released through
court order, subpoena, or applicable public
record law. The Town Clerk is responsible for
the external dissemination of department
personnel and training records as applicable to
the specific request received.
IX.
• SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
• SOP # 4.02 Weapons and Ammo.
• SOP # 14.08 Field Training Program.
• F.S.S. 943.135 Requirements for continued
employment.
• Public Records Law
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Training Function SOP # 14.01
THIS PAGE NOT USED AT THIS TIME
Appendix A
I. An illustrative list of current sworn positions which require specialized training and courses needed for the
position but not required prior to assuming the position:
2. Sergeant:
a. Line Supervision
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Training Function SOP # 14.01
Appendix C
THIS PAGE NOT USED AT THIS TIME
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING UNIT
COURSE TITLE:
DATE:
BLOCK TITLE:
HOURS:
PREPARED BY:
ID#
LEAD INSTRUCTOR:
ID#
ASSISTANT INSTRUCTOR:
ID#
ASSISTANT INSTRUCTOR:
ID#
ASSISTANT INSTRUCTOR:
ID#
GOALS:
5 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Training Function SOP # 14.01
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES:
Upon the completion of this course of instruction the student will:
INSTRUCTOR REFERENCES
TRAINING AIDS:
STUDENT REQUIREMENTS:
STUDENT HANDOUTS:
Reviewed and Approved by Date
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT- Field Training Program SOP # 14.08
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM
EFFECTIVE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: All officers hired by the department will
be required to complete an FTO program designed
to acquaint them with the standard operating
procedure, report system and philosophy of this
department.
A. Recruit - A police officer that has not
completed the training process.
B. Field Training Officer (FTO) - A police officer
specifically selected and trained who is given
the responsibility of guiding a recruit through a
hands on training program.
C. Field Training Supervisor (FTO - A police
Lieutenant or sergeant who is assigned the
responsibility of supervising and counseling the
FTO's and recruits in the program.
D. Field Training Commander—The Chief of
Police will oversee the Field Training Program.
The FTO Supervisor will meet with The Chief on
a regular basis or as needed to keep the Chief
informed of the program's progress.
III. FTO PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITY:
A. It is the responsibility of the Field Training
Officer to identify and correct any problems the
recruit exhibits during the field -training program.
All observations of the actions of the recruit will
be recorded on a Daily Observation Report
(D.O.R.) by the FTO.
B. The FTO will have regular contact with the
FTO Supervisor. The FTO will keep the FTO
Supervisor updated on the recruit's progress.
C. It is the supervisor's responsibility to review
daily the Daily Observation Reports and identify
any specific problems that are being
Experienced by either the recruit or the FTO
and
Will counsel accordingly. The DOR's will then
be forwarded to the FTO Sergeant.
D. The FTO Supervisor will have regular contact
with the FTO Commander, keeping the FTO
Commander updated on the progress of the
recruits as well as the FTO's.
E. The FTO Supervisor will:
1. Coordinate, supervise, and monitor the
components of the FTO Program;
2. Counsel the FTO's and recruits;
3. Assure FTO's are assigned to zones
conducive for training by consulting with the
shift supervisor; and
5. Check the Daily Observation Reports in
an effort to identify any problem areas with
the program or participants. Action will be
taken immediately to correct any identified
problems.
F. The FTO Supervisor will assign the recruits
to the various shifts or FTO's to ensure the
recruit receives experience in a variety of law
enforcement duties.
G. It is the FTO Supervisor's responsibility to
establish any special training programs or
schools deemed necessary to assist the
recruit's advancement and to maintain all
records relating to the recruit's training while the
recruit is assigned to the FTO Program.
H. The FTO Training Commander will assign
the recruits to an FTO.
I. The FTO will refrain from taking discretionary
time off during a training phase since this could
adversely affect the training process.
J. If an FTO is sick or an emergency arises
which requires the FTO to be absent from duty
during training phase, the FTO Commander or
designee may assign the recruit to another
FTO.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Field Training Program SOP # 14.08
1. If the FTO is expected to be absent for
two (2) days or less, the recruit may be
assigned to another police officer for the
training day(s).
2. If the FTO is expected to be absent for
two (2) days or more, the recruit will be
transferred to another FTO for the
remainder of the training phase.
IV. FTO PROGRAM:
A. The basic FTO Program is a 4 -week training
program covering subject matter based upon
the assignments handled by Gulf Stream Police
Officers and department directives.
B. All entry-level officers must successfully
complete the Gulf Stream Police Department
Field Training Officer Program prior to
assuming any independent law enforcement
responsibility.
C. All lateral transfer officers from other states
must successfully complete State
equivalency/comparative compliance training
programs within a designated period specified
by the Criminal Justice Standards and Training
Commission (CJSTC).
D. All officers who enter the FTO program are
required to complete the current Field Training
Guide, which is the outline for the training
curriculum.
V. FIELD TRAINING, SUPERVISION AND
EVALUATION:
A. Training will meet all standards as set forth
by the Florida Department of Law Enforcement
(FDLE) Criminal Justice Standards and Training
Commission.
B. The FTO Program requires daily D.O.R.'s be
completed by the FTO's. The recruit is subject
to written or other tests by the FTO at specific
and random intervals of training to measure the
officer's competency in required areas of skill,
knowledge and ability.
C. All FTO's will complete an approved FTO
school. All FTO's will receive specialized
training in evaluations.
Page 2 of 3
D. If The recruit is transferred to a different
FTO. The FTO will provide all appropriate
evaluations and a summary of the recruit's
progress to the next FTO in line to train the
recruit.
E. The primary role of the FTO is to determine
the suitability of a recruit for law enforcement
duties. The FTO will evaluate the recruit and
shall recommend termination of a recruit if the
recruit is no longer responding to training or if
the recruit cannot safely perform his/her
assigned duties.
1. If a personality conflict arises between
the FTO and recruit, the FTO will notify the
FTO Commander has the discretion to re-
assign the recruit to another FTO.
2. If a personality conflict arises between
the recruit and FTO, the recruit will notify
the shift supervisor, who will attempt to
resolve any conflicts.
a. If the conflict cannot be resolved by
the shift supervisor, he or she will refer
the recruit to the FTO Commander, who
has the discretion to re -assign the
recruit to another FTO.
VI. FTO SELECTION CRITERIA:
A. Officers may apply at any time to be included
on the list for FTO. The FTO Commander and
FTO Sergeant will select Field Training Officers
from the pool of candidates who applied for the
position. The selection criteria is based on merit
and includes, but is not limited to:
1. Skills, knowledge and abilities required
for the specialized assignment;
2. Job performance;
3. Past experience;
4. Formal education;
5. Specialized training;
6. Attitude; and
7. Initiative.
B. A police officer applying for FTO must have
successfully completed his/her probationary
period with the Town and have at least three (6)
years full-time sworn law-enforcement
experience.
C. The Chief of Police is the final authority in
selecting officers to be Field Training Officers.
D. FTO's may be removed from the assignment
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT- Field Training Program SOP # 14.08
for unsatisfactory performance, disciplinary
problems, or as deemed necessary by the Chief
of Police or a designee.
1. An FTO can request to be removed from
the assignment by notifying the Chief of
Police by memorandum through the chain
Original issue 07/01/07
VII.
of command.
SOP # 14.01 Training.
Gulf Stream Field Training Manual
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Promotions SOP # 15.02
PROMOTIONS
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME EA
POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
has established standards specifying
conditions for the evaluation and selection
of sworn candidates for promotion. The
promotional process was designed to
ensure fairness in the selection of sworn
members for promotion and to advance the
most qualified candidates.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Promotional Process —The administration of
a series of examinations to determine relevant
skills and abilities of candidates.
B. Non -Discriminatory - A commitment and
effort that the promotional process satisfies
legal and administrative requirements designed
to ensure that examinations reflect job content
and have minimum adverse impact.
III. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND
POSITIONS FOR SWORN PERSONNEL:
A. The ranks of Detective and Sergeant are
available through the promotional process that
is outlined in this procedure. All other positions
are by special appointment through the Chief of
Police.
1. POLICE DETECTIVE - No person will be
admitted to an examination for the
promotion to Police Detective until he or
she has at least two (2) years experience
as a full-time police officer and be a non -
probationary member as of the closing date
for the acceptance of applications.
2. POLICE SERGEANT- No person will be
admitted to an examination for the
promotion to Police Sergeant until he or she
has at least three (3) years experience as a
full-time police officer and be a non -
probationary member as of the closing date
for the acceptance of applications.
IV. PROMOTIONAL ANNOUNCEMENT:
A. The effected division commander or a
designee will be assigned the responsibility and
authority to supervise all facets of the
promotional process.
B. The effected division commander or a
designee will conduct promotional examinations
as deemed necessary and in compliance with
Town Personnel Policies, department
procedures and the applicable collective
bargaining agreement.
C. The examination will be designed to ensure
that the content is equitable and
nondiscriminatory.
D. After the closing date of the announcement,
eligible candidates will be given information
pertaining to the examination.
1. Indicate dates, times and locations of
all elements of the process,
2. Specify the selection process
including grading system and
3. Specify how the test is to be
administered.
E. A list of study and reference material will be
made available to candidates.
F. The announcement(s) will be posted
throughout the department and candidates will
be instructed how to notify the agency of their
desire to participate in the promotional process.
V. PROMOTIONAL TESTING PROCESS:
A. The promotional testing process for
promotion will be administered by the effected
division commander or designee in accordance
to Town Personnel Policies, department
procedures and applicable collective bargaining
agreement.
B. The effected division commander or
designee is responsible for monitoring the
examination process for job relatedness and to
ensure the process is non-discriminatory.
C. The effected division commander or
designee is responsible for securing any
examination material prior to the examination.
Page 1 of 2
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Promotions
D. The effected division commander or
designee Is responsible to proctor the testing
procedures and selecting other individuals who
will participate in the process as evaluators.
1. The effected division commander or
designee is responsible to set time limits for
each phase of the testing process and no
candidate(s) will be allowed additional time
past any set time limits.
E. Once the testing process has been
determined, any candidate who fails to arrive at
an assigned time, for any portion of the testing
process will be disqualified from that portion of
the process.
F. Once the candidate enters the testing area,
the use of the telephone is prohibited.
G. Once the testing process has begun, any
candidate who needs to leave the testing area
will be escorted by a proctor and will not be
allowed to confer with another person, use any
research method, or refer to any material
provided for the testing process.
H. Standard forms will be used for rating each
candidate throughout the process.
I. Each candidate will be provided his or her
final aggregate test score of the promotional
testing process.
VI. USE OF PROMOTIONAL ELIGIBILITY LISTS:
A. Promotional examinations will be
administered as needed for the positions of
Original issue:9/1/2001
Revised: 3/15/2003
I.D. # 696
Revision Dales: 6/15/2002, 3/15/2003
SOP # 15.01
Police Sergeant and Police Detective.
B. An eligibility list may be established at the
discretion of the Chief of Police for a period of
two (2) years.
C. All candidates must reapply each time a
Promotional Opportunity announcement is
published.
VII. REVIEW AND APPEALS PROCEDURE:
A. Any candidate who wishes to appeal any
portion of the promotional process may do so.
The appeal must be consistent with the Town of
Lantana Personnel Policies.
VIII. PROBATIONARY STATUS:
A. All newly promoted employees will serve a
probationary period of one (1) year. During this
period the progress of the employee will be
monitored and evaluated by his or her
immediate supervisor. Unsatisfactory
performance should be noted at the earliest
possible moment and brought to the attention of
the affected employee.
B. All aspects of probation are pursuant to Town
of Lantana Personnel Policies.
Ia
• Town of Lantana Personnel Policies
• Current applicable collective bargaining
agreements
, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Performance Evaluations SOP # 16.01
PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for assessing the
performance of department members. Performance
evaluation is the measurement of member's
performance of assigned duties and responsibilities
by established standards.
II. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SYSTEM:
A. The objectives of the performance evaluation
system are:
1. To allow supervisors to review how well
members are carrying out their duties.
2. To help members recognize their own
performance strengths and weaknesses.
3. To improve performance, increase
understanding of the job duties and improve
communication between members and
supervision.
4. To provide an objective and fair means
for measurement and recognition of
individual performance.
5. To identify training needs.
B. All sworn supervisory personnel will receive
on the job training for the criteria used for the
completion of performance evaluations.
1. Supervisors will rate members in a fair
and impartial manner noting the member's
strengths and areas of deficiency.
2. Supervisors will use the evaluation forms
provided by the Town as a guide when
preparing evaluations.
C. The performance evaluation will:
1. Be based on the member's performance
only during that rating period.
2. Be based on job-related factors speck
to the position occupied during the period.
3. Be completed by the member's
immediate supervisor(s) and/or contain
input from all supervisory personnel directly
familiar with the member's performance.
4. Be completed on an annual basis for
non -probationary members and semi
annually for probationary members.
D. When evaluating members for each
employee performance category, written
comments are required.
1. When evaluating members, any
outstanding or unsatisfactory performance
will be substantiated in writing in the
comments section of the category.
E. The following evaluation schedule will be
used so department personnel are aware of
when performance evaluations are to be
completed:
1. Sworn Probationary Member - The
probationary period for new recruits is 18
months from the date the recruit is sworn in.
During the Field Training Program, recruits
will be evaluated daily by their Field Training
Officers. Upon completion of the Field
Training Program, the recruit will be
evaluated on a semi annually basis. With
the successful completion of the
probationary period, the member is
considered a non -probationary employee.
2. Non -Probationary Members - Those
members who have received this status will
be evaluated annually.
3. Promotion- The member will enter a six
month probationary period in the new grade
and position. At the end of this probationary
period, the member will be evaluated and
then annually thereafter.
F. It may be used to provide information to
supervisors concerning suitability for
assignment, training needs, ability to assume
more responsibilities, and effectiveness in an
assigned position.
G. Employee Performance Evaluations will be
maintained in compliance with State Record
Retention Schedules.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Performance Evaluations SOP # 16.01
III. MEASUREMENT DEFINITIONS:
A. The following rating scale is used to
measure member performance on the
evaluation forms:
B. The Officer being evaluated must obtain at
Least average scores to pass probationary
Status or receive merit raises. The average
score to pass each item evaluated is (3)
points. This requires that Officer must
obtain an overall point sum of (222) or 60%
In each dimension.
Items rated below average shall have an
explanation / comment entered by the rater
on the back of each page.
IV. DOCUMENTATION OF PERFORMANCE
EVALUATIONS:
A. At the beginning of each rating period a
supervisor will:
1. Counsel the member on the tasks
associated with the position;
2. Advise the member of the level of
performance expected.; and
3. State the criteria used for rating on the
evaluation.
C. When a member's job performance falls
Below acceptable standards of the job or
deviates from policy or procedure, the
supervisor will, as soon as practical and prior to
the end of the rating period, advise the member
in writing in order to provide an opportunity for
the member to improve his or her performance.
The written notification may be in memorandum
form or may be verbal counseling documented
in the member's file.
C. When evaluating sworn members,
supervisors will provide written comments on
the evaluation form.
D. Upon completion of the performance
evaluation, the rater will conduct a meeting with
the member to discuss the performance
appraisal and goals and objectives for the
upcoming period. Upon completion of the
meeting, the member will sign and date the
appraisal as will the rater. If the rater is the one
conducting the appraisal meeting then they will
sign as the reviewer.
1. Whoever conducts the appraisal meeting
signs as the reviewer.
E. The appraisal is then sent up the chain of
command for review and signatures.
V. REVIEW OF EVALUATION AND APPEAL
PROCESS:
A. If the member has a valid and reasonable
protest to any of the ratings, the rating should
be changed accordingly.
1. The member will sign the evaluation
indicating he or she has reviewed it.
2. The member will have an opportunity to
make written comments on the evaluation
form.
3. The original will be placed in the
member's personnel jacket on file with the
Police Chief. Copies of the evaluation will
be presented to the member, if requested
B. The member's signature on the evaluation
acknowledges receipt of the evaluation and not
concurrence.
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Performance Evaluations SOP # 16.01
VI. REFERENCE:
Gulf Stream Police Department Police
Officer evaluation score sheet / signature.
Uriginal issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Law Enforcement Response SOP # 17.01.1
LAW ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department will
provide the community with basic law enforcement
services 24 hours a day. Citizens are able to contact
this department at any time and receive immediate
response to emergency situations.
IL PATROL SCHEDULES AND COVERAGE:
A. The Chief of Police is responsible for
providing police services, protection, and
response to emergency calls to the citizens of
Gulf Stream on a 24 hour a day basis.
B. The Chief of Police accomplishes this by
utilizing a rotating shift schedule that provides
round-the-clock patrol coverage for the Town of
Gulf Stream
III. LEVELS OF RESPONSE TO CALLS FOR
SERVICE:
A. CODE 1: (No emergency lights or siren) This
is the most common level of response. When
responding to a call of a non -emergency nature,
officers will observe and obey all traffic
regulations, laws, and departmental policies and
procedures. Officers will obey all parking laws
upon arrival.
B. CODE 2: (Intermittent use of emergency
lights and siren) a response to an urgent,
apparently non -life-threatening situation.
1. Code 2 incidents generally require two
units to respond. Code 2 incidents include,
but are not limited to:
a. Crimes in progress when there is no
apparent threat of injury or death to
anyone.
b. Requests for back up.
c. Alarm calls.
d. Domestic and other disturbances
without impending violence, injuries, or
weapons involved.
e. Prowler calls.
f. Calls of people experiencing mental
disorders.
g. Traffic crashes involving possible or
reportedly minor injuries.
2. Emergency lights and siren will be
activated when necessary.
a. Factors to consider include traffic,
time of day, weather, type of incident,
etc.
b. Any officer proceeding through any
controlled intersection Code 2 will slow
or stop, if necessary for safe operation.
The officer should proceed into the
intersection only if it appears opposing
traffic has recognized and yielded to the
emergency vehicle.
c. When proceeding Code 2 through a
controlled intersection in opposition to
the control device, the siren and
emergency lights will be in operation
continually through the intersection.
d. Even when units have the right of
way, units should slow as necessary to
proceed safely.
e. The officer responding should, upon
arrival in the area, discontinue the use
of the siren and emergency lights and
proceed safely.
f. Officers will observe and obey traffic
regulations while responding Code 2.
C. CODE 3: (Continuous use of emergency
lights and siren) a response to an "in progress"
emergency.
1. Code 3 responses include, but are not
limited to the following:
a. Traffic crashes that involve reported
serious or possibly fatal injury,
b. In progress crimes of violence, such
as sexual battery, homicide, assault
with a weapon, etc.
c. Domestic and other disturbances
with impending violence, injuries, or
weapons involved.
d. Officers requesting urgent
assistance,
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Law Enforcement Response SOP # 17.01.1
e. Shots fired (the decision will be IV.
based on the area of occurrence, the
number of calls, and any reported
injuries, etc.)
2. Officers will respond as quickly and as
safely as possible with emergency lights
and siren activated continually until arrival at
the assigned location.
a. Officers may deactivate the
emergency lights and siren while
approaching any response scene where
officer safety dictates.
3. Any officer proceeding through any
controlled intersection Code 3 will slow or
stop, if necessary for safe operation. The
officer should proceed into the intersection
only if it appears opposing traffic has
recognized and yielded to the emergency
vehicle.
a. Even when units have the right of
way, units should slow as necessary to
proceed safely.
b. When proceeding Code 3 through a
controlled intersection in opposition to
the control device, the siren and
emergency lights will be in operation
continually through the intersection.
4. An officer proceeding Code 3 may
exceed the speed limit so long as the officer
does not endanger life or property.
a. An officer will operate the patrol
vehicle in a safe speed considering
traffic conditions, weather,
pedestrian(s) and the surroundings
when responding to emergency calls.
D. The shift supervisor may at any time
upgrade, downgrade or modify the response
code to any call for service
Original Issue: 07101/07
F.S.S. 316.126(3)- Any authorized emergency
vehicle, when an route to meet an existing
emergency, will warn all other vehicular traffic
along the emergency route by an audible signal,
siren exhaust whistle, or other adequate device,
or by a visible signal by the use of blue or red
lights. While an route to such an emergency,
the emergency vehicle will otherwise proceed in
a manner consistent with the law regulating
vehicular traffic upon the highways of this state.
• F.S.S. 316.126(5)- This section will not operate
to relieve the driver of an authorized emergency
vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard
for the safety of all persons using the highway.
F.S.S. 316.072 (5)(a, b, c) Obedience to and
effect of traffic Laws -Authorized Motor Vehicle
• SOP # 22.04- Use of Authorized Emergency
Equipment
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Law Enforcement Response SOP # 17.01.1
NOT USED AT THIS TIME
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Law Enforcement Vessel SOP # 17.02
LAW ENFORCEMENT VESSEL
EFFECTIVE: not used at this time EA
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for conducting law enforcement
operations while assigned to vessels operated by
the Lantana Marine Safety Unit. These vessels will
be used to patrol the waterway areas of Lantana,
enforce the marine statutes and ordinances or
where such vessels can assist in delivering law
enforcement service.
II. LAW ENFROCEMENT VESSEL:
A. The Lantana Marine Safety Unit will be the
primary operator(s) of the vessel and the vessel
will be used in special purpose patrol, rescue
operations and to assist in enforcing marine
statutes and ordinances.
B. Assignment of officer(s) to vessel patrol will
be approved by the shift supervisor and is
limited to officers who have successfully
completed a course of instruction on vessel
operations.
C. Emergency requests to utilize the vessel
during off -hours will be made through the shift
supervisor in conjunction with the Marine Safety
Captain.
D. The vessel may respond to any situation
where the legitimate purposes of law
enforcement can be enhanced through the use
of a vessel.
E. Qualifications and training:
1. An officer assigned to the vessel as an
observer or operator must complete a
Original Issue: 3/1/2005
course of instruction in vessel operations,
special law enforcement training in regards
to waterways, marine & vessels statutes
and successfully pass a swim test.
2. The Marine Safety Captain or designee
will be responsible for determining
proficiency.
F. The Marine Safety Unit is responsible for
ensuring that all maintenance is completed on
schedule and that the vessel is in operable
condition.
1. Any officer who becomes aware of any
mechanical problem or damage will report it
immediately, in writing, to the Uniform
Services Commander who will forward it to
the Marine Safety Captain.
G. The vessel will be equipped with the
following:
1. All items necessary to comply with state
law.
2. A first aid kit.
H. Officer(s) while assigned to vessel patrol
will be in an approved department uniform.
1. Officer(s) may wear the department
issued ball cap.
2. Officer(s) retain the option to wear soft
body armor while specifically assigned to
the vessel.
X. REFERENCE:
• SOP # 17.09 Patrol Vehicle and Equipment.
• SOP # 17.11 Soft Body Armor
• SOP # 50.01 Uniforms
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Pont 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Law Enforcement Special Purpose Vehicle SOP # 17.03
LAW ENFORCEMENT SPECIAL
PURPOSE VEHICLE
EFFECTIVE: 07101/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for conducting law enforcement
operations while assigned to Special Purpose
Vehicles. These vehicles will be used to patrol the
areas of Gulf Stream, which are not normally
accessible by road patrol vehicles, for enforcement
or the statutes and ordinances or where such
vehicles can assist in delivering law enforcement
service.
II. DEFINITION:
A. Special Purpose Vehicles -a classification of
all -terrain vehicles (ATV) and utility golf carts
that are used in special purpose patrol
functions.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Routine and emergency requests to utilize
the ATV will be made to the shift supervisor and
will be used for law enforcement purposes.
B. An officer assigned to utilize the ATV and/or
Golf cart must be familiar with its operation
and demonstrate proficiency.
1. The officer will be required to complete a
department approved familiarization training
and shall receive instruction or demonstrate
a working knowledge of its operation,
including a physical demonstration, prior to
being assigned to operate the special
purpose vehicle.
2. Documentation of training and proficiency
testing will be maintained by the training
coordinator and entered into the members
training file.
Original Issue: 07/01/07
a. Shift supervisors are responsible
to verify special purpose vehicle
training prior to assigning any
member to operate the vehicle.
C. The officer will conduct a utility
vehicle checklist each day prior to assuming
Special Vehicle operation.
1.The officer will complete checklist and
report any necessary maintenance or
adjustments that need to bring the vehicle
back to safe operating condition to the shift
supervisor.
a. Supervisors or their designee is
responsible for the maintenance of
special purpose vehicle(s).
III. EQUIPMENT:
A. Special purpose Vehicles will be equipped
with all the items necessary to comply with state
law.
B. Special purpose vehicles may also be
equipped with the following:
1. Reflective markings identifying it as a
police vehicle;
2. Emergency lighting'
3. Front and rear equipment racks;
4. Any additional equipment assigned by
the shift supervisor that is necessary to
carry out the law enforcement function.
X. REFERENCE:
SOP # 17.09 Patrol Vehicle and Equipment.
SOP # 17.11 Soft Body Armor
SOP # 50.01 Uniforms
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Supervisor Notification SOP# 17.04
SUPERVISOR NOTIFICATION exists which would justify an immediate entry of
the premise to determine the welfare of the
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07 occupants. The assistance of a shift supervisor
should be requested as time and circumstances
permit.
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for when incidents of a serious nature
arise that require the notification and/or presence of
a supervisor. Officers will immediately notify a
supervisor of any incident they deem to be of a
serious nature. The supervisor will then decide if his
or her presence is necessary based on the facts
known at the time.
II. INCIDENTS REQUIRING SUPERVISOR
NOTIFICATION:
A. Incidents with injury to an officer(s).
B. Any incident requiring the use of outside
agencies under "Mutual Aid Agreement".
C. When an officer becomes exposed to blood
or other potentially infectious materials or a
police vehicle becomes contaminated with
blood or other bodily fluids.
D. When a prisoner is in need of medical
treatment.
E. When a person who claims to have
diplomatic immunity or other privileges is
encountered.
F. Anytime a patrol officer must leave the town
limits other then Police business.
G. Upon initiation of a vehicle pursuit.
H. All felony arrests.
I. Hate crimes.
J. When a sexual battery has occurred.
K. In any discretionary situation where a
question arises involving a decision to arrest or
not arrest.
L. When an officer is unsure whether a search
warrant or written consent is necessary prior to
entering a scene.
M. When responding to a scene of domestic
violence or other crime of violence and the
officer is not permitted to see or speak to the
victim. The officer must consider the totality of
circumstances to determine if any emergency
N. Prior to releasing an arrested person when,
during the investigation of a crime, newly
acquired evidence shows that probable cause
no longer exists for the arrested person.
O. When it is determined that a parental or
criminal abduction has occurred.
P. When conducting a missing person or
runaway investigation, the officer learns that
there are suspicious or unusual circumstances
involved and/or foul play is suspected.
Q. When extenuating circumstances become
known that prevent an officer from filing a case
with the Office of the State Attorney within ten
(10) days.
R. When a vehicle impounded as evidence
must be towed to a designated site or the police
station for processing.
S. When there is an incident and there is media
person(s) on the scene.
T. When there is an incident requiring the
closure or detour of traffic which effects a
portion of the town.
III. INCIDENTS REQUIRING A SUPERVISOR'S
RESPONSE:
A. Officer(s) involved in a shooting, incidents of
resisting arrest, battery on a police officer, and
all use of force incidents.
B. Disasters (bombings/bomb threats,
hazardous material related incidents, etc.).
C. Hostage or barricaded subject situations
D. Prisoner escapes.
E. Whenever an officer discharges any firearm,
on or off-duty within the town limits, other than
for training or recreational purposes. This
includes accidental or unintentional discharges.
F. Arrest of police employees or public officials
from this or other jurisdictions.
G. Any major crime (homicide, sexual battery,
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Supervisor Notification SOP# 17.04
burglary or theft with a large loss of property,
civil disturbance, etc.).
H. Reports of misconduct of a Gulf Stream
Police Officer(s).
I. Officer(s) involved in a traffic crash.
J. Motor vehicle pursuits.
K. Lost or missing children, suicide, or
suspicious death.
L. When the victim of a sexual battery is
unwilling to cooperate with the investigation
prior to the arrival of the investigator, a
supervisor must respond and have the victim
complete the "Non -Prosecution" form.
M. Upon notification by an investigating officer
that a law enforcement officer is a suspect in
or other crime of violence.
an incident of domestic battery, sexual assault
Original issue: 07/01/07
IV. REFERENCE:
• SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
• SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
• SOP # 4.04 Use of ASR/OC.
• SOP # 17.07 Vehicle Pursuits.
• SOP # 18.04 Search Warrants.
• SOP # 18.05 Sexual Battery Investigations.
• SOP # 18.14 Domestic Violence.
• SOP # 18.19 Notification of Next of Kin.
• SOP # 18.21 Hate Crimes.
• SOP # 18.24 Missing Persons.
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Warnings, Citations, and
Arrests.
• SOP # 22.02 Vehicle Impoundment.
• SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function.
• SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
• SOP # 30.01 Prisoner Processing/Temporary
Holding Facility.
• SOP # 37.01 Infectious Diseases
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits SOP # 17.07
VEHICLE PURSUITS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
Has established guidelines for the pursuit of
vehicles and specifies when an officer and/or
supervisor should initiate or terminate a vehicle
pursuit and the responsibilities of the initiating
officer, the supervisor, and any other involved police
vehicles.
II. DEFINITION:
A. Pursuit - An active attempt by an officer, in
an authorized emergency vehicle, to apprehend
the occupant(s) of a motor vehicle while the
driver is attempting to avoid apprehension by
using high speed driving, other evasive
maneuvers or fails to stop upon activation of
emergency lights and sirens.
B. Violent (SERIOUS) felony - A violent felony is
defined as the commission or the attempted
commission of murder, armed robbery, strong-
arm robbery, sexual battery, arson or the use of
explosive devices to a structure presumed to be
occupied, kidnapping, armed burglary, or any
other felony which involves the use of deadly
force against an individual.
C.Primary Pursuit Unit: Generally the police unit
that initiates the pursuit but is in all cases the unit
closest in proximity to the fleeing vehicle.
D. Support Unit (Back-up Unit): The second
police unit, which trails the primary pursuit unit at
a safe distance and which is immediately
available to assume the primary role or to assist
the primary unit in the event the fleeing vehicle is
stopped.
III. DECISION TO PURSUE:
A. General Guidelines:
1. A police officer has the authority to stop
any person reasonably suspected of having
committed any criminal offense or traffic
violation. It is clear that while it is the officer
who initiates the stop, it is the violator who
initiates the pursuit. The officer's decision to
pursue must always be made with an
awareness of the degree of risk to which
the officer exposes himself or herself and
others. The officer must weigh the need for
immediate apprehension against the risk
created by the pursuit.
B. Authorization to Pursue:
1. A police officer may pursue only:
a. When the officer has probable
cause to believe that the violator has
committed a violent felony, or
b. When a police officer reasonably
believes that the violator poses an
immediate threat to the safety of the
public or other police officers.
2. Pursuit for traffic violations is not
authorized under the above criteria unless
the violator's vehicle is being operated so
as to pose a serious, immediate threat to
the safety of another person (is DUI).
C. In the event that one of the authorization
requirements is satisfied, a pursuit should not
automatically be undertaken. An officer must
still consider the following factors:
1. The likelihood of successful
apprehension.
2. Whether the identity of the violator is
known to the point where later
apprehension is possible.
3. The degree of risk created by the pursuit
considering such factors as:
a. Volume, type, speed and direction of
vehicular traffic.
b. Nature of the area: residential,
commercial, school zone, open
highways, etc.
c. Population density and volume of
pedestrian traffic.
d. Environmental factors such as
weather and darkness.
e. Road conditions: construction, poor
repairs, extreme curves, wet roads, etc.
4. Police Officer Characteristics:
a. Driving skills,
b. Familiarity with roads, and
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits SOP # 17.07
c. Condition of the police vehicle.
D. All other pursuits are prohibited.
IV. NOTIFICATION OF PURSUIT:
A. Initiating Officer Responsibility:
1. When an officer initiates a pursuit, he or
she will immediately activate all emergency
equipment, make radio contact with the
dispatcher and the shift supervisor, and
communicate the following information:
a. Unit identification (call sign) in
pursuit;
b. Exact location, speed and direction
of travel;
c. Pursued vehicle description - year;
make, model, color and tag number if
known;
d. Reason for pursuing (offense); and
e. Number of occupants in the pursued
vehicle with the race, gender and age, if
possible.
2. Radio contact must be maintained to
provide continuous updated information to
the dispatcher and other involved units as
to the location and direction of travel of the
pursued vehicle.
V. DISPATCHER'S RESPONSIBILITY:
A. Delray Police Department dispatch to follow
their dispatch pursuit guidelines.
VI. SECONDARY UNIT'S RESPONSIBILITY:
A. The second car joining in the pursuit will
immediately notify dispatch that there are two
(2) police vehicles in pursuit. The second unit
may assume radio responsibilities, allowing the
primary unit to concentrate on driving. The
second unit will assist at the end of the pursuit.
Dispatch will broadcast that two (2) units are in
pursuit and identify those units. All other units
should remain on patrol, but stay alert to the
direction of travel in case help is needed.
Active Pursuit Units- The primary and second
car joining in the pursuit (the support unit) will
be the only two police vehicles actively involved
in the pursuit unless the shift supervisor
controlling the operation specifically requests
more assistance. The request for more
assistance will be determined by;
1. The nature of the offense;
2. The number of suspects; and
3. Other clear and articulated facts that
would warrant the additional units.
VII. SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The shift supervisor will assume overall
command and control throughout the pursuit
and must ensure:
1. Authorized reason for the pursuit,
2. That the authorized number of units are
in pursuit and determine if more or less
units are necessary,
3. Affected agencies are being notified.
B. The shift supervisor may terminate the
pursuit if, in the supervisor's opinion, a serious
hazard is present to the public and/or pursuing
officers.
C. The shift supervisor will respond immediately
to the location where the pursuit ends and
assume command at the scene.
1. If the pursuit leaves the Town of Gulf
Stream, the supervisor will respond to
the scene, if practical.
a. If the shift supervisor
determines that response to the
scene is impractical, the shift
supervisor will contact the
supervisory officer of the jurisdiction
where the pursuit terminates and
check on Gulf Stream Police unit's
status involved in the pursuit.
b. The shift supervisor will be
responsible to obtain any
reports or documents from
other jurisdictions where Gulf
Stream Police units are
involved in a pursuit.
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits SOP # 17.07
VIII. VEHICLE PURSUIT REVIEW:
A. The shift supervisor will critique the pursuit
and forward it to through the chain of command
to the Chief of Police .
B. The Chief of Police or designee will review all
critiques to determine subject matter for
training, equipment, tactics and procedure.
Vehicle pursuits must be reviewed for
compliance with Department Policy and
Standard Operating Procedures.
IX. UNMARKED VEHICLES:
A. An unmarked police vehicle will not initiate a
vehicular pursuit unless it is equipped with an
emergency light and audible warning device.
The unmarked car will relinquish primary unit
status immediately upon the participation of a
marked vehicle.
X. TACTICS WHILE IN PURSUIT:
A. No units, which are not assigned, whether
uniformed, investigative or administrative, will
enter into the pursuit unless specifically directed
to do so by the shift supervisor.
B. Available back-up units will remain in their
assigned areas until otherwise directed by the
shift supervisor.
C. Only vehicles equipped with operable
emergency lights and sirens will participate in
the pursuit.
D. Officers will not initiate or engage in a pursuit
while transporting non -departmental
passengers (i.e., prisoners, witnesses, victims,
civilian observers, etc.).
E. The presence of an assisting agency air unit
may negate the need for the continuance of a
pursuit and allow ground units to proceed at a
reduced rate of speed to assist in the
apprehension.
F. Units will use extreme caution when
engaging in pursuits on roadways in populated
areas (i.e., apartment complexes, schools,
parks, shopping areas etc.).
G. Units will not follow a suspect vehicle the
wrong way on a limited access roadway, i.e.,
95. Officers will notify dispatch who will notify
units and other jurisdictions of the vehicle's last
location and direction of travel.
H. Officers will use extreme caution when
following a vehicle the wrong way on a one-way
street.
XI. TERMINATION OF PURSUIT:
A. The officer will terminate a pursuit when:
1. Directed to do so by a supervisor, or
2. There is a clear and unreasonable
danger to the officer or the public or when
the pursuit requires that the vehicle be
driven at excessive speeds or in any other
manner which exceeds the performance
capabilities of the pursuing vehicles or
police officers involved in the pursuit, or
3. The officer believes that the danger to
pursuing officers or the public outweighs the
necessity for the immediate apprehension
of the violator, or
4. The violator's identity is established to
the point where later apprehension may be
accomplished and where there is no
immediate threat to the safety of the public
or police officers, or
5. The pursued vehicle's location is no
longer known or the distance between the
pursuing vehicles and the violator's vehicle
becomes so great that further pursuit is
futile, or
6. There is a person injured during the
pursuit and there are no police or medical
personnel able to render assistance, or
7. Advised of any unanticipated condition,
event or circumstance which substantially
increases the risk to public safety inherent
in the pursuit, or
B. Loss of radio contact with Delray
dispatch or loss of contact with assisting
agencies police patrol units, or
9. Other extenuating circumstances exist.
B. If the officer(s) receives a communication
from a supervisor to terminate the pursuit, he or
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits SOP # 17.07
she will do so immediately and report to the
dispatcher and supervisor the last known
vehicle location and direction of travel of the
pursued vehicle.
C. Strong consideration should be given to
terminating a pursuit when:
1. The pursuit enters a densely populated
area and a hazard to the general public
exists, and/or
2. Visibility and/or road conditions limit the
probability of a safe and successful end to
the pursuit.
D. An officer engaged in a pursuit may
terminate the pursuit at anytime they deem fit
without fear of reprisal.
E. The officer initiating the pursuit will, prior to
the end of his or her shift, submit a report
documenting the circumstances of the pursuit to
his or her shift supervisor. Other officers
involved in the pursuit may be required to
complete a supplemental report detailing their
involvement at the discretion of the shift
supervisor.
XII. FORCIBLE STOPPING OF VEHICLES:
A. Boxing in or heading off a violator's vehicle is
permitted only in extraordinary circumstances.
These tactics substantially increase the risk
inherent in the pursuit and will only be
employed:
1. In response to an imminent threat to the
safety of the public or a police officer; or
2. With the approval of the shift supervisor.
B. Roadblocks must only be employed as a last
resort in circumstances where lethal force
would otherwise be justified.
1. The use of a roadblock must be
authorized by the shift supervisor.
2. At no time will a roadblock be established
until all pursuing police vehicles are made
aware of the roadblock, its location and the
police vehicles have acknowledged this
awareness.
3. Once a roadblock has been established
and a vehicle or barricade has been
positioned in the roadway, there will be:
a. Adequate distance to see the
roadblock,
b. An avenue of escape, and/or
c. No one in the blocking vehicle(s).
C. Officers involved in a pursuit will not fire any
weapon at or from a moving vehicle nor engage
in any vehicle contact action except as a last
resort to prevent imminent death or serious
injury to the officer or another person and where
lethal force would otherwise be justified.
XIII. INTER -JURISDICTIONAL PURSUITS:
A. When a pursuit is started by another
jurisdiction, Gulf Stream Police units will not
assist unless assistance is specifically
requested and the pursuit falls under the
guidelines of the Gulf Stream Police
Department Vehicle Pursuit Policy.
1. Notification by another agency of a
pursuit in progress will not be considered as
a request to join in the pursuit.
2. If assistance is required by another
agency, the pursuit will be limited to a total
of two (2) Gulf Stream police vehicles,
regardless of the number of agencies
involved during the course of the pursuit.
3. Unless officer safety or a specific request
from the originating agency indicates
otherwise Gulf Stream police officers will
terminate their participation when the
pursuit leaves the Town of Gulf Stream.
B. When a Gulf Stream Police Officer's pursuit
enters another agency's jurisdiction; the officer
will consider his or her safety, the public's
safety, distance traveled and unfamiliarity with
the area, to determine if the pursuit should be
continued.
1. If the pursuit continues, the dispatcher
will notify the other agency that the pursuit
is entering their jurisdiction and the reason
for the pursuit.
2. If the initiating officer requests assistance
from the other agency, the dispatcher will
notify the other agency of the request and
all other information pertinent to the pursuit.
3. The initiating officer will remain as the
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits
primary pursuit vehicle throughout the
pursuit.
4. Only one unit (other than the initiating
officer and a supervisor) will continue with
the pursuit to relay information between the
Gulf Stream dispatcher, the other agency,
and the primary pursuit vehicle(s).
XIV. AERIAL ASSISTANCE:
XVI.
A. Aerial assistance from assisting agencies(s)
may be utilized if available, keeping in mind the
strict adherence to the definition of a pursuit and
the offense committed.
B. When an aircraft unit advises that they have
visual contact with the vehicle pursued, the
surface units will reduce their speed to that
which is reasonable and prudent, thereafter
converging on the suspect vehicle as the
aircraft relays directions.
SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
SOP # 22.04 Use of Authorized Emergency
Equipment.
SOP # 22.07 Police Escorts and Roadblocks.
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief Of Police
Page 5 of 5
7.07
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits
Appendix A
NOT USED AT THIS TIME
SOP # 17.07
Page 6 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits SOP # 17.07
Page 7 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Pursuits SOP # 17.07
Page 8 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Tire Deflating Devices SOP # 17.08
TIRE DEFLATING DEVICES
EFFECTIVE: not used at this time EA
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for the use and deployment of a Tire
Deflating Devices to stop a vehicle involved in a
pursuit situation. The Tire Deflating Devices is
designed to deflate a vehicle's tires at a controlled
rate resulting in a reasonably safe and effective
immobilization of the pursued vehicle.
A. Tire Deflating Devices: A tire deflation device
used in stopping vehicles involved in pursuits
with law enforcement officers. The Tire
Deflating Devices is designed to stop a vehicle
by deflating its tires at a controlled rate,
resulting in a reasonably safe and effective
immobilization of the vehicle.
B. Pursuit - An active attempt by an officer, in
an authorized emergency vehicle, to apprehend
the occupant(s) of a motor vehicle while the
driver is attempting to avoid apprehension by
using high speed driving, other evasive
maneuvers or fails to stop upon activation of
emergency lights and sirens.
III. PROCEDURES:
A. Utilization of the Tire Deflating Devices:
1. The Tire Deflating Devices may be used
in vehicle pursuit situations where there is a
potential for injury to any person. The
following guidelines will be followed before
utilizing the system at any time:
a. The shift supervisor will make a
decision, based on all the
circumstances involved in each
situation, whether to terminate the
pursuit or to utilize the Tire
Deflating Devices.
2. The Tire Deflating Devices may be used
when the following circumstances are
present:
a. An officer from this department
initiates a traffic stop using
emergency
lights and siren however, the
vehicle operator refuses to stop and
instead continues to drive, at
various speeds, causing the officer
to initiate a pursuit.
b. When a law enforcement officer
of another agency is involved in a
vehicle pursuit which has entered
the Town of Gulf Stream jurisdiction
and the pursuing agency is
requesting assistance.
c. To assist another agency outside
the Town of Gulf Stream limits, but
only upon request of the agency. In
this type of situation an officer from
this agency will deploy the device
for the requesting agency and will
deploy the device in accordance
with guidelines of this policy. Under
no circumstances will an officer of
this agency loan the Tire Deflating
Devices to another agency.
3. The Tire Deflating Devices shall not be
used in stopping the following vehicle types:
a. Motorcycle
b. Moped
c. Any other two wheeled vehicle
d. Vehicles (cycles) commonly
referred to as three wheelers or
four wheelers
4. The Tire Deflating Devices will not be
used in stopping the following vehicles:
(except under circumstances where if not
used the threat to public safety is likely to
be greater.)
a. Any vehicle transporting hazardous
materials
b. Any passenger bus transporting
passengers
c. Any school bus transporting
students
d. Any vehicle that would pose an
unusual hazard to innocent persons
B. Training Requirements:
1. Before using the Tire Deflating Devices
in an actual vehicle stop, members must
complete a training class, taught by a
certified law enforcement instructor, which
includes the following criteria:
a. Description and operation of the
system.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Tire Deflating Devices SOP # 17.08
b. Safety precautions in handling or
deploying the system.
c. Methods and proper procedures
of deployment.
d. Methods and proper procedures
of recovery after using the system.
e. Proper procedures involved in
spike replacement.
f. Proper storage of the System.
2. The Chief of Police or designee will be
trained to inspect the tire deflating system
and accomplish any repair that might be
needed. The tire deflating system will be
inspected after each use to assure that:
a. The device is stored properly
b. There are no missing or loose
screws, (if so, tighten or replace).
c. The spikes have been properly
replaced.
d. The device is operational and
ready for use.
C. Deployment:
1. The Tire Deflating Devices will be
deployed in a manner as recommended by
the manufacturer and in accordance with
departmental policy, procedure and training.
2. The tire deflating system will be carried in
the trunk of patrol vehicles.
3. When a decision has been made to
utilize the tire deflating system, the shift
supervisor will coordinate and direct the
officer(s) in possession of the tire deflating
system to a location for deployment.
4. The officer will notify dispatch and the
pursuing officer(s) when he/she has arrived
at the deployment location and is in position
to deploy the device.
5. A deployment location should provide a
good line of sight to enable the deploying
officer to observe the suspect vehicle and
the pursuing police unit(s) as the vehicles
approach. Deployment should not take
place within a curve, on a hill or any other
Page 2 of 3
area where the deploying officer cannot
observe the approaching vehicles. If at all
possible, a level section of the roadway that
provides the deploying officer some type of
safety barrier, such as guardrails,
abutments, bridges, overpasses, etc.
should be selected as a favorable location
for deployment.
6. The deploying officer will maintain
communications with the officer(s) in pursuit
and deploy the tire deflating system in
accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation.
a. When the deploying officer is
certain that no other passing
motorists will travel over the device
prior to the arrival of the suspect
vehicle, deployment can be
accomplished by throwing, pushing
or by use of the rope. The rope,
however, requires that the
deploying officer cross the lanes of
traffic. Note: In any deployment
situation, DO NOT hold the rope as
the suspect vehicle passes.
b. At any time prior to suspect
vehicle arrival if the Tire Deflating
Devices is equipped with remote
controlled retractable spikes.
7. The officer deploying the tire deflating
system will notify the pursuing officer(s)
when the device has been deployed.
8. The pursuing officer(s), upon
approaching the deployment location, will
allow enough distance between the police
vehicle and the suspect vehicle that the
deploying officer can remove (recover) the
tire deflating system from the roadway
after the suspect vehicle has engaged the
device and before engagement is possible
by the police vehicle. (Note: This will
require that pursuing officer(s) drastically
decrease the speed of their vehicle upon
approach of the deployment location;
however continue to pursue at a
decreased speed with emergency lights
and siren in use.)
9. Deployment of the Tire Deflating
Devices will not be attempted unless there
is sufficient time to complete the task in a
safe, organized and efficient manner.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Tire Deflating Devices SOP # 17.08
10. On each occasion that the tire deflating
system is deployed and recovered from
the roadway, it will be necessary to
prepare it for use before it is deployed
again.
D. Recovery/Storage:
1. Each officer will be trained how to
properly recover the Tire Deflating Devices
as quickly and efficiently as possible. After
the device is removed from the roadway,
the officer will make sure that:
a. Other traffic on the roadway is either
stopped briefly or detoured around the
scene of deployment until the area has
been searched for spikes or other
debris which might be present.
b. Any rocks, grass or other debris
which might be attached to the device
is removed.
c. Any visual signs of damage to the
device is noted, (listed on the report).
d. The spikes are replaced on the
device.
Original Issue: 5/1/06
IV.
e. Any loose screws are tightened and
any missing screws are replaced.
f. The device is properly packaged in
its case, (unless damage prohibits
this), and stored in an assigned patrol
vehicle.
E. Reporting/Administrative Requirements:
1. Any time the Tire Deflating Devices is
deployed, other than in training, the shift
supervisor will complete a Supervisor's
Vehicle Pursuit Form, which will include
how the pursuit began, the route of the
pursuit, actions of the fleeing vehicle and
why a decision was made to deploy the Tire
Deflating Devices.
2. The Supervisor's Vehicle Pursuit Form
will be forwarded to the Uniform Services
Commander for staff review.
• SOP 17.07 Vehicle Pursuits
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Safety Belts SOP # 17.10
USE OF SAFETY BELTS/RESTRAINING
DEVICES
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department requires the use of seat
belts and/or restraining devices in police vehicles. In
circumstances in which the use of seat belts and/or
restraining devices may hamper officer safety or
efficient performance of law enforcement functions,
supervisory exemptions will be granted.
It. SEAT BELTS USE AND RESPONSIBILITY:
A. All department members occupying a town
owned vehicle will use safety belts/ restraining
devices unless specifically exempted.
B. Seat belt usage is mandatory for citizens
who are passengers in department owned
vehicles.
III. PROCEDURES FOR SEAT BELT USE:
A. When the use of seat belts would have an
adverse effect on officer safety or interfere with
tactical or other functions, an exception to this
procedure may be granted by a supervisor.
Original issue: 07/01/07
B. Exceptions to the wearing of seat belts may
be granted depending upon each individual
situation and not for an extended period of time.
Written documentation from a physician will be
submitted to the Chief of Police for medical
reasons the member is unable to use the safety
belt system.
C. No person will operate a department vehicle
in which the driver's seat belt is inoperable. No
person will be transported in the front
passenger seat if that seatbelt is inoperable.
D. Arrestees will be secured in a transport
vehicle with seat belts unless he or she is
violent, poses a threat to officer safety, or other
exigent circumstances exist.
E. There are circumstances in which the use of
safety belts may hamper the efficiency of a
police function, where complete freedom of
movement is necessary. In these situations,
the efficiency of the operation outweighs the
safety benefits.
lur
• SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
• FSS 316.614 Safety Belt Usage.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Soft Body Armor SOP # 17.11
SOFT BODY ARMOR
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
issues all police officers engaging in uniform
patrol body armor. Officers assigned to
administrative or investigative positions will
maintain and have body armor available for use
at designated work areas.
II. PROCEDURE:
A. Issuance of Soft Body Armor or Bullet
Resistant Vests.
1. All sworn officers will be issued armor.
2. Sworn members will wear body armor while
on duty, special details and assignments that
require the wearing of a uniform unless
otherwise specified by the Chief of Police.
3. Sworn members assigned to administrative
duties or investigations will retain the option of not
wearing body armor.
4. Uniformed Officers making a court
appearance during off duty time will have the
option of not wearing body armor.
5. Body armor will be worn by an officer at the
Revised: 1-2-11
request of a supervisor when the supervisor feels
the circumstances dictate wearing body
armor.
a. Supervisors will require members
to wear body armor/protective vests
during any high-risk situation i.e.
search warrants, high-risk arrest
warrants, barricaded subjects.
B. Care and Maintenance:
1. All officers issued body armor will be
responsible for the care and maintenance
of that armor.
2. If the body armor is damaged, it will be
reported immediately to the supervisor.
a. The supervisor will notify the chief of
Police by memo. The Chief of Police
will issue a requisition order so the
officer can obtain the necessary
components of the vest.
III. REFERENCE:
• SOP# 50.01 Uniforms
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Police Bicycle Patrol Function SOP # 17.14
POLICE BICYCLE PATROL FUNCTION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The purpose of this procedure is to
establish the bicycle patrol function, and to
designate equipment and authorized uniform.
II. BICYCLE PROCEDURE:
A. Use of bicycle patrol will augment the basic
patrol function.
B. Bike patrol will be assigned to specialized
assignment functions where appropriate.
Deployment for such special use will be under
the control of the supervisor of the specialized
function.
III. EQUIPMENT, UNIFORM AND TRAINING:
A. Equipment - Bicycle is a multi -speed
mountain bike clearly marked "Police". It is
equipped with the following accessories:
1. equipment trunk and rack;
2. front, rear and wheel reflectors;
3. water bottle and holder;
4. lighting system;
5. heavy duty tubes and tires;
6. front and rear brakes;
7. Horn or other audible device;
B. Optional accessories - Officers assigned to
bike patrol may choose to equip their bikes with
additional items for comfort, which must be
approved by the Chief of Police prior to their
installation and use. No optional equipment can
be used that will hinder the operation or
identification of the bike.
C. Uniforms - Officers using the bike for patrol
duties will wear the regulation uniform. This will
consist of:
1. Issued helmet or personally owned white
"Snell" approved helmet;
2. Blue uniform shirt with badge and
nametag;
3. Leather duty belt with sidearm, spare
magazine, radio, handcuffs, baton and any
other department approved equipment;
4. Soft body armor is optional.
5. Department issued uniform patrol pants;
6. Department issued jacket when
necessary;
7. Black or Navy socks
8. Department approved black shoes; and
9. Protective eyewear (sunglasses or clear
lens).
D. Training - Prior to using the bicycle for patrol
duty, officers will attend an approved course for
Police Bicycle Operation. Training will cover
topics such as:
1. Safe use and operation of the bicycle,
2. Traffic laws and protocol, and
3. Emergency and tactical skills.
E. Night Riding — Officers are authorized to
patrol at night.
1. All night safety equipment, such as lights
and reflectors, will be used unless the use
would hinder a law enforcement function.
2. When using the roadways, all traffic
regulations will be obeyed unless exigent
conditions are present.
3. Dispatch will be notified of exact location
when conducting investigations, F.I.R,'s etc.
F. A list of persons authorized to operate the
bicycles will be maintained by the Chief of
Police.
IV. SECURITY:
A. To prevent theft, bikes left unattended in
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Police Bicycle Patrol Function SOP # 17.14
non -exigent circumstances will be secured with
a lock.
V. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR:
A. All basic repairs and maintenance to the
bikes will be performed by the officer(s)
assigned to bicycle patrol.
B. When major repairs are needed, the Chief of
Original issue: 07/01/07
VI.
Police will be notified by memo so the bike may
be fixed by the approved repair company.
SOP # 50.01 Uniform and Plain Clothes
Attire, Equipment and Appearance for
Police.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -In Car Video Recording System SOP # 17-15
IN CAR VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: NIA
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for the use of mobile video and audio
recording equipment in the police patrol units. The
Mobile Video/Audio Recording (MVR) equipment
has been demonstrated to be of value in the
prosecution of traffic violations and related offenses,
document anything that may be of evidentiary value
and in evaluation of officer performance as well as
in training.
II. PROCEDURE:
A. The department has adopted the use of the
In -car video/audio recording systems in
order to accomplish several objectives,
including:
1. Accurate documentation of events,
actions, conditions and statements made
during arrests and citizen encounters,
collection of evidence and to aid testimony
in court; and
2. Enhance the department's ability to
review probable cause for arrest,
procedures, officer and suspect interaction,
gather evidence for investigative purposes
and for officer evaluation and training.
B. Officer(s) will adhere to the following
procedure when utilizing the MVR equipment.
1. MVR equipment installed in vehicles will
be maintained according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Prior to each shift, officer(s) will verify
that the patrol vehicle assigned MVR
equipment:
a. Is working satisfactorily with the
correct date/time and sufficient video
recording Video time available;
b. Will automatically activate when the
vehicle's emergency warning
equipment is in operation;
c. The remote microphone is operating;
d. Any problems will be brought to the
attention of a supervisor.
3. Where possible, officers will verify that
MVR equipment is properly operating prior
to traffic stops or other enforcement actions
and that:
a. The video recorder camera is
positioned and adjusted to record
events.
b. The MVR is not deactivated until the
enforcement action is completed.
c. The wireless microphone is activated
in order to provide narration of the
event or enforcement action.
d. Officers should also use their MVR
equipment to record the following:
1) The actions of suspects during
interviews, when undergoing
sobriety checks or when placed in
custody.
2) The circumstances at crime and
accident scenes or other events
such as the confiscation and
documentation of evidence or
contraband.
3) Any scene where it may be
beneficial to the department, officer
or citizen to document activity.
4. Officers will advise individuals that they
are being recorded during the initial contact.
5.The equipment may be manually
deactivated during non -enforcement
activities such as when protecting an
accident scene from other vehicular traffic.
C. i.Officers will not erase, record over or alter
any
Video data that is assigned to a patrol
vehicle.
2. Only the Chief or designee may erase
any data.
D. Officers will periodically review the video
Video data assigned to the patrol vehicle and
when the MVR indicates one (1) hour or less of
recording time left, the officer will immediately
notify a supervisor to arrange replacement of
the MVR data.
E. Officers are encouraged to inform their
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -In Car Video Recording System SOP # 17-15
supervisor of any recorded sequences that may
be of interest for training purposes.
F. Officers will note in the offense report when
video/audio data recordings were made during
an incident.
III. SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITY:
A. The shift supervisor will verify that the
officer(s) operating the MVR equipment:
1.Follow established procedures for the use
and maintenance of MVR equipment,
handling of video/audio data and completion
of MVR documentation.
2. Randomly review MVR data to assist in
periodic assessment of officer performance,
and to determine if the MVR equipment is
being used properly.
3. Report any problems, damaged
equipment, etc to the Chief of Police.
Original issue: 07/01/07
Revised: 7/09/14
IV: USE AND STORAGE OF VIDEO DATA:
A. Data that is evidence will be subject to the
same security restrictions and chain of evidence
safeguards as detailed in the department's
property and evidence procedure.
1. Member's will treat data containing any
felony arrests, assaults, batteries, pursuits,
DUI, personal injury or felonious conduct as
evidence.
2. Data that is evidence should be
immediately downloaded to disc and
turned into evidence.
D. The data will not be released to another
criminal justice agencies for trial or other
reasons without having a duplicate disc made
and returned to safe storage.
E. 1. The shift supervisor is responsible to
down load the data as needed.
F. The Chief of Police may direct a random
review of video's to ensure compliance with this
procedure.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Community Action to Reach the Elderly CARE
SOP#17.21
COMMUNITY ACTION TO REACH THE periodic home visits are made. A police service
ELDERLY(CARE)PROGRAM
EFFECTIVE: not used at this time EA
ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: NIA
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines when an elderly resident of the town has
requested or is identified as in possible need of
assistance. The program is designed to check on
their well-being and provide frequent contact with
residents who have chosen to participate. The
department has incorporated an automated dialing
system into the program to provide daily contact.
II. PROCEDURE:
A. The Community Action to Reach the
Elderly (CARE) Program is assigned to
Uniform Services Division.
1.The Uniform Service Commander will
assign a coordinator for the CARE
program.
B. It will be the responsibility of the CARE
coordinator to maintain a list of residents that
are participants in of the CARE Program.
C. When a resident requests or information
has been received that an elderly resident is
possibly in need of assistance, the CARE
coordinator or designee will contact the
resident and explain the program as well as
the "Guardian" Automated Telephone Dialing
System to them.
1. It is important that the officer fully explain
the "Guardian" System. The participant
needs to know that they will be contacted
on a daily basis at a pre -determined time
and will need to enter a four (4) digit code to
acknowledge that they are "OK". The
officer will assist the participant in filling out
the authorization sheet, update emergency
contact information and determine a four
(4) digit code.
D. If the resident requests to participate in the
program, the coordinator or designee will
assess the needs of the resident and complete
a Resident C.A.R.E. Program form (Appendix
A) and "Guardian" forms (Appendix B, C) if
they request this option also.
E. After assessment has been completed,
case card will be assigned for each visit.
F. A home visit will be defined as a personal
contact between the resident and department
member.
G. The schedule and record of home Visits will
be maintained by the CARE coordinator and
reported to the Uniform Services Commander
monthly.
H. A record of all CARE participants will be
kept in the CARE log book in dispatch and
available for reference and emergency
contacts.
III. "Guardian" AUTOMATED TELEPHONE
DIALING SYSTEM:
A. The department is activating the Reverse
E911 "Guardian" Automated Telephone Dialing
System for the CARE Program. The system
will telephonically contact each participant on a
daily basis.
B. Handling of not answered, incorrect or no
code "Guardian" calls:
1. If a "Guardian" call is not answered,
incorrect code or no code is received, the
"Guardian" will notify dispatch of the
situation. Dispatch will then call the CARE
residence and verify if the CARE person is
home. Once contact is made and it is
determined that the CARE resident is "OK",
no further action is necessary.
2. If there is no answer, then an officer will
be dispatched to the CARE residence to
make contact or verify through other
sources the status of the CARE resident.
The officer will investigate to determine the
status of the CARE resident and if it is
determined that the CARE resident is in
need of assistance, then the appropriate
action will be taken.
3. If the officer is unable to make contact
or determine the status of the CARE
resident, the emergency contact for the
CARE resident will be notified to respond.
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Community Attempt to Reach the Elderly CARE SON 17.21
V. REFERENCE:
SOP # 33.01 Communications
Original issue: 3/1/2005
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Community Action to Reach the Elderly SOP#17.11
Appendix A
Page 3 of 5
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Community Action to Reach the Elderly SOP#17.11
Appendix B
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT
"Guardian" Automated Telephone Dialing System
The Lantana Police Department, in an effort to provide superior service to our
residents, has enhanced our Community Action to Reach the Elderly (CARE)
program with the addition of a "Guardian" Automated Telephone Dialing
System.
This telephone system will contact your residence on a daily basis, at a pre-
determined time to "check on you". All that is necessary for you to do is to
provide a four (4) digit code, which you will enter by phone, to assure us that
you are "OK".
An Officer will be available to explain the use of the system and guide you
through the easy steps.
Attached is an authorization sheet which you can fill out with the Officer so that
you can begin receiving your daily "check-up calls".
Sincerely,
Rick Lincoln
Chief of Police
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Community Action to Reach the Elderly SOP#17.11
Appendix C
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT
"Guardian" Automated Telephone Dialing System
The "Guardian" system will contact your residence on a daily basis, at a pre-
determined time to "check on you". All that is necessary for you is to provide a
four (4) digit code, which you will enter by phone, to assure us that you are
"OK".
You understand that if you choose to participate in the program, you will be
called automatically daily, at a pre -determined time. You must answer the
telephone and will be required to enter a four (4) digit code to indicate that
"You're OK".
You understand that if you are going to be unavailable to answer the call, you
must notify the police departmentrp for to the pre -determined time and tell them
that you will not be available.
You must also provide up to date emergency contact information. In the event
that you do not answer the phone, your emergency contact as well as an Officer
may be notified.
You understand the above and you do or do not wish to participate
in the program at this time.
Signature
NAME: _
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
Date
4 DIGIT CODE #:
Suggestions are last four digits of telephone number, last four of social security
number, year of birth, etc.
CONTACT INFORMATION UPDATED ON:
OFFICER:
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Bank Alarm Response SOP # 17.22
BANK ALARM RESPONSE
EFFECTIVE: not used at this time EA
ACCREDITATION STANDARDS
I.POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for response to bank alarms, during normal
business hours, in a discrete manner to insure the
safety of civilian and department members.
II.PROCEDURE:
A. A minimum of two (2) police units will be
dispatched to all bank alarms reported during
normal business hours.
1. The first unit to arrive at the scene will
become the primary unit and should take a
position with a view of the front of the
location.
2. The first unit is responsible to coordinate
unit response and placement, unless
otherwise directed by the shift supervisor.
3. The back up unit(s) will take up positions
as assigned.
B. As soon as assigned units are in position the
primary unit will notify dispatch to call the bank
and make contact with the designated bank
official.
C. The dispatcher will ascertain if the alarm was a
false alarm or if a situation exists.
1. This will be done by receiving the
proper response from the bank official. The
correct response will consist of the phrase
"Everything is O.K., followed by the time".
EXAMPLE: "Everything is O.K., 9:45".
2. If the official leaves off the time, it will be
assumed that a situation exists and the shift
supervisor will be notified.
3. If the official responds with the correct
phrase, the dispatcher will get a brief clothing
description of the official and the bank official
will be directed to proceed to a designated
point. Dispatch will advise the primary unit
that contact has been made and the official is
coming out, giving the primary unit the
official's clothing description.
4. The primary officer will make contact with
the bank official to verify that the alarm is
false.
5. If the bank official fails to follow any part of
this procedure, the primary unit will
immediately notify the shift supervisor that a
possible situation exists.
6. If the officers at the scene reasonably
determine that there is or may be an incident
occurring at the establishment, officers shall
handle the incident as an in -progress call.
7. If the officers at the scene determine that a
robbery has occurred and the suspect has left
the premises, the officers will:
a. Secure and protect the crime
scene.
b. Gather as much information as
possible for rapid dissemination by
dispatch to surrounding agencies via
teletype.
c. Separate and keep witnesses at
the scene and if witnesses refuse to
remain on the scene, attempt to
obtain their name, address and
phone numbers for later contact.
d. Complete an offense report.
8. The shift supervisor will:
a. Assign patrol units at
strategic locations to BOLO and
maintain observation.
b. Coordinate assignments
with detective(s) or other
investigative agencies at the scene
who will assume the criminal
investigation.
III. BANK PERSONNEL TRAINING
A. The Uniform Services Commander will be
responsible for coordinating and training area
banking official(s) in the department's Bank
Alarm Response procedures.
1. The Uniform Services Commander will
designate a member to conduct the training
and/ or make quarterly visits to the banks
2.The designee will be responsible to
coordinate quarterly visits to the banks
within the town to educate bank personnel
on correct response to a bank alarm.
Page 1 of 2
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Bank Alarm Response SOP # 17.22
3. The designee will be responsible to
coordinate visits to a bank within the town to
educate bank personnel on correct
response to a bank alarm when he or she
Original issue: 10/1/91
Revised: I.D. # 696
Old SOP# 300b Bank Alarms changed 9/1/2001
Revision Dates: 11/30/98, 9/1/2001
becomes aware that a bank has opened or
has been sold to another financial
institution.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
BAKER ACT/MARCHMAN ACT
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
the responsibility to assist person(s) who are at risk
or incapacitated due to mental illness or substance
abuse
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Baker Act- Statutory regulation that allows a
person to be involuntarily examined for mental
illness.
B. Marchman Act —Statutory regulation that
allows a person to be taken into protective
custody when they are incapacitated or unable
to care for themselves due to substance abuse.
III. FLORIDA MENTAL HEALTH (BAKER) ACT:
A. Pursuant to FSS, a law enforcement officer
will take a person who appears to meet the
criteria for involuntary examination into custody
and deliver the person to the nearest
Comprehensive Intervention Center (CIC) or
have the person delivered to the nearest CIC
(APPENDIX A) for an involuntary examination.
1. Upon transporting and delivering the
person to the receiving facility, the officer,
while still at the facility, will complete the
Report of Law Enforcement Officer form.
2. The officer will write the case number on
this form.
3. The officer will make a copy of the form
and attach it to the offense report
completed by the officer.
B. When there is a medical emergency, the
person will be transported to a medical facility
for clearance.
1. After the patient has been medically
screened and stabilized by the emergency
department of the medical facility, it
becomes the responsibility of the medical
facility emergency department to arrange
transportation to the CIC.
2. All subsequent transfers between
facilities are not the responsibility of law
enforcement.
3. The shift supervisor may allow an officer
to transport a person to a CIC when they
were transported to the medical facility from
inside the town limits.
C. If a space is not available for the person at
the designated receiving facility, the facility staff
will assist the officer in locating available space
at another facility.
D. Any person taken into protective custody by
a Gulf Stream Police Officer will, pursuant to
FSS, be treated with dignity at all times.
E. Restraining devices should not be used with
the non -criminal mentally ill except for the
protection of the patient or others.
F. Clinical records are confidential and are to be
maintained as non-public records.
1. The copies of the "Ex Parte Order", the
"Report of Law Enforcement Officer", and
the "Certificate of Professional Initiating
Involuntary Examination" are all part of the
clinical record and therefore are confidential
and non-public records and will be
maintained as such.
2. Copies given to officers by personnel at
the receiving facility should be stamped
"CONFIDENTIAL" by Administrative
Services after being received with offense
report.
3. The offense report or any other report the
officer completes for the department
pertaining to the actions, detention,
transportation and involuntary examination
of the person is not considered confidential.
4. Any part of the clinical report attached to
the report completed by the officer is
confidential and will not be released except
under the provisions of F.S.S.
G. Whenever a person commits a crime and
the crime is a result of conduct that meets the
criteria for involuntary examination, the officer
as an alternative to arrest may transport the
person to a receiving facility for an involuntary
examination.
1. If the crime is a felony, the person will not
be transported to a receiving facility, but will
be processed as any other arrest and
transported to the countyjail.
a. The officer will immediately notify
the designated CIC facility, if the person
meets the statutory criteria for
involuntary examination and the CIC
facility is responsible for arranging the
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Baker Act/Marchman Act SOP# 17.23
evaluation at the county jail. resource. An officer who exercises this
option will have fulfilled his or her official
b. The officer will complete a Report of duty.
Law Enforcement Officer Form, which
will be sent to the County Jail along with
the other required documents and the
arrested person.
2. If the crime is a misdemeanor, an NTA
may be issued and the person transported
to the receiving facility.
3. If the crime is a misdemeanor, which
requires a physical arrest the officer will
follow the same procedure as in a felony
arrest.
IV. SUBSTANCE ABUSE SERVICES (Marchman
Act):
A. A police officer may assist any person who is
intoxicated in a public place and appears to be
in need of assistance to his or her home or to a
treatment resource (APPENDIX B), if that
person consents.
B. An officer may take into protective custody
and transport to a hospital or appropriate
treatment resource any person who is
intoxicated in a public place and appears to be
incapacitated and meets the criteria set forth in
F.S.S.
C. If a person is intoxicated and endangering
the safety of another person or property, or
intoxicated in a public place or upon a public
conveyance and causes a public disturbance,
he or she has committed a misdemeanor crime.
1. The person may be physically arrested
2. In lieu of the physical arrest, the officer
may take or send the person to his or her
home or a health facility or treatment
Original issue: 07/01/07
D. If a person is operating a motor vehicle and
is determined to be under the influence of
alcoholic beverages, he or she is committing a
misdemeanor violation and will be arrested.
E. Whenever an intoxicated person is taken into
custody by an officer for the purpose of
transporting him or her to an appropriate
treatment resource, the officer will complete a
Report of Law Enforcement Officer Form.
1. A copy of the form will be left with the
treatment center.
2. A copy of the form will be submitted with
the offense report.
3. The form is considered confidential and
not public information.
F. When an officer detains or takes an
intoxicated person to a treatment resource, the
officer will be deemed as taking the person into
protective custody and it is not considered an
arrest for any purpose. No record will be made
to indicate the person has been arrested or
charged with a crime.
G. Any officer acting in good faith that detains
or takes to a treatment resource an intoxicated
pursuant to F.S.S. may not be held criminally or
civilly liable for false imprisonment.
V. REFERENCE:
• F.S.S. Ch. 394 Mental Health.
• F.S.S. 397 Substance Abuse Services.
• F.S.S. Ch. 901 Arrests.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
pnnc 9 of';
APPENDIX A
The receiving facility for persons fitting Baker Act criteria in Gulf Stream is South County Mental Health, 16158
S. Military Trail, Delray Beach, FL 33484 561-737-8400 or 8401 or local hospital emergency room.
APPENDIX B
When officers are transporting an intoxicated person to a alcohol treatment resource, they will transport the
person to the Comprehensive Alcoholic Rehabilitation Program Center (CARP),5400 East Ave. Phone (561)
844-6400 or South County Mental Health, 16158 S. Military Trail, Delray Beach, FL 33484 561-737-8400 or
8401.
Other treatment centers include local hospitals.
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Racial Profiling & Anti -Discrimination SOP # 17.24
RACIAL PROFILING & ANTI-
DISCRIMINATION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY:
The Gulf Stream Police Department has established
guidelines to ensure that race, ethnicity, age,
gender, or sexual orientation of an individual shall
not be the sole basis for the detention, interdiction,
or other disparate treatment of an individual by any
member.
It. DEFINITIONS:
Bias based profiling: The selection of an individual(s)
based solely on a trait common to a group for
enforcement action. This includes but is not limited to
race, ethnic background, gender, sexual orientation,
religion, economic status, age, cultural group or any
other identifiable group.
Reasonable suspicion: Suspicion that is more than
a mere hunch, but is based on a set of articulable
facts and circumstances that would warrant a
person of reasonable caution in believing that an
infraction of the law has been committed, is about to
be committed, or is in the process of being
committed, by the person or persons under
suspicion. This can be based on the observations of
a police officer combined with his or her training and
experience, and/or reliable information received
from credible outside sources.
A. In the absence of a specific report, bias
based profiling of an individual shall not be a
factor in determining the existence of probable
cause to place in custody or arrest an individual,
in constituting a reasonable suspicion that an
offense has been or is being committed so as to
justify the detention of an individual or the
investigatory stop of a motor vehicle.
B. In response to a specific credible report of
criminal activity, bias based profiling of an
Original Issue: 07101/07
individual shall not be the sole factor in
determining the existence of probable cause to
place in custody or arrest an individual.
C. No officer will stop, detain, or search any
person when such action is motivated by race,
color, ethnicity, age, gender, or sexual
orientation.
D. Bias based profiling shall not be a factor in
determining asset seizures or forfeiture efforts.
IV. SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITY:
A. The supervisor will continually examine
all areas of police action under his/her
purview in an effort to discover any racial
profiling or discriminatory practices.
B. Any employee who believes there is, or is
made aware of; any violation of this procedure
will immediately contact his/her immediate
supervisor.
C. All complaints of racial profiling or
discriminatory practices shall be received,
documented, and investigated according to
departmental procedures.
V. TRAINING:
A. All members will receive diversity and
sensitivity training during FDLE re -certification
process on the harms of racial profiling and
discrimination, including the review of this policy.
B. Recruit members will receive diversity and
sensitivity training during the Field Training
Program on the harms of racial profiling and
discrimination, including the review of this policy.
VI. REFERENCE:
• SOP# 2.03 Arrest Procedures
• SOP# 18.06 Field Interviews
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Enforcement
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Rapid Deployment to Active Violence SOP # 17.25
RAPID DEPLOYMENT TO ACTIVE
VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for responding to incidents involving
active violence to quickly and effectively resolve
them in a manner that will protect human life and
prevent injury. Officers are sworn to take action and
intervene when violence is being perpetrated. Swift
response, tactics and intervention should be taken
in order to reduce the risk of physical harm to the
public we serve. Active violence response is not a
replacement tactic for barricaded suspects, hostage
situations or building searches.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Active Violence- Any incident where
a person(s), who by their actions, are
killing, attempting to kill or cause great bodily
harm to innocent persons.
III. PROCEDURE FOR RAPID DEPLOYMENT TO
ACTIVE VIOLENCE
A. In the event that an officer(s)
encounter in progress active violence, rapid
deployment is required to stop injury or the loss
of innocent life.
B. Rapid deployment is to rapidly move to and
neutralize the threat in order to prevent further
injury or loss of life. Officers should keep in mind
the following principles, if immediate intervention
is necessary:
1. Speed — The quicker the suspect is
discovered and stopped, the greater the
opportunity to prevent the loss of innocent
life.
2. Surprise — Through proper tactics, speed
and use of available tools an element of
surprise can be achieved.
3. Forcefulness of action —The use of
whatever force is necessary to stop the
harming of innocent person(s).
C. Ranking of individual safety as it
relates to Active Response to Violence:
1. Innocent person(s)— Free & escort or
direct them to safety as soon as possible
2. Police Officers — The most tactically
sound plan will always require a level of risk
to police officers.
3. Suspect — Stop his or her immediate
violent actions by arrest or force.
D. If time allows, the supervisor will determine
that an immediate response is necessary and
will:
1. Establish a command post at a
location near the scene, but not in the line
of fire and direct dispatch to notify area
departments and request assistance.
2. The supervisor will notify dispatch that
officers will be entering the crime scene in
an effort to close and engage the
suspect(s).
3. A team of at least two (2) police
officers will then make entry in an effort to
find the suspect(s) and stop the violence.
4. The initial entry team will make
entry with the following objectives:
a. Deploy as soon as
possible.
b. Move directly to the
threat.
c. Restrict movement of the
suspect.
d. Engage the suspect(s)
and stop threat.
e. Develop intelligence and
relay to other officers.
f. Shrink the inner
perimeter.
g. Direct innocent person(s)
to safe points.
5. Additional officers should be
added as they become available.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STRTEAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Rapid Deployment to Active Violence SOP # 17.25
E. Officers should use a formation for movement
to and through the crime scene that provides
security 360 degrees. If possible a willing
employee who has knowledge of the building
layout can be brought in with the team. This will
aid in navigation in unknown or in large facilities.
For this persons protection he/she shall be
positioned behind officers.
F. In the event a police officer is injured during
an operation the supervisor may assign
manpower to extract the downed officer or he
may leave the downed officer in the last secured
location, with or without support personnel,
depending on the circumstances he or she is
faced with.
G. In the event officers find themselves pinned
down by gunfire they may need to return fire and
maneuver to eliminate the threat or retreat in a
controlled manner.
1. In the event officers do choose to retreat
due to overwhelming firepower, booby traps
or any other reason they should do so with
the mindset of dominating as much of the
crime scene as possible. This will greatly
assist in the initial deployment of tactical
Original Issue: 07/01/07
officers by giving them a strong hold within
the crime scene to operate from and may
help contain the suspect(s) in one area.
2. Nothing precludes the
supervisor from making a complete retreat
from the crime scene to the inner perimeter.
H. Dispatch shall initiate the following measure
once an On Scene Command Post has been
established:
1. Dispatch will request a SWAT call out
from Palm Beach Sheriffs Office and notify
the on-call supervisor as soon as he or she
can do so.
2. Dispatch will coordinate with the
supervisor as to where they want
ambulances and the fire department
staged.
IV. REFERNCES:
• SOP# 20.02 Unusual Occurrence
SOP# 4.01 Use of Control
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -IMMIGRATION LANDING SOP # 17.26
IMMIGRATION LANDING
EFFECTIVE: 10/20/2014
I. PURPOSE: The purpose of this directive is to
resources.
establish guidelines by which the Gulf Stream Police
Department shall respond to immigration landings.
B. The Patrol Supervisor taking command of a
critical incident will retain such command
II. POLICY: When Officers arrive at the scene of an
until another law enforcement agency or
in -progress immigration landing or other types of
department clearly indicates that
calls where a group of individuals must be
jurisdictional responsibility is theirs and it is
contained, they will advise their location and direct
determined that it is appropriate to transfer
other units utilizing the perimeter methods.
command. The supervisor shall take into
consideration all that is known.
III. DEFINITIONS:
C. The nature of crisis demands avoidance of
management by committee. There will be
A. Immigration Landing - The act of aliens
only one Incident Commander. Any transfer
(non -citizens) entering the United States
of command will be face-to-face between
without government permission
principles. This transfer of command will be
B. Patrol Sergeant - the on duty Sergeant or
clearly communicated to the
senior Officer is responsible for field
Communications Unit in plain English.
operations unless or until relieved by a
D. If another agency or department assumes
higher superior authority.
command, the supervisor will offer
C. Command Post - A field headquarters from
assistance of the Gulf Stream Police
which the Incident Commander directs
Department to the extent that written
operations and from which all planning and
directives allow. Police Department
response to crises situations shall be
personnel will then be guided by lawful
coordinated.
orders given by those officials.
D. Incident Commander —The Superior
Supervisor will be the Incident Commander
V. PROCEDURES
and will coordinate the operations of the
incident.
A. Initial Notification and Response — Upon
E. Inner Perimeter—The immediate area
receiving information that an immigration
surrounding the situation. This area is
landing incident exists, the following actions
controlled by unit(s) responsible for the
shall be initiated.
security, safety and containment.
F. Outer Perimeter — a larger area
1. First police officer on scene shall:
surrounding the inner perimeter in which a
lesser degree of risk exists. The size of
a. If Possible, contain the situation to
this area will depend upon the nature of the
the immediate area.
incident
b. Provide the Supervisors and
Communications Unit the exact
IV. MULTI -JURISDICTIONAL COMMAND OF
location of the immigration landing
_ IMMIGREATION LANDINGS
c. Request that a perimeter is
initiated.
A. Unified Command in a multi -jurisdictional
d. Request Mutual Aid from other
incident, key officials from each jurisdiction,
agencies which shall include, but not
located at the command post, may
limited to, U.S. Customs and Border
contribute to the process of
Patrol, U.S. Immigration and
Customs enforcement
1 -Determining overall incident objectives.
(954) 965-6300.U.S. Coast Guard
2 -Selection of strategies.
(561) 718-5194, ICE
3 -Insuring joint planning for tactical
Communications (Orlando FI.)
operations.
800-X-SCTOR. Palm Beach County
4 -Insuring integrated tactical operations.
Sheriff's Office K-9 /Eagle (561)
5 -Making maximum use of all assigned
688-3400.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STRTEAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -IMMIGRATION LANDING SOP # 17.26
Ocean Ridge (561) 732-8331.
Delray Beach (561) 243-7800.
2. Patrol Supervisor Shall
a. Set up a Command Post and relay
information to the Communications
Unit as necessary. The Staging area will
also be at the Command Post.
b. When Mutual aid is requested and granted,
the Patrol supervisor will confirm that a LE
Common channel has been secured through
Delray dispatch. (Any officer can request
a LE Common Channel).
c. Once on a LE Common Channel, the patrol
Supervisor will announce their presence.
d. Request specific resources to include, but
not limited to aviation units, K-9 units and or
Additional manpower.
e. Once all participating agencies are at the
Command Post, the supervisor for the lead
Agency will announce, on LE Common
Channel, who is in command.
f. Coordinate the perimeter efforts.
g. Coordinate the use of resources with
Participating agencies.
h. Assure that officers are vigilant investigating
vehicles in the area that are attempting to
provide transportation for illegal individuals.'
I. Request other agencies to post at a bridge
that is closest to the immigration Landing.
j. Coordinate search efforts.
k. If the suspect vessel remains in the
jurisdiction of Gulf Stream, the Supervisor
shall request assistance of the Delray Beach
Police Crime Scene unit. (The Vessel, the
Contents within, and the surrounding area
Will be considered and treated as a crime
Original Issue: 10/20/14
Scene).
3. Communications shall:
a. If the vessel is not ashore (fleeing or
approaching), the call taker will obtain as
much information as possible to include:
vessel description, vessel operator and/
or subjects on the vessel, last known
direction of travel, identification of any
physical landmarks and last known GPS
location, if available.
b. If the vessel is ashore and remains In the
jurisdiction of the Town of Gulf Stream,
obtain a physical address or speck area of
the immigration landing.
c. Upon receiving the initial report of an
immigrant landing, communications shall
immediately dispatch the call to any patrol
unit(s) and the Supervisor.
d. Request an LE Common radio channel from
the PBSO communications Supervisor
561-688-4300 and create the patch using
an Open Channel.
e. Relay pertinent information regarding the
assigned LE Common Channel, radio patch,
mutual aid units responding and resources
and resources requested to the Incident
Commander.
f. The agency that initiated the event will
maintain primary radio communications.
g. Continue to update the CAD event with
information including mutual aid resources
requested, LE Common Channel and all
units on scene.
h. When directed by the Incident Commander,
break the radio patch on the LE Common
Channel.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Criminal Investigations SOP# 18.01
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The purpose of this procedure is to
establish guidelines and criteria for conducting
criminal investigations. While conducting criminal
investigations, members will comply with all
constitutional requirements. The investigative
process may include interviews and interrogations,
identifying, collecting, and preserving physical
evidence, and surveillance.
IL DEFINITION
A. Crime Scene - The location where the crime
occurred or where the indication of the crime
exists. It includes the area where the crime was
committed and any portion of the surrounding
area over, or through which the suspect or
victim passed an route to, or going away from
the scene of the crime.
III. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS:
A. The first member responding to the scene of
a crime or complaint will:
1. Record the information provided by
dispatch.
2. Respond to the scene in a safe manner.
3. Determine if an offense has been
committed and if so, the exact nature of the
offense by observing all conditions, events
and remarks.
4. Protect the victims/parties involved in the
incident.
5. If necessary, administer first aid and/or
summon medical assistance.
6. Take immediate steps to protect and
preserve the crime scene, if any, from
contamination and protect evidence. The
officer will request additional members to
accomplish this requirement if necessary.
7. Determine the identity of the suspect(s),
if possible.
8. Provide other members with information
regarding the incident, i.e., suspect
descriptions, vehicles, direction of travel,
etc.
Locate and identify the witnesses.
10. Effect the arrest of the suspect(s), if
possible.
11. Take any other immediate action
deemed necessary by the nature of the
incident.
12. Obtain oral and/or written statements
from the victim(s), witness(s) and from the
suspect(s) if possible.
13. Collect, or arrange for the collection of,
evidence.
14. Accurately and completely record all
pertinent information on the appropriate
report form(s).
B. When conducting an investigation, members
will develop pertinent information through
available resources which may include, but not
be limited to; witnesses, victims, informants,
physical evidence, known M.O.'s and suspects
associated with the investigation.
1. The information that is received will be:
a. documented in the police report, if
pertinent,
b. transmitted to officers working cases
in which the information may impact,
and/or
c. transmitted to other police agencies
with an interest in the information.
IV. MAJOR CASE INVESTIGATION AND CRIME
SCENE PRESERVATION:
A. At a major crime scene, i.e., sexual battery,
homicide, armed robbery, arson, suspicious
death or other serious felony, the initial
responding officer(s) will:
1. Immediately notify the supervisor for
assistance and guidance.
2. Conduct the preliminary investigation as
described above in Section III, A., 1
through 10.
B. The responding supervisor will:
1. Ensure the entire area is cordoned off
with crime scene tape to prevent
unauthorized intrusion, if necessary.
Page 1 of 5
a. If the crime is a homicide or other
serious crime where outside assistance
is necessary, request appropriate
agency(s). The Chief of Police has
designated the Palm Beach Sheriffs
Office will handle all homicide or other
serious crimes where assistance is
needed.
2. Ensure the on-call supervisor is notified,
as necessary.
3. Ensure an officer is assigned to
document all persons entering the crime
scene, if necessary.
4. Request investigative support personnel
as necessary.
C. If a investigator is responding, no formal oral
or written statements will be taken, nor will
evidence be collected, by initial responding
personnel unless requested by the responding
detective.
1. Victims, witnesses and/or suspects will
be interviewed only to the extent necessary
to assure officer and public safety and
obtain information needed by other
responding units.
2. Volatile, endangered, or fragile evidence
may be collected by initial responding
officers only when failure to do so will result
in its destruction or loss of its evidentiary
value. The preferred course is preservation
until a detective can process the evidence.
D. The supervisor will assume responsibility for
the scene until relieved by an investigator or the
Chief of Police. The supervisor or investigator
will direct the activities of all support personnel,
including, but not limited to:
1. Coordinating the collection and
preservation of physical evidence.
2. Assigning members to conduct
preliminary interviews of the complainant(s)
and witness(s) to determine the nature of
their involvement.
3. Assisting the assigned officer with his or
her initial investigation.
4. All evidence collected is entered into
evidence accompanied by a
Evidence/Property form.
A. The goal of the follow-up investigation is to
safeguard victims and/or identify, apprehend
and secure evidence necessary to prosecute
the suspect(s), and recover and return stolen
property to its rightful owner.
B. Certain cases require more than a
preliminary investigation, but do not require a
detective. The initial reporting member may
follow up these cases. When necessary, the
shift supervisor will consult with the Chief of
Police to determine if a detective is needed. The
criteria for determining follow-up assignment
include, but are not limited to:
1. The level of expertise required to
complete the investigation.
2. The seriousness of the incident.
3. The likely geographic boundaries to be
covered during the investigation.
4. Calls for service of the initiating officer.
5. Other factors which may affect the
investigation.
C. Certain cases require review of the solvability
factors present, if any, before determining
follow-up investigation needs.
1. All felony and misdemeanor
cases will be reviewed by the Chief of
Police or designee for solvability factors and
intelligence information related to existing
investigations and/or possible suspects.
2. The Chief of Police or designee will
assign the case for an appropriate level of
investigation based on solvability factors
present.
D. Cases with solvability factors present will be
assigned for a specified minimum level of
follow-up based upon the type and quality of
factors present.
1. The investigator will read all police
reports prepared in the preliminary
investigation.
2. The investigator will check the criminal
history of any named suspect(s).
3. Based on individual case circumstances,
the investigator may conduct additional
interviews of, and/or a search or
neighborhood canvass for, victims,
Page 2 of 5
witnesses, neighbors, reporting parties, and
possible suspects to clarify information or
seek additional details or evidence that may
have been unknown or missed during
earlier phases of the investigation.
4. The investigator may check agency
reports, records, or other events occurring
in the same time frame of the initial report
for similarities and any previous reports
made by the victim.
5. Investigators may develop pertinent
information through available sources, I. e.
patrol officers, informants, etc.
6. Investigators will ensure all physical
evidence has been collected, scientifically
analyzed where appropriate, and all
laboratory results are reviewed when
available.
7. Investigators will, when appropriate,
conduct surveillance of suspects or
locations to develop leads or information.
8. Investigators will, when appropriate,
disseminate information relative to crimes
and suspects throughout the department
and other agencies in the form of BOLO's,
teletype entries, etc.
VI. ARRESTS:
A. In all felony arrest situations prior to the
arrested person being released to another
agency, the arresting officer will notify a
supervisor to:
1. Determine if an investigator wishes to
interview the suspect.
2. Determine if the arrestee is a suspect in
any other crime.
3. If no investigator is on -duty and the
incident requires immediate follow up due to
its nature, i.e., the arrestee is volunteering
information that must be acted on
immediately, or the arrest is based on a
probable cause affidavit or other
documentation requesting notification, the
on-call supervisor will be notified.
VII.
A. Investigative Interviews are intended to:
1. Secure a confession or gain evidence to
strengthen the case;
2. Identify co-defendant(s);
3. Identify the location of stolen property;
4. Discover any instrumentality used during
the commission of the crime;
5. Discover possible involvement in other
criminal activity;
6. Develop investigative leads; and/or
7. Gather intelligence information.
B. Members will represent themselves in a
professional manner and adhere to the
applicable laws and practices which govern
investigative interviews of persons:
1. The Constitution of the United States;
2. The Bill of Rights;
3. Florida State Statutes; and
4. The Gulf Stream Police Department
Standard Operating Procedures.
C. An officer is required to advise a person
suspected of committing a crime of his or her
Constitutional Rights under the "Miranda
Decision" before that person is questioned
when:
1. The suspect is arrested and in custody.
2. When "custodial interrogation" exists.
a. This occurs when a suspect(s)
freedom is limited by police to the
"degree associated with formal arrest".
D. The officer will read the Miranda Rights from
a standard rights card or form prior to
interviewing a person who is under arrest or in a
custodial interrogation situation.
1. The interviewing officer will ensure that
the person being interviewed is read the
Miranda Rights and interviewed in the
appropriate language by an officer or
investigator who is fluent in that language.
2. The interviewing officer will advise and
Page 3 of 5
explain if necessary, each provision of the
Miranda Rights to ensure the subject
comprehends what was said.
3. The officer will request the subject sign
the rights card to acknowledge that he or
she understood the Miranda Rights.
E. Whenever a victim, witness, suspect, or
arrestee is brought to the police station for an
interview by a member, the member may use
areas within the police station to conduct the
interview.
1. A suspect or arrested person will be
interviewed for reasonable periods of time
including breaks for nourishment and
personal needs.
2. A suspect or arrested person will not be
left unattended or unsecured within the
police department while conducting an
interview.
F. Determine if a Computer Voice Stress
Analyzer (CVSA) would be beneficial under the
circumstances. The use of a CVSA will be
governed in accordance with SOP.
G. The following techniques may be use to elicit
information from the suspect or witness:
1. Establish rapport with the suspect or
witness.
2. Empathize and/or sympathize with the
suspect or witness.
3. Point out the existence of evidence or
witnesses that tie the suspect to the crime.
4. Minimize the seriousness of the crime.
5. Point out the futility of not telling the truth.
6. Any other lawfully accepted technique
which may cause the suspect or witness to
tell the truth regarding his knowledge of the
matter being investigated.
H. Investigating officers are encouraged to use
the departments audio taping capabilities for the
purpose of recording statements and
confessions in a manner consistent with state
law.
VIII. POST ARREST PROCEDURES:
A. All reports written about an incident will be
fully and accurately recorded on the proper
report form.
B. Once the suspect is arrested, members will
prepare the necessary paperwork and file the
case with the State Attorney's Office.
1. After filing, and when an Assistant State
Attorney has been assigned the
prosecution, the member will offer any
assistance necessary for a successful
prosecution.
2. Members will assist the State Attorney's
Office with trial case preparation, i.e., crime
scene photographs, displays, etc.
C. Prior to submitting the case to the State
Attorney's Office for filing, the investigator will
check to see if the arrested person(s) fits the
Trigger Lock Career Criminal Criteria and if so
notify the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and
Firearms (A.T.F.) of the U.S. Treasury
Department.
D. If there are co-defendants, the investigator(s)
will thoroughly investigate their involvement and
determine if probable cause exists to
apprehend the suspect(s).
E. If the suspect indicates involvement in other
crimes in other jurisdictions, the investigator(s)
will notify the proper law enforcement agency.
F. Based on individual circumstances,
investigator(s) may determine that the suspect
can be used in the future as a confidential
informant. Applicable guidelines concerning the
use of confidential informants will be in
accordance with SOP.
G. When necessary, a search warrant may be
needed, or a lawfully obtained consent to
search, to legally recover items of evidentiary
value or stolen property.
H. Every effort will be made to return stolen
property to the rightful owner.
IX. VICTIM NOTIFICATION:
A. On those cases assigned to an investigator,
victims of reported crimes will be contacted
informing them of the status of the case within 5
working days.
B. Notification will be made when any of the
following occur:
1. An arrest has been made: or
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Criminal Investigations SOP# 18.01
2. Property has been recovered.
C. This notification may be done in person, by
telephone, or by mail. A supplement report will
be written to indicate the date and the time the
notification was attempted or made and the
name of the person notified.
D. The investigator(s) supplemental report will
indicate the disposition and status of any
property or evidence in the custody of the
Department.
E. The Evidence Custodian will be notified in the
form of a copy of the State Attorney's Office
disposition letter once a case is disposed of so
proper evidence disposal can be accomplished.
X. CASE FILES:
A. The types of records to be maintained by
investigators will include preliminary
investigation reports, statements, supplemental
reports, field interrogation cards and any other
information pertaining to the assigned case.
Original case documents will be filed with the
Administrative/Records Division and
investigations will operate off of copies.
B. Accessibility to the investigator's case files
will be authorized by the supervisor for the
officers with the need to know or for those who
may benefit from such case files. Original
reports will be available through the
Administrative/Records Division.
F. Physical evidence and the original
Evidence/Property Card will be maintained by
the Evidence Custodian.
G. The purging of original case files,
supplements and pertinent information will be in
accordance with applicable existing state law.
Copies of records and copies of pertinent case
documents may be maintained by the assigned
detective at his or her discretion and in
compliance with public record law.
XI. CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING
MEMBERS
C. Each officer will control and maintain his or
her case files for all open assigned cases. XII.
D. Cases will be designated as closed by arrest,
exceptionally cleared, inactive, or unfounded
and all supplemental reports will be forwarded
to the Administrative/Records Division via the
appropriate supervisor.
E. The officer's supervisor may review a
officer's case file when the investigator is
unavailable.
Original Issue: 07/01107
A. When a criminal investigation, within the
Town of Gulf Stream involves a member as a
suspect or when a member is developed as a
suspect, the criminal investigation will be
conducted by another agency.
1. Officer(s) will respond and take
necessary action to prevent injury or
property damage. This may include arrest
of a member.
2. The supervisor will be notified and
respond to the scene.
3. The Chief of Police has designated that
the Palm Beach Sheriffs Office will handle
criminal investigations involving members.
4. The department may conduct an
administrative investigation of any criminal
incident involving a member
• SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
• SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
• SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification.
• SOP # 18.02 Informants.
• SOP # 18.04 Search Warrants.
• SOP # 35.01 Crime Scene Investigation and
Evidence Collection.
• SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence
Management.
• FSS Chapter 119, Public Record
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
INFORMANTS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for the use of informants.
Informants can be a valuable tool, however, the
guidelines for their use and control must be strictly
followed.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Informant - A person who provides
information or lawful services to the police
department under the direction or control of a
speck officer during his or her investigation
and operation, with or without expectation of
compensation or confidentiality.
B. Confidential Informant - An informant whose
identity is not revealed.
C. Control Officer - An officer who has direct
control and responsibility for an informant and
for funds paid to the informant.
D. Investigative Funds - Funds to provide
monetary compensation to informants, to use
for undercover purchases or controlled buys.
E. A Source of Information - A person, not
under the direction or control of a specific
officer, who provides information without
becoming a party to the investigation (e.g., a
concerned citizen who witnessed or has
information about an incident). The source of
information may be compensated for
information provided. If the source of
information seeks continuing compensation,
comes under the direction and control of a
specific officer, or becomes an active part of the
investigative process, this person's status
should be changed to that of an informant.
III. ESTABLISHING INFORMANTS:
A. An informant must meet the following criteria:
1. The person must be in a position to
measurably assist the department in
investigations.
2. In the officer's judgment, the person will
not compromise the department's interest
and activities.
3. The person will accept the measure of
direction necessary to use his or her
services.
B. Prior to establishing an informant, the control
officer will:
1. Check if there are any criminal charges
against the person.
a. If there is a prosecution pending
against the person and the decision is
made to use the person as an
informant, the officer will advise the
person that he or she can only advise
the prosecutor or the court of the
informant's cooperation and cannot
make any other assurances without the
approval of the State Attorneys Office.
b. If there is a pending case(s) against
the person, the control officer may
contact the Assistant State Attorney
who is handling the case and/or the
arresting agency and advise them that
the informants is providing or renders
substantial assistance.
c. Whenever an officer wants to discuss
dismissing a prosecution with a
prosecutor or judge, the officer must
notify his or her supervisor of those
intentions.
2. When a person is on probation or parole,
the officer must receive permission from the
person's probation or parole officer and the
judge in the case before using that person
as an informant.
C. The decision on whether to use a person as
an informant will be made after the control
officer confers with the above agencies and his
or her immediate supervisor.
D. The department discourages establishing
any informants less than 18 years of age.
1. When the informant is a juvenile, the
officer will obtain written consent from the
I uvenile's parent(s) or guardian(s),
whenever possible, and discuss all of the
dangers involved in the operation.
2. The department prohibits establishing an
informant who is less than 16 years of age.
E. When an officer establishes a new informant,
he or she will complete and explain the forms to
the new informant:
1. The Personal Information form
Page 1 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
(Appendix A) contains biographical and
background information about the
informant, and:
a. NCIC/FCIC criminal history,
b. PALMS printout,
c. Other important/relevant information,
and
d. If there is no record found on the
informant through use of NCIC, FCIC,
or PALMS, the control officer will attach
the print out indicating "No Record
Found."
2. The Cooperative Individual Claim
Release Form (Appendix B).
3. The Code of Conduct Form (Appendix
C).
4. The Working Agreement Form (Appendix
D).
5. The Training Form (Appendix E)
F. Officers completing informant information
forms will turn them in to the Chief of Police.
1. The Chief of Police will review the forms:
a. Check criteria to see if a new
informant is generated.
2. The Chief of Police will advise the control
officer if the person has been used as an
informant by this department in the past and
the status.
G. All forms and information relevant to paid
informants will be maintained in a master file by
the Chief of Police or a designee.
1. All information regarding informants
(code numbers, operations they are
involved in, etc.) will be secured by the
Chief of Police and will have controlled
access.
2. The master file contains the dollar
amount of payments made to the
informants.
H. Each informant will be assigned a
confidential code number which will be known to
the informant, the person who maintains the
informant file, and the officer(s) who directs and
controls the informant.
I. Records relating to active vice, organized
crime investigations and confidential informant
files are maintained separately from the central
records system.
IV. UTILIZATION OF INFORMANTS:
A. Whenever an officer establishes an
informant, he or she will advise the person of
the following:
1. The informant will not violate any criminal
law when gathering information or providing
services.
2. The informant has no official status,
implied or otherwise, as an agent or
employee of the police department.
3. The department will do everything
possible to ensure confidentiality, but it
cannot be guaranteed.
B. When using an informant, the officer must
control the direction of the operation and the
informant. An officer should not place himself or
herself in the position of having to act when
there is not sufficient manpower or equipment
to ensure the safety of all parties involved,
unless exigent circumstances exist.
C. Informants are used for the benefit of the
department and not a specific officer. The Chief
of Police may reassign the informant to another
officer.
1. Contacts between an officer and an
informant will be of a strictly professional
nature. Social or personal business
contacts are strictly prohibited.
2. Contacts with an informant will be such
that his or her knowledge of the
department's facilities, operations, activities,
and personnel is kept to the minimum.
3. At least two (2) officers should be able to
contact an informant, whenever practical.
4. Two (2) officers should be present when
meeting with informants of the opposite
gender unless prior approval has been
obtained from the officer's supervisor.
D. Officers should attempt to verify the
credibility of the information the informant has
provided.
E. When an informant is a participant in a
Page 2 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
controlled buy or a reverse undercover case
and he or she handles funds, drugs or anything
of evidentiary value, he or she will be thoroughly
searched before and after the operation.
1. The confidential informant will be kept
under continuous observation during the
operation to ensure the validity and integrity
of the evidence.
2. Money should be marked or copied and
serial numbers recorded for identification in
the event it is later recovered as evidence.
F. Whenever the informant becomes unreliable,
useless, dangerous or otherwise undesirable, it
is the responsibility of the controlling officer to
document this information and forward it the
Chief of Police or a designee.
1. It is the responsibility of the Chief of
police to mark that informant's file indicating
deactivation and to notify, as soon as
possible, the affected member's of the
deactivation.
2. If information is received at a later date
by either the controlling officer or any other
officer indicating the informant should be re-
evaluated as to his or her credibility with the
purpose of reactivation, this information will
be forwarded to the Chief of Police or a
designee. After reviewing the updated
information and a satisfactory report has
been documented, the informant can be
reactivated.
G. It is the responsibility of the controlling officer
whenever the informant changes his or her
address, phone number, etc., to direct the
updated information to the Chief of Police.
H. When the information the informant provides
is used in a criminal prosecution, the
department will avoid disclosure of an
informant's identity if at all possible, even if no
prior agreements of confidentiality were made.
1. The informant's confidentiality will be
thoroughly discussed with the prosecutor
prior to the case being tried.
2. When disclosure of an informant's
identity in a case may adversely affect the
outcome of a more significant case or
investigation, the officer may recommend
the case be dismissed after discussion with
the prosecutor and the officer's supervisor.
3. When the question of disclosure of an
informant's identity arises at trial, the officer
should request time to confer with the
prosecutor.
V. INVESTIGATIVE FUNDS:
A. Each year the department provides for an
investigative fund as determined by the Chief of
Police.
B. The funds will be the responsibility of the
Chief of Police to direct and control.
C. The amount of cash under direct control will
not exceed $500.00 unless otherwise
designated by the Chief of Police.
D. The funds will be used to finance the
following:
1. Payments to informants for fees and
expenses;
2. Undercover purchases such as narcotics,
stolen property, etc.
E. Receipts will be obtained whenever possible
to verify expenses.
F. The Chief of Police will periodically draw cash
for the Investigative Fund from the Town
Finance Department. The cash will be
maintained by the Chief of Police in a locked,
safe and secure place within the police facilities.
G. The Chief of Police will maintain an
Investigative Fund Ledger Book recording the
amount of funds at the beginning of the fiscal
year and any disbursements (expenditures) and
deposits throughout the fiscal year.
H. When a transaction is completed to or from
the fund, the Chief of Police will record the
following information in the Ledger Book :
1. Date of transaction;
2. Name of the officer and/or informant
code number;
3. Type of transaction (informant fee,
informant expense, controlled buy,
undercover buy, other reimbursement/
deposit);
4. Under no circumstances will investigative
funds be used for purchases of food or
personal items for any member.
Page 3 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
5. The case number and investigative fund
expenditure number; and
6. Law enforcement action i.e. arrest
warrant, search warrant.
I. An officer may request a cash advance of
investigative funds for investigative purpose:
1. He or she must first receive approval of
the expenditure and advance from his or
her immediate supervisor.
2. If the total amount is an estimated
expenditure, the officer will document the
purpose of the disbursement, by
memorandum to the supervisor for his or
her approval. The supervisor will indicate
approval of the transaction by signing and
dating the memorandum.
3. The officer will then submit the
memorandum to the Chief of Police, who
may then disburse the appropriate funds.
The officer will receive a copy of the
memorandum at this time.
4. If the officer only expends a portion of the
advanced investigative funds, he or she will
return the balance to the Chief of police, in
a timely manner. An Investigative Fund
Expenditure report will be completed to
document the expended and returned
funds.
O. Investigative Fund Expenditure (IFE) Report
(Appendix F):
1. The officer will mark the type of
expenditure and complete the appropriate
section and all required signatures.
2. The informant will sign by his or her
name or write his or her code number.
(This is for confidentiality and verification
purposes).
3. All transactions that are completed on the
same date and time with one informant
relative to the same investigation can be
documented on the same IFE form.
4. When the Chief of Police receives the
form, he or she will sign and date the form
as verification of his or her review and
approval.
P. Audit:
1. The Chief of Police will
review expenditure forms submitted and
prepare a quarterly audit of investigative
funds.
2. The Town Finance Department will
conduct an audit of funds at any time an
audit is requested by the Chief of Police.
3. Pursuant to F.S.S., the Chief of Police
will annually submit the documents and
forms relating to the investigative fund
records to the Town Finance Department
for a financial audit.
a. No information or document will be
submitted during this audit that reveals
the identity of a confidential informant.
Page 4 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants
VI. REFERENCE:
SOP # 7.01 Fiscal Activities.
• F.S.S. 925.055 Law enforcement investigative funds.
Original issue: 07/01/07
18.02
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
Appendix A
Personal Information Form
Name (Last, First MI) Date of Original Report
Address Telephone Number
C.I.# Identifier Aliases
Place Of Birth Citizenship Ethnic Origin
Race Occupation Sex Height Weight Eyes Hair
Miscellaneous Physical Characteristics
Employer's Name and Address How Long Employed
Social Security Number Military Branch Service Number
FBI Number (Attach Rap Sheet) Drivers License — State Number
Automobile Make Year License Plate State Number
Criminal Associates, Files Mentioned in :
Places Frequented
Source of Supply
Family Background
Spouse
Father Address
Mother Address
Photo Attached Yes No Signature of Informant
Agents Name & Signature
Authorizing Supervisor's Signature
Date
Education
Unit #
Pano R of 11
Whereas
Appendix B
Cooperating Individual Claim Release Form
For Confidential Sources of Information
Print or type name
as a confidential informant
With the , Herein Referred to as the Agency
Agency Name
and requests permission to act as a confidential informant, including riding with Police Officers in government
owned vehicles or privately owned vehicles, accompanying and helping Police Officers as confidential
informants and knowingly engaging in occasional hazardous situations.
Whereas, it is understood that the Agency cannot accept responsibility for or guarantee the safety of such
individuals when acting in such a capacity as confidential informants: now, therefore,
BE IT AGREED as follows:
That in consideration of his/her being permitted to act as a confidential informant for police officers, the
undersigned hereby voluntarily assumes all risks of accident, injury, or damage to his/her person and property
and hereby releases and discharges the Agency, its employees and agents, including but not limited to police
officers of the Agency, from every claim, liability, or demand of any kind for or on account of any personal injury
or damage, or injury or damage to property of any kind sustained whether caused by the negligence of the
Agency, its agents or employees, including but not limited to their duties, or otherwise.
The undersigned hereby also agrees to hold the Agency, its agents and employees, including but not limited to
police officers, harmless from any claim, liability, or demand of any kind which may arise against any or all of
them resulting in any way or form, his/her acting as a confidential informant for the Agency, or accompanying a
police officer or officers in the performance of their duties.
Dated this day of ,20 , at
Informant Signature
(Witness)
(Controlling Officers' Printed Name and ID Number
(Controlling Officers' Signature)
(location)
(Informant ID Number)
(Witness)
(Supervisors Printed Name and ID Number)
(Supervisors Signature)
Dona 7 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
Appendix C
Code Of Conduct
For Confidential Sources Of Information
the undersigned clearly
(Type or Print Name)
understand that while I am assisting and cooperating with the
(Agency Name)
I am forbidden from and will not commit any of the following acts or engage in any of the following activity:
1. I will not sell, deliver, or possess any controlled substances, illegal or illicit drugs, or any substance
purported to be the same at any time.
2. 1 will not use my sex, sexual activity, to induce or persuade anyone to sell or deliver any controlled
substance, illegal or illicit drugs, or any substance purported to be the same, or engage in any criminal
activity.
3. 1 understand that I cannot search anyone, any place, or any thing for any reason.
4. 1 understand that I cannot carry a firearm or weapon for any reason or at any time.
5. 1 have had what constitutes entrapment explained to me, complete understand it, and will not engage in
any such activity at any time.
6. 1 agree not to discuss, disclose, or communicate in any way, to any one, any information regarding any
investigation or activity, that I may be involved in or aware of.
7. 1 understand that any violations of the code of conduct, or any violations of the law will be fully
investigated with appropriate action being taken, including criminal prosecution for any criminal
violations.
8. 1 understand that no officer has the authority to make any promises or predictions regarding any criminal
charges that I may have pending against me. This does not preclude the officer from meeting with the
prosecutor to discuss my assistance and cooperation and to make requests for consideration.
9. 1 acknowledge that I am cooperating of my own free will and not as the result of any promises, or any
intimidation, or threats.
Dated this day of
(Informant Signature)
(Witness)
(Controlling Officers' Printed Name & ID Number)
(Controlling Officers' Signature)
20 , at
(location)
(Informant ID Number)
(Supervisors Printed Name & ID Number)
(Supervisors Signature)
Pana R of 14
Appendix D
Working Agreement — For Confidential Sources of Information
the undersigned clearly understand
that while I am assisting and cooperating with the I agree to the
(Agency)
following terms of behavior:
1. I agree to be truthful to my controlling officer and the agency at all times and will answer all questions
and inquiries made upon me to the best of my knowledge and ability.
2. 1 agree to submit to a polygraph test whenever required by my controlling officer or the agency.
3. 1 agree to submit to a urinalysis test whenever required by my controlling officer or the agency.
4. 1 agree to strictly abide by and not violate any laws including narcotics and drug laws.
5. 1 agree to submit to a search of my person, my possessions, and my vehicle that I may have in my
possession, whenever requested by my controlling officer or the agency.
6. 1 agree to notify my controlling officer of any contact with other law enforcement officers or agencies.
7. 1 agree to strictly follow and adhere to all established rules and procedures.
8. 1 understand that however unlikely, there is a possibility that my identity may have to be disclosed and
that I may be required to testify in court.
9. 1 agree to advise my controlling officer of any criminal activity that I may become aware of.
Additional Remarks:
Dated this day of . 20 at
(Location)
(Informant signature)
(Witness)
(Controlling Officers' Printed Name & ID Number)
(Controlling Officers' Signature)
(Informant ID Number)
(Witness)
(Supervisors Printed Name 8 ID Number)
(Supervisor's Signature)
Dont a of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Informants SOP # 18.02
Appendix E
Training Form
For Confidential Sources of Information
Areas Covered
Cooperating Individual Claim Release Form
C.I.
Initial
C.O.
Initial
Code of Conduct
C.I.
Initial
C.O.
Initial
Working Agreement
C.I.
Initial
C.O.
Initial
Entrapment Issues
C.I.
Initial
C.O.
Initial
Remarks
Dated this day of , 20 , at
(Location)
(Informant signature) (Informant ID Number)
(Witness) (Witness)
(Controlling Officers' Printed Name & ID Number) (Supervisors Printed Name & ID Number)
(Controlling Officers' Signature) (Supervisor's Signature)
Investigative Funds Expenditure Report
1) Informant Fee €
Date: / /
I,
the sum of
Signature:
Nature of information / service :
3) Informant Expense
Date: / /
Appendix F
Fiscal Year 20_
IFE #
2) One Time Source of Information
Case #
have on the above date received from _
for information given in the above case.
4) Controlled Buy
Case #
On the above date, funds in the amount of $ were furnished to
Address, for the use in the investigation of the above case.
This money was used for the following purposes:
5) Officer's Expense
Date: / /
On the above date, funds in the amount of $
These funds were used for the following purposes:
7) Other Expense
Date: / /
On the above date, funds in the amount of $
following purposes:
Officer submitting report:
(Pont name and ID #)
Expenditures approved by:
6) Undercover Purchase
Case #
were expended by me in the above case.
8) Other Reimbursement
Case #
were ( Expended) (Returned) for the
Total Expenditures for this report: $
(Signature)
Date:
P.n. 11 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
SPECIALIZED INVESTIGATIVE
OPERATIONS (Undercover, Decoy,
Raids and Surveillance)
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: Specialized investigative operations can
be very effective in determining criminal activities of
individuals or groups. At times, specialized
investigative operations may provide the only
technique available to identify principals and co-
conspirators involved in criminal activity. Specialized
investigative operations may be conducted against
organized crime, narcotics, burglars, vice suspects,
and other individuals or groups who commit criminal
acts.
It. DEFINITION:
A. Undercover Operations - Employed or
engaged in secret investigations; the use of a
pretext to gain the confidence of persons
involved in criminal activities; implies anyone
engaged in this type of activity must have the
ability to establish a relationship with the
suspect in order to determine the nature of his
or her activities. An undercover operation may
be a single or multiple event(s) or may be used
to gather intelligence.
B. Decoy Operations - Any one of a various
number of techniques for simulating real life
scenarios with surveillance maintained by
officers in a position to make arrests.
C. Raid - An invasion of a building or area for a
lawrui —Purpose, i.e., search warrant, arrest of an
armed or violent offender.
D. Surveillance - The overt and/or covert,
continuous or periodic watching of persons,
vehicles, locations, or objects to obtain
information concerning the activity and/or
identity of an individual or group. Surveillance of
people involved in a criminal investigation will
be conducted in such a manner that bystanders
will not be endangered as a result of
surveillance operations and the suspects are
unaware of the surveillance.
III. SPECIALIZED INVESTIGATIVE OPERATIONS:
A. The objective of a specialized investigative
operation is to:
1. Determine the existence and nature of
criminal activity.
2. Identify all of the persons involved in the
criminal activity.
3. Legally obtain evidence for a search
warrant or for prosecution.
4. Obtain evidence of a crime.
5. Locate contraband, recover evidence.
6. Protect the undercover officer and
corroborate his or her testimony.
7. Prevent the commission of, or to
apprehend a subject in the act of
committing a crime.
8. Determine the location of an individual or
group.
9. Develop leads based on information from
other sources.
IV. PREPARING FOR A SPECIALIZED
OPERATION:
A. Prior to determining if a specialized
investigative operation is necessary or useful,
the supervisor or investigator in charge will
conduct an analysis of all available information,
which may include victim information, review of
Feld interview (FI) cards from the area, criminal
intelligence data, confidential informant
information, and information from police officers
or police reports from the neighborhood or
target area where officers will work.
B. When it is determined that a specialized
investigation will be initiated; the supervisor or
investigator in charge will complete a
Operational Plan.
1. The operational plan will submitted
through the chain of command, for
approval, absent exigent circumstances.
C. The supervisor or investigator in charge of
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
the specialized investigative operation will:
1. Closely supervise the operation.
a. A supervisor will be present on -
scene during any decoy operation.
2. Supply equipment and vehicles from the
inventory of the police department or other
available resources. The equipment may
include:
a. A listening device.
b. Undercover, rental or confiscated
vehicles.
c. Photographic equipment.
d. Any other equipment the supervisor
determines to be necessary.
3. Establish means for routine and
emergency communications, including:
a. Providing the officers with radios,
"body bugs", etc.
b. Arrange take down/arrest signals
prior to the start of the operation.
4. Develop strategies and tactics for
approaching, entering, securing, and
leaving the target area.
5. Determine operational procedures and
guidelines for arrest, if applicable, including:
a. Where the operation will start from
b. What is expected of each officer.
c. When and where the arrest will take
place.
d. Any other information that is
necessary to successfully complete the
operation.
6. Ensure the identity of the undercover
officer remains confidential.
a. The participating members will be
Page 2 of 4
identified to the officers participating in
a raid, decoy operation etc., for their
safety and protection.
7. Supply false identities and credentials
when necessary.
a. Officers will request false
identification through Department of
Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles or
other providers with the written approval
of the Chief of Police.
B. Determine what funds need to be made
available and provide funds within
department limits to the undercover
personnel.
9. Provide for backup and security, when
needed, prior to the start of the operation.
a. Depending on the size of the
operation, make sure there is a
sufficient number of officers available.
b. Designate specific officers as back-
ups and explain their areas of
responsibility.
c. Officer(s) designated, as primary
take-down officers will be in uniform,
absent exigent circumstances.
10. Provide for relief of investigators or
teams on prolonged operations.
11. Determine what primary and backup
equipment and/or vehicles are needed.
12. Determine what legal problems may be
encountered and what action is necessary
to resolve them.
a. Search warrants will be reviewed
for legal sufficiency by the States
Attorney's Office.
b. Cases involving interpretation of
state statute, sensitive or technical
issues may be reviewed by the Attorney
General's office.
D. The operational plan , which is not part of the
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
case file, will contain what is currently known
about the suspect(s) and target areas. This may
be accomplished through an analysis of the
available information and should include, but is
not limited to, the:
1. Suspect(s) activities, habits, vices,
occupation, hobbies, and crimes.
2. Suspect(s) work and residential address,
including the neighborhood environment
using maps, aerial photos, and/or driving in
the area, if possible.
3. Known vehicle(s).
4. Family, children, associates, friends and
animals anticipated at the site of the
operation.
5. Review of FI cards of persons who have
had contact with the police.
E. The plan of operation and all applicable
information will be provided to all members
participating in a specialized operation.
1. Information of a sensitive nature may be
withheld or distributed in a limited manner
at the discretion of the supervisor or
investigator in charge, as long as it does not
compromise the safety of any involved
member.
F. Assure the investigator is properly prepared
for the assignment.
1. Disguising of members involved in the
operation:
a. The member best suited for each
particular operation will be selected.
b. The member will adapt his or her
appearance and demeanor as that of
the target citizen/victim.
V. EXECUTION OF THE SPECIALIZED
INVESTIGATIVE OPERATION:
A. The supervisor or investigator in charge of
any specialized operation will conduct a briefing
of all involved parties prior to executing a
specialized investigative operation.
1. The supervisor will have prepared an
operational plan outlining the objectives,
communications, emergency and back-up
procedures as well as locations and
suspect(s).
B. The supervisor or investigator in charge of
any specialized operation will notify the shift
supervisor, dispatch and/or other appropriate
agency, if needed, of the nature of the
assignment and the personnel and vehicle(s)
involved.
1. The supervisor or investigator in charge
may withhold notification if the safety of any
involved member or the public may be
compromised by the notification.
C. Reconnaissance of the area confirming the
target location and suspect presence will occur
prior to execution of the operation if it can be
done without alerting the suspects.
1. The member(s) conducting the
reconnaissance will brief the participants of
a raid regarding any information that may
affect the raid.
D. A plan will be developed detailing methods to
make contact with the suspect. Contact may be
accomplished through:
1. The use of a confidential informant.
2. An undercover officer.
3. An arrest warrant.
4. Any other legal method.
E. Safety of the undercover officer is the
primary concern of any operation.
1. A sufficient number of surveillance and
back up officers is mandatory to minimize
the danger to the undercover officer.
F. The use of radio frequencies, prearranged
secure system of communications and
emergency signals are incorporated for the
safety of the undercover officer.
1. Methods of communications will be
outlined in the operational plan .
G. Manpower:
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
1. The number of officers required for an
operation is contingent on:
a. Anticipated size of the crowd.
b. The number of suspect(s) sought.
c. The number of associates known to
be in the building or target area.
d. Other suspect information.
H. Medical assistance will be summoned or
treatment given to anyone injured in the
execution of the operation.
I. The arrest should be planned to occur in an
area where the suspect's escape routes are
limited and citizen involvement is minimized.
J. The supervisor or investigator, prior to
Original issue: 07/01/07
Page 4 of 4
arriving at the scene, should determine:
1. Who will search for evidence and
contraband. and
2. Who will document and seize the
evidence and contraband.
K. The supervisor on the scene is responsible
to make sure that the specialized operation is
fully and completely documented in original and
supplemental reports by the members involved,
when necessary.
Vi. REFERENCE:
FSS 934 Security of Communications.
SOP # 18.04 Search Warrants.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
APPENDIX A
NOT USED AT THIS TIME
Page 5 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
Page 6 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
Page 7 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
Page 8 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
Page 9 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Specialized Investigative Operations SOP # 18.03
Page 10 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrants SOP # 18.04
SEARCH WARRANTS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The purpose of this procedure is to
establish guidelines for obtaining and executing
search warrants. When an officer believes that
probable cause exists to search a particular place,
vehicle or object, a search warrant, issued by a
competent authority, should be sought. The warrant
must be executed in such a way that the safety of
the assigned officers and the integrity of the
department is assured while also preserving the
rights of the subjects.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Search Warrant - A court order signed by a
judge, supported by oath or affirmation,
particularly describing the place to be searched
and the person or object to be seized. The
search warrant authorizes law enforcement to
search and seize evidence as outlined in the
warrant and applicable laws.
B. High Risk Warrant Execution- A warrant
executed at a location where there is a well-
founded expectation of danger to the members
involved and may require a tactical entry, i.e.,
armed suspects, aggressive animals, explosive
devices, etc.
C. Low Risk Warrant Execution- A warrant
executed at a location where there is no
anticipated danger to the involved members:
i.e., vehicle, suitcase, certain residences and
businesses, etc.
D. Consent to Search- Persons giving consent
to search their home, vehicle, personal
property, etc., should be asked to complete a
Consent to Search (Appendix A) form. Officers
are required to advise the consenting party they
can rescind their consent to the search at any
time. When necessary, members will inform the
consenting party of the Miranda warning. If
there is any question about the ability of the
consenting party to give informed consent, a
search warrant should be obtained.
III. DRAFTING THE WARRANT:
A. Officers will obtain a search warrant pursuant
to applicable Florida State Statutes.
B. The officer will gather all the pertinent
information regarding the evidence or
contraband being sought, including, but not
limited to:
1. Who will be conducting the search
(Affiants);
2. What is to be searched (house, car,
suitcase, etc.);
3. The owner of the property, if known:
4. Type of crime; and
5. Establish the probable cause in the
search warrant affidavit.
C. An Affidavit and Application for Search
Warrant (Appendix B) will be completed. The
officer must not sign this form until it is
presented to the reviewing judge. If the judge
finds that the probable cause is sufficient the
officer will sign the form in the presence of the
judge.
D. A Search Warrant (Appendix C) will be
completed.
E. If the search warrant is to be executed
outside the jurisdiction of the Gulf Stream Police
Department, the officer and/or affiant will
coordinate the application for, and execution of,
the search warrant with an officer of the
jurisdiction involved.
IV. OBTAINING A SEARCH WARRANT:
A. When the Affidavit and Application for
Search Warrant and the Search Warrant is
completed, the affiant will:
1. Notify the Intake Unit of the State
Attorney's Office that a search warrant
application has been completed and
determine if the Assistant State Attorney
(ASA) wishes to review it for legal
sufficiency.
Page 1 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrant SOP # 18.04
2. After normal business hours, the officer
can reach the on-call Assistant State
Attorney through the switchboard operator
at the Palm Beach County Sheriffs Office.
3. After the documents have been reviewed
by the Assistant State Attorney for legal
sufficiency, the ASA will contact the duty
judge for the member.
4. The judge will review the Affidavit and
Application for Search Warrant and the
Search Warrant itself.
a. Affiants are required to have their
police identification with them when the
search warrant is being reviewed by the
judge.
b. If the judge agrees that probable
cause exists, the judge swears the
applying officer and the officer will sign
the Affidavit and Application.
c. The judge will then sign the Affidavit
and Application and the Search
Warrant.
V. EXECUTION OF A SEARCH WARRANT:
A. When the search warrant is obtained, the
officer will notify his or her immediate supervisor
of the following:
1. That a search warrant has been
obtained;
2. The purpose of the search;
3. The time and location where the search
is to take place; and
4. Determine if the execution of the Search
Warrant is High Risk or Low Risk.
a. The supervisor will be responsible
for determining appropriate manpower
or tactical assistance to execute the
search warrant.
B. In High Risk situations (and Low Risk, if
necessary), the lead officer or affiant will comply
with procedures outlined in SOP# 18.03. The
lead investigator or affiant will complete the Gulf
Stream Police Department Operational Plan,
conduct a briefing session with all of the
participants, discuss all elements of the search
with emphasis on the following factors:
1. Detailed identification of the subject
premises, vehicle, or person(s) to be
searched.
2. Location of travel routes, entries, and
exits.
3. Information regarding the occupants,
including the possible presence of children
4. The potential presence of weapons,
traps, animals, alarms, and/or any other
security devices that might be in operation.
5. Whenever available, blueprints or
sketches of the premises, or photographs of
the person(s) or vehicles to be searched will
be reviewed.
6. Necessary equipment will be obtained
and checked, i.e., firearms, protective
vests, handcuffs, flex cuffs, entry tools, etc.
C. The lead officer or affiant will give members
of the briefing a copy of the completed
Operational Form.
1. Upon completion of the execution of the
search warrant, the officer will submit the
original completed form to his or her
supervisor for review. The form will be
attached to the Offense/Incident Report for
record keeping purposes.
D. The team leader and/or lead investigator
must ensure that all team members are aware
of individual assignments and responsibilities:
1. Search leader,
2. Entry team,
3. Search team,
4. Perimeter security, and
5. Cover officers.
E. The lead investigator will arrange for
additional support assistance, if necessary, i.e.,
crime scene investigators, photographers,
transport officers, etc
F. When necessary, uniformed personnel will
be present when a search warrant is executed.
Some type of identification will be worn by all
non-uniform members of the search team so
they can be easily identified as police officers.
Page 2 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrants SOP # 18.04
VI. CONDUCTING THE SEARCH:
A. Due to the diverse situations surrounding the
execution of search warrants, the actual
conduct of the search team, i.e., the approach,
entry, securing of the premises/ persons, etc.,
will be determined by the team leader on a case
by case basis. The paramount considerations
are citizen, officer, and suspect safety.
B. If, after due notice of the officer's authority
and purpose, that officer is refused admittance
to the premises or access to anything therein,
the officer may forcibly open any door, window
or any part of the premises or anything therein
to execute the search warrant.
C. Once the search location is secure, the team
leader will have photographs taken of damage
sustained during entry. Pre and post search
photographs of the areas searched may also be
taken.
D. The collection/handling of seized evidence
will be done under the supervision of the search
team leader.
1. The lead investigator is responsible for
directing the scope of the search and the
personnel involved in the search.
E. Items seized will be logged on the "Inventory
and Return" form (Appendix D).
1. The location where the property was
seized will be noted.
Original issue:07/01/07
F. A copy of the Search Warrant and the
Inventory and Return will be given to the
defendant or premise's owner. If the person
named in the warrant, the property owner, or
other adult resident is not present, the search
warrant and inventory form will be posted in a
conspicuous place within the search location.
of the warrant.
1. The Inventory and Return will be
completed on every search warrant
executed and will be notarized prior to
submitting it to the Clerk's Office.
2. A copy of all documents to be returned to
the Clerk of Courts will be attached to the
Offense/ Incident Report for record keeping
purposes.
C. Additional copies of the documents will be
made as needed for inclusion with the officer's
case file and the filing packet for the State
Attorney's Office.
VIII.
• SOP # 18.03 Specialized Investigative
Operations
• F.S.S. 933 Search and Inspection Warrants.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrant SOP # 18.04
Appendix A
CONSENT/ PERMISSION TO SEARCH FORM
have been informed by
and
who made proper identification as (an) authorized law enforcement officer(s) of the
(Agency)
of my CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS not to have a search made of the premises and property owned by me and I
or under my care, custody and control, without a search warrant.
Knowing of my lawful right to refuse to consent to such a search, I willingly give my permission to the above
named officer(s) to conduct a complete search of the premises and property, including all buildings and vehicles,
both inside and outside of the property located at
The above said officer(s) further have my permission to take from my premises and property, any letters, papers,
material or any other property or things which they desire as evidence for criminal prosecution in the case or
cases under investigation.
This written permission to search without a search warrant is given by me to the above officer(s) voluntarily and
without ant threats or promises of any kind, at _ _ _.M. on this day of 20—,
At
Witness:
Address:
Signed
Witness:
Address:
Phone # Home Work Phone # Home Work
Page 4 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrants SOP # 18.04
Appendix B
AFFIDAVIT AND APPLICATION FOR SEARCH WARRANT
IN THE (CIRCUIT) (COUNTY) COURT OF THE FIFTEENTH JUDICIAL CIRCUIT OF FLORIDA IN AND FOR PALM
BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA.
THE STATE OF FLORIDA)
COUNTY OF PALM BEACH)
BEFORE ME,
(Circuit) (County) Court Judge In and for Palm Beach County personally appeared this day, who being duly sworn,
deposes and says that a certain (vehicle) (premises) located in Palm Beach County, Florida described as follows, to
wit:
Being the (vehicle owned, registered) (premises) occupied by or under the control of:
And there is now being kept in the above described (vehicle) (premises) certain:
Which is being kept and used in violation of the laws of the State of Florida; to wit, the laws prohibiting:, F.S.S.
That the facts establishing the grounds for this application and the probable cause for believing that such facts
exist are as follows:
WHEREOF, Affiants make this affidavit and pray to the issuance of a search warrant in due form of law for the
search of the above described (vehicle) (premises) for the said property, heretofore described, and for the seizure
and safe keeping of the property, subject to the order of this Honorable Court or such other Court having jurisdiction
over the offense, by the duly constituted officers of the law.
AFFIANT
AFFIANT
Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of
A.D.
JUDGE in and for Palm Beach County, Florida
❑ Is personally known to me or ❑ produced identification.
Page 5 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrant
Appendix C
(attach to Affidavit)
SEARCH WARRANT
In the (Circuit) (County) Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit in and for Palm Beach County, Florida
THE STATE OF FLORIDA}
COUNTY OF PALM BEACH}
IN THE NAME OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA, TO ALL AND SINGULAR:
8.04
The Sheriff of Palm Beach County, Florida, and his lawful Deputies, All Police Officers in Palm Beach County,
Florida, The Commissioner of the Florida Bureau of Law Enforcement or any of his duly Constituted Agents; to -wit:
WHEREAS, complaint on oath and in writing, supported by affidavit of a credible witness, or witnesses, to wit:
Which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, has this day been made before the undersigned:
(County) Court Judge in
and for Palm Beach County, Florida, and,
WHEREAS, said facts made known to me and considered by me have caused me to certify and find that the
facts set forth in said affidavit show and constitute probable cause for the issuance of this warrant and the Court
being satisfied of the existence of said grounds set forth in the affidavit and that the laws of the State of Florida have
been and are being violated on or in a (vehicle) (premises) known and described as follows, to wit:
Being the (vehicle owned, registered) (premises) occupied or under the control of:
And there is now being kept in the above described (vehicle) (premises) certain:
Which is being kept and used in violation of the laws of the State of Florida, to wit the laws prohibiting: , F.S.S.
NOW THEREFORE, you, or either of you are hereby commanded with proper and necessary assistance, in the
name of the State of Florida, in the daytime or in the nighttime or on Sunday, to forthwith search the said (vehicle)
(premises) hereinbefore specified, for the property specified, and if the same, or any part thereof shall be found in
said (vehicle) (premises) then you are authorized and commanded to seize the same and to bring the property and
any person arrested in connection therewith before the
Magistrate or any other Court having jurisdiction of the offense, to be dealt with according to law, and to forthwith
make return of your doings upon executing this warrant, which you are hereby commanded to execute as the law
Page 6 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrants
directs within ten (10) days from the date thereof.
6Y9]iijir- ZI
You are further commanded, in the event that you seize any of the said property hereinbefore described, to make
up, at the time and place of the seizure, a full, true and itemized list and inventory of all things seized and taken, in
duplicate, signed by you, and to then and there give and deliver the said duplicate copy thereof to the person from
whom possession shall be taken, if taken from the possession of anyone, together with a duplicate copy of this
warrant, and if not taken from the possession of anyone then to any person in charge of said (vehicle) (premises),
and in the absence of any such person, to leave the same on or in the (vehicle) (premises). The original of this
warrant, together with the original inventory, shall be returned and filed with the Clerk of the Court as stated above
within ten (10) days of the issuance of this warrant.
Further, any property seized or taken shall be impounded for use as evidence at anytrial of any criminal or penal
cause growing out of the having or possession of said property.
WITNESS my hand and seal this day of , A.D.,
JUDGE of the (Circuit) (County)
Court of the Fifteenth Judicial
Circuit in and for Palm Beach
Page 7 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Search Warrant SOP # 18.04
Appendix D
INVENTORY AND RETURN
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF PALM BEACH)
Received this search warrant, Palm Beach County, Florida, this day
of . Served the Same by reading and delivering a copy to:
and making search as
within directed; upon which search I found:
#1:
#2:
#3:
#4:
#5:
#6:
#7:
I, ID # , of the Gulf Stream Police Department, the officer by whom this
warrant was executed, swears and affirms that the above inventory contains a true and detailed account of all
the property taken by me under the authority of this warrant.
Officer
Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of
NOTARY PUBLIC
NOTE: The original Search Warrant, original affidavit, and the inventory and return must be filed with the Clerk
of the Court as stated in the Search Warrant within ten (10) days of the date of issuance of the warrant
Page 8 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Battery Investigations SOP # 18.05
SEXUAL BATTERY INVESTIGATIONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: Sexual violence investigations will be
actively pursued by the Gulf Stream Police
Department. The response will not vary on the basis
of the characteristics, status or profession of the
victim or suspect or the nature of the relationship
between the victim and suspect. The intent of this
policy is to reduce the incidence of sexual battery,
protect victims, provide them with support through a
combination of law enforcement and community
services, and promote officer safety.
II. PROCEDURES:
A. Due to the complex nature of this type of call,
dispatch personnel and officers answering the
initial complaint must determine whether the
complaint is a "freshly reported" incident or an
incident, which the victim or reporting party has
not immediately reported.
1. "Freshly reported" incidents will be
handled as high priority calls. Calls deemed
to be delayed will be dispatched as routine
calls.
B. Even if the sexual violence is no longer in
progress, the call will still be handled as a high
priority for purposes of assisting the victim and
preserving evidence.
C. Dispatch personnel will ascertain:
1. The medical condition,
2. The needs and location of the victim,
3. The location and time of the incident,
4. A description of the suspect,
5. Whether the suspect is still present, and,
if not,
6. The direction and mode of suspect's
travel.
D. The victim should be advised by dispatch
personnel not to:
1. Change clothes,
2. Wash or shower,
3. Use the bathroom,
4. Drink anything,
5. Comb hair, and/or
6. Disturb anything about the scene.
E. Dispatch personnel should never ask the
victim whether she or he plans to cooperate
with prosecutorial efforts.
F. Whenever possible and appropriate, dispatch
personnel will stay on the phone with the victim
to provide assistance and comfort until an
officer arrives.
G. If the victim requests an officer of a different
gender after the responding officer arrives on
scene, one will be dispatched, if available.
H. Dispatch personnel will not cancel the law
enforcement response to a sexual battery
complaint, even if the cancellation request is
made by the victim. The dispatcher will advise
the officer of the request.
III. INITIAL RESPONSE AND VICTIM SUPPORT:
A. The initial responding officer(s) will
administer first aid if necessary, request
medical support, and protect the crime scene.
B. Since the victim will often report the crime
from a location other than the actual crime
scene, the officer will determine the location of
the actual site of the crime scene.
1. Determine if the victim was in a vehicle
with the suspect either prior to or after the
incident.
2. Efforts should be made immediately to
locate and secure these other crime
scenes.
3. Officers investigating delayed calls will
document all facts of the case in the initial
report of the incident. When there is
evidence to collect, an investigator should
be requested to respond and collect all that
is relevant.
Page 1 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Battery Investigations SOP # 18.05
C. When an interpreter is required, he or she
should not be affiliated with the victim or the
suspect.
D. After ascertaining that a sexual battery
occurred, the officer will notify a supervisor.
1. The supervisor will notify dispatch and
request an investigator respond.
2. The supervisor will request a rape crisis
counselor/victim advocate respond to the
scene or other appropriate location for the
victim.
E. The officer will conduct a preliminary
interview with the victim to establish the facts of
the reported crime.
1. This initial interview will be limited to
those matters necessary to identify the
victim, suspect, witnesses, and physical
evidence.
2.If there is a request that the interview be
conducted by an officer of a different
gender, a supervisor should be notified to
approve the request and make the
necessary change.
3.Requests for the presence of a victim
advocate during this interview should be
honored, if practical.
F. When appropriate, the officer or on -scene
investigator will request the victim consent to an
initial forensic physical examination, by a
physician, emphasizing its importance for
her/his physical well-being as well as the
investigative and apprehension efforts.
1. Prior to transport, the victim should be
advised it might be necessary for
clothing to be taken, as evidence and
she or he should bring a complete
change of clothing, if practical.
G. The officer/investigator should conduct a
walk through of the scene with the victim prior to
taking photographs and collecting evidence.
H. When the victim is unwilling to cooperate
with the investigation prior to the arrival of the
detective, a supervisor must respond and have
the victim complete a department Non -
Prosecution Form.
IV. CRIME SCENE RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The officer or investigator will collect or
ensure the collection of evidence. This will
include, but not be limited to:
1. Taking photographs of the scene and
impounding or processing evidence (e.g.,
items touched by the suspect, bed sheets,
weapons).
2. If the victim has changed her or his
clothing since the incident, the officer or
detective will impound the clothing worn at
the time of the incident handling the clothing
in such a way as not to cross contaminate
the clothing.
V. INVESTIGATOR'S INITIAL
A. The investigator, in conjunction with the rape
crisis counselor/victim advocate, will attempt to
gain the victim's trust and confidence by
demonstrating understanding, patience and
respect for personal dignity and using language
appropriate to the age, educational level and
emotional condition of the victim.
B. When a physical examination is conducted,
the investigator will provide written
documentation of the victim's injuries and
request that medical or other appropriate
personnel take photographs of the injuries that
are apparent.
1. If the investigator suspects, or the victim
states, that a drug was administered which
caused mental incapacitation of the victim,
the officer will request a grey -top vial of
blood in addition to any other vials being
drawn and a urine sample obtained for drug
testing analysis. Various tests require vials
with different color tops to properly preserve
specific samples. Officers/ investigators
must be specific when giving their reasons
for having a sample tested to ensure proper
collection procedures are utilized.
2. The investigator will request the victim
sign a release of medical records form
(allowing for the release of those records
pertaining to the sexual battery).
C. When a physical exam is conducted, the
officer/detective will impound the exam kit as
evidence.
Page 2 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Battery Investigations SOP # 18.05
D. The officer will provide the victim with the
victim rights brochure as required by law.
E. The investigator will not initiate discussion of
a complaint withdrawal. If the victim does not
wish to prosecute or continue the investigation,
the investigator will have the victim sign a
department Non -Prosecution Form.
F. The investigator will assist in making
arrangements for transportation of the victim to
a site in the local vicinity at the end of the
investigation, if necessary.
VI. INITIAL RESPONSE AND REPORT WRITING:
A. The primary officer(s) responding to a sexual
battery complaint will prepare a written report of
the incident.
B. The officer(s) will not disregard a complaint
due to:
1. Assertion by the suspect that consensual
sex occurred;
2. Chemical dependency or intoxication of
the parties;
3. Marital status, sexual orientation, race,
religion, profession, or cultural, social, or
political position of either the victim or
suspect;
4. Disability status of the victim (including
physical, sensory, cognitive, or emotional
disability);
5. Status of the suspect as a law
enforcement officer;
6. Current or previous relationship between
the victim and suspect;
7. His or her belief the victim will not
cooperate with criminal prosecution or the
arrest may not lead to a conviction;
8. Occurrence of the incident in a private
place;
9. Disposition of previous police calls
involving the same victim or suspect;
10. Sexual or criminal history of the victim;
11. Lack of physical resistance;
12. The manner of the victim's dress or
behavior;
13. The victim requested the suspect use a
prophylactic device; or
14. Assumptions about the tolerance of
violence by cultural, ethnic, religious, racial,
or occupational groups.
C. The officer will maintain a high level of
objectivity and ensure that all elements of the
crime are contained in the report.
VII. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION:
A. A investigator/officer will be assigned to
conduct the follow-up investigation and all
procedures set forth in this policy will be
adhered to regardless of the relationship
between the victim and suspect.
B. In the course of the follow-up investigation,
the investigator will:
1. Read and review the original report and
all supporting documents, plan the follow-up
investigation, coordinate with the necessary
personnel and obtain the equipment
needed to implement the plan, and maintain
ongoing communication with the victim
and/or rape crisis counselor/advocate, as
appropriate.
2. Determine the need for a more in-depth
victim interview. Determine the victim's
emotional and physical ability to submit to a
second interview and schedule it as soon
after the incident as these factors allow. A
support person (e.g., rape crisis counselor/
advocate) may be present at the victim or
investigator's request.
3. Employ a comfortable interview setting
that affords privacy and freedom from
distractions so that all necessary
information may be obtained.
4. Explain the need for obtaining detailed
information concerning the crime to include:
a. Specific details of the sex act,
b. The suspect's modus operandi,
c. The suspect's clothing,
Page 3 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Battery Investigations SOP # 18.05
d. Means of restraining the victim and
the availability, threat or use of
weapons,
e. Any words or instructions given to the
victim by the suspect, including
requests or utterances made during the
incident,
f. Accent, marks, scars, tattoos,
deformities, and/or any physical
features noticeable only when the
suspect was unclothed,
g. Any fetishes of the suspect, and
h. Any witnesses, participants, or
accomplices who may be described by
the victim.
4. Document the victim's actions and
expressions during the course of the
interview to demonstrate fear in response to
the attack, the type of resistance offered by
the victim, the nature of any acquaintance
with the suspect to include any prior
relationships, the physical condition of the
victim, and the state of mind of the victim
during the attack.
5. Review the victim's account of the event
in order to clarify any discrepancies with
earlier accounts and to elaborate on issues
of significance to the prosecution.
6. Encourage the victim to cooperate with
the investigation and efforts to prosecute
the case, emphasizing the importance of
prosecution for public safety.
7. Apprise the victim of future investigative
and prosecutorial activities that will or may
require cooperation, but refrain from making
other comments about the prosecution of
the case.
8. Refer the victim to a rape crisis
counselor/advocate if one has not already
been assigned.
9. Assist the State Attorney's Office to
develop the case.
10. Refer requests for victim protection
orders, when appropriate.
C. The use of truth verification tests, such as
the CVSA, with victims is strongly discouraged.
D. The investigator will expeditiously interview
any witnesses or any other person(s) having
information about the case without revealing
any personal information about the victim to
these persons.
E. If the suspect is known, the investigator will:
1. Construct a photo line-up, if appropriate,
2. Review the criminal history of the
suspect,
3. Review open sex crime cases,
4. Confirm the identity and address of the
suspect and other involved persons,
5. Consider the appropriate time, place, and
setting of the suspect interview, and
6. Interview the suspect.
F. If the suspect is unknown, the investigator
will:
1. Follow leads to establish the identity of
the suspect,
2. Construct a composite and place an
alert, if possible,
3. Confer with other agencies and
intelligence sources for leads, and
4. Submit information to VICAP (Violent
Criminal Apprehension Program), when
program criteria are met.
VIII. PHYSICAL EVIDENCE:
A. Determine if the suspect's hair, blood, saliva,
and/or other body fluids are needed for
completion of lab analysis.
1. If probable cause exists to obtain hair,
blood, saliva, and/or other body fluids from
a suspect or to obtain an item of physical
evidence from a location in control of the
suspect, apply for a search warrant or
obtain consent from suspect to obtain or
collect the necessary evidence
2. Blood, hair, saliva, and/or other body
fluids collection should be accomplished in
accordance with the guidelines published by
Page 4 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Battery Investigations SOP # 18.05
FDLE and/or the FBI.
3. Only licensed and authorized personnel
should collect blood and/or other body
fluids. Hair and saliva samples from a
defendant should be collected by trained
personnel of the same gender as the
defendant.
B. Review evidence to determine the need for
other laboratory procedures such as, but not
limited to:
1. DNA typing/serology
2. Micro analysis,
3. Firearm and ballistic procedures,
4. Fingerprint procedures,
5. Laser technology,
6. Photography,
7. Handwriting analysis,
8. Chemical testing, and
9. Forensic dentistry.
IX. SUPPLEMENTAL FOLLOW-UP REPORTS:
A. The investigating officer will document the
steps of the investigation. This will include
documenting interviews and any other tasks
performed pertinent to the investigation.
B. The officer should complete a PBSO Victim
Notification form if there is a known suspect.
C. The officer should share information related
to the investigation with other departments as
warranted.
X. ARREST PROCEDURES:
A. Once the investigation is complete, the
investigating officer should do one of the
following if probable cause exists and a
defendant is identified:
1. Make a probable cause arrest;
2. Obtain a warrant; or
3. Direct file request to the State Attorney's
Office.
4. If probable cause exists but the
investigation is going to be lengthy (e.g.,
due to scientific testing), the case should be
referred to the State Attorney's Office for
consideration of speedy trial factors.
B. If there is doubt that probable cause exists,
the case should be referred to the State
Attorney's Office for review.
C. If all investigative leads are exhausted and
the suspect is not identified, the case should be
filed "inactive." Cases will remain on file and
available to be reactivated within the time
limitation set forth in Florida Statutes.
D. If there is no arrest, the victim will be noted
and the reason(s) for not making an arrest will
be documented in a supplemental report.
XI. OFFICER INVOLVED SEXUAL BATTERY
CASES:
A. Responsibilities of officer(s) responding to
the incident:
1. Immediate action will be taken to ensure
the safety of the victim.
2. The responding officer(s) will follow the
procedure as previously outlined in this
policy.
3. The investigating officer(s), upon
discovery the suspect is a law enforcement
officer, will request a supervisor respond to
the scene.
4. The investigating officer(s) will conduct
an investigation under the direction of the
supervisor. Should it be necessary to make
an arrest, the supervisor will assist in
effecting the arrest.
5. Should the incident involve a member of
this police department as a suspect or when
a member is developed as a suspect, the
investigation will be turned over to Palm
Beach Sheriff's Office as directed in SOP#
18.01 Criminal Investigations.
B. If the relationship between the victim and
suspect fits the criteria for a domestic violence
investigation refer to SOP # 18.14 Domestic
Violence.
Page 5 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Battery Investigations SOP # 18.05
C. When a sexual battery arrest is made on a
law enforcement officer from another agency,
the employing agency will be notified of the
arrest as soon as possible following the arrest.
XII. REFERENCE:
Original issue: 07/01/07
• SOP# 18.01 Criminal Investigations
• SOP# 18.14 Domestic Violence
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 6 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Field Interview SOP # 18.06
FIELD INTERVIEW
EFFECTIVE: 07101107
I. POLICY: The purpose of this procedure is to
establish guidelines for conducting Feld interviews.
Field interviews are a source of information for the
department and they can discourage criminal
activity, identify suspects, and add intelligence
information to the files of known criminals.
II. DEFINITION:
A. Field Interview - The stopping and
questioning of a person by a law enforcement
officer because the officer has reasonable
suspicion the subject may have committed, may
be committing, or may be about to commit a
crime; the subject may be a hazard; or the
interview may have a preventive effect.
III. GUIDELINES FOR CONDUCTING FIELD
INTERVIEWS:
A. A Field Interview should be conducted under
the following circumstances:
1. The person contacted is a named
suspect in a reported crime, but additional
information, such as a current address, is
needed to complete an ongoing
investigation.
2. The contact is a possible suspect in a
crime or his physical description matches
the suspect in a specific crime.
3. The contact committed a minor infraction
in the officer's presence. Subject was
warned and a Field Interview Report was
completed in lieu of arrest.
4. The contact was engaged in suspicious
activity which caused the officer's attention
to be focused upon him or her, including,
but not limited to, loitering around closed
businesses, erratic driving for no reason,
and/or attempting to hide from an officer(s),
etc.
IV. COMPLETION OF FIELD INTERVIEW
REPORT (FIR):
A. Officers should make an attempt to obtain
identification from the field contacts.
B. Officers will complete all applicable sections
of the Multipurpose Field Interview Report (FIR)
(Appendix A), giving special attention to attire,
marks, tattoo's etc.; circumstances for stop and
reason given; and other pertinent data, such as
personal computer checks, etc. In case of a
juvenile, the parent or guardian's name,
address and phone number should be written
on the form.
1. When an officer is conducting a field
interview and determines that the subject
fits the criteria of a Criminal Street Gang
Member as outlined in FSS 874.03, the
officer will also complete the gang section
of the FIR.
C. In some instances, FIR may be of evidentiary
value, such as when a subject is arrested for
loitering or prowling after having been
interviewed in the area at an earlier time.
1. FIR may also eliminate a suspect thought
to be involved in a crime.
D. Officers will turn in completed FIR at the end
of their shift for review by the shift supervisor.
V. FILING OF INTERVIEW CARDS:
A. The FIR will be entered into the
computer.
B. Once entered the FIR will then be
forwarded to Administrative Services who will
maintain them in accordance with applicable
public records laws.
1. Appropriate copies of the FIR will be
forwarded by Administrative Services to:
a. Investigative bureau; and/or
b. Palm Beach Sheriffs Office Gang
or SHOCAP Unit(s).
Page 1 of 3
VI.
EAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Field Interview
F.S.S. 119 Public Records.
F.S.S. 901.151 Stop & Frisk.
F.S.S 874.03 Criminal Street Gang Member
Original issue: 07/01/07 Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
SOP # 18.06
Page 2 of 3
STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Field Interview
0902G7 I
Case No: GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT Date-
FIELD
ate_FIELD INTERROGATION REPORT
Time:
Name:
Address:
Race: Sex: Ht: Wt:
SS# D.O.B.
Clothing Worn:
Scars, Marks, Tattoos:
Veh. Make/ Model:
Tag #:
D/L #
Accomplices:
Location of Interview:
Reason for Interview:
Officer Comments:
Other Case Ref.
State
Eyes: _
Other:
Color: Style:
Yr: Vin:
Hair:
State: Exp. Date:
Officer
P # 18.06
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Missing Persons SOP # 18.07
MISSING PERSONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for the reporting of missing
persons, runaways, abducted persons, juvenile
escapees, and juvenile absconders. Although it is
not a violation of the law for a person to be missing
or to run away, an investigation may be conducted
to determine the status and well being of an
individual who is missing from his or her present
place of residence or who has failed to arrive at an
expected destination within a reasonable period of
time. This department will not conduct investigations
into those cases involving adults missing without
unusual or suspicious circumstances or without foul
play being suspected. The department will respect
the privacy of those located adult missing persons
who do not want their whereabouts divulged to
individuals, as long as the person is of sound mind
and the missing person has not broken the law.
A. Absconder (Juvenile) - Any child who leaves
any place that he or she has been court ordered
to. Note: This may include his or her home or
any other place that is documented on the court
order.
B. Missing Child - Any person less than 18
years whose temporary or permanent residence
is in or believed to be in this state, whose
location has not been determined and who has
been reported as missing to a law enforcement
agency.
C. Committed (for the purpose of juveniles) - A
juvenile who has been committed by the court
to a Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ)
facility.
D. Court Ordered (for the purpose of juveniles) -
A juvenile who has been ordered by the court to
reside at a particular place and/or receive
treatment at a particular facility other than a DJJ
facility.
E. Disabled - A person who is physically or
mentally incapacitated. This includes a person
suffering from Alzheimer's or having signs of
dementia.
F. Endangered - Anyone who is suicidal, in
need of medication, has a medical condition
which requires immediate care or in the
company of another person who may cause
harm to the person.
G. Escapee (Juvenile) - Any child who has been
lawfully committed to a DJJ facility or is under
the control of a staff member of a DJJ facility
and leaves without permission or escapes from
custody.
H. Involuntary - A person who is missing and
circumstances indicate the disappearance was
not voluntary.
I. Missing Person -
1. Any person, without first giving notice of
his or her intention to leave, who resides
within the Town of Gulf Stream limits and is
missing from his or her usual place of
residence.
2. A person who is known to have been
within the Town of Gulf Stream limits at the
time of disappearance and is missing under
unusual circumstances.
3. A person missing from a different
jurisdiction and believed to be within the
Town of Gulf Stream limits when notification
is received from another law enforcement
agency.
J. Runaway - Any juvenile who intentionally
leaves his or her legal place of residence in
order to be free of control or restraint without
the consent of his or her parent or guardian.
K. Soecial Interest Codes (SPC) - Codes that
are entered into NCIC/FCIC by dispatch at the
direction of the investigating police
officer/person. These codes will alert the
officers who come in contact with a person who
should be considered dangerous, violent or has
a medical condition (Appendix A).
L. Florida Amber Alert- A program to broadcast
information immediately when a child who is
under 18 years of age; where there is a clear
indication of abduction; or if no clear indication
of abduction, the investigation concludes that
the child's life is in danger and there is a
detailed description of the child and/or
abductor/vehicle to broadcast to the public
(photo when available). The program is not for
use for runaways or parental abductions, unless
the investigation determines the child life is in
immediate danger. (Appendix B)
lof 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Missing Persons SOP # 18.07
M. A Child Is Missing- A program to broadcast
Information immediately to locate missing children,
the elderly, or the physically/mentally challenged.
(Appendix B).
N. Dementia - A set of symptoms that includes
short-term memory impairment, lack of judgment,
difficulty with abstract thinking, language
difficulties, and confusion of time and place; which
can be caused by several reversible and irreversible
illnesses. The most common disease that causes
dementia is Alzheimer's disease.
III. MISSING PERSON REPORTS:
A. There is no required waiting period before a
person can make a missing person report.
B. Missing person reports will be accepted from
anyone having pertinent information if the
missing person fits into any of the following
categories:
1. Missing under unusual or suspicious
circumstances;
2. Foul play is suspected;
3. Psychiatric disorders, suicidal,
despondent and/or depressed;
4. Physically or mentally challenged; or
5. Overdue travelers.
C. An officer may take a report of a missing
person from a reporting party who is calling
from outside the jurisdiction of the Gulf Stream
Police Department and/or is unable to make the
report in person because of distance, disability
or other extenuating circumstances.
1. Give details why the person is being
reported missing, including why the
reporting parry believes the person is
missing under unusual or suspicious
circumstances.
2. The missing person must have last been
seen or known to have been in the
jurisdiction of Gulf Stream.
D. An officer taking the initial report of a missing
person will be responsible for ensuring the
following information is included in the report:
1. Details why the person is being reported
missing, including why the reporting parry
believes the person is missing under
unusual or suspicious circumstances.
2. The complete name (first name, middle
name, surname) and, if applicable, aliases,
maiden or former names. The correct
spelling of these names should be verified.
3. The missing person's date of birth and
means of verification.
4. F.S.S. requires that the City, County, and
State of birth be obtained for all missing
juveniles for entry into FCIC.
5. A complete physical description of the
missing person, including any deformities
and unusual or outstanding features, (e.g.
tattoos, scars, or missing or chipped teeth.)
6. A complete clothing description, including
any type of jewelry the missing person was
wearing when last seen, etc.
7. Any type of identification papers the
missing person would be likely to carry
(e.g., driver license, social security card,
credit cards, etc.)
8. The address and telephone number of
the missing person and any addresses or
locations he or she is known to frequent.
9. Names, addresses and telephone
numbers of friends, relatives and
associates.
10. Vehicles the missing person owns,
drives, or may have access to.
11. If the missing person works, the name,
address, and telephone number of the
place of employment and the name of his or
her supervisor. If the missing person
attends a school, the name, address and
telephone number of the school.
12. Obtain a recent photo of the missing
person. The name and case number should
be recorded on the back of the photo.
Attach any photographs to the copy of the
offense report. The photograph will be
scanned by Administration Section and
entered into NCIC/FCIC by dispatch. If no
photograph is available, it will be noted in
the report.
2of 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Missi
13. Attempt to obtain any dental records or
a fingerprint card if available or information
as to where those records can be obtained
14. The location and time the missing
person was last seen and, if available, the
mode and direction of travel.
15. If the person was missing previously,
obtain the previous case number(s) and the
location(s) of recovery, if known.
16. Any habits or hobbies of the missing
person.
17. Any suspicious or unusual
circumstances surrounding the case (e.g.,
foul play suspected, etc.)
18. Information about the reporting party as
follows:
a. Complete name, (first, middle, last
and aliases);
b. Date of birth;
c. Address; and
d. Telephone number or other contact
number (if none, then a telephone
number of a neighbor, friend, or relative
who can contact the reporting party
immediately).
19. Documentation should be obtained, if
available, from the reporting party if it is
alleged the person being reported missing
is incompetent, court ordered to a facility,
has a disability or is physically or mentally
challenged.
a. If a person is determined to be
physically or mentally challenged, the
officer will activate the A Child is
Missing (Appendix B) program.
20. Provide the names, addresses and
telephone numbers of any and all known
doctors, hospitals, and dentists who have
examined or treated the missing person;
a. When a person has been reported
missing and has not been located within
30 days after the initial report, the
detective bureau will contact the
reporting party and request the missing
person's fingerprints and dental
records. The agency will enter the prints
SOP # 18.07
and dental records into NCIC/FCIC for
the purpose of comparing to records of
unidentified living and/or deceased
persons.
E. It is the responsibility of the officer taking the
initial report to notify the supervisor if any
suspicious or unusual circumstances exist or if
foul play is suspected which may require
immediate attention.
F. As soon as possible after gathering all
available information, the member taking the
initial report will:
1. Provide the case number to the reporting
party and the department's telephone
number and instruct the reporting party to
notify the department of any new
developments or if the person returns.
2. Instruct dispatch to broadcast a BOLO to
Gulf Stream Police Department units, to
issue a BOLO to all Palm Beach County
Law Enforcement Agencies and to any
other agencies, counties, or states where it
is thought the runaway/missing person may
be traveling to or through.
3. The officer will have dispatch enter all
information into FCIC/NCIC including
applicable Special Interest Codes.
4. If a picture of the missing person is
available, the picture will be forwarded with
the offense report to the Administrative
Section, which will scan the photograph and
forward to FDLE.
a. If a picture of the missing person is
available, the detective bureau may
utilize the NECMEC Locator system to
generate missing persons flyers.
IV. LOST CHILD:
A. The officer assigned the call will be
responsible for gathering information for a
report as in a missing person case and to
initiate the following actions:
1. Immediately notify the shift supervisor.
2. Determine if additional units or other
assistance (e.g., town employees,
fire/rescue, canine, helicopter, etc.) will be
necessary to assist in the search.
3of 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Missing Persons SOP # 18.07
3. Search the residence (e.g., closets,
under beds) and the immediate area of the
building where the lost child lives, if
applicable.
4. The officer will instruct dispatch to
broadcast a BOLO to Gulf Stream Police
Department units and surrounding
agencies.
B. The supervisor will establish a command
post from where he or she will direct the
operation. The best location is the residence of
the lost child.
1. The shift supervisor or designee will as
soon as practical activate the Child Is
Missing program (Appendix B).
C. Ascertain from the parent or reporting party if
there is an ongoing divorce or any child custody
issues involved.
D. If the child is lost in a shopping mall or other
large structure, the officer should seek the
assistance of security officers and employees of
the structure who are familiar with the layout of
the building(s).
E. The supervisor will determine if
Reverse 911 system is to be implemented.
V. DISABLED OR ENDANGERED:
A. The officer assigned the call will be
responsible for gathering information for a
report as in a missing person case and to
initiate the following actions:
1. Immediately notify the supervisor.
2. Determine if additional units or other
assistance (e.g., town employees,
fire/rescue, canine, helicopter, etc.) will be
necessary to assist in the search.
3.If a person is determined to be physically
or mentally challenged, the officer will
activate the A Child is Missing (Appendix B)
program.
4. If a person is determined to be suffering
from Alzheimer's or have symptoms of
dementia, the officer will notify the
Alzheimer's Crisis Response Service at
Alzheimer's Community Care (Appendix B).
a. The officer will conduct the initial
search of the immediate area including
unpopulated areas, fields, woods,
ditches, waterways and brush areas.
b. Officers will conduct an intense
initial search rather than increasing
efforts as the investigation proceeds.
c. If the initial search is unsuccessful,
Officers should conduct additional
searches within a mile radius of the last
point of contact before expanding the
area.
d. If the person was operating a vehicle
and the vehicle was abandoned, the
search should be conducted within a
mile radius of where the vehicle was
located.
VI. RUNAWAYS:
A. An officer must respond to the scene where
the reporting party is located to take the
information necessary to write a report of a
runaway only when the person who ran away is
a juvenile.
1. A runaway report may be taken from a
parent or guardian or staff members from
the various juvenile treatment and detention
facilities throughout the Town of Gulf
Stream.
2. All runaways will be entered into the
NCIC/FCIC System, as soon as possible
after the report is taken and will remain
active until the report that their location and
welfare can be ascertained and verified. In
addition, a photograph will be obtained as
outlined in (III. D-12).
3. Pursuant to FSS, a child who is truant,
fails to obey his or her parents, or is a
runaway is not delinquent and cannot be
lodged in a DJJ facility solely for any of
these reasons.
B. A juvenile who has run away from a facility
where he or she has been court ordered will be
classified as a runaway/absconder.
1. In addition to the names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of the child parent(s), all
pertinent information should be obtained
about the facility from which the child
absconded.
2. The parent(s) of the absconding child
should be contacted, provided with the case
4of 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Missing Persons SOP # 18.07
number, departmental phone numbers, and
advised to contact the department if the
child returns home or the child is located.
3. The reporting officer will instruct Dispatch
to place in the remarks field of the
NCIC/FCIC entry, "Juvenile court ordered to
(place absconded from). Contact the
Juvenile Assessment Center (JAC) if
located."
4. Any officer locating a juvenile who is a
runaway/absconder should contact the
Juvenile Assessment Center to ascertain if
the absconder should be taken to JAC,
returned to the place absconded from, or
returned to a parent/guardian.
5.The facility where the juvenile absconded
from may also be contacted to ascertain if
the juvenile will be accepted back into that
facility. The facility will be responsible for
notifying the courts or other appropriate
sources.
6. The juvenile may be turned over to the
parent(s) or legal guardian, or Safe Harbor
Runaway Shelter (Appendix B), if neither
JAC nor the facility from which the juvenile
absconded will accept the juvenile.
7. Document within the narrative section of
the initial report or supplemental report the
names of those persons contacted at JAC
and/or the facility which the juvenile
absconded from.
C. The same information and documents for
any other missing person report will be included
in the offense report.
D. The reporting officer/person will instruct
dispatch to broadcast a BOLO to Gulf Stream
Police Department units, to all Palm Beach
County Law Enforcement Agencies and to any
other agencies, counties, or states where it is
thought the runaway may be traveling to or
through.
E. The reporting officer/person will instruct
dispatch of any special remarks that need to be
entered, to include, but not be limited to, any
suspicious circumstances, foul play suspected,
any special interest codes (SPC) needed, or
any other special instructions to be followed if
and when the runaway is located.
F. Copies of any teletype and photographs
should be attached to the report.
G. The reporting officer may refer parents/
guardians to the Missing Children Information
Clearinghouse (MCIC) (Appendix B) where a
report can be filed in addition to the Gulf Stream
Police Department report.
H. The reporting officer should suggest that the
parent/guardian assist in the investigation by
alerting friends, relatives, and the school the
runaway attends.
I. The reporting officer should obtain
information on any resources available to the
runaway (e.g., bank accounts, cash on hand,
credit cards, etc.)
VII. PARENTAL ABDUCTION:
A. Because of the sensitive nature and exigent
circumstances surrounding parental abduction
cases, the assigned officer should seek
guidance from the supervisor, investigator,
and/or the State Attorney's Office.
B. The same type of information and
documentation necessary for a missing person
report will be recorded in a parental abduction
and/or child custody case.
1. A photograph of the child will be
obtained and processed as outlined in (III D
12) and a photograph of the child abductor
will also be obtained or noted in the report if
no photograph is available.
2. If it is determined that the child's Iffe is in
immediate danger, the officer will activate
the Florida Amber Alert (Appendix B).
C. The assigned officer will obtain identifying
information on the suspected abductor parent or
non-custodial parent or person.
D. The reporting officer should review
documents pertaining to the issue of custody
and verify that custody papers in the possession
of the reporting parent are authentic and valid.
1. If the custody papers are not certified or
registered in Palm Beach County, the
reporting parent should be referred to his or
her attorney to set up an emergency
hearing before a Circuit Court Judge, Civil
Division, Family Court and/or contact the
State Attorney's Office for any legal
opinions.
5of 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Missinq Persons
E. Any officer having any legal questions about
any matter relating to parental abduction should
contact the State Attorney's Office. If the
incident occurs after hours, the on-call State
Attorney may be contacted through the Palm
Beach County Sheriffs Office.
F. The officer should attempt to make contact
with the abductor parent to verify the child is
with the abductor parent or if the abductor
parent has knowledge of the child's
whereabouts.
G. When the reporting officer has obtained
information to suspect the child is endangered,
the officer will call the Abuse Hotline (Appendix
B) to report the incident.
1. Any officer coming into contact with a
child believed to be in imminent danger has
the lawful authority to take the child into
custody until such a time the Department of
Children and Families (DCF) can be
contacted and an investigation initiated.
2. DCF will determine where the child
should be placed once an investigation is
initiated.
H. After the necessary legal documents are
obtained, the officer will follow the guideline set
forth described in III. (F.), and
1. Make copies of the documents for the
report; and
2. Have the abductor parent's name listed in
remarks field of the entry.
I. The reporting parent should be referred to his
or her attorney for civil action, if criminal
prosecution is not desired. The child's name
may still be entered into NCIC/FCIC even if
criminal prosecution is not desired.
J. The State Attorney's Office may request FBI
assistance to obtain a UFAP (Unlawful Flight to
Avoid Prosecution) warrant if the abductor
parent has left the state.
K. The investigator will be responsible for the
following:
1. The follow-up investigation;
2. Filing the case with the State Attorney's
Office if criminal prosecution is desired by
the reporting parent;
4101JIZE141
3. Ensuring the missing child was properly
entered into NCICIFCIC systems;
4. Having the MCIC Form completed by the
reporting parent and sent to FDLE in
Tallahassee along with a copy of the
custody papers and a recent photo; and
5. Verify the warrant for the abductor parent
is properly entered into the NCIC/FCIC
system, if issued.
VIII. CRIMINAL ABDUCTION:
A. The first officer on the scene should obtain
preliminary information as follows:
1. Establish the type of incident.
2. Obtain descriptions of the suspect(s) and
victim.
3. Obtain vehicle description (if any).
4. Ascertain direction of travel.
5. Instruct dispatch personnel to broadcast
a BOLO to all Gulf Stream Police Units.
6. Instruct dispatch personnel to issue a
BOLO to all Palm Beach County Law
Enforcement Agencies and any other
applicable cities, counties and/or states.
a. Activate the A Child is Missing
(Appendix B) program for the
surrounding area(s).
b. If the abduction fits the criteria for
Florida Amber Alert, contact FDLE and
issue the alert. (Appendix B).
7. Notify the shift supervisor and the on-call
supervisor of the incident immediately after
issuing the BOLO.
8. Ascertain if a ransom demand has been
made or if there has been any contact with
the abductor(s).
9. Conduct or coordinate a neighborhood
canvass to locate witnesses and gather
information.
10. Conduct a preliminary interview of all
persons in the area at the time the incident
occurred; and
6of 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Missing Persons SOP # 18.07
11. Have the abducted person entered into
the NCIC/FCIC systems as soon as
pertinent information is obtained.
12. The assigned officer will obtain and
record the same information and
documents as in a missing person report.
B. The investigator will complete the following:
1. If the victim is a child, contact MCIC for
immediate assistance and complete the
necessary MCIC form.
2. Conduct a follow-up investigation.
IX. ESCAPEE FROM A JUVENILE FACILITY:
A. A juvenile can only be classed as an
escapee when he or she leaves a DJJ facility,
or the control of a staff member of a DJJ facility
to which he or she has been committed.
B. The reporting officer will classify the report as
a "Runaway/Escapee".
C. The report will contain information as in any
other missing persons report in addition to the
following:
1. Name and title of the reporting staff
member.
2. The date and charges for which the
juvenile was committed to DJJ and the
appropriate DJJ department or employee to
contact for follow-up.
3. Names, addresses, and telephone
number(s) of the runaway/escapee's
parents.
4. Whether the runaway/escapee's parents
were notified, and if so, by whom.
5. The control number for the runaway/
escapee's entry into NCIC/FCIC; and
6. That the runaway/escapee should be
taken to a juvenile detention center when
located.
D. The officer will complete the following:
1. Instruct dispatch personnel to enter each
runaway/escapee into the NCIC/ FCIC
system noting that PC exists for escape
from a juvenile facility and to hold & call
JAC in the remarks area.
2. Instruct dispatch personnel to broadcast
a BOLO to all Gulf Stream Police units and
to issue a teletype to all Palm Beach County
Law Enforcement Agencies and any other
agencies, counties or states where the
runaway/escapee lives or may go.
3. If the runaway/escapee is not taken
immediately into custody, complete and
place a copy of the Rough Arrest and
Probable Cause Affidavit in dispatch.
Original copies of the Arrest Report and
Probable Cause Affidavit will be sent to the
State Attorney's Office via Administration
Section for warrant filing.
4. Photographs will be obtained and
processed as outlined in (III D 12) and a
photocopy of the photograph should be
attached to the Arrest Report and Probable
Cause Affidavit.
X. MISSING PERSONS/RUNAWAY FROM OTHER
LAW ENFORCEMENT JURISDICTIONS:
A. Any officer who locates a missing
person/runaway from another jurisdiction will
complete a report for recovering a missing
person/runaway.
B. The report will contain the agency's name,
address, telephone number, and the name of
the officer who was spoken to from the
reporting agency.
C. If the located missing person is an adult who
does not want his or her location to be made
known, and the person appears to be of sound
mind and has not committed any violations of
the law, the department will respect his or her
privacy. This will be documented in the narrative
section of the offense report. The originating
agency will be contacted by teletype or
telephone regarding the location, but will be
advised the located missing person does not
wish their whereabouts to be divulged.
D. When an officer is requested to assist in
locating a missing person or runaway from
another jurisdiction, but cannot locate the
person, the information regarding the assist will
be documented in a report or on a case card.
The requesting agency will be teletyped or
telephoned and notified of the results of the
assist by dispatch.
7of 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Missing Persons SOP # 18.07
XI.
A. Obtain all necessary information from the
reporting officer to ensure the missing
person/runaway is properly entered into the
NCIC/FCIC systems. This information should
include any special remarks, names, telephone
numbers and addresses of who to contact if
located, and where the recovered person
should be taken if located.
1. Dispatch will enter photographs into
NCIC/FCIC, after the photographs are
scanned by the Administration Section.
B. Broadcast a BOLO to all on -duty Gulf Stream
Police Department units about all runaways and
missing persons.
C. Issue a teletype BOLO to all Palm Beach
County Law Enforcement Agencies and to other
law enforcement agencies in other counties or
states, if applicable to the case or upon request
of the reporting officer. A copy of the teletype
should be attached to the offense report.
D. Enter missing person/runaway into NCIC/
FCIC system utilizing any Special Interest
Codes (SIC) pertinent to case facts.
E. After completing entry into FCIC/NCIC, a
person's query will be initiated, compared to
actual information entered and attached to the
Original issue: 07/01/07
offense report.
G. Assign a member to complete a supplement
report on any cancellation information either
telephoned or teletyped to the Gulf Stream
Police Department, providing that sufficient
verification of who the canceling party is, can be
obtained. All unverified information should be
forwarded to the investigator with adequate
information to follow-up.
H. Notify the investigator if cancellation
information is received on a case where foul
play or suspicious circumstances exist or if the
missing person is found dead. The investigator
should be notified during off-duty hours.
I. Broadcast to Gulf Stream Police Department
units the cancellation information on all
runaways and missing persons.
J. Issue a BOLO cancellation teletype to all
agencies, counties, or states originally issued a
BOLO. A copy of that cancellation teletype
should be attached to any supplemental report.
XII.
• F.S.S. CH. 937 Missing Person Investigations.
• SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Sot 10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Missina Pers
Appendix A
SOP # 18.07
It is the member's responsibility to advise the dispatch personnel the following information to be entered into the
Missing Persons file. This information will alert the receiving agency of a special medical condition of the Missing
person or possible immediate danger to the apprehending officer. The warning will appear in high lights on the
screen so dispatch personnel can warn the officer of possible danger.
In order to enter a Missing Person into NCIC/FCIC members must first advise dispatch which of the following 5
(five) primary categories the Missing Person is classified under.
Primary Categories
A. Disabled- A person of any age who is missing and under proven physical/mental disability or is senile,
thereby subjecting himself/herself or others to personal and immediate danger.
B .Endangered- A person of any age who is missing and in the company of another person under
circumstances indicating that his/her physical safety is in danger.
C. Involuntary- A person of any age who is missing under circumstances indicating that the disappearance
was not voluntary, i.e., abduction or kidnapping.
D. Catastrophe Victim- A person of any age who is missing after a catastrophe.
E. Other- A person who is missing and declared emancipated as defined by the laws of his or her state of
residence and does not meet any of the message criteria set forth in a ,b, c, or d.
Additional categories:
S - Abducted by a stranger.
R - Runaway.
N - Abduction by a non-custodial parent.
Additional information codes:
00 -Armed and Dangerous
05- Violent Tendencies
10- Martial Arts Expert
15- Explosives Expertise
20- Known to Abuse Drugs
25- Escape Risk
50- Heart Condition
55- Alcoholic
60- Allergies
65- Epilepsy
70- Suicidal
80- Medication required
85- Hemophiliac
90- Diabetic
01 -Other
MITSUI
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Missinq Persons SOP # 18.07
Appendix B
A. The Salvation Army Missing Persons Service - Southern Territorial Headquarters - Atlanta, Georgia (404-873-
3105). The purpose of this service is to reunite persons who wish to find each other. Usually applications are
accepted only for those seeking to locate immediate family members (e.g., mother/father, son/daughter,
brother/sister). This service does not include individuals seeking friends; persons behind in debts, alimony or
child support; runaways - minors under 18 years of age; adopted children seeking their natural parent(s);
genealogical searches; or custody issues.
B. Missing Children Information Clearinghouse - Florida Department of Law Enforcement, (1-888-356-4774 or
850-488-5224) M.C.I.C. can assist a parent/or guardian with any missing child, runaway or parental kidnapping
case. M.C.I.C. will assist law enforcement and the parent/guardian in the investigation and location of missing
children.
C. Operation Home Free - The Greyhound Bus Corporation, in conjunction with the International Association of
Chiefs of Police (IACP), has established a program, which will provide free transportation home to indigent
runaway juveniles who voluntarily request such passage. A law enforcement official or a Florida Department of
Health and Rehabilitative Services (HRS) can escort a child to the bus terminal after the originating agency
verifies that the child is a runaway and that a release has been signed by the parent or legal guardian. All
questions and requests for assistance should be directed to the National Runaway Switchboard, 1-800-621-
4000.
D. Quality Inn Program - The Quality Inn Corporation, in conjunction with the National Center for Missing and
Exploited Children (NCMEC), has established a program which will provide a free room for a parent or legal
guardian of a missing child any time it is necessary in accomplishing the recovery of the missing child. Contact
NCMEC at 1-800-843-5678 for assistance.
E. Safe Harbor Runaway Shelter - 2908 Broadway, West Palm Beach, (561-833-2400). Safe Harbor can provide
shelter to a runaway for any jurisdiction for up to two weeks. The shelter also has counseling for the runaway and
the child's parents(s) or legal guardian(s).
F. National Center for Missing and Exploited Children (NECMEC) - 9176 Alternate AIA, Lake Park, (561-848-
1900). They will work in conjunction with a law enforcement agency in trying to locate a missing child. They also
have the ability to make posters and banners for missing persons.
G. Department of Children and Families (DCF) - Intake - Parents/guardians of children who are status offenders
(ungovernable, repeat runaways, and any other non -delinquent problems) can be referred to D.C.F. A D.C.F.
worker may be assigned to assist the parent/guardian with the matters. Abuse Hotline- 1 -800 -96 -ABUSE or 1-
800-962-2873
H. FLORIDA AMBER ALERT - Call the FDLE Missing Children Information Clearinghouse (MCIC) at 1-888-356-
4774. The Amber alert can only be activated by law enforcement. The FDLE will work in conjunction with the
local law enforcement agency of jurisdiction to determine if information is to be broadcast on a regional or
statewide basis; will prepare information (i.e., child, suspect and/or vehicle, contact information) for public
distribution and FDLE will ensure that the information is broadcast through the Emergency Alert System,
Dynamic Message Signs, lottery machines, http://www.missinqchildrenalert.com, and other resources.
LA Child Is Missing, Inc. (ACIM) - 1-888-875-2246 or pager 954-492-4778 A program to broadcast information
immediately to locate missing children, the elderly, or the physically/mentally challenged. Officers will provide the
information by phone and ACIM will send an appropriate message by telephone to the surrounding area by
telephone.
J. Alzheimer's Crisis Response Service at Alzheimer's Community Care- 24 hour 800-394-1771 Assists with
dementia -speck crisis situations.
I0or10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Predator Notification & Verification SOP # 18.08
SEXUAL PREDATOR NOTIFICATION & IV.
VERIFICATION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY:
The department has established guidelines
concerning the procedure for notifying the public of
a Registered Sexual Predator/Offender residing in
the Town of Gulf Stream pursuant to Florida State
Statues. The Gulf Stream Police Department will
make public notification if a sexual
predator/offender moves to or relocates within the
town. The department will verify the
predator/offender is residing at the address
furnished by the Florida Department of Law
Enforcement (FDLE).
It. DEFINITIONS:
A. Sexual Predator- The designation of "sexual
predator" is made by a court in compliance with
criteria set forth in Florida State Statutes.
B. Sexual Offender- a person who has been
convicted of a felony violation, which is outlined
in FSS 943.0435(1)(a), or convicted of a
violation of a similar law of another jurisdiction
and required to register as an offender.
C. Conviction - a determination of guilt that is
the result of a plea or a trial, regardless of
whether adjudication is withheld.
III. PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITY:
A. It is the responsibility of the Chief of Police to
ensure the following procedure is carried out.
1. The Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible to, on a weekly basis,
contact FDLE Internet site or toll-free
telephone number for updates on
sexual predators/offenders within the
town.
2. The Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible for on-site address verifications
and submission of data as outlined in
V.A.D.
A. Sexual Predators Registration: Upon
receiving information regarding a sexual
predator from the FDLE, the department will
provide the information to any individual who
requests such information and may release the
information to the public in any manner deemed
appropriate.
B. If the predator has moved or relocated into
the Town of Gulf Stream, the public will be
notified.
C. Notifications: Gulf Stream Police
Department.
1. The department will be notified by
FDLE, within 48 hours, of the predator
registration with the FDLE.
a. The department may also
receive notification from other
sources.
2. Once the department is notified by
FDLE of a sexual predator residing or
relocating within the town, the department
will notify the community.
D. Notification: Schools and Public:
1. Information disseminated to the public
will include the following.
a. The name of the sexual predator;
b. A description of the sexual
predator including a photograph;
c. The sexual predator's current
address, including the name of the
county or municipality if known;
d. The circumstances of the sexual
predator's offense(s); and
e. Whether the victim of the sexual
offense was a minor or an adult at
the time of the offense. This
paragraph does not authorize the
release of the name of any victim of
the sexual predator.
2. The department will notify each
licensed day care center, elementary,
middle, and high school within the Town
of Gulf Stream.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Sexual Predator Notification & VerificationSOP # 18.08
a. The notification will be made by
distributing flyers with the required
information and a Gulf Stream
Police Department Sexual Offender
Notification Letter (Appendix A).
3.The department will notify citizens and
clubs residing in a two -block radius of the
sexual predator's residence.
a. The notification will be made by
distributing flyers with the required
information and a Gulf Stream
Police Department Sexual Offender
Notification Letter.
4. All police officers are authorized to
release information and photographs at
crime watch meeting or other community
meeting or at any other location or by any
other means deemed appropriate by the
Chief of Police.
E. The Palm Beach County Sheriffs Office
(PBSO) retains the responsibility of
registering all sexual predators and/or sex
offenders in Palm Beach County.
1. If a sexual predator or offender
responds to the Gulf Stream Police
Department for registration he or she
will be directed to PBSO.
F. Sexual Offender Registration and
Notification:
1. Sexual Offenders will be handled in
the same manner as Sexual
Predators, as stated above.
Original issue: 07/01/07
V. VERIFICATION:
A. Florida State Statute mandates that FDLE in
conjunction with the department will verify
address of sexual predators and offenders not
under the control of the Department of
Corrections.
B. FDLE will mail address verification letters to
sexual predators on a quarterly and sexual
offenders on an annual basis.
1. FDLE will track responses or
lack of responses to the verification letters
and make this information available the
department.
C. The department will conduct on-site
residential address verification of sexual
predators and sexual offenders not under
supervision of the Department of Corrections
who fail to respond to a FDLE verification letter.
1. On-site address verifications for
sexual predators will be conducted
quarterly.
2. On-site address verification for
sexual offenders will be conducted annually.
D. The Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible for submitting sexual predator and
sexual offender address verification data to
FDLE Sexual Offender Database.
VI.
• Florida State Statute 775.71 The Florida Sexual
Predators Act.
• Florida State Statute 944.606 Sex Offenders;
notification upon release.
Florida State Statute 943.0435 Sexual
Offenders required to register.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT —Photo lineup SOP #18.09
PHOTO LINEUP PROCEDURES
EFFECTIVE 03/01/11
I. PURPOSE:
The purpose of this General Order is to
establish guidelines for the administration of
photo lineups in an effort to promote accurate
and reliable eyewitness identification and to
minimize the possibility of erroneous
identifications. This General Order shall apply to
all agency law enforcement personnel.
II. POLICY
The Gulf Stream Police Department recognizes
the necessity for the elimination of any
unnecessary factor which may influence an
eyewitness in the course of the photo lineup
process.
It is the policy of The Gulf Stream Ridge Police
Department that whenever the necessity to
conduct a photographic lineup arises, the
following procedure will be followed.
It is the policy of the Gulf Stream Police
Department to use photo lineups in lieu of a live
line-up.
III. DEFINITIONS:
PHOTO LINEUP OR ARRAY: A group of
photographs shown to an eyewitness for the
purpose of identifying or eliminating suspects.
IV. PROCEDURE:
A. CREATING THE PHOTO LINEUP
1
1. A photo lineup or array should consist of a
minimum of six photographs. The array will
include only one photo of the suspect and a
minimum of five filler photos.
a. If there are multiple suspects in a case, only
one suspect should be included in each lineup.
b. If there are multiple suspects in a case, each
lineup shall contain different filler photos.
c. If there are multiple eyewitnesses, the
suspect's photo shall be placed in a different
position in the array for each witness, to every
extent possible.
2. All photographs used should be of individuals
who are reasonably similar in age, weight, and
general appearance and are of the same sex
and race, in accordance with the witness's
description of the suspect.
3. All photographs used should have the same
background and be of the same size and basic
composition.
a. No particular photo should stand out in the
array.
b. Do not mix color and black and white photos.
c. No identifying information about the subject
should appear on any photo.
B. CONDUCTING THE PHOTO LINEUP
1. The photo array created should be placed
inside a closed folder which has a written copy
of the witness's instructions, as set forth in
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT—Photo lineup SOP #18.09
Section IV(B)(2), attached to the front of the
folder.
a. If reasonably available, it may be preferable
to use an individual who is not involved in the
investigation or who is not aware of the
suspect's identity to administer the lineup.
b. If possible, the entire photo lineup
identification process, including the verbal
instructions, the viewing of the photographs,
and the identification or lack thereof should be
audio or video recorded.
2. The person administering the lineup should
place the closed folder before the witness. Prior
to the witness opening the folder, the person
administering the lineup should read the
following instructions aloud to the witness (in
the witness's primary/ native language) and
should not engage in any additional
commentary:
a. You will be asked to view a group of photos
of individuals.
b. The person of interest may or may not be in
this photo array and the photos are not in any
particular order.
c. You should not feel that you have to make an
identification.
d. Take as much time as you need to look at
each photograph.
e. Individuals presented in these photographs
may not appear exactly as they did on the date
of the incident because features such as head
and facial hair are subject to change.
f. It is just as important to exclude innocent
persons from suspicion as it is to identify the
perpetrator.
g. The investigation will continue whether or
not an identification is made.
h. After viewing all the photographs, if you can
make an identification, please initial and date
2
the photograph of the person you have
identified and close the folder.
i. After viewing all the photographs, if you
cannot make a positive identification, you may,
if you wish, inform me of any photograph that
you believe most resembles the person you
saw.
j. Since this is an ongoing investigation, you
should not discuss this photo lineup or the
results.
k. Please open the folder and review the photo
array.
3. Once the instructions have been read aloud,
and the witness begins his or her review, the
person administering the lineup should either
leave the room or stand behind the witness as
the array is being viewed and take all
reasonable precautions to avoid giving any
unintentional cues to the witness.
4. In the event of multiple eyewitnesses, show
the photo array to only one witness at a time.
Separate witnesses so they will not be aware of
the responses of other witnesses.
5. Once the witness has finished viewing the
photo array and the folder is handed back, the
person administering the lineup should ask if
there was a photo of the person observed by
the witness.
a. If an identification is made, confirm that the
witness has initialed and dated the selected
photo. If the witness refuses to sign the array,
the person administering the lineup shall note
the refusal and sign the array accordingly.
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT—Photo lineup SOP #18.09
6. The person administering the lineup should
not comment on selections or the outcome of
the lineup in any way.
7. Following all photo lineups, and whether or
not a positive identification is made, the folder
(with the instructions attached) and the photo
array presented to the witness, should be
submitted to the Evidence Unit to be
maintained for the criminal case.
S. Following all photo lineups, and whether or
not a positive identification is made, the person
administering the lineup shall file a
supplemental report which includes:
a. The names of all persons present at the
lineup
b. The date, time, and location of the lineup
c. The source of the photographs used
d. Whether an identification was made
e. The words used by the witness in any
identification
f. The reason or basis for any deviation from the
photo lineup guidelines
V REFERENCE:
Florida Innocence Commission 2011
CFA Accreditation Standard 18.15
3
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT—Photo lineup SOP #18.09
4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Computer Voice Stress Analyzer SOP # 18.09
COMPUTER VOICE STRESS ANALYZER
(CVSA)
EFFECTIVE: (not used at this time E.A.)
ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: 18.89, 18.10
I. POLICY: The Lantana Police Department has
established guidelines for administering CVSA
examinations in conjunction with investigations and
pre-employment screening conducted by the
department.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Computer Voice Stress Analyzer (CVSA) -
CVSA detects, measures and charts the stress
in a person's voice following a pre -formatted
questionnaire.
B. Qualified Examiner - A person who has
satisfactorily completed training by a recognized
instructor in truth verification and the use of the
CVSA.
C. Overt Interview - A live interview by a CVSA
examiner with a suspect, victim, witness,
complainant, or prospective employee. These
interviews are conducted with prior knowledge
and permission that certain questions will be
recorded live and captured by the CVSA for
analysis. At the examiner's discretion, all or
portions of the interview may be recorded on
audio and/or video-tape.
D. Structured Interviews - A legally obtained
audio tape interview of a suspect, victim,
witness, or complainant. The interviews are
designed to capture a response to preformatted
questions. This taped interview is then analyzed
by the CVSA examiner. This may include
telephone interviews while obtaining evidence
of a criminal act.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Responsibilities of CVSA examiner:
1.The CVSA examiner will review the
available information pertaining to the case
in question prior to administering an
examination.
2. The CVSA examiner will conduct the
examination within acceptable professional
standards.
a. The CVSA examiner will determine if
a person is suitable for testing prior to
administering the examination. Tests
are conducted at the discretion of the
examiner.
b. Children under the age of eighteen
must have parental or legal guardian
consent prior to testing. The consent
must be in writing and in the possession
of the CVSA examiner prior to the
beginning of the examination.
c. No person can be forced or coerced
into taking the examination.
3. Any structured interview using the CVSA
must be authorized by the Support Services
Commander.
4. The Support Services Commander or
designee must approve an examination
request of another agency or organization
prior to conducting the CVSA examination
on behalf of the requesting party.
5. All CVSA examiners will maintain a
record of all examinations they have
conducted.
6. The CVSA examiner will receive a
second opinion on examinations from
another certified examiner.
7. The CVSA examiner will refrain from
examinations that may compromise their
integrity. Any tests of friends, relatives or
persons the examiner has a relationship
with which represent a conflict of interest
must be conducted by a neutral examiner.
B. Use of CVSA examination for investigative
screening:
1. CVSA examinations should be utilized in
conjunction with investigative leads and
interviews of available suspect(s), victim(s),
and/orwitness(s). When practical, both the
victim and the accused should be tested for
comparison. These results are not to be
used for arrest or legal action, but are
designed for developing leads and/or
obtaining case direction.
2. The CVSA will not be utilized for any
person who has been indicted by the grand
jury or formally charged for the crime the
CVSA is being requested for, unless there
is an agreement and stipulation signed by
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Computer Voice Stress Analyzer SOP # 18.09
the person to be examined, his or her
defense attorney, and the prosecutor.
C. Responsibilities of Officer/Investigator
requesting a CVSA examination:
1. The investigator will complete a
preliminary investigation and consult with
the examiner prior to a CVSA examination
being scheduled. The CVSA is a
supplement to, not a substitute for, a
thorough investigation.
2. The investigator is responsible for
notifying the subject of the date and time for
the scheduled appointment.
3. The investigator will notify the CVSA
examiner immediately if the subject cancels
an examination appointment.
D. Use of CVSA examination for pre-
employment screening:
1. CVSA examinations will be used in the
selection process for employment.
2. CVSA examinations will be administered
to sworn and non -sworn members having
access to restricted areas of the Police
Department. This is to ensure the following:
a. Suitability,
b. Verify accuracy and completeness of
information on the application,
c. Resolve questions or conflicts arising
during background investigation,
d. Discover previous criminal or other
disqualifying behavior, and
e. Deter those seeking to penetrate law
enforcement departments for improper
purposes.
3. Questions to be asked will be provided to
an applicant just prior to and at the location
of the tests so applicants can have
sufficient time to review and ask examiner
questions.
4. The CVSA will not be the single
determinant of employment status.
However, admissions made before, during
or after the examination may be used to
show cause.
E. Use of CVSA in Administrative Internal
Affairs:
1. CVSA examinations maybe
administered during criminal or
administrative investigations focusing
on a sworn officer or civilian member.
a. The member must freely volunteer
to participate in the examination and
sign a voluntary test waiver. This
ensures the member's constitutional
rights and permits any statements or
admissions made during the
examination to be admitted as
evidence.
2. Civilian complainants or witnesses may
be tested with the CVSA in order determine
if their complaint, allegation or knowledge of
a case is legitimate. These interviews must
only be conducted after a voluntary test
waiver has been signed.
a. In the case of a structured interview
(audio- tape analysis), the examiner will
receive authority from the Support
Services Commander.
3. A CVSA examiner will not administer a
test on a police officer without written
consent.
4. A CVSA examination will not be the sole
determinant of an investigation conclusion.
G. CVSA Records:
1. CVSA records may include a waiver of
rights, voluntary submission forms, subject
information sheet, CVSA graph, and/or
statement of results.
2. CVSA records will be maintained for at
least a two-year period and/or until any
litigation is concluded in the case or issue.
3. The Support Services Commander or
designee is responsible for the storage of
the CVSA records in a secure area.
IV. REFERENCE:
• F.S.S. 934 Security of Communications.
• SOP #27.01 Professional Standards
• SOP # 18.01 Criminal Investigation
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Computer Voice Stress Analyzer SOP # 18.09
Original issue: 9/1/2001
Revised: NEW
I.D. # 696
Revision Dales:
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
D.
Family or Household Member — as
defined by F.S. 741.
1.1 POLICY — The purpose of this policy is to
E.
Intimate Partner of a Law
establish uniform statewide guidelines that
Enforcement Officer — refers to a
provide clear procedures and protocols for
family or household member or
preventing, investigating, reporting, and
dating relationship as defined by
responding to domestic violence involving
F.S. 741.
officers. Officers include all sworn law
F.
Law Enforcement Officer — as
enforcement officers both full-time and
defined by F.S. 943.10.
part-time.
G.
Protection Order — as defined by
1.2 POLICY STATEMENT — Public confidence
H.
F.S. 741.
Stalking — as defined by F.S.
in officers is important to the Town of Gulf
784.048(2).
Stream Police Department's ability to
maintain public safety. The public must
I.
Sworn Employee —includes full -
trust that the Town of Gulf Stream Police
time, part-time, and auxiliary
Officers are held to the standards of the
officers as defined in F.S. 943.10.
law regarding domestic violence.
Therefore, the Town of Gulf Stream Police
1.4 PROVENTION THROUGH
Department will:
COLLABORATION WITH DOMESTIC
A. Employ administrative prevention
AND
SEXUAL VIOLENCE ADVOCACY
strategies to prevent domestic
ORGANIZATIONS—
violence by it's officers.
A.
The Town of Gulf Stream Police
B. Promptly respond to all allegations
Department, whenever possible,
of domestic violence by officers
will collaborate with local certified
according to this policy and all
domestic violence centers for
applicable laws.
mutual benefit. These centers are
C. Give primary consideration to
a valuable resource and can offer
protection of the victim of domestic
a wide range of assistance for
violence and enforcement of the
cross -training, victim assistance,
laws.
and help in identifying ways to
D. Respect the due process rights of
reduce domestic violence and
all officers, according to applicable
sexual violence in the community.
legal precedent and collective
Local certified domestic violence
bargaining agreements
programs may be able to assist
E. Expeditiously report and conduct
supervisory and administrative
thorough investigations into any
staff with issues relating to the
allegation of an officer involved in
following:
domestic violence.
1. Training on warning signs
F. Train officers and seek to educate
of officer -involved
their families about
domestic violence.
G. domestic violence and avenues for
2. Development of domestic
assistance.
violence training curricula.
3. In-service training.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
4. Identification of well-known
A. Domestic Violence — as defined by
local, state, and national
F.S. 741.
experts for training,
B. Domestic Violence/Rape Crisis
meetings, and/or
Advocacy Organization or Provider
conferences.
— refers to a domestic violence
B.
The Town of Gulf Stream Police
center or rape crisis center as
Department will provide training,
defined by F.S. 39.
when requested, to local domestic
C. Employee — as defined by F.S.
and sexual violence victim
440.02(15)
advocacy organizations on the
Page 1 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
departments' domestic violence
officers to make arrest and
policies, procedures, and
offer protection and
protocols.
assistance, including
C. The Town of Gulf Stream Police
guidelines for making
Department will identify and
felony and misdemeanor
collaborate with other local
arrest.
advocacy groups that regularly
3.
Techniques for handling
assist victims. When the Town of
incidents of domestic
Gulf Stream Police Department is
violence that minimize the
aware of and work with community
likelihood of injury to the
resources and advocacy
officer and that promote
organizations, we will help connect
safety of the victim.
victims, families, and children with
4.
The Dynamics of domestic
appropriate services. Whenever
violence and the
possible, the Town of Gulf Stream
magnitude of the problem.
Police Department will establish
5.
The legal rights of, and
and maintain ongoing relationships
remedies available to,
with the following:
victims of domestic
1. Domestic and sexual
violence.
violence organization
6.
Documentation, report
advocates;
writing, and evidence
2. Shelter staff;
collection.
3. Hotline crisis workers;
7.
Tenancy issues and
4. Social service providers
domestic violence.
(such as homeless
8.
The impact of law
coalitions, emergency
enforcement intervention
shelter food banks, and
in preventing future
hospitals or other
violence.
emergency medical
9.
Special needs of children
providers);
at the scene of domestic
5. Victim witness personnel;
violence and subsequent
6. Coordinating
impact on their lives.
councils/coalitions; and
10.
The services and facilities
available to victims and
7. Others knowledgeable
batterers.
about the challenges
11.
The use and application of
facing domestic violence
sections of the Florida
victims.
Statutes as they relate to
domestic violence
1.5 TRAINING AND EDUCATION
situations.
A. The Town of Gulf Stream Police
12.
Verification, enforcement,
Department will ensure that all
and services of injunctions
their officers have training in the
for protection when the
following topics related to domestic
suspect is present and
violence:
when the suspect has left.
1. The duties and
13.
Emergency assistance to
responsibilities of law
victims and how to assist
enforcement in response
victims in pursuing
to domestic violence calls,
criminal justice options.
enforcement of
14.
Working with
injunctions, and data
uncooperative victims,
collection.
when the officer becomes
2. The legal duties imposed
the complainant.
on law enforcement
B. Training specific to Officer -
Page 2 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
Involved Domestic Violence:
In addition to training, the Town o f
Gulf Stream Police Department will
ensure that all officers take
prevention training that is specific
to the issues of officer -involved
domestic violence.
Such training should include:
1. The dynamics of officer -
involved domestic—
violence, including misuse
of authority, power and
control, and surveillance
that the officer will not be
held accountable for
his/her actions.
C. Information and Resource
Materials for Officer Family
Outreach. The Gulf Stream Police
Department is also encouraged to
make available information and
resources related to domestic
violence to the
families/spouses/partners of
officers. Below are a few ways to
disseminate such information, but
the Gulf Stream Police
Department will retain the
discretion to use methods they
deem are the most safe and
appropriate:
1. Posting the domestic
violence hotline number.
2. Posting the phone number
of the local domestic
violence and sexual
assault hotline number on
the agency website.
3. Designating a specific
supervisor as the officer
whom family members
can contact with concerns
about escalating violence
or other dynamics of
abuse.
4. Disseminating written
information (for example,
in new employee packets
or agency -wide with other
general mailings).
1.6 SCREENING AND INTERVIEWS
A. Pre -Hire Screening and
Investigations.
While it is recognized that
all agencies are required
to and do perform a
background check of all
new lateral and entry-level
applications, the Gulf
Stream Police Department
will make reasonable
inquiries to determine
whether or not the
applicant has been
Page 3 of 11
techniques.
2.
Information about
available employee -
assistance programs or
local resources that can
help officers before
violence escalates.
3.
How to recognize potential
indicators of domestic
violence behavior by law
enforcement officers.
4.
How to investigate or
document information on
indicators of potential
abusive officer behavior.
5.
How to notify the
immediate ranking
supervisor who will inform
the chief of police in
accordance with the
agencies chain of
command.
6.
The consequences of
officer -involved domestic
violence.
7.
Special consideration of
victim safety and
confidentiality.
8.
Information about
programs for victim s and
batterers.
9.
Understanding why a
victim's fear of a
perpetrator may make the
victim (whether civilian or
officer) afraid to cooperate
with responding officers.
This includes, but is not
limited to, a victim's fear
that a perpetrator's status
as an officer may mean
that the officer will not be
held accountable for
his/her actions.
C. Information and Resource
Materials for Officer Family
Outreach. The Gulf Stream Police
Department is also encouraged to
make available information and
resources related to domestic
violence to the
families/spouses/partners of
officers. Below are a few ways to
disseminate such information, but
the Gulf Stream Police
Department will retain the
discretion to use methods they
deem are the most safe and
appropriate:
1. Posting the domestic
violence hotline number.
2. Posting the phone number
of the local domestic
violence and sexual
assault hotline number on
the agency website.
3. Designating a specific
supervisor as the officer
whom family members
can contact with concerns
about escalating violence
or other dynamics of
abuse.
4. Disseminating written
information (for example,
in new employee packets
or agency -wide with other
general mailings).
1.6 SCREENING AND INTERVIEWS
A. Pre -Hire Screening and
Investigations.
While it is recognized that
all agencies are required
to and do perform a
background check of all
new lateral and entry-level
applications, the Gulf
Stream Police Department
will make reasonable
inquiries to determine
whether or not the
applicant has been
Page 3 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 113111
criminally investigated,
such concern should
arrested or convicted of
warrant close examination
elder abuse, child abuse,
of the applicant's
domestic violence, animal
qualifications, especially in
abuse, dating violence,
light of the significant
stalking, and/or sexual
stressors that accompany
assault -related incidents.
officer's responsibilities.
2. Inquiries will be made as
to whether or not the
applicant has ever been
the subject of an injunction
proceeding or
C. Post -Hire Intervention.
administrative action for
1. When new officers are
elder abuse, child abuse,
hired, the Gulf
domestic violence, animal
2, Stream Police Department
abuse, dating violence,
will reach out to their
stalking, and/or sexual
intimate partners/family
assault -related incidents.
members to introduce this
3. In light of the significant
policy and other relevant
stressors involved in the
agency policies.
performance of the duties
3. The Gulf Stream Police
of an officer and the risks
Department will engage in
of hiring a person with a
periodic outreach to
history of
violence/aggression,
officers and their intimate
agencies should exercise
partners/family members
with information on this
caution in an employment
policy, the point of contact
determination if the
background check of an
within the agency and
applicant reveals incidents
referrals for local support
of violence or abuse. Such
services.
incidents should warrant
further review and
1.7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OFFICER,
examination of the
SUPERVISOR. AND AGENCY
applicant's qualification for
A. Officer Responsibilities:
an officer position with the
1. Officers are encouraged to
agency.
take personal
B. Post -Conditional Offer of
responsibility in seeking
Employment.
confidential referrals and
1. Agencies are not required
assistance from the
under Florida Law or
agency to prevent a
Florida Administrative
problem from escalating to
Code to conduct
the level of criminal
psychological evaluations
conduct against an
of candidate officers;
intimate partner.
however, if an agency
2. Officers who engage in the
does conduct such
following actions may be
evaluations, the screening
subject to investigation
should include a focus on
and disciplinary action:
any indications of abuse or
a) Failure to report
violent background or
first hand or well -
tendencies.
founded
2. If a psychological
knowledge of
evaluation reveals concern
abuse or violence
about violence or abuse,
committed by a
Page 4 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
fellow officer to a
investigation and
supervisor..
disciplinary action.
b) Failure to
B. Supervisor Responsibilities:
cooperate with a
1. Supervisors should be
law enforcement
aware and, when
officer domestic
appropriate, document any
violence case
pattern of abusive
(except in the
behavior potentially
case where that
indicative of an officer's
officer is the
possible domestic violence
victim).
including but not limited to
C) Interference with
the following:
cases involving
8) Aggressiveness
themselves or
1) Excessive
fellow officers.
and/or
d) Intimidation/coerci
increased
on of witnesses or
use of
victims (Le,
force on
surveillance,
the job.
harassment,
2) Unusually
stalking,
high
threatening, or
incidence
falsely reporting),
of physical
3. Officers who learn they are
altercation
the subject of any criminal
s and
investigation, regardless of
verbal
jurisdiction, are required to
disputes.
make a report to their
3) Citizens
supervisors and provide
and fellow
notice of the court dates,
officer
times, appearances, and
complaint
proceedings in a timely
s of
fashion as determined by
unwarrant
the agency. Failure to do
ed
so may result in
aggressio
investigation and
n and
disciplinary action.
verbal
abuse.
4. Officers who learn they are
4) Inappropri
the subject of any
ate
protective order
treatment
proceedings, whether or
of
not the order is issued and
animals.
regardless of jurisdiction,
5) Unexplain
U
should immediately notify
their supervisor and
ad
provide a copy of the
increase
order, If issued. Subject to
frequency
a qualify protection order,
of on -or -
the officer should
off-duty
surrender all firearms
officer
unless the order allows for
injuries.
possession of the primary
b) Domestic
service weapon. Failure to
violence -related
do so may result in
issues.
Page 5 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
1) Monitoring
document all
and
contacts.
controlling
b) Forward written
any family
reports capturing
member
the behaviors to
or intimate
the appropriate
partner
agency official
through
through the chain
such
of command in a
means as
timely manner.
excessive
phone
C) Prepare and
calling.
submit to the
2) Stalking
appropriate
or
agency official a
inappropri
written request for
ate
a psychological
surveillan
exam/counseling
ce of any
by a
intimate
psychologist/psyc
partner or
hiatrist/licensed
family
mental health
member.
professional who
3) Frequent
is knowledgeable
or
about domestic
repeated
violence or a
incidents
request that the
of
agency official
discreditin
direct the officer to
g and/or
seek assistance
disparagin
via the Employee
g an
Assistance
intimate
Program (EAP) to
partner or
access a certified
family
program for
member.
batterers, and if
C) Deteriorating work
such a program is
performance
not available, a
1) Tardiness
counselor
2) Excessive
knowledgeable
absences
about domestic
3) Alcohol
violence.
C.
and drug
Agency Responsibilities:
abuse
1. The agency should inform
2. When the supervisor
all civilian and sworn
employees of the type and
notes a pattern of
extent of services offered
problematic behavior (as
by the contracted
detailed above), the
Employee Assistance
supervisor should:
Program (EAP) for
a) Address the
employee -initiated
behavior through a
counseling and other
review or other
similar assistance. This
contact with the
information should include
officer and
relevant services for
Page 6 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
preventing and ending
victimization and
perpetration of domestic
violence.
2. Agencies are encouraged
to contract with EAPs that
include professionals
trained in domestic
violence dynamics who
are equipped to make
appropriate referrals in
domestic violence cases.
At a minimum, the EAP
should be able to provide
the employee and/or
family member with
referrals to the local
domestic or sexual
violence advocacy
organizations or providers
(including certified
domestic violence center,
certified rape crisis center,
and Batterer's Intervention
program providers).
3. If the agency
administrators or
supervisors suspect that
an officer is a victim of
domestic or sexual
violence, the agency may
offer support and inform
the officer about all
existing EAPs and
available services for
counseling, including
services offered by a
domestic violence or
sexual assault advocacy
organization, and that if
the officer seeks such
assistance it is
confidential. However, the
agency should not compel
a victim to acknowledge
that he/she is a victim, to
seek assistance or to
cooperate in any
investigation against
his/her abuser, and a
victim's employment
should not be impacted in
any way by his or her
decision to seek or decline
assistance.
4. In response to observed
escalating, threatening, or
other problematic
behaviors, or at the
request of the employer or
family member of an
employee, the agency
should provide specific
information about
confidential counseling or
assistance programs and
may offer or recommend
intervention services to
employees before an act
of domestic violence
occurs. If domestic
violence is suspected,
referral to a domestic
violence or sexual assault
advocacy organization or
provider as described
above in 2c is critical.
5. A disclosure on the part of
any officer, intimate
partner or family member
to any member of the
agency that an officer has
personally committed
domestic violence will be
treated as an admission or
report of a crime and
should be investigated
both administrative and
criminally.
6. Agencies should anticipate
that an investigation of a
sworn employee may be
necessary for a domestic
violence crime. Thus,
agencies should develop a
plan to have an agency
point of contact to assist
victims, both for internal
and for criminal
investigations. For internal
investigations, agencies
should be able to provide
victims with a description
of the internal affairs
process, including how
long it may take, the
victim's role in the
investigation, and what the
victim can expect to occur
Page 7 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 113111
during the process.
investigating agency's
7.
As required by F.S. 741.29
policies governing the
for all victims of domestic
handling of all reports of
violence, the agency shall
domestic violence by
provide victims of
citizens.
domestic violence by
2. The on -scene supervisor
agency employees contact
should forward a copy of
information about public
the report alleging
and private nonprofit
domestic violence by the
domestic violence services
officer to the agency head
and information regarding
through the chain of
relevant confidentiality
command. In the event the
policies related to the
report of domestic
victim's information.
violence is alleged to have
8.
The agency should
been committed by the
provide for an impartial
agency head, prompt
administrative
notification should be
investigation and
made to the office that
appropriate criminal
appointed the agency
investigation of all acts of
head or to the State
domestic violence
Attorney's Office as
allegedly committed by a
appropriate.
sworn employee.
3. Follow up contact with the
Administrative
victim should be initiated
investigations may be
by the victim advocate unit
conducted by the
or a ranking officer of the
employing agency or
investigating agency in a
through agreements with
timely manner during the
other law enforcement
initial investigation. As
agencies.
permitted by law, contact
9.
Whenever any agency
should be maintained
becomes aware that it has
throughout the criminal
made a domestic violence-
and administrative
related arrest of an officer
investigation for the
from another agency, the
purpose of:
arresting agency should
a) Providing
notify the employing
information
agency of the arrest, the
regarding safety
specific charge, and the
planning and local
time of the arrest as soon
domestic violence
as practically possible.
victim services.
b) Providing copies
of all incident
1.8 INCIDENT RESPONSE PROTOCOL
reports at no cost.
A. Agency -Wide Response
C) Advising the victim
1.
All reports of possible
of all
criminal activity implicating
developments
officers as alleged
d) Advising the victim
perpetrators in domestic
that if there is any
violence should be
violation of an
documented and
injunction,
forwarded to the local
harassment,
certified domestic violence
violence or the
center in accordance with
threat of future
F.S. 741.29(2), and the
violence, such
Page 8 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3111
Page 9 of 11
behavior should
responding officer should
immediately be
immediately notify
reported to the law
dispatch and request that
enforcement
a supervisor report to the
agency in the
scene, regardless of the
jurisdiction where
involved officer's
it occurred, and it
jurisdiction.
should also be
2. Responding officers shall
reported to the
perform the following
agency's follow up
actions in accordance with
contact designee.
F.S. 741.29, Florida
B. Communications
Response:
Statutes:
1.
Communications
a) Obtain needed
officers/dispatchers should
medical
be instructed to assign a
assistance.
high priority to all domestic
b) Address
violence calls, including
immediate safety
those that involve or
of all parties
appear to involve an
involved.
officer from any agency.
C) Secure the scene
2.
Communications
and preserve
officer/dispatchers should
evidence.
immediately notify the
d) Make an arrest if
supervisor on duty and the
probable cause
dispatch supervisor of any
exists.
domestic violence call
e) Provide the victim
received that involves, or
appears to involve, an
with a copy of the
officer, regardless of the
legal rights and
involved officer's
remedies notice.
jurisdiction.
f) Assist the victim if
immediate access
3.
Communications
is requested to
officers/dispatchers should
local domestic
prepare and preserve
violence victim
advocacy
documentation of the facts
and circumstances of the
organization.
call, including the 911
g) Document the
tape, for use in potential
incident in a
administrative or criminal
written report,
investigations.
whether or not an
4.
Communications
arrest is made,
officers/dispatchers should
which includes:
make contact with local
A
domestic violence victim
descriptio
advocacy organizations, if
n of
necessary, to facilitate
physical
immediate delivery of
injuries
services if requested by
observed,
the victim.
if any.
C. On -scene Patrol Officer Response:
2) The
1.
Upon arrival on the scene
grounds
of a domestic violence call
for not
or incident involving an
making an
officer, the primary
arrest or
Page 9 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
Page 10 of 11
for
personal and workplace
making
violence. The agency
more than
supervisor should offer the
one
victim all available
arrest.
services, including EAP
3) The fact
information, and the
that a
contact information for the
copy of
local certified domestic
the legal
violence center. However,
rights and
no supervisor should
remedies
compel any victim to utilize
notice
such services.
was given
4. If the involved party is an
to the
officer from another
victim.
agency, the on -scene
3.
The written incident report
supervisor should ensure
should be submitted to the
that the officer's employer
reporting officer's
is notified as soon as
supervisor prior to the end
possible following review
of the officer's shift.
of the incident or arrest
D. On -scene Supervisor Response
report.
and
Additional Critical
5.
Considerations.
1.9 WEAPONS POLICY
1.
A patrol supervisor should
A. The Gulf Stream Police
respond to the scene of
Department policy regarding an
any domestic violence
officer's possession of a weapon
incident investigated within
while under a temporary or final
the agency's jurisdiction
order of injunction or following
that involves an officer
his/her conviction for domestic
(regardless of whether the
violence will be consistent with
officer is a victim or a
state and federal laws and
suspect), even if the
applicable court orders.
officer is from another
jurisdiction.
1.11 VICTIM SAFETY AND PROTECTION
A. Agencies should establish
2.
If the accused is employed
relationships with certified
by the investigation
domestic violence centers,
agency, the on -scene
advocacy groups/organizations,
supervisor should make
and other resources in their
appropriate notifications
community to enable them to refer
consistent with agency
victims and their children to
policy for an employee
appropriate services, including
suspected of or arrested
linguistically and culturally
for criminal activity.
appropriate services.
3.
If the victim is employed
B. Each agency should designate a
by the investigating
principal contact person for the
agency, the on -scene
victim whose responsibility should
supervisor should notify
be to inform the victim of the
the victim's supervisor as
agency's confidentiality policies
soon as possible. This
and their limitations, and ensure
involvement of a
that victim confidentiality, including
supervisor is intended to
the location of the victim if the
supportive, and not
victim has moved to a "safe place,"
punitive. It is also offered
is maintained throughout the case.
to help prevent further
The designated principal contact
Page 10 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 113111
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 11 of 11
should advise the victim of the
1.11 POST
INCIDENT ADMINISTRATIVE
availability of the Statewide
INVESTIGATION PROCESS AND
Domestic Violence Hotline, local
CRIMINAL DECISIONS
certified domestic violence center
A.
The agency should observe all
or other domestic violence
other appropriate policies and
advocacy groups/organizations to
procedures generally applicable to
receive safety planning, shelter,
investigation of allegedmisconduct.
legal advocacy, children's
The agency should
services, and identify other needs.
respect the rights of the accused
C.
employee under applicable law.
All officers should understand the
B.
Administrative investigations
potential for victim/witness
should be conducted through the
intimidation or coercion by the
agency professional standards
perpetrator, and the increased
function or by an outside agency
danger when the victim reports the
as directed by the chief of police.
domestic violence and/or leaves
C.
an abusive partner
Where sufficient information
D.
If an officer suspects or the victim
exists, the agency should make
reports perpetrator intimidation or
appropriate restrictions to
coercion, the officer should
assignments, law enforcement
prepare a written report and
powers, building and records
submit it immediately to the
access and consider
investigator in charge of the case
administrative reassignment
through the chain of command.
and/or leave.
The investigator in charge should
D.
In determining the proper course
seek out secondary sources of
of administrative action, the
information and supplemental
agency may consider consulting
evidence to confirm intimidation or
with treatment professionals and
coercion.
reviewing such factors as the
E.
The agency should develop a
employee's past conduct and
policy for instances when an officer
history of complying with agency
is arrested for domestic violence.
rules.
Where appropriate, the policy
E
should provide for the relief of the
Agency personnel may be
accused officer's agency -issued
ordered to under o fitness
firearms and weapons.
for duty evaluation or
Additionally, the policy should
assessment prior to any
recommend that an inquiry be
disposition, depending on
made of the victim as to whether
circumstances and in
he or she would like any other
accordance with agency policy,
weapons removed from the home
applicable collective bargaining
for safekeeping by the agency.
agreements, and civil service
F.
To the extent permitted by law, the
standards.
officer(s) conducting the
administrative and criminal
investigations should keep the
victim informed about the progress
of the investigations in an effort to
address the victim's needs and
safety concerns during disposition
of the case.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 11 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 1/3/11
Page 12 of 11
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTRIC VIOLENCE SOP # 18.13
OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
EFFECTIVE 113111
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence
SOP#18.14
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
D. PETITIONER FOR AN INJUCTION
EFFECTIVE DATE: 07/01/07
FOR PROTECTION AGAINST
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE -Any family
I. Policy: The Gulf Stream Police
or household member who is the
Department investigates all allegations
victim of any of domestic violence
of domestic violence as defined in
or has reasonable cause to believe
F.S.S. The objective of this procedure
he or she is about to become the
is to reduce the incidence and severity
victim of any act of domestic
of domestic violence, protect victims of
violence
domestic, provide them with support
through a combination of law
E. RESPONDENT -Spouse or former
enforcement and community services,
spouse of the petitioner or any
and promote officer safety by ensuring
other person who is or was residing
that all officers are fully prepared to
within a single family dwelling unit
effectively deal with domestic violence
with the petitioner as if a family, or a
calls. Domestic violence investigations
person with whom the petitioner
will be actively pursued and an arrest is
has a child in common, regardless
the preferred response when probable
of whether the petitioner and
cause exists.
respondent are or were married or
residing together as if a family.
II. Definitions:
F. EX -PARTE HEARING- A hearing
A. DOMESTIC VIOLENCE - Any
conducted by the court in which
assault, aggravated assault,
only verified pleadings or affidavits
battery, aggravated battery,
are used as evidence, unless the
stalking, kidnapping, false
respondent appears at the hearing.
imprisonment, or any criminal
offense resulting in physical injury
III. DISPATCH PROCEDURES:
or death of one family or household
member by another who is or was
A. Whenever dispatch receives
residing within a single dwelling
notification of a domestic incident,
unit.
police unit(s) will be dispatched.
B. FAMILY OR HOUSEHOLD
MENBER-Spouses, former
1. Based on the information
spouses, persons related by blood
available, the dispatcher will
or marriage who are presently
prioritize the domestic call in the
residing as if a family or who have
same manor as any other call
resided together in the past as a
following the current approved
family, and persons who have a
law enforcement response
child in common regardless of
procedures.
whether they have been married or
have resided together at any time.
2. Whenever possible, two (2)
officers will be dispatched to a
C. COVERED RELATIONSHIP -
scene.
Persons related by blood or
marriage and persons who are
3. In addition to information
biological parents of the same
normally gathered, an effort
child. This includes same gender
and non -marital relationships
w
ill be made to determine the
because it is the condition of
following and relay it to officer
"residing together as if a family' that
(s) responding to the call:
is controlling, not specks of the
a. Whether there is a need for
sexual relationship between the
parties.
medical treatment.
b. The suspect's actions
against the victim.
Pagel of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
IV. INITIAL CONTACT:
c. Whether the suspect is present
and, if not, the suspect's name, A. The responding officer(s) will
description, and possible approach the scene of a domestic
whereabouts. dispute as one of high risk.
d. Whether weapons, dangerous
B. The officer will obtain all
animals or other threats to officer
available information from dispatch
safety are present at the scene.
before arriving at the scene and will
the responding officer of any request to
notify dispatch upon arrival.
e. Whether the offender is under
to ensure the safety of all persons
the influence of alcohol or other
C. Initial contact:
drugs.
but not be limited to,:
1. The responding officer(s)
f. Whether anyone else, including
should identify themselves as
children, is present at the scene.
police officers, explain the
reason for their presence and
g. Whether the victim has a current
request entry into the home. If
injunction or equivalent order.
refused entry, the officers should
be persistent about seeing and
h. The complaint history at the
speaking alone with the victim. If
location.
access to the person is refused,
the officer should request the
4. Dispatch personnel will not ask the
dispatcher attempt to contact the
victim whether he or she plans to
victim by phone.
participate in any subsequent
prosecution.
2. If access is still refused,
officers must consider the totality
5. When the crime is in progress.
of the circumstances to
Dispatch personnel will attempt to keep
determine if any emergency
the complainant on the phone provided
exists which would justify an
the victim is not in immediate danger. If
immediate entry of the premise
the victim cannot remain on the phone,
to determine the safety and
the dispatcher should attempt to call
welfare of the occupants. The
back periodically to check on the
assistance of the shift supervisor
progress of the event and relay this
should be requested as time and
information to responding units.
circumstances permit.
6. Dispatch personnel will not cancel a
V.ON-SCENE INVESTIGATION
police response to a domestic violence
complaint. The dispatcher will advise
A. The initial actions of the
the responding officer of any request to
responding officer(s) should be
cancel the response.
to ensure the safety of all persons
at the scene. This will include,
but not be limited to,:
Page 2 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP#18.14
1.Taking possession of all
range of one another.
involved weapons that pose
investigation domestic incidents will
an immediate threat at the
1. When witnesses provide any
scene.
information about prior incidents, the
emergency medical
officer will document such incidents to
2. Separating the victim
establish a pattern.
from the suspect
occurred. Where appropriate, children
physically, verbally, and,
2. Children should be interviewed in a
if possible, visually. When
manner appropriate to the children's
possible, officers should
age. Signs od trauma and any apparent
maintain visual contact
healing of abuse wounds on the child
with one another.
should be noted by the officer. If signs
children and others at the
of abuse and/or neglect are notedn
3.Controlling and removing
standard procedures for juvenile cases
the suspect when
must be followed. If immediate medical
immediate arrest is
attention is needed, emergency medical
warranted.
assistance must be requested.
4. Assessing the severity of
3. Officers responding to and
injuries to parties and
investigation domestic incidents will
administering first aid
identify all children within the family
and/or requesting
unit, especially any and all children
emergency medical
under 16 years if age present at the
assistance.
crime scene when the incident
occurred. Where appropriate, children
5. Inquiring about the
should be interviewed and checked for
nature of the dispute.
possible injuries. All evidence relating
to the presence of a child during a
61ocating and checking
domestic incident will be included in
on the welfare of any
the Offence Report.
children and others at the
scene.
C. When communication is hindered by special
needs, i.e. hearing impairment or language
7. Identifying all
barrier, the officer will request the appropriate
occupants/witnesses on the
resources be made available at the scene or via
premises.
telephone.
8. Separating
occupants/witnesses from D. Determine if the relationship is "domestic"
the victim and the accused. (as defined by F.S.S.) and what crime occurred.
B. The officers should interview all E. Determine and note nature and extent of all
parties as fully and as soon as injuries.
circumstances allow, including
children and neighbors as appropriate. F. Ascertain whether a female victim is
These persons should be interviewed pregnant and whether and how the suspect was
separately and out of visual/hearing aware of her condition. Obtain the name of a
Page 3 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
health provider, if possible.
G. Determine the primary aggressor using the
following factors and the officer's judgement:
1. Extent of any injuries inflicted.
2. ear of any physical injury because of past
or present threats.
3. Actions taken in self-defense or to protect
oneself
4. History of domestic abuse initiated by one
party against the other.
5. Existence or previous existence of orders
for protection.
H. The victim's safety and privacy should be
ensured by interviewing the victim in an area
apart from the assailant, witnesses, and
bystanders. When questioning the victim, the
officers should use supportive interview
techniques. Ask the victim about previous
domestic incidents, their frequency and
severity. The officer should not tell the victim
what decision has been made concerning arrest
until all available information has been
collected.
I. Officers will record in writing, with a tape
recorder or patrol vehicle audio/video recorder:
1. Any statements of the victim and /or
witnesses, including children, including
spontaneous statements. Officers will note
the exact words spoken by the person and
use quotation marks in that portion of the
Offence Report to properly attribute the
statement as verbatim.
2. The officer should attempt to obtain a
sworn written. Taped or audio/video
statement from the suspect as well.
a. Record any relevant statements made by
Page 4 of 14
the suspect including spontaneous
statements.
J. If a criminal violation has occurred and an
arrest is made, the officer should ensure the
collection and preservation of all physical
evidence reasonably necessary to support
prosecution. This includes evidence
substantiating the victim's injuries, evidentiary
articles that substantiate attack (weapons, tom
clothing, etc.) and evidence documenting the
crime scene.
1. The officer will take color photosgraphs
of any visible injuries to the victim, if
applicable.
2. The officer will request a copy of 911 call
for submission to State Attorney's Office, if
applicable.
K. If dispatch has not advised the officer of the
existence of an Injunction for Protection
Against Domestic Violence, the officer should
ask the victim whether there is such an order
and, if so, can the victim produce a copy. If a
copy of the order is available, the officer should
examine any restrictions imposed by the order
so the officer can determine whether there is
probable cause to believe the order has been
violated.
VI. ARREST:
A. Arrest is the preferred response to
domestic violence when probable cause
exists. Whenever a law enforcement
officer determines upon probable cause
that an act of domestic violence has
been committed within the jurisdiction,
the officer may arrest the person
suspected of its commission and charge
such person with the appropriate crime.
The decision to arrest and charge will
not require consent of the victim. When
complaints are received from two or
more parties, the officer will evaluate
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP#18.14
each complaint separately and
determine the primary aggressor.
B. When determining probable cause,
officers will consider their observations
and any statements by involved parties
and any witnesses, including children.
Officers will proactively determine all
of the crimes committed.
C. Factors which will NOT be considered
in determining whether an arrest will be
made include, but are not limited to:
1. Marital status: sexual orientation;
race; religion; profession; age;
disability; cultural, social, or political
position; or socioeconomic status of
either party.
2. Ownership or tenancy rights of either
party or the fact the incident occurred in
a private place.
3. Victim's request that an arrest not be
made.
4. Belief the victim will not cooperate
with criminal prosecution or the arrest
may not lead to a conviction.
5. Verbal assurances the violence will
stop.
6. The fact the suspect has left the
scene.
7. Disposition of police calls involving
the same suspect or victim.
8. Denial by either party that the abuse
occurred when there is evidence of
domestic abuse.
9. Lack of a court order restraining or
restricting the suspect.
10. Concern about reprisals from the
suspect.
11. Adverse financial consequences
that may result from the arrest.
12. Chemical dependency or
intoxication of the parties.
13. Assumptions as to the tolerance of
violence by cultural, ethnic. Religious,
racial, or occupational groups.
14. Absence of visible injuries or
complaints of injury.
15. Presence of children or the
immediate dependency of children on
the suspect.
D. The officer(s) making the arrest will
inform the arrestee that domestic
violence is a crime and the State of
Florida, not the victim, is responsible
for the prosecution. The responding
officers will not initiate discussion of
nor accept a complaint withdrawal or
have the victim sign a waiver of
prosecution form.
E. When the officer(s) determine a crime
has been committed and the suspect has
left the scene, the officer(s) will make
every attempt to:
1. Conduct a search of the immediate
area.
2. Obtain information from the victim
and witnesses as to where the suspect
might have gone, and/or
3. Prepare the paperwork necessary to
file for an arrest warrant with State
Attorney's Office.
Page 5 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
F. Pursuant to F.S.S. 905.15(7) (A), a law
enforcement officer may arrest a person
without a warrant when there is
probable cause to believe that the
person has committed an act of
domestic violence.
1. Note that any law enforcement
officer who acts in good faith and
exercises due care in making an arrest
pursuant to this subsection is immune
from civil liability that otherwise might
result by reason of his or her action.
G. Officers will not threaten, suggest, or
otherwise indicate the possible arrest of
all parties or the removal of children
from the home with the intent of
discouraging request by any party for
intervention by law enforcement.
H. When no arrest is made, the victim will
be so notified and informed that he or
she may request to have the case
reviewed by the State Attorney's Office
and:
1. Advise the victim of the procedures
for obtaining a warrant.
2. Encourage the victim to contact
available community resources to assist
domestic violence victims.
3. The officer will not become involved
in the disposition of personal property.
4. In the absence of a warrant or
probable cause to believe a crime has
occurred, the officer will remain neutral
and be concerned primarily with
maintaining the peace and safety of
those present.
Page 6 of 14
VII. DUAL ARREST:
A. When there are allegations that each
party battered the other, officers will
determine whether there is sufficient
evidence to conclude that one of the parties
is primary aggressor based on criteria set
forth in Section V, G, 1-5.
B. When the primary aggressor alleges he
or she is also the victim of domestic
violence, it is imperative the officer
thoroughly investigate the allegation to
determine whether it was an act of self
defense or an act of aggression.
1. If it is determined to be a separate act
of aggression and probable cause exists,
the officer will make an arrest or file for
a warrant for prosecution of the
secondary aggressor.
2. If the officer concludes it was an act of
self-defense, no arrest will be made of
the secondary aggressor.
3. If dual arrest are made, the facts
supporting each arrest will be
clearly documented in the Offence
Report.
VIII. VICTIM SUPPORT:
A. Officers will attempt to identify and
utilize resources to assist with non-
English speaking victims, witnesses,
suspects, and/or neighbors. The officer
should avoid using family, friends, or
neighbors as the primary interpreter
during the investigation.
B. The Officer will attempt to gain the
victim's trust and confidence by showing
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP#18 14
patience, understanding, and respect for
personal dignity and using language appropriate
to the age, educational level, and emotional
condition of the victim.
C. In accordance with F.S.S. Chapter742, the
officer will:
1. Assist the victim in obtaining any
necessary medical treatment;
2. Inform the victim of the availability of a
certified domestic violence center; and
Give the victim a copy of the victim
rights brochure.
D. Officers will:
1. Convey to the victim concern for his or
her safety.
2. Inform the victim the phone number for
the State Attorney's Office is available in
the domestic violence packet provided.
3. Advise the victim of what to expect with
regard to the processing of the case,
including the probability the accused may
be custody for only a short period of time.
4. Advise the victim to notify the
department of any additional incidents or
new information.
E. The officer should not leave the scene of the
incident until the situation is under control and
the likelihood of further violence has been
reduced.
F. If a party is leaving, the officer will remain at
the scene for a reasonable period of time while
the person gathers necessities for a short-term
absence from home.
G. If the victim requests to go to a shelter, he or
she will be referred to a domestic violence
shelter. The Officer will arrange for or provide
transportation to the shelter if the victim is
approved for intake or arrange for or provide
transportation to an alternative location of the
victim's choice in the local area.
H. Officers will ensure the appropriate care of
children as victims or dependants.
1. In child abuse situations, the officer is
required by F.S.S. 425 to call the Abuse
Registry (Appendix A).
2. If. As a result of arrest or hospitalizations,
there is no parent , legal guardian, or relative
to either care for the children or direct the
officer as to the appropriate temporary
placement for the Abuse Registry to
determine placement. The officer will
indicate in the Offence Report the identity
and address of the person taking custody of
the children.
I. When an elderly, disabled, or otherwise
dependent adult is either a victim of the
violence or reliant on the victim or suspect who
can no longer provide care, the officer will call
the Abuse Registry.
D{. ADDRESS CONFIDENTIALITY
PROGRAM,
A. The Address Confidentiality Program (ACP)
has been created by Florida State Statutes to
provide victims of domestic violence an
opportunity to escape their abusers through the
assignment of a confidential address.
B. An officer encountering a person on any
type of call who presents an ACP Card will use
the address on the card instead of the actual
home address of the person presenting the card.
Page 7 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
This will help to ensure that an abuser does not
obtain the actual address of the victim through
the release of a police report as public record.
C. The following are exempt from Public
Records Requirements and from disclosure by
the Address Confidentiality Program:
Residential Addresses, school addresses,
and / work addresses.
2. Corresponding telephone numbers.
3. Social Security Number.
D. Persons seeking placement in the program
may be referred to the Victim Advocate at the
15"' Circuit Attorney General's Office
(Appendix B).
X. INITIAL RESPONSE -REPORT WRITING
A. The officer will prepare a written report
when there has been an allegation of domestic
violence, regardless of whether or not an arrest
has been made. If no arrest is made, the report
will include a description of any observed
injuries and the reason(s) no arrest was made.
B. Th e report will be labeled Domestic
Violence and will include, but not be limited to:
1. Information provided by dispatch (the
officer will consider the evidentiary valve of
the call).
2. Descriptive information regarding the
victim, suspect and the demeanor of each.
3. Written and oral statements obtained from
the victim and their approximate time frame.
If statements were not obtained, an
explanation why not.
Page 8 of 14
4.A list of witnesses and their statements,
including excited utterances and their
approximate time frame, and the identities
of all officers at the scene.
5. A description and location of all observed
injuries, description of medical treatment
rendered, and whether medical treatment
was refused.
6. The name of the medical treatment
provider and the names of any other health
care providers, including Fire/Rescue
personnel.
7. A description of all other physical
evidence including whether or not
photographs were taken.
8. A description of the steps taken to locate
the suspect if he or she was not at the scene.
9. A list of threats to the safety of the victim
and children (e.g. threats made, killing of
pets, substance use or abuse, unusual
behavior, and/or abuse history).
10. Information regarding whether children
were present and how they were cared for.
11. Information regarding whether a
protective injunction is in effect and a copy,
if possible.
12. a statement regarding any special needs,
including language barriers, disabilities, etc,
of the parties involved.
13. Officers will provide victims with a
copy of the Domestic Violence Packet
(Appendix E). The victim must sign and
return to the officer the receipt contained in
the packet to acknowledge receiving it and
it will be submitted with the Offence
Report.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP#18.14
14. When an arrest has been made, or the
suspect is known and probable cause exists,
the officer will complete a Domestic
Violence Probable Cause Affidavit
(Appendix F) and PBSO Victim Notification
Form.
15. If no arrest was made, an indication the
officer advised the victim of the reasons
why an arrest was not made.
XI. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION.
REFERRAL AND REPORT WRITING:
A. A follow-up investigation may be required
and may include:
I. Interviewing victims who were physically
or emotionally unable to be properly
interviewed or to provide a statement.
2. Taking photographs of the victim's
injuries that were not apparent at the time of
the initial investigation.
3. Interviewing neighbors or other potential
witnesses.
4. Ascertaining whether the suspect is on
parole, probation and/or per -trial release and
obtaining the name and phone number of the
appropriate parole, probation, or per -trial
officer.
B. In the follow-up report, the investigator will
document all pertinent steps of his or her
investigation.
C. Incases in which a physical arrest was not
made, the related police report, probable cause
affidavit, and charging documents required will
be forwarded within ten (10) business days
after the investigation is completed to the State
Attorney's Officer for review. The police report
and charging documents (filing packet) will
include all police reports, copies of the written
or taped victim, witness and/or suspect
statements, copies of photographs, and copies
of 911 phone transmissions, if applicable.
1. When a warrant is issued and the suspect
is thought to be in the department's
jurisdiction, every effort to serve the warrant
should be made as soon as possible.
D. Administrative/Records personnel will
submit the initial police report to the nearest
locally certified domestic violence center eithin
24 hours of the agency's completion of the
report. This excludes victim/witness statements
or other materials deemed to be a part of an
active criminal investigation as defined in
F.S.S.
E. Domestic Disturbance incidents will
require a report and case number.
1. A Domestic Disturbance is described as an
incident where no criminal offense occurred
and the parties appeared to have a covered
relationship.
XII. OFFICER INVOLVED DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE CASES:
A. Responsibilities of officer(s) responding to
the incident:
1. Immediate action will be taken to ensure
the safety of the victim.
2. The responding officer(s) will follow the
procedure as previously outlined in this
policy.
3. The investigation officer(s) upon
discovery the suspect is a law enforcement
officer, will request the shift supervisor
respond to the scene.
Page 9 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
4. The responding officer(s) will conduct an
investigation under the direction of the shift
supervisor. Should it be necessary to make an
arrest, the shift supervisor will assist in
effecting the arrest.
5. Should the incident involve a member of
this department as a suspect or a member is
developed as a suspect, the investigation will
be conducted by the Palm Beach Sheriff's
Office as outlined in SOP 10.01 Criminal
Investigations.
A. Officer(s) will respond and take
necessary action to prevent injury or
property damage. This may include arrest of
a member.
B. The shift supervisor will be notified
immediately if any member is involved in a
domestic violence incident.
C. The department may conduct an
administrative investigation of a domestic
violence incident involving a member.
B. Any Gulf Stream Police Officer who has
been arrested for Domestic Violence will:
1. Immediately provide oral notification to
the on duty shift supervisor naming the
investigation police department.
A. The shift supervisor will then notify the
Chief of Police.
B. The department may conduct an
administrative investigation of a domestic
violence incident involving a member.
C. Any Gulf Stream Police Officer who has
been served with an injunction for protection
against domestic violence will:
Page 10 of 14
1, Within 24 hrs, provide written
notification to the Chief of Police. A copy
of the injunction for protection against
domestic violence will be attached.
2. Upon being served with an injunction for
protection against domestic violence, the
officer will immediately surrender his/her
department issued firearm and any personal
firearms to the on duty shift supervisor as is
consistent with all applicable federal and
state laws.
A. The supervisor will complete a report
and place the firearm(s) necessary for the
officer to carry in a secure are accessible
to all supervisors.
3. Prior to going on regular duty and /or
any extra duty detail. The officer will meet
the necessary firearm(s)to the officer to be
carried for the duration of the shift or extra
duty detail.
A. The officer will not travel to or from
work in uniform.
4. At the end of the shift and/or extra duty
detail, the officer will meet with the
supervisor. The officer will surrender his
or her firearm to the shift supervisor who
will place them back into the secure area.
5. This Procedure will be followed until the
Order for Protection Against Domestic
Violence is rescinded or the case is
disposed of in court.
6. Any adjudication reached by the court to
include a plea of nolo contendre, a guilty
plea, adjudication withheld, or a conviction
will result in the officer losing the right to
carry a firearm per Federal Law.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP#18.14
D. When any officer is involved in an on-going
domestic violence case, he or she will keep the
department informed of the status of the case.
1. In cases where an officer has a temporary
injunction extended to a "permanent"
injunction, the officer may be given a
psychological evaluation to determine his or
her fitness for duty and/or be referred to an
intervention program.
2. Copies of the results of the psychological
evaluation will be supplied to the Chief of
Police for determination of duty status.
XIII. INJUNCTION FOR PROTECTION
AGAINST DOMESTIC VIOLENCE:
A. This section of the procedure applies to
both temporary and final domestic violence
injunctions and repeat violence injunctions
which result from a domestic violence
situation.
B. Upon determination of probable cause, an
officer may make a physical arrest of the
respondent if he or she willfully and
knowingly violates a term of an injunction by:
1. Refusing to vacate the shared premises
within the time limit stated on the
injunction.
2. Going to the petitioner's residence,
school, place of employment, or specified
place regulary frequented by the petitioner
and any named family member or household
member of the petitioner.
3. Committing an act of domestic violence
against the petitioner.
4. Committing any other violation of the
injunction through an intentional threat,
word, or act to do violence to the petitioner
5. Telephoning, contacting, or otherwise
communication with the petitioner directly
or indirectly unless the injunction allows
indirect contact through a third party.
C. An officer will make an arrest for a criminal
violation of an injunction pursuant to F.S.S.
1. Pursuant to Section 901.15 (6), a law
enforcement officer may arrest a person
without a warrant when there is probable
cause to believe that the person has
knowingly committed an act in violation of
an injunction for Protection Against
Domestic Violence, which creates a threat of
imminent danger to the petitioner (the victim
of domestic violence) or household
members. The law enforcement officer may
objections of the petitioner, if necessary.
2. Prior to effecting an arrest, the officer will
ensure that the respondent was previously
served with a certified copy of the injunction.
After proper service of the respondent, the
injunction is valid and enforceable in all
counties of the State of Florida.
A. The department will enforce, i.e. out of
state orders, pursuant to applicable state
and federal laws.
D. An officer will not base his or her decision
to arrest on his or her perception of the
prosecutor's ability to prosecute the case. This
is a court order not subject to the officer's
interpretation.
E. Officers may not arrest persons for civil
violations of court orders. For civil violations,
the petitioner should be referred to the Clerk of
the Court.
F. When the respondent is charged solely with
committing an act in violation of an injunction
for protection against domestic violence, which
Pagel 1 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
has created a threat of significant danger to the
petitioner, then the respondent should be
charged as follows:
1. Contempt of Court — Violation of
Domestic Violence Injunction,
G. If the respondent is found in possession of a
firearm, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and
Firearms should be notified immediately (see
Appendix C).
XIV. CIVIL PROCESS -SERVICE OF
INJUNCTION FOR PERTECTION AGAINST
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE:
A. When an officer has responded to a call for
service and the petitioner (victim) has an order
to be served and the respondent is present, the
following procedure will be followed:
1. The officer will review the order noting
that the judge has initialed each relevant
paragraph and/or has written directions
pertinent to the case in narrative form on the
order.
2. The officer will explain the order to the
respondent emphasizing what he or she can
and cannot do.
3. The officer will advise the respondent of
the court date that is written on the
injunction.
4. The officer will sign the bottom of the
order and include his or her ID number and
the words Gulf Stream Police Department
and give a copy to the respondent.
5. If the respondent refuses to take the copy
of the order, the order is still considered
served.
Page 12 of 14
6. Officers will not use any force to
administer the order. However, officers may
use that degree of force necessary for
protection or to prevent an escalation of
violence.
B. At this point the order is served and the
officer must complete the Proof of Service
Portion of the paperwork. When completing the
Proof of Service document, the officer will note
the following:
1. The issue date of the order is the date the
judge signed it.
2. The expiration date of the order is 15 days
after the issue date.
3. A complete physical description of the
respondent must be included for entry into
FCIC.
4. The Proof of Service is filed in case files
and faxed to the Palm Beach County
Sheriff's Office (Appendix D), our
Department will not be able to verify service,
thus efforts to follow-up by arrest and
prosecution will be futile.
A. The Palm Beach Sheriff's Office will
the Proof of Service into FCIC.
C. The officer will give the petitioner's copy
back to her or him if there is one.
1. If there is no copy for the petitioner, the
officer will advise her or him to return to the
Clerk's Office to obtain a copy and to carry
it on their person after it is obtained.
D. Officers serving an injunction for protection
against domestic violence will complete a
report and include the following:
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP#18.14
1. The date and time the service was
completed.
2. The name of the officer serving the order.
3. The reason for non -service, if applicable.
4. The method of service.
5. The location of service or attempted
service.
6. To whom the process was served or on
whom executed.
XV. REFERENCES:
. F.S.S. Title XLIII Domestic Relations, Ch.
741 -Husband and Wife
F.S.S. 119.07(3) (d) Inspection, examination,
and duplication of records; exemptions
F.S.S. Ch. 415 Protection From Abuse,
Neglect, And Exploitation
F.S.S. 714.30 Domestic Violence; powers
and duties of courts and clerk; petitions;
notice and hearing, temporary injunctions;
issuance of injunctions; enforcement.
F.S.S. 790.233 Possession of firearm or
ammunition prohibited when person is
subject to an injunction against committing
acts of domestic violence; penalties.
F.S.S. 901.15(7) When arrested by officer
without warrant is lawful.
SOP #18.23 Victim/ Witness Guidelines.
SOP #19.01 Juvenile procedures.
SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function.
Page 13 of 14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Domestic Violence SOP # 18.14
APPENDIX A
1 YWCA Domestic Assault Shelter, Harmony
House, West Palm Beach, Fl. (561) 655-6106
2. Domestic Assault Project, Palm Beach
County Courthouse, 5' Floor, West Palm
Beach, Fl. (561) 355-2383 or 274-1500
3. Abuse Hotline 1 -800 -96 -ABUSE
4. Home Safe at the Children's Place- (561)
832-6185 or 4333-0060
I.•11•�i ►�1�I7►:i 1
Contact information for Address
Confidentiality Program (ACP) is as follows
1. Victim Advocate, Attorney General's Office,
15�' Circuit 1655 Palm Beach Lakes
Boulevard, Suite 300, West Palm Beach, Fl.
33404-2299 Ph. 561688-7759, 688-7771
2. Victim Services information and referral\
Line 800 226-6667
APPENDIX C
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms
(561)835-8878
APPENDIX D
To enter "Proof of Service: for injunction for
protection against domestic violence with
P.B.S.O, FAX (561) 688-3469
APPENDIX E
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
Victim/ Witness Rights and Case Information
Form including Domestic Violence Notice of
Legal Rights and Remedies Available.
Page 14 of 14
Gulf Stream Domestic Violence Probable
Cause Affidavit.
Garrett J. Ward Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Auto Theft Investigation SOP # 18.15
AUTO THEFT INVESTIGATION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for the investigation of auto
theft cases. Accurate, timely reporting and prompt
dissemination of information is essential to recover
vehicles and to apprehend auto thieves.
IL INITIAL AUTO THEFT REPORT/
INVESTIGATION:
A. The officer taking the initial report will
ascertain if the vehicle was stolen and not
involved in a domestic situation, towed as junk,
abandoned, exchanged for drugs or
repossessed.
B. When the officer is reasonably sure the
vehicle is stolen, he or she will obtain a
complete description of the vehicle, including:
1. Year;
2. Make;
3. Model (e.g., Thunderbird, Caprice, etc.);
4. Style (e.g., 2dr, 3dr, 4dr);
5. Color;
6. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN);
7. Tag number, year, state, and type;
8. Name and address of any lien holder
(bank, finance company, etc.);
9. Insurance company; and/or
10. Any unusual features or damage.
C. Dispatch will BOLO that information to on -
duty units and to surrounding agencies by
teletype.
D. An officer taking the initial report of a stolen
vehicle will record the information an the
following report forms:
1. An offense report will be completed
including any personal property that was in
the vehicle.
2. A Vehicle Theft Affidavit (Appendix A) will
be completed and signed by the
victim/reporting party advising whether he
or she wishes to prosecute; and
3. Any other appropriate report forms as the
circumstances of the incident dictate.
E. After the information for the report is
obtained, the officer will contact dispatch and
provide the information necessary to enter the
stolen vehicle into the NCIC/FCIC computer
systems.
F'The vehicle will be entered into the NCIC/
FCIC computer systems by dispatch after a
registration check of the vehicle has been
completed and the registration information has
been verified.
1. The dispatcher will provide his or her ID
number for the officer's stolen vehicle
report.
H. When the stolen vehicle information cannot
be entered into the computer due to system
failure, dispatch will:
1. Advise the officer of the reason for not
being able to enter it.
2. Enter the information as soon as the
computer is operational.
I. When the stolen vehicle information is not
available at the time of the initial investigation,
the officer will notify dispatch and the owners or
victims will be instructed to call headquarters at
the main phone number and request an officer
to complete a supplement and enter the vehicle
NCIC/FCIC.
III. VEHICLES REPORTED STOLEN TO AND
RECOVERED BY THIS DEPARTMENT:
A. When an officer has visual contact with an
unoccupied vehicle, which he or she believes to
be stolen, the officer will:
1 Notify dispatch of his or her location, the
vehicle description and condition of the
vehicle.
2. Verify the vehicle is stolen by requesting
an NCIC/FCIC computer system check.
3. Request dispatch attempt to contact the
owner.
B. When the vehicle is occupied, the officer will:
1. Notify dispatch of his or her location, the
vehicle description, and the direction of
travel, if moving.
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Auto Theft Investigation SOP # 18.15
2. Request back up.
3. Give a description of the suspect(s), if
possible.
4. Request an NCIC/FCIC computer system
check for stolen vehicle status.
C. After the investigating officer has control of
the vehicle, any suspects, and the scene, he or
she will:
1. Thoroughly search the vehicle for
property and evidence left by the occupants
which may indicate their identity or connect
them to other crimes.
2. Conduct a thorough inventory of all
property in the vehicle and record the
property on a vehicle storage receipt (VSR).
3. Any property that does not belong to the
owner of the vehicle and is not determined
to be evidence will be placed into evidence
as found property.
4. Process the vehicle if he or she locates
any possible latent print evidence, or.
5. Request an investigator to assist with
processing the vehicle, if the vehicle is
suspected of involvement in any violent
felonies.
6. The recovering officer will not leave the
vehicle unattended until the vehicle is
properly released to the towing service or
owner unless there are exigent
circumstances.
D. When the owner can be contacted by
dispatch or the investigating officer:
1. The owner may choose a method of
removing his or her vehicle as long as it can
be accomplished in a timely manner (30
minutes or less).
2. The officer will not permit the vehicle to
be driven from the scene if the steering
column has been tampered with or there is
significant damage to the vehicle.
E. The officer will request a rotation tow service
if the owner cannot be contacted. The wrecker
will transport the vehicle to the appropriate
facility where it may be released upon proof of
ownership.
F. When the vehicle is towed because of
involvement or suspected of involvement in a
serious crime or it has some other evidentiary
value, the officer will:
1. Notify the shift supervisor for direction
reference handling, processing, and
storage of the vehicle.
2. Place a "HOLD" on the vehicle and
complete a VSR including the name, rank,
and ID number of the officer who authorized
the hold and the reason for the hold.
G. The officer will contact dispatch and provide
the necessary information for canceling the
stolen vehicle from the NCIC/FCIC computer
systems.
1. Dispatch will cancel the vehicle entry and
provide his or her ID number to the officer
for the police report.
2. When the vehicle cannot be canceled
from the computer system, dispatch will
provide his or her ID number and a specific
explanation of why the cancellation cannot
be made. This information will be included
in the officer's report.
a. When the reason for not being able
to cancel the stolen vehicle is computer
system failure, dispatch will cancel the
information as soon as the computer
system is operational.
H. Officers will write a supplemental report
using the original auto theft report case number
including all appropriate report forms, such as
Rough Arrest, N.T.A. narrative, property
supplement, etc.
I. Officers will include in a supplemental report
how the victim was noted of the recovery and
by whom.
J. Officers will complete an Auto Theft Recovery
Notification (Appendix B) form and mail it to the
victim. The officer will attach a copy of the form
to the supplemental report.
IV. VEHICLES REPORTED STOLEN TO
ANOTHER AGENCY AND RECOVERED BY THE
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT:
A. When an officer verifies a vehicle he or she
has contact with has been reported stolen to
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Auto Theft Investigation SOP # 18.15
another agency through teletype confirmation
with that agency, the officer will follow the same
procedure outlined in Section III A, B, C.
B. Dispatch will notify the originating agency of
the recovery of the vehicle and confirm it is
stolen by teletype.
C. It is the responsibility of the originating
agency to notify the owner. Dispatch will confirm
the originating agency is to make owner
notification in the recovery notification teletype.
D. Arrangement for removal and release of the
vehicle is the responsibility of the originating
agency.
1. When the agency cannot be contacted or
does not respond in a timely manner (30
minutes or less), a rotation towing service
will remove the vehicle.
E. The recovering officer will not leave the
vehicle unattended until the vehicle is properly
released to the originating agency, towing
service, or the owner unless there are exigent
circumstances.
F. When the recovered vehicle has been
involved in or is suspected to have been
involved in a serious crime, the officer will notify
the shift supervisor to arrange for processing
prior to releasing it to the owner.
G. The officer will complete a report using the
appropriate forms.
VI. VEHICLES REPORTED STOLEN TO THE
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT AND
RECOVERED BY ANOTHER AGENCY:
A. When another agency notes the
department they have recovered a vehicle
reported stolen to this department, all
communications between this department and
the recovering agency will be accomplished or
verified through teletype.
B. Dispatch will attempt to contact the owner of
the vehicle to make arrangements to recover
their vehicle.
1. When the owner cannot be contacted,
dispatch will advise the recovering agency
and request a contract towing service
remove the vehicle for storage, when
practical.
C. The vehicle will be processed for latents by
the investigator if it was used to facilitate any
other violent felonies within this jurisdiction.
D. When the vehicle is recovered out of the
area, the supervisor will request the recovering
agency process the vehicle for latents if it was
used to facilitate any other violent felonies within
this jurisdiction or there is a suspect(s) in the
case.
E. Officers will write a supplemental report
using the original auto theft report case number
including all appropriate report forms, such as
Rough Arrest, N.T.A., a narrative, property
supplement, etc.
F. Officers will include in the supplemental
report how the victim was notified of the
recovery and by whom.
G. Officers will make all possible efforts to notify
the victim. The officer will document all efforts
made to notify the victim.
VI. TELETYPE RECORDS:
A. Any and all teletypes regarding stolen
vehicles between this department and another
agency will be attached to the original or
supplementary report. This information may
include:
1. FCIC/NCIC hit records.
2. Confirmation records with the location
where the vehicle is stored and any other
pertinent information.
VII. ABANDONED/RECOVERED VEHICLES:
A. When an officer locates a vehicle which he
or she believes to be stolen (punched steering
column, loose V.I.N. plate, etc.) and the
NCIC/FCIC computer check is negative, the
officer will attempt to verify ownership.
B. Whenever a vehicle is towed and the owner
is not present, the investigating officer will
instruct dispatch to enter the vehicle in the
NCIC/FCIC computer systems as
"Abandoned/Recovered."
VIII. DISPATCH OPERATIONS:
A. It is the responsibility of dispatch to enter
reported stolen vehicle information into the
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Auto Theft Investigation SOP # 18.15
NCIC/ FCIC computer system provided:
1. There is sufficient information to enter
the vehicle into the computer system.
2. The information is verified through a
registration check or by the officer having in
his or her possession the vehicle
registration form or the title.
B. Dispatch will request the following
information in all cases of a stolen vehicle
recovered by another agency and reported to
this department:
1. The date of recovery;
2. The location of recovery (address);
3. Type of location;
4. The condition of the vehicle;
5. The method of theft, if it can be
determined;
Original Issue: 07/01/07
6. If an arrest was made and/or all suspect
information;
7. The recovering agency's case number;
and
8. The name, address and telephone
number of the tow company.
C. The information will be given to the officer for
inclusion in the supplemental report.
D. Dispatch will cancel the vehicle from the
NCIC/FCIC computer systems.
E. Dispatch will make the initial attempt(s) to
notify the owner with the information provided
by the reporting party.
XI. REFERENCE:
SOP # 22.10 Vehicles Impoundment.
F.S.S. 319.33 Offenses Involving Vehicle
Identification Numbers.
F.S.S. 812.014 Theft.
Garrett J. Ward Chief of
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Auto Theft Investigation SOP # 18.15
Appendix A
PALM BEACH COUNTY MULTI -AGENCY AUTO THEFT TASK FORCE
STOLEN VEHICLE / VESSEL AFFIDAVIT
(FORM KEPT IN FILE DRAWER # 4)
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Notification of Next of Kin SOF
NOTIFICATION OF NEXT OF KIN regarding suspicious or unattended deaths.
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
a moral responsibility to ensure that every effort is
made to locate and promptly notify the next of kin of
deceased, seriously injured, or seriously ill persons
and that notification is delivered in a considerate
manner. This responsibility extends not only to
incidents investigated by the department, but also to
requests from other agencies and individuals.
II. NOTIFICATION HANDLED BY DEPARTMENT:
A. Whenever an incident involving a deceased,
seriously injured, or seriously ill person is
investigated by the department, it is the
responsibility of the assigned officer to see that all
available resources are utilized in an effort to locate
and notify the next of kin.
B. This Department will assist with personal
notification requests by other law enforcement
agencies or medical facilities. The following should
be considered when delivering notifications:
1. Officers will make every effort to deliver such
notifications initiated by other agencies in
person.
2. Officers will attempt to determine the effect of
the notification and provide the necessary
support services for the next of kin, relatives of
the deceased, seriously injured, or seriously ill
persons whenever appropriate.
3. Officers should not make any notifications
requested from parties whose identity cannot be
otherwise confirmed without the approval of the
supervisor.
III. SPECIAL NOTIFICATIONS AND RELEASE OF
INFORMATION:
A. Any time officers investigate any homicide,
suspicious or unattended death (not under the care
of a medical doctor or medical care facility); the
Medical Examiners Office must be notified.
B. The investigating officer will coordinate custody
and care of the body(s) with the Medical Examiners
Office and the family of the deceased, if present.
C. The investigator and the Medical Examiners
Office will be apprised of all pertinent information
D. The decision to release the identity of any
deceased person(s) to the media is the
responsibility of the Chief of Police or a designee.
IV. PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFYING NEXT OF KIN:
A. Notification can be accomplished through
personal contact or through another agency.
Notification to the next of kin should include such
information as disposition of body (Medical
Examiners Office, funeral home) or the name of the
hospital to which the injured or ill party was taken.
The investigating officer will document the name,
address, telephone number, and relationship of the
next of kin who is notified in the offense report.
1. Whenever possible, the officer notifying next
of kin will attempt to obtain the assistance of a
clergyman, relative, or close friend prior to
notification or as soon as possible thereafter.
2. In the event the next of kin cannot be notified,
all information concerning their identity,
address, telephone number, place of business,
etc., will be documented in the offense report.
The report will state, "Next of kin not noted".
3. If the assigned officer is unable to make
notification to the victim's next of kin, the
supervisor will be notified as soon as possible.
4. Notification of death or serious injury should
not be made by phone directly to next of kin
who resides outside our jurisdiction. Utilize
another agency to make personal contact.
Obtain teletype or fax verification of notification
with details as to who made contact, who was
contacted, and time of notification. The teletype
or fax verification must be attached to the report
Page 1 of 2
STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Notification of Next of Kin SOP # 18.19
V. REFERENCE:
SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification.
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Investigation of Critical Incidents SOP # 18.20
INVESTIGATION OF CRITICAL
INCIDENTS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established procedures to investigate all critical
incidents and any line of duty incidents which the
Chief of Police deems necessary. The department,
in conjunction with the State Attorney's office and
Palm Beach Sheriffs Office (PBSO), will investigate
all such incidents expeditiously, thoroughly and
professionally in order to establish what factually
occurred.
It. DEFINITIONS:
A. Critical Incident- A line of duty incident that
causes death or serious bodily harm to an
officer or other person.
B. Criminal Investigation- An investigation to
determine the compliance or noncompliance
with Florida State Statutes. The Chief of Police
specifies that the Palm Beach Sheriffs Office
(PBSO) will conduct the criminal investigation.
C. Administrative Investigation- An investigation
designated to determine compliance or
noncompliance with departmental policies,
procedures, and/or rules & regulations. This will
be conducted under the supervision of the Chief
of Police.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. When a shooting or critical incident occurs
involving a Gulf Stream Police Officer or an
officer or agent from another law enforcement
agency, the supervisor will respond to the
scene and be responsible for the following:
1. Advise Dispatch to immediately notify the
following personnel:
a. The Chief of Police.
b. The Palm Beach County Sheriffs
Office.
c. State Attorney Office.
d. Department of Corrections area
representative, if the death occurred
while in custody.
2. Take command of the scene and protect
the evidence until the arrival of PBSO
investigator's.
3. Secure the entire area with crime scene
tape and remove all unauthorized persons,
including police officers not required inside
the crime scene. The scene will not be
altered, leaving everything as it was found.
4. Assign an officer at the scene to keep a
log. The log will contain the following
information:
a. The names of officers assigned
duties at the scene, and what those
duties were.
b. The names of any persons who enter
the scene, the time they enter the
scene, their authority and reason for
entering the scene and the time they
left the scene.
5. Ensure that all witnesses, including police
officers, remain at the scene and are placed
in separate locations to assure witness
credibility.
6. Briefly speak with the involved officer in
order to ascertain a basic understanding of
what occurred and be able to brief the
responding personnel.
7. Advise the officer involved and all
witnesses not to discuss the details of the
incident with any other personnel,
regardless of rank, until they have been
interviewed by PBSO. This does not
preclude questions regarding the condition
of the witnesses or officers by a supervisor.
8. Provide a reasonable, safe environment
for the involved officer while waiting to be
interviewed, i.e., patrol vehicle, separate
room.
9. Allow the involved officer to confer with
his or her attorney and the department
psychologist, if requested.
a. The attorney and department
psychologist will be granted
confidentiality rights as provided by
state statute.
10. Ensure that the needs of the involved
officers are being taken care of.
11. Immediately initiate an area canvass to
lof3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Investigation of Critical Incidents SOP # 18.20
locate and identify any additional witnesses F. All media releases and information
who have information regarding the concerning the investigation will be handled by
incident. Any witnesses should be brought the investigating agency.
to the immediate attention of the lead
investigator. IV. FOLLOWING THE CRITICAL INCIDENT:
12. Arrange for necessary personnel to
maintain road patrol functions.
13. Remain at the scene and take charge of
the perimeter and security until no longer
needed.
B. Criminal and administrative investigations
may be conducted concurrently by the PBSO
and the Gulf Stream Chief of Police
or a designee.
C. The Chief of Police has requested that
PESO will investigate the following critical
incidents:
1. Any use of physical force resulting in
death or life threatening injuries.
2. When a Gulf Stream Police Officer has
shot and injured a person or is shot and
injured and the incident occurred within the
town limits.
3. When a Gulf Stream Police Officer
suffers a self-inflicted firearm injury,
accidentally or otherwise, within the town
limits.
4. Any death of a person while in the
custody of any Gulf Stream Police Officer.
5. Any incident which the Chief of Police
deems necessary.
D. In the event any of the above critical
incidents involving Gulf Stream Police Officers
occur outside the town limits, the Chief of Police
or designee will respond to the scene and stand
by to monitor the situation, if practical.
E. The Chief of Police will make
determination regarding other member's
response to monitor and/or assist the
investigating agency (if requested) or conduct
an administrative review.
1. Investigators have the option of
conducting the administrative review
immediately following the outside
agencies investigation, or at a later
date.
A. The officer(s) involved in a critical incident
will be removed from the line of duty and placed
on administrative leave or administrative duty.
1. Prior to the officer(s) returning to duty,
the Chief of Police or designee will conduct
a preliminary administrative review of the
critical incident to determine if the officer(s)
are returned to duty or remain on
administrative leave or administrative duty.
B. Prior to the officer(s) returning to duty, he or
she must have an interview with the department
psychologist. The officer(s) will also be advised
of the availability of the Town Employee
Assistance Program.
1. The officer(s) involved will be placed on
administrative leave until the interview with
the department psychologist.
C. The officer(s), while on administrative leave,
will be available at all times for official interviews
and statements regarding the incident and will
be subject to recall at any reasonable time.
D. Officer(s) are not to discuss the details of the
investigation with anyone except the officer(s)
private attorney, the department psychologist,
criminal and/or administrative investigators
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Investigation of Critical Incidents SOP # 18.20
VII. REFERENCES:
Town of Gulf Stream Employee Assistance
Program.
SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification.
SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Sof 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT- Victim/Witness Guidelines 18.23
Gulf Stream
Police Department
General Order Number: 18.23
Subject: VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE
Date issued 07/01/07
Date Effective 07/01/07
Revised Date 08/17/11
Page: I of 7 Reference: F.S.
960.001
PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy and procedure is to
establish guidelines and procedures for all
employees in assisting victims and witnesses of
crime.
POLICY
In an effort to comply with the laws of the State
of Florida governing victims and witnesses of
crime, it shall be the policy of the Gulf Stream
Police Department to inform all victims and
witnesses of their rights as enumerated in
Florida Statute. The victims and witnesses will
be made aware of their rights by the use of a
Victim/Witness Rights Brochure.
DEFINITIONS
Victim — A person who suffers physical,
financial, or emotional harm as the direct
result of a specified crime committed upon
his/her person or property. Also referred to
as a "victim" is a victim's parent or
guardian if victim is a minor, the lawful
representative of the victim or the victim's
parent or guardian if the victim is a minor,
and the next of kin of a homicide victim.
Witness - A person, as determined by law
enforcement, who has information or
evidence relevant to a specific crime.
RIGHTS OF VICTIMS AND WITNESSES
The following guidelines and rights of victims
and witnesses of crimes are enumerated in the
Victim Rights Brochure:
• The right of the victim to receive
information on local community services
to include counseling, shelter, legal
assistance, or other types of help,
depending on the particular
circumstances. Telephone numbers of
these services will be provided to the
victims and witnesses as applicable.
• The right of the victim to receive
information regarding the availability of
crimes compensation, when applicable
for victims or crimes or their relatives
where the victim is deceased. Telephone
numbers of these services are included in
the Victims Rights Brochure.
• The right of the victim or witness to receive
information regarding the victim's role
within the criminal justice or juvenile
justice system to include what the victim
may expect from the system and what the
system may expect from the victim.
• The right of the victim or witness to receive
information regarding the stages of the
criminal and juvenile justice process
which are significant to the victim or
witness and the manner in which
information about such stages may be
obtained.
• The right of the victim, who is not
Page 1 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Victim/Witness Assistance SOP # 18.23
incarcerated, including the next of kin of
a homicide victim, to be informed,
present, and heard when relevant, at all
crucial stages of a criminal or juvenile
proceeding, to the extent that the right
does not interfere with the constitutional
rights of the accused.
• The right that victims and witnesses who
are not incarcerated shall not be required
to attend discovery depositions in any
correctional facility.
• The right that a victim, or the next of kin of
a victim may not be excluded from any
portion of any hearing, trial or proceeding
pertaining to the offense based solely on
the fact that such person is subpoenaed to
testify, unless, upon motion, the court
determines such person's presence to be
prejudicial.
• The right that incarcerated victims shall be
informed of the crucial stages of the
criminal and juvenile proceedings and be
afforded the opportunity to submit written
statements at all crucial stages of the
proceedings.
• The right of a victim to a prompt and
timely disposition of the case as long as it
does not interfere with the constitutional
rights of the accused.
• The right to be free from intimidation. It is
against the law to cause a victim/witness
to be placed in fear by force or threats, to
make an assault on, or harm any
victim/witness. It is a felony to tamper
with or threaten a witness. If you are
being threatened or intimidated, please
contact the Gulf Stream Police
Department or any law enforcement
officer.
• The right that each victim who has been
scheduled to attend a criminal or juvenile
justice proceeding shall be notified as
soon as possible by the agency or person
scheduling his appearance of any change
in scheduling which will affect his
appearance.
• The right to receive advance notification of
judicial proceedings relating to the arrest
and/or release (to include community
control and work release) of the accused
as well as the proceedings in the
prosecution.
• In addition to the provisions FS 921.143,
the rights of the victim of a felony
involving physical or emotional injury or
trauma, or in a case in which the victim is
a minor child or in a homicide, the
guardian or family of the victim shall be
consulted by the state attorney in order to
obtain the views of the victim or family
about the disposition of any criminal or
juvenile case brought about as a result of
such crime, including the views of the
victim or family about:
The release of the accused pending
judicial proceedings.
• Plea Agreements.
♦ Participation in pretrial diversion
programs.
♦ Sentencing of the accused.
• The right of the victim to a prompt return
of property unless there is a compelling
law enforcement need to retain it.
• The right of the victim to receive the
assistance the State Attorney and law
enforcement in notifying the victim's
employer and creditors in order to explain
his circumstances.
• The right of the victim to request and
receive restitution and the victim's rights
of enforcement in the event an offender
does not comply with the restitution
order. The victim shall also have the right
to be notified when restitution is ordered.
• The right of the victim to submit an oral or
written impact statement pursuant to FS
921.143 and the right to receive
assistance from the State Attorney in the
preparation of such statement.
• The right of the victim to receive
reasonable consideration and assistance
from employees of the Gulf Stream
Page 2 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT- VictimlWitness Guidelines 18.23
Police Department. When requested, the
victim will be assisted in locating
accessible transportation and parking, and
shall direct those persons to separate
pretrial waiting areas when such facilities
are available. When so requested, this
office shall also assist the Court in
attempting to locate translators.
• The right of the victim, material witness,
parents or legal guardian of a minor who
is a victim or witness, or immediate
relative of a homicide victim to be
notified of the escape of a criminal
defendant. The State Attorney and law
enforcement shall make every effort to
ensure prompt notification.
• The right of the victim to have a victim
advocate present during discovery
deposition.
• The right of the victim to review certain
portions of a pre -sentence investigation
report for adult and youthful offenders
prior to the sentencing of the accused.
• The victim and the State Attorneys Office with
the consent of the victim, have standing to
assert any legal rights of a crime victim as
provided by law or The Florida Constitution.
• The right of the victim of a sexual offense
to have the courtroom cleared, with
certain exceptions, during his or her
testimony, regardless of the victim's age
or mental capacity.
• The right of the victim of domestic
violence to be informed of the address
confidentiality program administered
through the Attorney General's Office.
• The right of a victim to know in certain
cases and at the earliest possible
opportunity, if the person charged with an
offense has tested positive for human
immunodeficiencyvirus (HIV) infection.
In such cases, upon request of the victim
or the victim's legal guardian, or of the
parent or legal guardian of the victim if
the victim is a minor, the court shall order
such person to undergo HIV testing. In
addition, in certain cases, if requested
by the victim, the right of the victim to
receive information on the results of the
testing within two weeks of the court's
receipt of such results.
• The right of a victim to request, for specific
crimes, an exemption prohibiting the
disclosure of information to the public
which reveals the victim's home and
work telephone numbers, home and work
addresses, and personal assets not
otherwise held confidential under the
Public Records Law.
• The right to request, in certain
circumstances that the offender be
required to attend a different school than
the victim or siblings.
• The statutory obligation to advise the
victim or the next of kin of a homicide
victim, that any information gained
pursuant to FS Chapter 960, regarding
any case handled in juvenile court, must
not be revealed to any outside party,
except as reasonably necessary in pursuit
of legal remedies.
• The victim has the right to be notified by
the appropriate agency of the arrest and
release of the offender (including work
release and community control).
• The right of a victim of a sexual offense to
request the presence of a victim advocate
during the forensic medical examination.
An advocate from a certified rape crisis
center shall be permitted to attend any
forensic medical examination.
• No law enforcement officer, prosecuting
attorney, or government official shall ask
or require a victim of a sexual offense to
submit to a polygraph examination or
other truth -telling device as a condition of
the investigation.
• The right of a victim or the victim's legal
guardian, or the parent or legal guardian
of a victim, if the victim is a minor, to
request that a person who is charged with
any offense enumerated in section
775.0877(1)(a) -(n), Florida Statues, that
Page 3 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-VictimlWitness Assistance SOP # 18.23
involves the transmission of body fluids
from one person to another, undergo
hepatitis and HIV testing.
PROCEDURE
*Each officer shall be responsible for informing
all victims of the availability of victim/witness
services through the distribution of the
Victim/Witness Rights Brochure.
*The officer shall provide victims and witnesses
with information on steps available to law
enforcement and the State Attorney to protect the
victims or witness from intimidation. The
information will be provided in the same manner
as that relating to services of victims. The
notification (contained in the Victim/Witness
Rights Brochure) will include the advisement that
it is a felony to tamper with or threaten a witness,
and that the Appropriate agency should be
promptly contacted if a possible violation has
occurred.
*It shall be the responsibility of the arresting or
investigating officer to advise the victim that an
offender has been arrested. It is also the
responsibility of the arresting or investigating
officer to complete a victim notification form on
certain crimes. The notification will travel with
the offender's paperwork to the booking facility
for prompt notification by the facility upon
release of the accused. The notification shall be
made to the victim by the booking facility within
four hours of the release of the accused. If such
notice is not possible, the victim will receive
notice via the U.S. Mail. Law enforcement
officers of the Gulf Stream Police Department
will provide assistance as requested by other
responsible agencies in attempting to notify the
victim of the offender's release from
confinement.
*Property of crime victims shall be promptly
returned unless there is a compelling law
enforcement reason for not returning it. The
evidence custodian shall promptly comply with
court orders allowing photographs of the victim's
property to be used as evidence at the trial and/or
requiring the return of the victim's property.
Members should consult with the State
Attorney's Office before releasing any property.
*When so requested, the Gulf Stream Police
Department shall assist victims and witnesses of
crime in notifying employers and creditors of
court appearances and financial hardship.
Gulf Stream Police Department Personnel are
always ready to assist victims whenever possible.
When so requested, employees will assist
victims and witnesses in locating accessible
parking and transportation, and will direct those
persons to separate pretrial waiting areas where
available. When necessary, employees will
attempt to locate translators in appropriate cases.
*In the event of an escape, the correctional
facility shall notify the State Attorney's Office of
the escape and the State Attorney shall make
effort to notify the victim or the victim's next of
kin as well as the Sheriff and/or Chief of the
affected jurisdiction(s). Gulf Stream Police
Department shall render such assistance as
requested by the State Attorney.
TRAINING AND EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS
So that all victims may be treated fairly, victim
assistance education and training shall be
offered to all employees taking courses at law
enforcement training facilities or on an in-
service basis. In addition, all members, and
other employees as necessary, will be provided
with the latest information pertaining to
victim's rights and services available to them
through the regularly scheduled in-service
dealing with Human Diversity and Domestic
Violence Awareness.
Page 4 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT- Victim/Witness Guidelines 18.23
APPROVED:
Chief of Police, Garrett J. Ward
DATE 09 / 12 / 2008
Revised 08 / 17 /17 / 2011
V. REFERENCE:
• FSS Ch 960 Victim Assistance.
• FSS 914.25 Protective Services for certain
victims and witnesses.
• FSS 921.143 Appearance of victim or next of
kin to make statement at sentencing hearing,
I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND AND
AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THIS POLICY
AND PROCEDURRE.
DATE: / /
Geneal Order # 18.23
Victim/Witness Assistance
submission of written statements.
• SOP# 18.14 Domestic Violence
Page 5 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Victim/Witness Assistance SOP # 18.23
Appendix A
VICTIM / WITNESS RIGHTS BROCHURE
Page 6 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT- VictimlWitness Guidelines 18.23
Appendix B
VICTIM NOTIFICATION FORM
This form must be filled out in a case involving one of the following crimes:
- Homicide (Ch. 782) - Sexual Offense (Ch. 794)
-Attempted Murder -Attempted Sexual Offense
- Stalking (S. 784.048)
- Domestic Violence - (This includes any assault, agg. assault, battery, agg. battery, sexual assault, sexual
battery, stalking, agg. stalking or any criminal offense resulting in physical injury or death of one family member
or household member by another, who is or was residing in the same single dwelling.)
Upon completion, this form must accompany the booking paperwork. If applying for a warrant, attach
this form to the filing packet.
1. Incident Report#:
Offense:
Suspect/Offender:
D.O.B. Race:_
2. Warrant #(s):
3. Complete one (1) of the following:
1. Victim's name:
Home#: Work#: Other:
2. Victim's next of
Address:
City:
Work#: Other:
3. Victim's designated contact other than next of kin (example, friend or neighbor)
City: State: Zip:
Home#: Work#: Other:
WAIVER: I choose not to complete this victim notification form and understand that I am waiving my
right to be notified of the release of the suspectloffender.
Signature of person waiving notification:
Printed name of person waiving notification:
Officer's
ID#: Date:
Page 7 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Child Abuse Protective Investigations SOP# 18.24
CHILD ABUSE PROTECTIVE
INVESTIGATIONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The purpose of this procedure is to
establish guidelines for conducting child abuse
protective investigations in conjunction with Florida
Department of Children and Families. The
department has adopted the Community Alliance of
Palm Beach County Child Abuse Investigation
Protocol (7-2002), which includes a coordinated
investigation by law enforcement and child
protective investigators.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Child Abandonment— a situation in which
the parent or legal custodian of a child or, in the
absence of a parent or legal custodian, the
caregiver responsible for the child's welfare,
which being able, makes no provision for the
child's support and makes no effort to
communicate with the child, which situation is
sufficient to evince a willful rejection of parental
obligations.
B. Child Abuse -any willful act or threatened act
that results in any physical, mental or sexual
injury or harm that causes or is likely to cause
the child's physical, mental or emotional health
to be significantly impaired.
C. Child Neglect- occurs when a child is
deprived of, or is allowed to be deprived of,
necessary food, clothing, shelter, or medical
treatment when such deprivation or
environment caused the child's physical, mental
or emotional health to be significantly impaired.
D. Child Safety Review Database- a database
maintained by the Palm Beach Sheriffs Office
as a repository for all child abandonment, abuse
or neglect cases investigated by law
enforcement agencies in Palm Beach County.
III. DISPATCH RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. When a call is received by dispatch or E
911, involving a report of child abandonment,
abuse, or neglect, the call will be classified as a
"priority call".
1. Dispatch will assign an officer to respond
to the call.
2. Dispatch will query local data systems for
prior reports and provide the responding
officer any information that is available.
3. Dispatch will not alter the classification of
the call, once received.
4. Dispatch will secure the E-911 tape for a
minimum of 90 days.
B. When noted by the Florida Abuse Hotline
or Florida Division of Children and Families
(DCF) Investigator, dispatch will:
1. Dispatch will wait to be contacted
telephonically by the responding DCF
investigator, prior to dispatching an officer
to investigate the report.
2. Dispatch will obtain information from the
DCF investigator in regards to coordinating
the response of DCF and an officer, which
may include a location to meet, prior to
arriving at the scene.
3. The call will be coded Child Abuse" and
will be classified as a "priority call".
4. Dispatch will assign an officer to respond
to the call, providing the information for
coordinating the DCF/law enforcement
response.
4. Dispatch will query local data systems for
prior reports and provide the responding
officer any information that is available.
5. Dispatch will not alter the classification of
the call, once received.
III. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS:
A. The first officer responding to the scene of a
child abandonment, abuse or neglect complaint
will:
1. Record the information provided by
dispatch.
2. Respond to the scene in a safe manner.
3. Determine if an offense has been
committed or an investigation is warranted,
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Child Abuse Protective Investigations SOP 18.24
and if so, the exact nature of the offense by
observing all conditions, events and 11. Take any other immediate action
remarks. deemed necessary by the nature of the
incident.
a. If an offense has been committed
or an investigation is warranted, and no
DCF investigator is present, the officer
will contact the Florida Law
Enforcement Abuse Hotline at 1-866-
LEABUSE, pursuant to F.S.S. 39.201
(1) (f).
b. If there is no DCF investigator
present and an immediate response is
necessary, the officer will contact 1-
866-DCF9DCF.
c. If an offense has been committed
or an investigation is warranted, and a
DCF investigator is present, the officer
and the DCF investigator will assist
each other in assessing and securing
the crime scene.
4. Take immediate steps to protect and
preserve the crime scene, if any, from
contamination and protect evidence. The
officer will request additional officers to
accomplish this requirement if necessary.
5. If the alleged abuse or neglect has
resulted in a child's death, the initial
responding officer will immediately:
a. Notify the supervisor.
b. Notify the Palm Beach Medical
Examiner's Office, reporting the
circumstances of the death.
c. Notify the Rapid Response Team
through the Palm Beach Sheriffs Office
Communication Section.
6. Protect the victims/third parties, including
other children, involved in the incident.
7. If necessary, administer first aid and/or
summon medical assistance.
8. Determine the identity of the suspect(s),
if possible.
9. Locate and identify the witnesses
10. Effect the arrest of the suspect(s), if
possible.
12. Obtain preliminary oral and/or written
statements from the victim(s), witness(s)
and from the suspect(s) if possible.
a. Children should not be interviewed
in the presence of the parent(s) or
guardian(s), unless and until the
suspect has been determined.
b. Document any utterances or
statements made by the parent(s) or
other guardian(s) at the scene in
relation to the case.
c. If an investigative interview is
required outside the jurisdiction of the
department, the officer will notify the
supervisor.
(1) If the officer is unable to
respond outside the jurisdiction,
the supervisor will request
assistance from the agency of
jurisdiction, utilizing the Palm
Beach County Mutual Aid
Agreement.
(2) The officer will document in
the report the agency and
officer who was requested to
conduct the interview.
13. Collect, or arrange for the collection of,
evidence.
a. The officer will have the primary
responsibility for the collection of
evidence.
b. Evidence should be photographed
prior to collection.
c. Photograph injuries of any
household person(s) who may be
victims of domestic violence or
other criminal offense.
(1) The photographs should contain
a measurable guide and the identity
of the person photographed.
14. Obtain recent and historical protective
investigative reports from Department of
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Child Abuse Protective Investigations SOP# 18.24
Children & Families (DCF). was taken to provide for their safety.
a. The name of any person reporting
I. Describe indicators of future
child abuse, abandonment, or neglect
threats to safety of family members.
may not be released to any person
follow-up investigation and/ or review.
other than employees of the
16. The officer and the DCF investigator
department responsible for child
shall agree on the future course of the
protective services, the central abuse
investigation and if there is a disagreement,
hotline, law enforcement, the child
the officer will contact the supervisor.
protection team, or the appropriate
psychological examination(s) of the
state attorney, without the written
a. The supervisor will consult with the
consent of the person reporting,
on-call investigator, who has been
pursuant to FSS 39.202 (4).
designated by the Chief of Police as the
suspects and other household
department "Child Abuse Specialist".
15. Accurately and completely record all
should be conducted at the Home Safe
pertinent information on the appropriate
17. Once the future course of the
report form(s). The report should contain:
investigation has been determined; the
victim(s) and suspect(s).
officer will be responsible for completing the
a. Identify the child abuse and/or
Child Safety Review Database Form
neglect crime.
(Appendix A) and ensuring that the final
appearance including their demeanor at
determination is entered into the database.
b. Date, time and location of crime.
Order "Order Covering Interviews of
c. Document the E-911 call or other
recorded police lines, and the identity of IV. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION:
the caller, if available.
A. Cases of child abandonment, abuse or
d. Document any custody issues
neglect will be assigned to an investigator for
disclosed during the investigation.
follow-up investigation and/ or review.
e. Include all verbal or written
1. The investigator will review police reports
statements.
prepared in the preliminary investigation.
f. Reference prior incident reports
2. The investigator will consult with the DCF
developed during investigation.
investigator to coordinate the medical or
psychological examination(s) of the
g. Document names, dates of birth,
victim(s) and/or other siblings or children in
social security numbers, addresses,
the home.
phone numbers of Victim(s), witnesses,
suspects and other household
a. The examination(s) or interview(s)
members.
should be conducted at the Home Safe
Facility in conjunction with the child
h. Document the relationship between
protection team case coordinator.
victim(s) and suspect(s).
b. The investigator will ensure
I. Describe victim(s) and suspect(s)
adherence to the current Fifteenth
appearance including their demeanor at
Judicial Circuit Court Administrative
the time of arrival at the scene.
Order "Order Covering Interviews of
Young Victims in Child and Sexual
j. Document all injuries, physical
Abuse Cases" in regards to the number
conditions and medical treatment,
of interviews a child victim is subjected
including the names of medical facilities
to.
or Fre/rescue personnel.
3. The investigator may conduct additional
interviews of witnesses, neighbors,
reporting parties, and possible suspects to
clarify information or seek additional details
k. Identify other children present and
or evidence that may have been unknown
living at the residence and what action
or missed during earlier phases of the
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Child Abuse Protective Investigations SOP 18.24
investigation.
4. Investigators will ensure all physical
evidence has been collected and for collect
additional evidence and scientifically
analyzed where appropriate, and all
laboratory results are reviewed when
available.
a. Investigator will collect additional
evidence as necessary.
5. The investigator will prepare, when
necessary, a search warrant, or a lawfully
obtained consent to search, to legally
recover items of evidentiary value.
6. Investigators will consult with the Division
Chief of the State Attorney's Office, Crimes
against Children Unit to determine if
probable cause exists.
a. The investigator will prepare the
necessary paperwork and file the case
with the State Attorney's Office.
b. If a probable cause arrest was
made on the scene by the initial officer,
the investigator reviewing the case will
assist the officer with preparing the
filing packet, if requested.
c. If the decision is made not to make
an arrest on a suspect, the investigator
will document the reason in the final
report.
d. The investigator will be responsible
to
submit the final determination of a case
to the Child Safety Review Database
7. All investigation in regards to the incident
will be fully and accurately recorded on the
proper report form.
• SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
• SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification.
• SOP # 18.01 Criminal Investigations
• SOP # 35.01 Crime Scene Investigation and Evidence Collection.
SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence Management.
Odginal Issue: 07101/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Child Abuse Protective Investigations SOP# 18.24
Appendix A
CHILD SAFETY REVIEW DATABASE COMPUTERIZED TEMPLATE
COPIES OF THIS FORM ARE KEPT IN FILE CABINET #33A
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Stalking Investigation SOP#18.25
STALKING INVESTIGATIONS
EFFECTIVE 6//27/14
I POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the Gulf Stream
Police Department to accurately
report and aggressively investigate
all reports of stalking. Any time a
victim reports any type of harassing,
threatening, or menacing behavior,
the responding officer should
consider the possibility of stalking.
The Police Department's ultimate
goal is to increase police awareness
of stalking and to take proper police
action when stalking is determined.
II GOALS
A) The Gulf Stream Police
Department recognizes that
stalking is a crime of violence,
control, and intimidation.
B) It is the goal of the Gulf Stream
Police Department to prevent
stalking violence through early
identification of stalking
behaviors and intervention. By
holding offenders accountable,
the department enhances the
safety of stalking victims and the
community at large.
C) The Gulf Stream Police
Department shall work
cooperatively with the victims,
courts and victim advocacy
organizations to assure a
comprehensive investigation and
seek prosecution of the case.
III DEFINITIONS
A) Course of Conduct: a pattern of
conduct composed of a series of
acts over a period of time,
however short, which evidences
a continuity of purpose. The term
does not include constitutionally
protected activity such as
picketing or other organized
protests.
B) Electronic Communication: any
transfer of signs, signals, writings,
sounds, data, or intelligence of
any nature transmitted in whole
or in part by a wire, radio,
electromagnetic, photoelectric,
or photo -optical system. Includes
transmissions by a computer
through the Internet to another
computer.
C) Substantial Emotional Distress:
significant mental suffering,
anxiety, or alarm.
D) Reasonable Person: A person in
the victim's situation
IV FLORIDA STALKING STATUTE
A) Stalking: A person who willfully,
maliciously, and repeatedly
follows, harasses, or cyberstalks
another person. §784.048(2)
B) Aggravated Stalking:
I) A person who willfully,
maliciously, and repeatedly
follows, harasses, or
cyberstalks another person
and makes a credible threat
to that person.§784.048(3)
ii) A person who, after an
injunction for protection
against repeat violence,
sexual violence, or dating
violence, domestic violence
or after any other court -
imposed prohibition of
conduct toward the subject
person or that person's
property, knowingly, willfully,
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Stalking Investigation SOP#18.25
maliciously, and repeatedly
individuals closely associated
follows, harasses, or
with the person, and which is
cyberstalks another person.
made with the apparent ability to
§784.048(4)
carry out the threat to cause such
iii) A person who willfully,
harm. It is not necessary to prove
maliciously, and repeatedly
that the person making the
follows, harasses, cyberstalks
threat had the intent to actually
a child under 16 years of age.
carry out the threat. The present
§784.048(5)
incarceration of the person
iv) A person who, after having
making the threat is not a bar to
been sentence for a violation
prosecution under this section.
of 5.794.011, 800.04, or
§784.048(1)(c)
847.0135(5) and prohibited
F)
Cyberstalk: engage in a course of
from contacting the victim of
conduct to communicate, or to
the offense under s. 921.244,
cause to be communicated
willfully, maliciously, and
words, images or language by or
repeatedly follows, harasses,
through the use of electronic mail
or cyberstalks the victim.
or electronic communication,
§784.048(7)
directed at a specific person,
C) Harass: to engage in a course of
causing substantial emotional
conduct directed at a specific
distress to that person and
person which causes substantial
serving no legitimate purpose.
emotional distress to that person
§784.048(1)(d)
and serves no legitimate
purpose. §784.048(1)(a)
V STALKING INDICATORS
D) Course of Conduct: a pattern of
Common
stalking behaviors include,
conduct composed of a series of
but are not limited to:
acts over a period of time,
A)
Violation of injunction or
however short, which evidences
protective order
a continuity of purpose. The term
B)
Repeated phone calls,
does not include constitutionally
voicemails, emails and text
protected activity such as
messaging (harassing,
picketing or other organized
threatening, obscene, or
protests. §784.048(1)(b)
otherwise)
E) Credible threat: verbal or
C)
Physical or sexual assault
nonverbal threat, or a
D)
Following, monitoring, pursing
combination of the two including
victim
threats delivered by electronic
E)
Showing up at the victim's home,
communication or implied by a
place of employment, or other
pattern of conduct, which places
locations frequented by the
the person who is the target of
victim
the threat in reasonable fear for
F)
Sending letters, cards, flowers or
his or her safety or the safety of
gifts to the victim
his or her family members or
2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Stalking Investigation SOP#18.25
G) Breaking into the victim's home
or vehicle
H) Vandalizing the victim's home or
vehicle
1) Stealing items from work, home,
or vehicle
J) Use of children to harass/monitor
K) Threatening to commit suicide
Q Threatening to kill or hurt the
victim, family members, or pets
M) Threatening while driving a car
N) Transferring the victim's phone
line to another line in order to
monitor messages, disabling the
phone or planting listening
devices in the victim's home
O) Using third party to contact or
harass the victim
P) Stealing or intercepting mail
Q) Identity theft
R) Tampering with victim's vehicle
(i.e. placement of Global
Positioning Device in vehicle
without permission)
VI INVESTIGATIVE PROCEDURES
A) The Gulf Stream Police
Department shall act quickly to
investigate all harassment,
threatening behavior, and
stalking reports in order to secure
evidence that will increase the
possibility of securing a
protective order and/or
prosecution to hold the stalker
accountable.
B) This Police Department shall
investigate all allegations of
stalking to determine if there is
probable cause for an arrest
and/or charges should be
brought to the State Attorney's
Office.
C) The investigating officers in a
stalking case shall address the
following:
I) Consider and contact any
other jurisdiction where
similar allegations were
reported.
ii) Work collaboratively with
other Police agencies and the
State Attorney's Office to
determine jurisdictional
issues and/or prosecution
iii) Use surveillance technology
where possible, such as
mobile tracking devices, fixed
surveillance cameras, and call
tracing to monitor suspect
activities.
iv) Consider arrest of the suspect
on related charges when
grounds for arrest for stalking
have not been fully
established.
(1) Possible examples include:
identity theft;
wiretapping or utility
theft; violation of
injunction; kidnapping,
and/or burglary.
v) Officers shall acknowledge
that stalking is a serious crime
and shall be sensitive to
victims' fears.
vi) Officers shall refer to the
Palm Beach County Anti -
Stalking Collaborative Toolkit
for the most comprehensive
guide to holding perpetrators
accountable and serving
victims of stalking
VII POLICE INTERVENTION
A) Depending on the circumstances
and level of threat, police officers
3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Stalking Investigation SOP#18.25
may take one or more
intervention measures:
i) Make direct contact with the
suspect. This approach is
particularly appropriate
when the suspect has had a
prior relationship with the
victim and harassing or
stalking behavior has not
reached the threshold for
establishing a violation of law.
This approach should not be
taken if there is reasonable
suspicion, based upon the
training and experience of
the officer, that the suspect is
mentally ill.
ii) Violations of protective orders
require a priority response. A
violation is an escalated
threat and provides officers
grounds for direct
intervention through arrest.
Original Issue 06/37/14
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
M
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Stalking Investigation SOP#18.25
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
JUVENILE PROCEDURES
EFFECTIVE DATE: 07101/07
I. POLICY: It is the responsibility of all members of
the Gulf Stream Police Department to familiarize
themselves with established procedures for
handling both criminal and non -criminal juvenile
incidents. Officers will, whenever reasonable, take
those measures necessary to effect positive
changes in juvenile offenders consistent with Florida
State Statutes and the security interests of the
community.
A. Status Offender- A juvenile who is charged
with an offense that would not be a crime if
committed by an adult.
B. Delinquent Child- A child found by a court to
have committed a felony, misdemeanor,
contempt of court, or violated a local ordinance
and whose case has not been prosecuted as an
adult case.
C. Dependent Child- A child who:
1. Has been abandoned by his or her
parents or custodian.
2. For any reason is homeless or destitute.
3. Has no proper parental support,
maintenance, care, or guardianship.
4. Because of neglect by parents or
guardian is deprived of education as
required by law or of medical, psychiatric,
psychological or other care necessary for
well-being.
D. Non -Secure Custody- A condition under
which a juvenile's freedom of movement is
controlled by members of this agency and,
during such time, the juvenile:
1. Is held in an unlocked, multi-purpose
area such as a report writing room or an
office.
2. Is held long enough to complete
identification, investigation and processing
and then released to a responsible adult or
transferred to the Juvenile Assessment
Center (JAC).
3. Is held under continuous visual
supervision until released.
E. Secure Custody- When a juvenile is
physically detained or confined in an area
designed to securely detain persons who are in
law enforcement custody.
III. ENFORCEMENT ALTERNATIVES:
A. Officers dealing with juveniles in status or
delinquent offense(s) may exercise reasonable
discretion when deciding which alternative is
appropriate to the situation. Alternatives include,
but are not limited to;
1. Release to a parent or guardian without
further action.
2. Release to a parent or guardian with
informal counseling to inform the youth of
the consequences of his or her actions.
3. Referrals to community services.
4. Informal counseling of parents or
responsible adults.
5. Issuance of summons or complaint.
6. Arrest under non -secure custody.
7. Arrest under secure custody.
IV. ENFORCEMENT CRITERIA:
A. The following general guidelines may be
used to determine the appropriate enforcement
action to take when dealing with juvenile
incidents.
1. When some type of intervention is
necessary to avoid additional status or
delinquent acts by the child in the future, the
officer may release to a parent or guardian
without further action or following informal
counseling and/or referral to community
resources providing the child has had no
prior enforcement contacts with the police.
Examples of these incidents include, but
are not limited to,: loitering, minor liquor law
violations, and disorderly conduct.
2. Officers may elect to transport the youth
to his or her home and make personal
contact with the youth's parents or guardian
to provide them with the information
pertaining to their child's actions or detain
Page 1 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
the youth at the police station or another
designated facility until he or she is
released to a parent or guardian when:
a. The nature of the incident is of a
more serious nature than previously
outlined.
b. The youth has received prior informal
warnings or referrals or has engaged in
delinquent acts.
c. The youth's parents or guardians
have apparently failed to provide
appropriate control and supervision.
3. Officers will appropriately charge
juveniles when the circumstances of the
incident include:
a. Acts that, if committed by an adult,
would be a felony.
b. Acts involving deadly weapons.
c. Acts involving assault or battery or
domestic battery.
d. Acts while on probation or when they
have charges pending against them.
e. Acts as repeat offenders or when
they have refused to participate in
diversion or intervention programs.
f. When it has been determined that
parental or other adult supervision is
ineffective.
4. An officer may also take a juvenile into
custody if the youth is lost, seriously
endangered, truant, or is a runaway. In all
such cases, the juvenile will be held in non -
secure custody and officers will contact the
child's parents or guardian as soon as
possible. When an officer is unable to
contact a parent or guardian or other
circumstances dictate, the officer may:
a. When the child is lost or a runaway,
the officer will contact the appropriate
shelter and make arrangements for the
child to be delivered there.
b. When the child is truant, the child will
be delivered to the Truancy Interdiction
Program (TIP).
c. When the child is seriously
endangered, the officer will call the
Abuse Hotline and make arrangements
for the child to receive lodging at an
approved site (see Appendix B).
5. In cases of alleged child abuse, officers
will contact the supervisor unless probable
cause justifies immediate action in order to
protect the safety and well-being of the
child.
V. STATUS OFFENSES:
A. Juveniles taken into custody for status
offenses will be patted down for weapons prior
to being transported and will be handcuffed or
otherwise restrained.
B. Officers will pay attention to juveniles under
the influence of alcohol or other drugs and
determine whether emergency medical services
are necessary.
C. Based on the seriousness of and
circumstances surrounding the offense, the
background and demeanor of the juvenile, and
other relevant factors, an officer may release a
juvenile to his or her parents, guardian, or other
responsible adult.
D. Juveniles taken into custody for status
offenses will be held in non -secure custody for
the least amount of time necessary to conduct
identification, investigation and processing
requirements to facilitate their release to a
parent or responsible adult or transfer to the
JAC.
E. Status offenders and other juveniles taken
into temporary non -secure custody for non-
criminal type offenses should not be
fingerprinted or photographed for purpose of
record unless this can be accomplished with the
juvenile's permission.
F. Status offenders in temporary custody will not
be placed in a holding area with adult suspects
or detainees and will be under constant visual
supervision.
VI. TRUANCY INTERDICTION PROGRAM (TIP):
A. Except for those students who have been
suspended, expelled, or have a verifiable
reason for not being in school, any youth found
in a place other than school during school hours
is eligible for the Truancy Interdiction Program.
The TIP Center is open to receive truants
normally between 0900 hours and 1400 hours
Page 2 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
students picked up after 1400 hours are to be
returned to the school they normally attend.
1. Truancy interdiction begins with
uniformed patrol officers stopping and
questioning school age children who are not
in school during school hours.
2. Children stopped under the TIP program
are checked via the dispatch center with the
School District Police Dispatch or local
school for suspension, expulsion,
withdrawal, or other non -truant status
information.
3. When the youth is truant, he or she will
be transported to the TIP Center.
4. Upon arrival at the TIP Center, the officer
will complete a Field Investigation Report
(FIR) supplying basic information about the
child.
5. The officer will then give custody of the
child to the TIP personnel and go back into
service.
6. The TIP staff is responsible for notifying
the child's school, parent or guardian. TIP
will also advise the parents or guardian of
the F.S.S. regarding mandatory school
attendance and their responsibility to assure
attendance.
VII. DELINQUENT (CRIMINAL TYPE) OFFENSES:
A. Juveniles arrested for delinquent offenses
are subject to the same security requirements
as adults and will be handcuffed or otherwise
restrained as necessary during transport and
processing.
B. Juveniles accused of delinquent offenses
may be securely detained only for the period of
time and in the manner prescribed by law to
allow for identification, investigation, processing,
and released to parents or a responsible adult,
or transferred to the JAC.
C. The juvenile should be informed of the
procedures that will be followed in regard to
custody, release, and/or transport to another
facility.
VIII. CITATION OR SUMMONS ALTERNATIVES
FOR JUVENILES:
A. Officers taking juveniles into custody for
status offenses or misdemeanor infractions in
which no crime of violence occurred may
release the juvenile to his or her parent,
guardian, or other responsible adult in lieu of
taking the juvenile to the JAC.
1. Juveniles will only be released to
"responsible adults" when all reasonable
efforts to contact a parent or legal guardian
have been exhausted. The person the child
is released to must produce some type of
identification. The officer will document the
type of identification presented in his or her
report.
B. When arresting for criminal traffic violations
and misdemeanors, officers will complete all
necessary paperwork and advise the parent,
guardian, or other responsible adult and the
juvenile that the Juvenile Court will be
contacting them with a court date at which the
youth must appear to answer the charges.
IX. JUVENILE ARREST PROCEDURE:
A. Florida law authorizes officers to take a child
into custody for a delinquent act or violation of
the law (misdemeanor, felony, local ordinance).
The laws of arrest that apply to an adult also
apply to a juvenile.
B. When an officer arrests a juvenile, the
following procedures will be followed by the
arresting officer:
1. Handcuff the juvenile and transport him
or her to the police station, JAC, his or her
residence, or other appropriate location. .
a. While the handcuffing of juvenile
prisoners prior to transport is the
routine course of action, there may be
an occasion when prisoner restraint
may be modified or not employed when
dealing with the very young or the
physically or medically impaired
juvenile.
2. Notify a dispatcher of the destination
when transporting a juvenile as well as the
beginning and ending mileage.
3. Make every reasonable effort to notify the
parent or legal custodian that the child is in
police custody as soon as possible. Upon
notification of a parent or guardian, the
following information will be supplied
immediately:
Page 3 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
a. The reason for detention.
b. The place of detention.
4. Check NCIC, FCIC, PALMS, and JAC
determine if the juvenile has any active
warrants, a Pick -Up Order, is a runaway, or
has been adjudicated as an adult.
C. Juveniles brought to the police station,
whether or not in secure custody, are to be held
separate from the adult detainees.
1. Officer(s) will ensure that juveniles have
no visual or audible contact with adult
detainees.
D. When a juvenile is arrested for any crime
that, if committed by an adult, would be a felony
or the crime involves the use of violence:
1. The officer will complete all paperwork
and transport the juvenile to the JAC.
2. Notification will be made by the arresting
officer by contacting the School Board
Police (see Appendix A).
E. All juveniles taken into custody for a
delinquent act will be taken without
unreasonable delay to the police station or JAC,
unless medical treatment is necessary. If an
arrested juvenile is believed to be intoxicated,
drugged, or injured to such a degree that his or
her health is in danger and the officer believes
medical attention is necessary, the officer will:
1. Have the juvenile assessed by
Fire/Rescue;
2. Notify the supervisor;
3. Contact the juvenile's parents or legal
guardian;
4. If advised by Fire/Rescue, arrange for the
juvenile to be examined/ treated by a
physician. If the juvenile is in no immediate
danger and the physician medically
releases the juvenile, a release may be
signed by the physician.
F. If the child is admitted to the hospital and the
parent(s)/legal guardian cannot be contacted,
the officer will contact the JAC.
1. The referral will be delivered to the JAC
intake immediately.
2. The arresting officer must make
arrangements for the child's admission to
the hospital. The arresting officer must
immediately contact the JAC intake so that
a caseworker can be assigned regarding
the dependency issue.
G. If the arrested juvenile appears to meet the
criteria for involuntary psychiatric examination,
the juvenile will be transported to the South
County Mental Health Center. The officer will
complete a written report detailing the
circumstances.
H. Juveniles arrested for felonies and the
following misdemeanors will be fingerprinted
and photographed: Assault, battery, carrying
concealed weapon, unlawful use of a
destructive device or bomb, child abuse,
negligent treatment of children, assault or
battery of a law enforcement officer/firefighter or
other special officer, open carrying of a weapon,
exposure of sexual organs, unlawful possession
of a firearm, petit theft, cruelty to animals and
arson.
1. If the juvenile is transported to JAC, the
fingerprints and photographs will be
completed at JAC.
X. SERIOUS HABITUAL OFFENDER
COMPREHENSIVE ACTION PROGRAM
SHOCAP:
A. When an officer or investigator makes
contact with a juvenile, regardless if the juvenile
is a witness, victim, or suspect in an incident,
the officer or investigator will ensure that a
PALMS check is made at that time to ascertain
if the youth has acquired SHOCAP status.
1. When the juvenile has been confirmed to
be a SHOCAP youth and a crime has been
committed or the stipulations of the
juvenile's probation have been violated, he
or she will be placed under arrest and
transported to the appropriate facility.
XI. JUVENILE FIRST OFFENDER PROGRAM:
A. When a juvenile is arrested for a
Page 4 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
misdemeanor or violation of a city or county
ordinance, the officer should contact intake at
the JAC to ascertain whether the arrestee is a
first time offender.
B. When it is confirmed that the juvenile is a
first time offender, all efforts should be made to
contact the parents or guardian of the arrestee
prior to taking him or her to the JAC.
C. The officer may resolve the first offense
crime with the involved parties and the arrestee
through some type of agreement or diversionary
program, thus eliminating any court proceeding
or action.
XII. QUESTIONING, INTERVIEWS,
INTERROGATIONS:
A. When a juvenile is to be questioned about a
crime in which he or she is suspected of being
involved, and a "custodial interrogation"
situation exists, the juvenile will be afforded the
same Constitutional Rights as an adult
regarding Miranda Rights.
1. Parents or guardians should be notified
of the interrogation and be present when
possible.
a. Officers must make every effort to
locate the parent or guardian and be
able to articulate their efforts in court.
2. When the parent or guardian is located
and refuses to be present or authorizes the
officer to go forward with the interrogation
without his or her presence, the officer may
begin the interrogation and then document
the facts surrounding the reasons a parent
or guardian was not present in his or her
report .
3. If a parent or guardian cannot be located
and notified of the intended interrogation,
the officer may proceed with the
interrogation.
4. Notification to the parent or guardian that
the juvenile is in custody and the need to
interrogate the juvenile should be written
into the report by the officer. Unsuccessful
attempts to locate the parents or guardian
should also be written into the report by the
officer. Information should include who
made or attempted to make the notification
and how notification, or the attempts to
notify, were made and when.
5. Prior to the interrogation, the officer will
consider the juvenile's age, educational
level, ability to read, write and understand
the English language, or the child's native
language, the location of the interrogation,
the number of people present, requests by
the juvenile, and the juvenile's Miranda
rights.
a. It is the officer's responsibility to
ensure that the juvenile fully
understands his or her rights. The
officer will explain the rights so they are
easily understood. The officer must be
able to clearly articulate how the officer
knew the juvenile understood his or her
rights and explain in court, if necessary.
6. The time of interrogation should be
limited to the time necessary to obtain the
information on the matter of concern.
Periodic breaks and rest periods will be
included as appropriate.
7. The number of officers and other
concerned parties will be limited to the
fewest number present as possible. When
possible, two (2) officers should be present
during the interrogation.
8. No more than two (2) officers should
interview the juvenile during any interview/
interrogation session to prevent allegations
of coercion. Others (Investigators, DCF
case workers, Sexual Assault Assistance
Program Counselors etc.) may be present,
but should not participate in the interview.
9. When a juvenile refuses to give a
statement, the parent or guardian will not
demand or force the child to give a
statement.
10. The interrogation should be audio
recorded on a cassette.
XIII. PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING
DEPENDENT CHILDREN:
A. Taking custody of a child without a court
order, except arrests for delinquent acts, is to
be effected only in those instances where the
circumstances are of an emergency nature and
immediate action is necessary or if the juvenile
is alleged to have engaged in non -criminal
misbehavior (a status offense).
1. Runaways are taken into custody and
Page 5 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
returned to parents/guardians or other
appropriate facilities as outlined in
department Missing Person Procedure.
2. Truants may only be taken into custody
for the purpose of transporting him/her to
the TIP Center or back to his/her school or
other designated location. The officer may
release a child who is over sixteen (16)
years of age and has a work permit or a
certificate exempting him/her from school or
if the officer is able to verify or determine
the juvenile has a reasonable explanation
for school absence.
3. Parent(s) or guardian(s) of ungovernable
juveniles should be referred to the Florida
Division Children and Family (DCF) for
assistance.
B. When a child is not in immediate danger,
(considering the child's age, physical/mental
condition and source of danger), and a parent
or other responsible adult is present, the child
need not be taken into custody.
C. If a child alleges, or has been reported as
being physically, mentally, or sexually abused
by a person of familial or custodial authority and
the accused lives within the child's residence or
has ready access to the child, DCF will be
contacted through the Abuse Registry (see
Appendix B).
1. The local DCF Office may also be
contacted in addition to the Abuse Registry
if case facts dictate the necessity for
immediate response of a DCF caseworker.
2. Case details will be discussed with the
DCF case worker, who is responsible for
determining whether the child should
remain at home, be allowed to stay with a
relative or friend, or be placed in temporary
shelter. If the officer turns a juvenile over to
a DCF caseworker for placement into a
shelter, the case worker will complete a
Juvenile Affidavit for dependency.
D. When necessary, an officer may take a
dependent child into custody and deliver the
child, without delay, to a DCF case worker, JAC
intake, Safe Harbor Runaway Shelter, or a
mental health facility as case facts dictate.
E. The name and location of the placement
facility or shelter will not be released except to
those persons acting in official capacities with
duly recognized governmental agencies, unless
authorized by DCF.
F. If the child is a recovered runaway the
parent(s), legal guardian(s) or other responsible
adult relative may be informed of the child's
placement at Safe Harbor Runaway Shelter, or
other similar facility, unless allegations of abuse
have been made and an DCF investigation is
pending; the assigned DCF caseworker will
determine to whom and when this information
will be released.
G. All necessary offense reports and other
applicable forms must be completed by the
officer when the juvenile has been handled as a
dependent or a delinquent child.
H. Interviews and/or arrests on school property
may be made or conducted:
1. If there is a proper setting for the
interview.
2. Within the guidelines of department and
school policies.
3. When investigating an incident on school
property.
4. During a routine investigation.
5. In schools where School District Police
Officers are assigned, the investigating
officer should make every effort to
coordinate the interview or arrest through
the School District Officer.
XIV. JUVENILE RECORDS:
A. For guidelines pertaining to the maintenance,
distribution, and confidentiality of juvenile
records refer to the Records Function SOP.
XV. PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING JUVENILE
TRAFFIC VIOLATION:
A Juveniles may be issued citations for non-
criminal traffic violations and released from the
scene.
B. Juveniles charged with criminal traffic
offenses or violations of Chapter 322 F.S.S.
may be released after being issued a traffic
citation by:
1. Releasing the child on his or her own
recognizance;
Page 6 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
2. Releasing the child to a parent, guardian,
or other responsible adult; or
3. Transport the juvenile to the JAC. A
photocopy of the traffic citation will be
provided to the intake officer along with a
copy of the Juvenile Affidavit. The traffic
citation will follow normal routing.
a. If the juvenile is arrested for DUI, he
or she will be treated the same as an
adult.
4. Juveniles who refuse to sign a traffic
citation will be taken into custody and the
officer will notify the supervisor.
a. The juvenile will be transported to the
police station where the officer will
attempt to contact the juvenile's
parent(s), guardian(s), or a responsible
adult.
b. If one of the aforementioned persons
is contacted the juvenile may be
released to that person after being
Original Issue: 07/01/07
advised of the mandatory court
appearance. If the officer cannot
contact any of the aforementioned
persons, he or she will complete a
Juvenile Affidavit and transport the
juvenile to the JAC.
5. When a juvenile is arrested for a felony
traffic offense, the arresting officer will
follow the same procedure as in any
juvenile felony arrest.
XVI. REFERENCES:
• SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Enforcement.
• SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
• SOP # 30.01 Prisoner Holding Area.
• SOP # 34.01 Records Function.
• F.S.S., Ch. 39 Proceedings Relating to
Children.
• F.S.S. Ch. 322 Drivers' Licenses.
• F.S.S., Ch. 394 Mental Health.
• F.S.S. 743.064 Emergency medical care or
treatment to minors without parental consent.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 7 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
APPENDIX A
A. To inform the School Board of a juvenile's arrest contact the School Board Police at (561) 434-8700.
APPENDIX B
A. When a child alleges abuse, or has been reported as being abused in any way, the DCF will be contacted
through the 1 -800 -96 -ABUSE registry.
Page 8 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures
JUVENILE PROCEDURES
EFFECTIVE DATE: 07101/07
I. POLICY: It is the responsibility of all members of
the Gulf Stream Police Department to familiarize
themselves with established procedures for
handling both criminal and non -criminal juvenile
incidents. Officers will, whenever reasonable, take
those measures necessary to effect positive
changes in juvenile offenders consistent with Florida
State Statutes and the security interests of the
community.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Status Offender- A juvenile who is charged
with an offense that would not be a crime if
committed by an adult.
B. Delincuent Child- A child found by a court to
have committed a felony, misdemeanor,
contempt of court, or violated a local ordinance
and whose case has not been prosecuted as an
adult case.
C. Dependent Child- A child who:
1. Has been abandoned by his or her
parents or custodian.
2. For any reason is homeless or destitute.
3. Has no proper parental support,
maintenance, care, or guardianship.
4. Because of neglect by parents or
guardian is deprived of education as
required by law or of medical, psychiatric,
psychological or other care necessary for
well-being.
D. Non -Secure Custody- A condition under
which a juvenile's freedom of movement is
controlled by members of this agency and,
during such time, the juvenile:
1. Is held in an unlocked, multi-purpose
area such as a report writing room or an
office.
2. Is held long enough to complete
identification, investigation and processing
and then released to a responsible adult or
transferred to the Juvenile Assessment
Center (JAC).
SOP # 19.01
3. Is held under continuous visual
supervision until released.
E. Secure Custody- When a juvenile is
physically detained or confined in an area
designed to securely detain persons who are in
law enforcement custody.
III. ENFORCEMENT ALTERNATIVES:
A. Officers dealing with juveniles in status or
delinquent offense(s) may exercise reasonable
discretion when deciding which alternative is
appropriate to the situation. Alternatives include,
but are not limited to;
1. Release to a parent or guardian without
further action.
2. Release to a parent or guardian with
informal counseling to inform the youth of
the consequences of his or her actions.
3. Referrals to community services.
4. Informal counseling of parents or
responsible adults.
5. Issuance of summons or complaint.
6. Arrest under non -secure custody.
7. Arrest under secure custody.
IV. ENFORCEMENT CRITERIA:
A. The following general guidelines may be
used to determine the appropriate enforcement
action to take when dealing with juvenile
incidents.
1. When some type of intervention is
necessary to avoid additional status or
delinquent acts by the child in the future, the
officer may release to a parent or guardian
without further action or following informal
counseling and/or referral to community
resources providing the child has had no
prior enforcement contacts with the police.
Examples of these incidents include, but
are not limited to,: loitering, minor liquor law
violations, and disorderly conduct.
2. Officers may elect to transport the youth
to his or her home and make personal
contact with the youth's parents or guardian
to provide them with the information
pertaining to their child's actions or detain
Page 1 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
the youth at the police station or another
endangered, the officer will call the
designated facility until he or she is
Abuse Hotline and make arrangements
released to a parent or guardian when:
for the child to receive lodging at an
domestic battery.
approved site (see Appendix B).
a. The nature of the incident is of a
juvenile to his or her parents, guardian, or other
more serious nature than previously
5. In cases of alleged child abuse, officers
outlined.
will contact the supervisor unless probable
cause justifies immediate action in order to
b. The youth has received prior informal
protect the safety and well-being of the
warnings or referrals or has engaged in
child.
delinquent acts.
identification, investigation and processing
V. STATUS OFFENSES:
c. The youth's parents or guardians
parent or responsible adult or transfer to the
have apparently failed to provide
A. Juveniles taken into custody for status
appropriate control and supervision.
offenses will be patted down for weapons prior
to being transported and will be handcuffed or
3. Officers will appropriately charge
otherwise restrained.
juveniles when the circumstances of the
criminal type offenses should not be
incident include:
B. Officers will pay attention to juveniles under
such cases, the juvenile will be held in non-
the influence of alcohol or other drugs and
a. Acts that, if committed by an adult,
determine whether emergency medical services
would be a felony.
are necessary.
b. Acts involving deadly weapons.
C. Based on the seriousness of and
circumstances surrounding the offense, the
c. Acts involving assault or battery or
background and demeanor of the juvenile, and
domestic battery.
other relevant factors, an officer may release a
juvenile to his or her parents, guardian, or other
d. Acts while on probation or when they
responsible adult.
have charges pending against them.
D. Juveniles taken into custody for status
e. Acts as repeat offenders or when
offenses will be held in non -secure custody for
they have refused to participate in
the least amount of time necessary to conduct
diversion or intervention programs.
identification, investigation and processing
requirements to facilitate their release to a
f. When it has been determined that
parent or responsible adult or transfer to the
parental or other adult supervision is
JAC.
ineffective.
E. Status offenders and other juveniles taken
4. An officer may also take a juvenile into
into temporary non -secure custody for non -
custody if the youth is lost, seriously
criminal type offenses should not be
endangered, truant, or is a runaway. In all
fingerprinted or photographed for purpose of
such cases, the juvenile will be held in non-
record unless this can be accomplished with the
secure custody and officers will contact the
juvenile's permission.
child's parents or guardian as soon as
possible. When an officer is unable to
F. Status offenders in temporary custody will not
contact a parent or guardian or other
be placed in a holding area with adult suspects
circumstances dictate, the officer may:
or detainees and will be under constant visual
supervision.
a. When the child is lost or a runaway,
the officer will contact the appropriate
VI. TRUANCY INTERDICTION PROGRAM (TIP):
shelter and make arrangements for the
child to be delivered there.
A. Except for those students who have been
suspended, expelled, or have a verifiable
b. When the child is truant, the child will
reason for not being in school, any youth found
be delivered to the Truancy Interdiction
in a place other than school during school hours
Program (TIP).
is eligible for the Truancy Interdiction Program.
The TIP Center is open to receive truants
c. When the child is seriously
normally between 0900 hours and 1400 hours
Page 2 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
students picked up after 1400 hours are to be
returned to the school they normally attend.
1. Truancy interdiction begins with
uniformed patrol officers stopping and
questioning school age children who are not
in school during school hours.
2. Children stopped under the TIP program
are checked via the dispatch center with the
School District Police Dispatch or local
school for suspension, expulsion,
withdrawal, or other non -truant status
information.
3. When the youth is truant, he or she will
be transported to the TIP Center.
4. Upon arrival at the TIP Center, the officer
will complete a Field Investigation Report
(FIR) supplying basic information about the
child.
5. The officer will then give custody of the
child to the TIP personnel and go back into
service.
6. The TIP staff is responsible for notifying
the child's school, parent or guardian. TIP
will also advise the parents or guardian of
the F.S.S. regarding mandatory school
attendance and their responsibility to assure
attendance.
VII. DELINQUENT (CRIMINAL TYPE) OFFENSES:
A. Juveniles arrested for delinquent offenses
are subject to the same security requirements
as adults and will be handcuffed or otherwise
restrained as necessary during transport and
processing.
B. Juveniles accused of delinquent offenses
may be securely detained only for the period of
time and in the manner prescribed by law to
allow for identification, investigation, processing,
and released to parents or a responsible adult,
or transferred to the JAC.
C. The juvenile should be informed of the
procedures that will be followed in regard to
custody, release, and/or transport to another
facility.
VIII. CITATION OR SUMMONS ALTERNATIVES
FOR JUVENILES:
A. Officers taking juveniles into custody for
status offenses or misdemeanor infractions in
which no crime of violence occurred may
release the juvenile to his or her parent,
guardian, or other responsible adult in lieu of
taking the juvenile to the JAC.
1. Juveniles will only be released to
"responsible adults" when all reasonable
efforts to contact a parent or legal guardian
have been exhausted. The person the child
is released to must produce some type of
identification. The officer will document the
type of identification presented in his or her
report.
B. When arresting for criminal traffic violations
and misdemeanors, officers will complete all
necessary paperwork and advise the parent,
guardian, or other responsible adult and the
juvenile that the Juvenile Court will be
contacting them with a court date at which the
youth must appear to answer the charges.
IX. JUVENILE ARREST PROCEDURE:
A. Florida law authorizes officers to take a child
into custody for a delinquent act or violation of
the law (misdemeanor, felony, local ordinance).
The laws of arrest that apply to an adult also
apply to a juvenile.
B. When an officer arrests a juvenile, the
following procedures will be followed by the
arresting officer:
1. Handcuff the juvenile and transport him
or her to the police station, JAC, his or her
residence, or other appropriate location. .
a. While the handcuffing of juvenile
prisoners prior to transport is the
routine course of action, there may be
an occasion when prisoner restraint
may be modified or not employed when
dealing with the very young or the
physically or medically impaired
juvenile.
2. Notify a dispatcher of the destination
when transporting a juvenile as well as the
beginning and ending mileage.
3. Make every reasonable effort to notify the
parent or legal custodian that the child is in
police custody as soon as possible. Upon
notification of a parent or guardian, the
following information will be supplied
immediately:
Page 3 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
a. The reason for detention.
b. The place of detention.
4. Check NCIC, FCIC, PALMS, and JAC
determine if the juvenile has any active
warrants, a Pick -Up Order, is a runaway, or
has been adjudicated as an adult.
C. Juveniles brought to the police station,
whether or not in secure custody, are to be held
separate from the adult detainees.
1.Officer(s) will ensure that juveniles have
no visual or audible contact with adult
detainees.
D. When a juvenile is arrested for any crime
that, if committed by an adult, would be a felony
or the crime involves the use of violence:
1. The officer will complete all paperwork
and transport the juvenile to the JAC.
2. Notification will be made by the arresting
officer by contacting the School Board
Police (see Appendix A).
E. All juveniles taken into custody for a
delinquent act will be taken without
unreasonable delay to the police station or JAC,
unless medical treatment is necessary. If an
arrested juvenile is believed to be intoxicated,
drugged, or injured to such a degree that his or
her health is in danger and the officer believes
medical attention is necessary, the officer will:
1. Have the juvenile assessed by
Fire/Rescue;
2. Notify the supervisor;
3. Contact the juvenile's parents or legal
guardian;
4. If advised by Fire/Rescue, arrange for the
juvenile to be examined/ treated by a
physician. If the juvenile is in no immediate
danger and the physician medically
releases the juvenile, a release may be
signed by the physician.
F. If the child is admitted to the hospital and the
parent(s)/legal guardian cannot be contacted,
the officer will contact the JAC.
1. The referral will be delivered to the JAC
intake immediately.
2. The arresting officer must make
arrangements for the child's admission to
the hospital. The arresting officer must
immediately contact the JAC intake so that
a caseworker can be assigned regarding
the dependency issue.
G. If the arrested juvenile appears to meet the
criteria for involuntary psychiatric examination,
the juvenile will be transported to the South
County Mental Health Center. The officer will
complete a written report detailing the
circumstances.
H. Juveniles arrested for felonies and the
following misdemeanors will be fingerprinted
and photographed: Assault, battery, carrying
concealed weapon, unlawful use of a
destructive device or bomb, child abuse,
negligent treatment of children, assault or
battery of a law enforcement officer/firefighter or
other special officer, open carrying of a weapon,
exposure of sexual organs, unlawful possession
of a firearm, petit theft, cruelty to animals and
arson.
1. If the juvenile is transported to JAC, the
fingerprints and photographs will be
completed at JAC.
X. SERIOUS HABITUAL OFFENDER
COMPREHENSIVE ACTION PROGRAM
(SHOCAP):
A. When an officer or investigator makes
contact with a juvenile, regardless if the juvenile
is a witness, victim, or suspect in an incident,
the officer or investigator will ensure that a
PALMS check is made at that time to ascertain
if the youth has acquired SHOCAP status.
1. When the juvenile has been confirmed to
be a SHOCAP youth and a crime has been
committed or the stipulations of the
juvenile's probation have been violated, he
or she will be placed under arrest and
transported to the appropriate facility.
XI. JUVENILE FIRST OFFENDER PROGRAM:
A. When a juvenile is arrested for a
Page 4 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
misdemeanor or violation of a city or county
ordinance, the officer should contact intake at
the JAC to ascertain whether the arrestee is a
first time offender.
B. When it is confirmed that the juvenile is a
first time offender, all efforts should be made to
contact the parents or guardian of the arrestee
prior to taking him or her to the JAC.
C. The officer may resolve the first offense
crime with the involved parties and the arrestee
through some type of agreement or diversionary
program, thus eliminating any court proceeding
or action.
XII. QUESTIONING, INTERVIEWS,
INTERROGATIONS:
A. When a juvenile is to be questioned about a
crime in which he or she is suspected of being
involved, and a "custodial interrogation"
situation exists, the juvenile will be afforded the
same Constitutional Rights as an adult
regarding Miranda Rights.
1. Parents or guardians should be notified
of the interrogation and be present when
possible.
a. Officers must make every effort to
locate the parent or guardian and be
able to articulate their efforts in court.
2. When the parent or guardian is located
and refuses to be present or authorizes the
officer to go forward with the interrogation
without his or her presence, the officer may
begin the interrogation and then document
the facts surrounding the reasons a parent
or guardian was not present in his or her
report .
3. If a parent or guardian cannot be located
and notified of the intended interrogation,
the officer may proceed with the
interrogation.
4. Notification to the parent or guardian that
the juvenile is in custody and the need to
interrogate the juvenile should be written
into the report by the officer. Unsuccessful
attempts to locate the parents or guardian
should also be written into the report by the
officer. Information should include who
made or attempted to make the notification
and how notification, or the attempts to
notify, were made and when.
5. Prior to the interrogation, the officer will
consider the juvenile's age, educational
level, ability to read, write and understand
the English language, or the child's native
language, the location of the interrogation,
the number of people present, requests by
the juvenile, and the juvenile's Miranda
rights.
a. It is the officer's responsibility to
ensure that the juvenile fully
understands his or her rights. The
officer will explain the rights so they are
easily understood. The officer must be
able to clearly articulate how the officer
knew the juvenile understood his or her
rights and explain in court, if necessary.
6. The time of interrogation should be
limited to the time necessary to obtain the
information on the matter of concern.
Periodic breaks and rest periods will be
included as appropriate.
7. The number of officers and other
concerned parties will be limited to the
fewest number present as possible. When
possible, two (2) officers should be present
during the interrogation.
B. No more than two (2) officers should
interview the juvenile during any interview/
interrogation session to prevent allegations
of coercion. Others (Investigators, DCF
case workers, Sexual Assault Assistance
Program Counselors etc.) may be present,
but should not participate in the interview.
9. When a juvenile refuses to give a
statement, the parent or guardian will not
demand or force the child to give a
statement.
10. The interrogation should be audio
recorded on a cassette.
XIII. PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING
DEPENDENT CHILDREN:
A. Taking custody of a child without a court
order, except arrests for delinquent acts, is to
be effected only in those instances where the
circumstances are of an emergency nature and
immediate action is necessary or if the juvenile
is alleged to have engaged in non -criminal
misbehavior (a status offense).
1. Runaways are taken into custody and
Page 5 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
returned to parents/guardians or other
appropriate facilities as outlined in
department Missing Person Procedure.
2. Truants may only be taken into custody
for the purpose of transporting him/her to
the TIP Center or back to his/her school or
other designated location. The officer may
release a child who is over sixteen (16)
years of age and has a work permit or a
certificate exempting him/her from school or
if the officer is able to verify or determine
the juvenile has a reasonable explanation
for school absence.
3. Parent(s) or guardian(s) of ungovernable
juveniles should be referred to the Florida
Division Children and Family (DCF) for
assistance.
B. When a child is not in immediate danger,
(considering the child's age, physical/mental
condition and source of danger), and a parent
or other responsible adult is present, the child
need not be taken into custody.
C. If a child alleges, or has been reported as
being physically, mentally, or sexually abused
by a person of familial or custodial authority and
the accused lives within the child's residence or
has ready access to the child, DCF will be
contacted through the Abuse Registry (see
Appendix B).
1. The local DCF Office may also be
contacted in addition to the Abuse Registry
if case facts dictate the necessity for
immediate response of a DCF caseworker.
2. Case details will be discussed with the
DCF case worker, who is responsible for
determining whether the child should
remain at home, be allowed to stay with a
relative or friend, or be placed in temporary
shelter. If the officer turns a juvenile over to
a DCF caseworker for placement into a
shelter, the case worker will complete a
Juvenile Affidavit for dependency.
D. When necessary, an officer may take a
dependent child into custody and deliver the
child, without delay, to a DCF case worker, JAC
intake, Safe Harbor Runaway Shelter, or a
mental health facility as case facts dictate.
E. The name and location of the placement
facility or shelter will not be released except to
those persons acting in official capacities with
duly recognized governmental agencies, unless
authorized by DCF.
F. If the child is a recovered runaway the
parent(s), legal guardian(s) or other responsible
adult relative may be informed of the child's
placement at Safe Harbor Runaway Shelter, or
other similar facility, unless allegations of abuse
have been made and an DCF investigation is
pending; the assigned DCF caseworker will
determine to whom and when this information
will be released.
G. All necessary offense reports and other
applicable forms must be completed by the
officer when the juvenile has been handled as a
dependent or a delinquent child.
H. Interviews and/or arrests on school property
may be made or conducted:
1. If there is a proper setting for the
interview.
2. Within the guidelines of department and
school policies.
3. When investigating an incident on school
property.
4. During a routine investigation.
5. In schools where School District Police
Officers are assigned, the investigating
officer should make every effort to
coordinate the interview or arrest through
the School District Officer.
XIV. JUVENILE RECORDS:
A. For guidelines pertaining to the maintenance,
distribution, and confidentiality of juvenile
records refer to the Records Function SOP.
XV. PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING JUVENILE
TRAFFIC VIOLATION:
A Juveniles may be issued citations for non-
criminal traffic violations and released from the
scene.
B. Juveniles charged with criminal traffic
offenses or violations of Chapter 322 F.S.S.
may be released after being issued a traffic
citation by:
1. Releasing the child on his or her own
recognizance;
Page 6 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
2. Releasing the child to a parent, guardian,
or other responsible adult; or
3. Transport the juvenile to the JAC. A
photocopy of the traffic citation will be
provided to the intake officer along with a
copy of the Juvenile Affidavit. The traffic
citation will follow normal routing.
a. If the juvenile is arrested for DUI, he
or she will be treated the same as an
adult.
4. Juveniles who refuse to sign a traffic
citation will be taken into custody and the
officer will notify the supervisor.
a. The juvenile will be transported to the
police station where the officer will
attempt to contact the juvenile's
parent(s), guardian(s), or a responsible
adult.
b. If one of the aforementioned persons
is contacted the juvenile may be
released to that person after being
Original issue: 07/01/07
advised of the mandatory court
appearance. If the officer cannot
contact any of the aforementioned
persons, he or she will complete a
Juvenile Affidavit and transport the
juvenile to the JAC.
5. When a juvenile is arrested for a felony
traffic offense, the arresting officer will
follow the same procedure as in any
juvenile felony arrest.
XVI. REFERENCES:
• SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Enforcement.
• SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
• SOP # 30.01 Prisoner Holding Area.
• SOP # 34.01 Records Function.
• F.S.S., Ch. 39 Proceedings Relating to
Children.
• F.S.S. Ch. 322 Drivers' Licenses.
• F.S.S., Ch. 394 Mental Health.
• F.S.S. 743.064 Emergency medical care or
treatment to minors without parental consent.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 7 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Juvenile Procedures SOP # 19.01
APPENDIX A
A. To inform the School Board of a juvenile's arrest contact the School Board Police at (561) 434-8700.
APPENDIX B
A. When a child alleges abuse, or has been reported as being abused in any way, the DCF will be contacted
through the 1 -800 -96 -ABUSE registry.
Page 8 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS III. POLICE COMMAND CENTER AND FIELD
PROCEDURE OPERATIONS:
EFFECTIVE: 07101107
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department will
provide police protection and services to the citizens
of the Town when a hurricane threatens or strikes
the Town. In an emergency situation such as a
hurricane, each employee must know his or her
duties and responsibilities. The department will
follow established guidelines outlined in the Town of
Gulf Stream Hurricane Manual.
IL DEFINITIONS:
A. Advisory - A Weather Advisory is a message
that is issued by the National Hurricane Service
concerning tropical storms and hurricanes. An
Advisory states details relative to the location,
intensity, and direction of travel and speed of a
tropical storm or hurricane.
B. Bulletin - A Weather Bulletin is a public
release from the National Hurricane Center
during periods between advisories; it announces
the latest details on the tropical storm or
hurricane.
C. Tropical Storm Warning - A Tropical Storm
Warning is a warning of winds within the range of
39-73 MPH (34-63 knots).
D. Hurricane Watch - A Hurricane Watch is an
advance statement that is issued by the National
Hurricane Center. It implies the possibility of
dangerous conditions within 24-48 hours.
Precautionary action should be taken in case
Hurricane Warnings are forthcoming.
E. Hurricane Warning - A Hurricane Warning
indicates that hurricane winds of 74 MPH (64
Knots) or higher, or a combination of
dangerously high water and rough seas are
expected in a specified area and hurricane
conditions are considered imminent and may
begin within the next 24 hours.
F. Hurricane - A Hurricane is a violent storm
originating over tropical waters with winds near
its center reach 74 MPH or higher. In size, the
storm may range from 50 to 1,000 miles in
diameter.
A. The Police Command Center is the central
facility for coordinating and controlling
departmental responses during a hurricane
emergency. The Chief of Police will be in charge
of the Police Command Center and a supervisor
will be designated as Field Commander, as
designated by the Chief of Police.
B. The primary Police Command Center will be
located in the Administrative Services area of the
police department.
1. Hurricane Kits, each contained in a
marked expandable folder, will be kept in the
command center. The Hurricane Kits will be
maintained by the Chief of Police, and will
contain the following items:
a. Hurricane Notification Checklist.
b. Call out list.
c. Departmental phone list including
cell phone list.
d. Inter -Departmental EOC contact
list.
e. Town personnel phone list.
f. Contact phone numbers for outside
agencies.
g. Map of greater Gulf Stream area
depicting evacuation areas,
evacuation routes, shelters, and
traffic control points.
h. List of area hospitals and phone
numbers.
i. List of Vendors and a list of
alternate Vendors.
Page 1 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
C. In the case of a Category 1, 2 or 3 Hurricane
the, Town's EOC will be located in the main
briefing room of the police station. If the storm is
a Category 4 or above the Town EOC will be
located at an alternate site. In either event, one
of the Hurricane Kits will be delivered to the Chief
of Police, at the appropriate location. The
second kit will go to the Police Command Center,
third to EOC, forth to dispatch, and the fifth will
be for the Field supervisor.
IV. STORM REPSONSE STAGES:
A. There are seven (7) Hurricane Response
stages, as follows:
1. Stage I & II will be implemented during a
Hurricane watch.
2. Stage III & IV will be implemented during a
Hurricane Warning.
3. Stage V will be implemented during the
Hurricane.
4. Stage VI & VII will be implemented after
the Hurricane passes.
B. These stages are intended to be guidelines
and the actual decision as to when to implement
each stage will be at the discretion of the Chief of
Police, or his designee. Common sense and
logic are expected to prevail and other conditions
such as distance from the storm, the expected
time of landfall and the tide table will also be
considered.
C. Stage I will occur approximately 72 hours
prior to anticipated landfall and is the initial
tracking stage of the Hurricane.
1. When Stage I is declared the following
tasks will be started or completed.
a. The Chief of Police will insure
that all staff level officers are noted
that a Stage I is declared.
b. All supervisory personnel will
review the Hurricane Procedure.
The Chief of Police will review the
contents of the Hurricane Kits.
c. The Chief of Police will insure that
the fuel tank for the generator is
topped off and checked for proper
working condition All vehicles will be
checked for mechanical
deficiencies and steps will be
taken to correct any that are found.
d. The on duty supervisor will begin
collecting coordinates of the storm
and post the coordinates on the
Hurricane tracking board and map in
the EOC.
D. Stage II will be initiated approximately 24-36
hours prior to expected Hurricane landfall and
occurs during the Hurricane Watch.
1. When Stage II is declared, the following
tasks will be started and/or completed:
a. All members will be notified that a
Phase II is declared. All members
will contact the Police Department as
soon as our area is put on tropical
storm or hurricane watch giving their
location and a contact phone number
and will continue to do so each time
their location changes. At the time
we are put under tropical storm or
hurricane watch all personnel not on
duty go on standby.
b. All members should secure their
personal property and make
arrangements for their families,
relatives, pets, etc., and be ready to
report within ninety (90) minutes of
being called.
c. All vacation and compensatory
leave will be canceled.
d. Officers will report to work, in full
uniform, and with necessary
equipment,(B.D.U.s and tee shirts)
including personal items when called
to report (stand by status).
e. All supervisors will insure that all
vehicles are fueled and ready for
service
f. All personnel having assigned
cellular phones, phone chargers,
Page 2 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
radio, radio chargers, flashlight,
flashlight chargers and batteries
should bring them with them to the
police station for movement to the
Police Command Center.
g. The Chief of Police will assure that
all Stage I tasks have been
completed.
h. The Chief of Police or his
designee will verify that contact is
made with the County Emergency
Management Center. Periodic
contact should be made to assure
that communication lines are still
open, and to assure the department
is informed of the latest
developments.
i. The Chief of Police will ensure
that a check of elderly residents in
the need of assistance is
conducted.
j. All tasks will be documented on a
Hurricane log sheet.
E. Stage III will be declared approximately 24
hours before the anticipated Hurricane landfall.
The Hurricane Warning is issued in Stage III and
during this stage departmental mobilization shall
be initiated.
1. When Stage III is announced, the following
tasks shall be started and/or completed:
a. The Chief of Police will notify all
Police Department members that
Stage III is declared and emergency
conditions exist. All Police personnel
Will be ordered to report for duty
when deemed by the Chief of Police.
b. The Police Command
Center will be activated with
the appropriate staffing.
c. Members will report to the Police
command center where they will
sign -in, receive instructions, and duty
assignments.
d. Once an evacuation order has
been issued the Chief of Police or
designee will coordinate with the
Field supervisor to warn local
residents and club's. Information will
be given by patrol vehicles
broadcasting the evacuation order
message over their P.A. system,
knocking door to door, and/or using
any other reasonable and practical
method. However, no one may be
taken from or forced to leave their
home against their will. Everyone
must be made aware that we may
not be able to assist them later. The
information will be given door to door
east of the Intercoastal Waterway
and a list made of residences that
refuse to vacate.
e. All members reporting for duty will
be responsible for providing
themselves with equipment and
provisions for 48 hours. (APPENDIX
A)
f. Administrative Services will
ensure that all records/equipment
are covered and moved away from
windows and doors, and coordinate
through the Town Clerk to have the
pre -identified files transported to a
secure facility. All non-essential
computer terminals should be
turned off, unplugged, covered in
plastic, and placed on top of file
cabinets, as far away from windows
as possible.
g. The Chief of Police will ensure that
a sweep of the town begins in order
to contact any homeless persons. If
located, they should be referred to
the Hurricane Shelters and told when
the shelters will be activated.
F. Stage IV will be initiated hours prior to
expected landfall and all members will be
directed to report to the Police Station, or
alternate location, to ride out the storm.
1. When Stage IV is initiated the following
tasks will be started and/or completed.
a. The Police Command Center will
notify all personnel, via dispatch, that
Stage IV is declared.
b. All personnel will report, as soon
as is safely possible, to the station or
the alternate location to ride out the
storm.
Page 3 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
c. A supervisor will confirm that all
secured so as not to be destroyed by
department vehicles are secured.
the storm.
d. All personnel will remain indoors
3) The Chief of Police, or his
unless a life or death emergency
designee, will ensure the following
dictates otherwise and a safe
tasks are completed:
response can be made per direction
Center will be notified of the
of E.O.C./Police Command Center.
a) Department vehicles are
b) Cellular phone(s), charger(s) and
transported to the alternate location
e. As members report, the Chief of
or stored at the predetermined safe
Police or his designee, who will take
site.
a roll call to insure that all field
safely housed in the station or at an alternate
personnel have taken shelter.
b) All weapons and ordinances are
d) Maps.
removed from the armory and
f. In the event of a category 4 or
secured in the vehicles.
above Hurricane, the police station
tasks shall be followed or completed:
will be evacuated and all personnel
c) All extra ammunition is either
will be removed to an alternate
secured.
location to ride out the storm. In the
that Phase V has been initiated.
event this evacuation is ordered by
d) Assure all personnel and their
the E.O.C., the following events will
personal equipment is transported to
take place:
the alternate site.
1). The Chief of Police will arrange
e) Assure the building is secured and
that the following equipment is
locked.
transported to the alternate location
for safekeeping:
4) As each of these tasks is
completed the Police Command
a) Available portable radio chargers.
Center will be notified of the
completion, by the responsible party.
b) Cellular phone(s), charger(s) and
batteries.
G. Stage V will occur once all personnel are
c) Communications manuals.
safely housed in the station or at an alternate
location.
d) Maps.
1. When Stage V is declared the following
e) Phone books and city directories.
tasks shall be followed or completed:
f) Misc, office equipment, i.e. stapler,
a. The Police Command Center will
hole punch, pens, pencils, etc.
assure that all personnel are notified
that Phase V has been initiated.
2) The on duty Investigator will be b. The Police Command Center will
responsible for equipment and notify the County EOC of the
supplies necessary for the daily department's status.
operation of the Investigator are
transported to the alternate site. c. All departmental members will
remain indoors and will take
a) Latent fingerprint material. advantage of this time to rest.
b) Photograph & mug shot d. Personnel will make hourly checks
equipment. with the County EOC, via the
CARENET system, and
c) Offense and arrest paperwork. report to the Police Command
Center.
d) Current logs, fingerprints, files etc.
that are to be maintained are to be H. Stage VI or the recovery phase, occurs after
Page 4 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
the Hurricane has passed. This stage may last a
3) Personnel for securing
day, weeks, or months, depending on the
town building.
destructiveness of the storm.
2) North Ocean Blvd. and
system will be activated or continued
4) Officers will respond to all
1. When Stage VI is declared the following
town buildings, (i.e. Town
tasks are to be followed or completed:
Hall, Public Works, etc.),
secure the facility, and turn it
a. Once the storm has passed, the
over to the appropriate
Chief of Police or designee will notify
Department Head. All
all members that Phase VI is
personnel must be properly
declared and complete a mandatory
identified.
roll call of all members.
Hall )
h. At the direction of the Chief of
b. The Field supervisor will
Police or his designee, a dusk to
determine the condition of vehicles,
dawn curfew will be declared.
equipment and the building and
for looters. ie: Private clubs.
report the findings to the Police
Command Center.
I. Patrol officers will control access
will be contacted if possible. If local
to the Town. Residents, business
c. All members that went home will
owners, Federal, State, County
contact the station for instruction. If
emergency organizations and
communications are down and they
approved volunteer organizations will
have not made contact with the
have access to the Town. Access
station they should report to the
will be controlled by establishing
station 8 hours after the storm
manned checkpoints at the following
passes.
locations if possible;
d. A check of the communications
1) North Ocean Blvd. and
system will be made. If the main
Little Club road.
system is inoperable, the backup
2) North Ocean Blvd. and
system will be activated or continued
Pelican Lane.
if being operated from the alternate
3) Pelican Lane and
site.
Driftwood Landing.
4) Ave. Au Soleil and North
e. If the police station is in such a
Federal Highway.
condition that it cannot be utilized, an
alternate location shall be selected
for use as a Police Command Center
and police staging area. (i.e. Town
Hall )
j. A Supervisor will check other
f. An inventory will be made of
location that would be a target area
supplies (report forms, case cards,
for looters. ie: Private clubs.
rough arrest forms, radio logs, etc.).
If supplies are needed, local vendors
k. Efforts will be made to protect the
will be contacted if possible. If local
Town and the residents from
vendors are inaccessible, the list of
consumer fraud (price
alternate vendors (located in
gouging/contractor fraud) with the
the Hurricane Kit) will be utilized,
assistance of Code Enforcement.
The department will assist the Town
g. The Town will be divided into two
in the implementation of a temporary
sections, and the Chief of Police will
occupational licensing procedure to
assign personnel to duties as listed:
aid in the later identification of
1) A supervisor for each
suspects with the use of photographs
section.
and fingerprints of the applicants.
2) Officer(s) as available to
each section.
I. Volunteers assisting the Police
Department will be under the
Page 5 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
direction of the Chief of Police or his
designee. A log detailing the
volunteers, their skills, contact
numbers, and assignments will be
maintained in the EOC Volunteers
must wear a Town ID at all times.
m. The department will assist in
search and rescue operations as
directed by the EOC through the
Chief of Police.
n. The Chief of Police will review the
department work schedule and
insure that all employees and
volunteers receive adequate relief
time. It must be remembered that the
employees will be dealing with their
own personal situations arising from
the storm and all efforts are to be
made to accommodate the
employees while maintaining the
daily operation of the Town and the
Police Department.
V. INSPECTION OF DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT
FOR USE IN HURRICANE EMERGENCY
A. The Chief of Police or
designee will conduct an inspection of
department equipment identified for use in
Hurricane Emergency prior to June 1 of each
year.
1. A copy of inspection will be forwarded to
the Chief of Police for review.
VI. FAILING TO REPORT DURING DECLARED
EMERGENCY
A. Failing to respond to work during an
emergency situation will be considered as a
voluntary resignation.
VII. REFERENCE:
• Town Hurricane Manual
Page 6 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hurricane Procedures SOP # 20.01
Appendix A
All personnel reporting for duty will be responsible for providing themselves with provisions
for 48 hours. All the following items should be included:
a. Extra sets of uniforms, and other clothing,
b. Rain Gear,
C. Appropriate footwear,
d. Toiletries, including towels,
e. Any special medical or dietary needs, and any special storage
requirements i.e.: refrigeration,
f. Sleeping gear including cots, sleeping bag, blankets, pillow, etc.,
g. A two- day supply of water and non-perishable food,
h. Police radio, batteries and charger.
Original issue:07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 7 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Unusual Occurrence Plan SOP # 20.02
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PLAN
EFFECTIVE: 07101/07
I. POLICY: The potential for an emergency to occur
in the Town of Gulf Stream is recognized.
Depending upon the nature of the emergency, rapid
deployment of police officers may be essential to
save lives, protect property and maintain order. This
procedure is designed to cover the following types
of emergencies:
A. Natural disasters (with the exception of
hurricanes),
B. Man-made disasters,
C. Civil disturbances, and
D. Accidents involving hazardous materials.
It. RESPONSIBILITY FOR SERVICES AND
RESOURCES:
A. The Chief of Police or a designee retains
responsibility for planning, organizing and
directing all law enforcement resources
committed to an unusual occurrence operation
within the jurisdiction. In an emergency, the
hierarchy of command will be as follows:
1. The supervisor on duty when the
emergency begins,
2. The on-call supervisor when noted of
the emergency.
B. The supervisor will be the principal advisor of
unusual occurrences to the Chief of Police. The
supervisor will act as an expediter of resources
during an emergency situation and will
coordinate the emergency plan contents with all
affected agencies.
C. The Florida Department of Law Enforcement
(FDLE) will have responsibility for the
coordination of Federal, State and local law
enforcement resources during a civil disorder,
pursuant to Florida State Statute.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. A supervisor or above may take emergency
action to provide manpower to resolve the
situation. Such emergency action may include
ordering on -duty personnel to remain on duty
beyond their normal ending time and/or ordering
the mobilization of off-duty personnel.
1. Officers who are called -in will be the
responsibility of the supervisor in
coordination with the Chief of Police.
B. The supervisor or a designee will provide
officers with the following information:
1. Nature of the emergency event.
2. Assembly instructions. If not otherwise
instructed, officers will report to the briefing
room.
3. The name of the officer in command at
the emergency event.
4. Any special equipment or uniform
needed.
5. Any areas of the Town, which should be
avoided in transit.
C. The Chief of Police or designee will oversee
all matters relating to the police complex,
building security, and the continued functioning
of the various police support functions.
1. Police officers may be assigned to the .
complex for security.
D. The dispatcher will designate one radio
frequency for use by all units participating in the
situation and if necessary:
1. Notify command personnel as directed by
the supervisor.
2. Inform complainants the police
department is presently only available to
respond to critical service requests.
3. Dispatch other calls for service when
units become available.
4. Notify the following agencies that there
assistance may be required:
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Unusual Occurrence Plan SOP # 20.02
a. Public Works,
b. Florida Power and Light,
c. Blood Bank,
d. Hospital,
e. Red Cross, and
f. Any other agency as needed.
E. A command post will be established in a
secure area out of the hazard area and/or out of
direct sight of the suspect to provide flexibility of
movement for arriving units.
1. The command post will be the center of
communication for the operation.
2. Establish an inner perimeter and outer
perimeter and traffic control points as
necessary;
a. The inner perimeter should be
sufficiently large to prevent an
immediate danger to anyone, but
small as possible to ensure control of
the area.
b. The outer perimeter will prohibit
unauthorized vehicular and pedestrian
traffic from reaching the inner
perimeter. The outer perimeter should
be positioned in a manner to afford
protection and safety to anyone outside
the perimeter.
F. The Chief of Police or a designee will be
responsible for:
1. The emergency requisition of required
supplies and equipment,
2. Arranging for necessary vehicle and
equipment repairs,
3. Arranging for fueling of vehicles, and
4. Arranging for distribution of stocked
inventory, which has been periodically
inspected for operational readiness, as
required:
a. Pepper spray,
b. Boots,
c. Helmets, and
d. Any other available equipment which
would be useful.
G. Depending on the circumstances,
department vehicles in the area of the incident
will be manned by a minimum of two officers, if
possible.
Page 2 of 3
H. A staging area for the news media will be
established in a safe location. The Chief of
Police or designee will release only information
which is approved to control misinformation and
rumors and to educate the public, such as:
1. Areas to avoid;
2. Evacuation instructions;
3. Location of shelters; and
4. Any news which would assist the public
in making decisions regarding the incident.
I. Casualty figures should only be released if
there is a tactical necessity at the time of
release or the situation is fully controlled and
exact numbers are known.
IV. MASS ARREST AND PRISONER
TRANSPORTATION:
A. During an emergency situation which may
surround an activity or event when large
numbers of arrests are anticipated, the Chief of
Police or designee in charge of personnel
effecting the arrest, unless otherwise directed,
will notify the Palm Beach County Sheriffs
Department for assistance and the use of their
mobile booking facility.
1. The arresting officer(s) will transport the
arrestee to the designated location where
they will be processed and released or
transported to the countyjail.
2. Whenever possible, prisoners will be
secured with plastic cuffs tagged with the
arresting officer's I.D. number and the case
number.
3. The arresting officer is responsible for
the prisoner's property and all paperwork
associated with the arrest.
B. The supervisor or a designee will coordinate
the interviews of those arrested, if needed.
C. Any medical attention required by prisoners
will be arranged by the transporting officer.
D. Juvenile offenders will be segregated from
the adult population and processed through
normal juvenile channels.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Unusual Occurrence Plan SOP # 20.02
V. AFTER THE INCIDENVACTION:
A. De-escalation procedures:
1. Maintain police presence for crowd
control, if necessary, and monitor the
situation.
2. Coordinate activities with all involved
agencies (other law enforcement agencies,
Fire Department, etc.);
3. Direct traffic;
4. Assist stranded persons;
5. Assist in evacuation, if necessary;
6. Reopen the area which had be closed or
evacuated; and
7. Survey and inspect the area for damage
Original issue: 07/01/07
and casualties.
B. An after -action report will be prepared by the
Chief of Police after any large scale man-made
or natural disaster.
C. The Chief or Police or a designee will
determine if there are department training
issues that need to addressed.
1. If there is a need for training, a member
will be assigned to conduct or arrange for
outside training for members.
W
SOP # 20.01 Hurricane Preparedness
Procedure.
• SOP # 21.03 Hostage and Barricaded
Response.
SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
SOP # 30.01 Prisoner Holding Area.
Garrett j. Ward, Chief of Poiice
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hostage and Barricaded Response SOP # 21.03
HOSTAGE AND BARRICADED
RESPONSE
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
1. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
has established guidelines for response to
situations where a suspect(s) is believed to be
barricaded or holding hostage(s) and may
reasonably be expected to possess deadly
weapons which could be used against law
enforcement, hostages or innocent persons. The
department acknowledges that these situations
may pose imminent danger to human life.
II. DEFINITION:
A. Barricaded Person: Is an individual who
resists arrest by using (or threatening the use of)
firearms, other weapon, explosives, etc. and is
behind cover. A barricaded person may or may
not have taken a hostage or made a threat to
their own life. Barricaded subjects will be
considered armed until proven otherwise.
B. Hostage Situation: Subject(s) holding
one or more persons against their will with
the actual or implied use of force.
III. HOSTAGE NEGOTIATION TEAM FUNCTION:
A. The Chief of Police has designated the Palm
Beach Sheriffs Office (PBSO) SWAT and
Hostage Negotiators as the primary response
unit to barricaded and hostage incidents.
B. The PBSO SWAT and Hostage Negotiators
will be called to respond to sites where
barricaded or hostage situations are reported at
the request of the shift supervisor.
C. The PBSO SWAT and Hostage negotiators
will be called to respond to all calls where a
barricaded or hostage situation has been
verified.
IV. PROCEDURE:
A. Gulf Stream Police Officers will attempt to
avoid confrontation, which may lead to an
irrational act by the offender. Officers will
attempt to control the offender and contain
him/her to the premises and eliminate any
avenues of escape. The first officer on the
scene will:
1. Secure the area and protect
others on the scene, notify dispatch of the
additional details and location;
2. Notify the supervisor;
3. Attempt to verify the incident and contain
the suspect(s);
4. Obtain medical treatment for any injured
persons;
5. Detain all witnesses having pertinent
information regarding the incident.
B. Responsibilities of the dispatch center:
1.Obtain as much information to allow officers
to respond appropriately;
2. Dispatch at least two (2) officers;
3. Notify additional personnel or outside
agencies as requested,
4. Notify Fire/Rescue of the situation and
place them on standby status.
C. Responsibility of the supervisor:
1.Respond to and assume command of the
scene, assess the incident, review actions
taken, and request support units, as needed;
2.Ensure Fire/Rescue is responding, if
necessary;
3. Notify the Chief of Police of the situation
and brief him/her;
4. Request the PBSO SWAT and Hostage
Negotiation Team, if needed;
5. When necessary and possible, evacuate
bystanders and neighbors to a point where
they are as safe as possible given the existing
circumstances;
6. Establish a command post, and designate
a staging area, notify dispatch of the locations.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Hostage and Barricaded Response SOP # 21.03
a. Reporting personnel shall
report to the staging area for
briefing, unless otherwise
instructed.
7. Establish perimeters;
a. Inner perimeter to contain and
deny escape to suspects,
b. Outer perimeter to limit access to
the inner perimeter to authorized
personnel only.
8. Ensure pursuit/surveillance
vehicles and equipment are available if
needed, utilizing assisting agency
personnel and vehicles. In addition,
possible escape travel routes will be
determined and steps taken to control
Original Issues 07/01/07
them, if necessary.
9. Designate an arrest team in the
event the suspect(s) surrenders before the
arrival of PBSO SWAT;
10. Coordinate with any outside agencies
and liaison with PBSO SWAT and Hostage
Negotiators until relieved of command.
11. Make arrangements for additional
personnel to cover road patrol functions.
IV REFERENCE:
• SOP# 4.0 1 Use of Force
• SOP#17.04Notification of Supervisors
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Bomb Related Incidents SOP # 21.05
BOMB RELATED INCIDENTS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department will
respond to all emergencies occurring within the
town regarding bomb threats or actual explosives.
This policy establishes guidelines for the response
to and handling of bomb threats or suspected
incendiary devices or explosives.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Explosive - A substance either improvised or
commercially manufactured to cause a sudden
violent release of mechanical, chemical or
nuclear energy.
B. Incendiary Device - A device designed to
cause extreme heat or fire, i.e., Molotov
Cocktail, flare, etc.
C. Pyrotechnics - Commercial or homemade
fireworks as defined in F.S.S. 791.01
D. Explosive Threat - The verbal or written
communication indicating the use of an
explosive device against either property or
person.
III. BOMB SQUAD FUNCTION:
A. The Chief of Police has designated the Palm
Beach Sheriffs Office (PBSO) Bomb Squad as
the primary response unit to explosive incidents.
B. The PBSO Bomb Squad will respond to sites
where explosive or bomb threats are made at
the discretion of the shift supervisor.
C. The PBSO Bomb Squad will respond to all
calls where a suspected explosive
device/ordnance has been located.
1. The PBSO Bomb Squad will determine
how to render safe any explosive device/
ordnance.
IV. PROCEDURE:
A. Explosive Threat:
1. When a call is received by dispatch
pertaining to an "explosive threat," the
dispatcher will attempt to elicit as much
information as possible from the caller, i.e.,
motive, type of device and what time the
device will detonate. This information will be
broadcast to the responding units.
B. Dispatch will notify the following immediately
after receiving the threat:
1. Available patrol unit(s) to respond to the
scene,
2. supervisor, and
3. Fire/Rescue units.
C. Procedure for unit(s) dispatched:
1. Upon arrival in the area, turn off all police
radios and cellular telephones. Use
conventional wire telephones for all
communication with dispatch.
2. Attempt to locate the person(s) who
received the bomb threat and verify the
original information. Question him or her
briefly for any additional useful information.
3. Locate the person in charge of the
premises and determine what course of
action he or she wishes to take. This may
Include, but is not limited to:
a. Determining the validity of the
threat,
b. Searching the area without
evacuation, or
c. Evacuating the entire premises and
then searching.
4. The department strongly recommends
evacuation if the intended target site has
had recent serious problems and a
possibility exists the threat is real. All
reasonable persuasive methods to obtain
the order to evacuate will be employed.
5. When a caller has given a speck time
for the explosion, the site should be
searched until 30 minutes prior to the stated
time. If no explosion occurs, the search
may resume 30 minutes after the stated
time has past.
6. When a caller states that a bomb will
explode in 15 minutes, evacuation should
begin immediately. After 30 minutes have
elapsed past the stated time of the
explosion, a search may be initiated.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Bomb Related Incidents SOP # 21.05
7. Officers will establish a command center
with telephones linked to dispatch in an
area away from the target building.
D. Interior Searches:
1. Areas accessible to the public should be
searched first; i.e.,
a. entrance ways,
b. lobbies,
c. reception rooms,
d. stairways,
e. closets,
f. elevator shafts, and
g. rest rooms.
2. Utility areas should be checked with the
assistance of maintenance personnel:
a. communications center,
b. power supply,
c. fuel supply, and
d. air conditioning.
3. Three sweeps are necessary to properly
check a room. They are:
a. From the floor to the height of the
person checking the room,
b. From the height of the person
checking the room to the ceiling, and
c. The ceiling.
4. The supervisor at the scene will
supervise the search for the suspected
device. Officers will elicit the help of people
who are familiar with the premises to assist
in locating any suspicious objects,
packages, or anything that looks out of
place. Depending on the size of the
building, one or more search teams
consisting of building employees and police
officers may be utilized.
E. Exterior Searches:
1. Exterior areas are the most accessible
areas for a bomber to reach. A thorough
search of these areas is extremely
important.
2. Searching should begin at ground level,
with special attention to piles of leaves,
Page 2 of 3
refuse, shrubbery, entrances, manholes,
trash cans, porches, and areas around
parked cars.
3. The area searched should extend
outward from the building to a distance of
25-50 feet or to some natural division line,
such as curbing or a wall.
4. All window wells and crawl spaces should
be checked. Areas of recently disturbed dirt
should be marked and, if not explained by
building personnel, investigated further by
the Bomb Squad.
5. Once the ground level search is
completed, a search should be conducted
to whatever exterior heights could have
been reached by a bomber, i.e., window
ledges, air-conditioning units, signs, building
ornaments, and fire escapes.
F. Vehicle Explosive Threats:
1. If an explosive threat is directed toward a
vehicle, no police officer should attempt to
search the vehicle. The assigned units
should attempt to clear an area of a
minimum of 300 feet from all sides of the
vehicle and wait for the arrival of the PBSO
Bomb Squad. Vehicles will be searched by
PBSO Explosive Ordnance Technicians.
G. When a Suspected Device is Located:
1. DO NOT TOUCHI Immediately order an
evacuation of the building. A perimeter of
approximately 500 feet from the device
should be maintained. Officers should be
aware that secondary devises might have
been planted to harm responding police and
fire units. Notify dispatch of the discovery.
The PBSO Bomb Squad will respond and
take charge of the scene.
2. Dispatch will notify the Fire/Rescue that a
suspected explosive device has been
found. Dispatch will also notify the electric
and gas companies so that power and gas
can be cut off to the target building.
3. All assigned officers at the scene should
observe anyone in the area to possibly
identify any suspects. Keen observations
could result in the identification of the
suspect.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Bomb Related
4. When performing the render safe
procedure, the equipment used will depend
on the circumstances and the discretion of
the PBSO Explosive Ordnance Technician.
5. All suspected explosives will be
transported at the discretion of the PBSO
Explosive Ordnance Technician. Gulf
Stream Police vehicles may escort the
PBSO Bomb Transport Vehicle to its
destination, if necessary.
6. PBSO Bomb Squad will be responsible
for the disposal of all explosive devices and
components.
H. When an Explosion Occurs:
1. Fire/Rescue will assume control until the
emergency is over. The area will be sealed
off until cleared by the PBSO Bomb Squad.
All police personnel, unless an emergency
exists that calls for immediate action, will
stay out of the explosion area until the
PBSO Bomb Squad authorizes entry.
2. There is always the possibility of other
explosive devices in the area. The area
should be kept clear until the PBSO Bomb
Original issue: 07/01/07
SOP # 21.05
Squad checks it.
V. INVESTIGATION OF EXPLOSIVE INCIDENT:
1. Explosive incident investigations will be
investigated in conjunction with PBSO
Bomb Squad investigators,
2. After the PBSO Explosive Ordnance
Technicians have rendered safe the
explosive device, the investigators may
process the device and gather physical
evidence.
3. When the explosion is the cause of
major damage or death, investigators may
be assisted by the Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms, National Explosive
Response Team and any other agency that
may be able to render assistance.
VI. REFERENCE:
F.S.S. 790 Weapons and Firearms
F.S.S. 791.01 Definition of Fireworks.
SOP # 21.06 Dignitary Protection.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Dignitary Protection Plan SOP # 21.06
DIGNITARY PROTECTION PLAN
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY : The Gulf Stream Police Department
has established the functional responsibility and
guidelines for handling the security for dignitaries.
II. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DIGNITARY
PROTECTION:
A. When a request for dignitary protection is
received by the police department, the request
will be forwarded to the Chief of Police, who has
overall responsibility for coordination.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will plan
and/or coordinate the detail if only this
department is involved.
1. When outside agencies are involved, the
Chief of Police or a designee will act as a
liaison and coordinate the detail with the
other agencies.
III. PLANNING, COORDINATING AND
IMPLEMENTING THE SECURITY DETAIL:
A. The Chief of Police or a designee is
responsible for the planning and/or coordinating
of the security detail which includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
1. Staffing and personnel needs to include:
a. number and rank of supervisors
needed for the detail, and
b. number and location of officers
needed for the detail.
2. The need for and the notification of any
outside jurisdictions to provide special units,
such as SWAT., Bomb Squad, K-9,
Helicopter, Motorcycle, and Fire/Rescue.
a. The PBSO Bomb Squad will provide
Explosive Ordnance Technicians to
dignitary protection details.
B. The equipment required may include, but is
not limited to:
1. Vehicles:
a. Marked vehicles and personnel will
be deployed along the route the
dignitary will travel and around the
location of the visit.
b. Marked and unmarked vehicles may
be used to escort the dignitary.
c. Unmarked vehicles and personnel
will be deployed in strategic areas in
and around the dignitary s route.
2. Body armor will be made available to any
dignitary upon request. If a threat is
received, the dignitary will be urged to use
body armor.
a. All members of the dignitary
protection detail may be required to
wear their issued body armor.
3. Special weapons:
a. Sworn members will have access to
special weapons in which they have
received training.
4. Barricades, cones and other traffic and
crowd control devices will be used.
a. These devices will be used when
appropriate to keep the crowd and
traffic away from the area of the
dignitary.
b. If necessary, members will contact
public works for additional equipment.
5. Mutual Aid agreements may be used to
assist in the procurement of any additional
equipment or personnel the department
does not have.
C. Travel routes and alternate routes will be
inspected and the location for officers and/or
equipment identified.
1. Members will be assigned to specific
locations along the travel route.
D. Sites and/or facilities may be visited in
advance to inspection for hazards and dangers.
1. Additional members may be assigned to
hazards or areas of special concern.
E. The Chief of Police or designee will arrange
for the gathering of intelligence information and
proper dissemination of this information to
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMETN-Dignitary Protection Plan SOP # 21.06
outside agencies and department personnel.
1. A meeting will be held prior to the arrival
of the dignitary to disseminate all relevant
information.
F. Medical facilities, emergency first aid and
medical transportation will be identified and may
be put on notice at the discretion of the Chief of
Police.
G. The Chief of Police or designee will:
1. Notify dispatch to have personnel and
channels available for the detail.
2. Ensure that all personnel from this
department have radios and that provisions
are made to communicate with other
agencies involved.
3. When multi -agencies are involved, an
identification system must be utilized for
Original issue: 07/01/07
involved personnel to identify one another.
a. This system may include a special
lapel pin or other identifying articles of
clothing for personnel to identify one
another.
IV. DOCUMENTATION:
A. The Chief of Police will document the
planning, coordinating, implementation and
critique of the security detail and will file and
maintain this documentation.
V. REFERENCE:
SOP # 9.01 Special Events, Extra Duty Details,
and Outside Employment.
SOP # 21.05 Bomb Related Incidents
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE
TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for officers issuing warnings
and traffic citations to vehicle operators,
pedestrians, or bicyclists. Enforcement action
should seek to deter, detect and apprehend traffic
law violators and can result in warnings, uniform
traffic citations (UTC) or physical arrest. Traffic law
enforcement is designed to bring about voluntary
compliance with traffic laws and reduce the number
of traffic crashes.
II. TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURE:
A. Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol/Drugs
- Officers are directed that arrest of persons
suspected of driving under the influence of
alcohol or drugs is a priority and encouraged.
B. Speed Violations - To determine which
method of enforcement is necessary, the officer
should consider the seriousness of the violation
(i.e. speed traveled in excess of posted limits or
highway vs. residential areas), hazardous
conditions created by the violation, surrounding
traffic, the presence of pedestrians, weather
and road conditions, etc.
C. Other Moving Violations- Will be enforced by
issuing a warning or citation and will depend
upon the circumstances and the violation.
D. Eauioment Violations - Equipment violations
will be enforced by issuing a warning or citation.
When deciding which enforcement action to
use, the officer should consider whether the
violation presents an immediate hazard to the
safe, continued operation of the vehicle or to
surrounding vehicles and pedestrian traffic. If
such a hazard exists, then a citation is in order.
E. Public Carrier/Commercial Vehicle
Violations -These vehicles must comply with all
state, county and municipal laws and
regulations, and are subject to citation or written
warning as may be deemed appropriate by the
officer. If the officer feels that a public carrier or
commercial vehicle may be in violation of
regulations that are federally or state mandated
and such violation is serious or hazardous, the
officer should request the assistance of either
another officer who is familiar with such
regulations or a commercial vehicle
enforcement officer from the Florida
SOP # 22.01
Department of Transportation, Division of
Carrier Compliance.
F. Non -Moving Violations - Non-moving
violations are enforced through the use of
warnings or citations. Certain non -hazardous
violations (i.e., wearing a headset, failure to
wear a seatbelt, etc.) can potentially lead to
hazardous situations and appropriate
enforcement action should be taken.
G. Multiple Violations - If the violation is serious
enough to warrant multiple citations, the officer
will follow established guidelines for warnings,
citations and arrests. As in all enforcement
actions, the ultimate decision rests with the
officer.
H. Newly Enacted Law and/or Regulations -
When new laws are enacted or new traffic
control devices are installed, a warning may be
used in lieu of citations during a specified grace
period set by law or by the department at the
direction of the Chief of Police or a designee.
III. ENFORCEMENT TACTICS:
A. Officers will generally utilize marked police
cars equipped with emergency lights and sirens
while working general traffic enforcement.
B. The supervisor may assign unmarked
vehicles to enforce traffic laws in areas where
traffic crashes or violations have been reported
1. Unmarked vehicles used for traffic
enforcement must be equipped with
emergency lights and a siren.
C. While working traffic enforcement from a
stationary position, the officer should be visible
and select an area that would not imperil the
officer or the motoring public when the officer
enters the roadway.
D. While working traffic enforcement in an area
where a recurring traffic problem exists, police
vehicles will be parked in such a manner that
the normal traffic flow is not impeded.
IV. WARNING THE VIOLATOR:
A. The departmental preference in warnings is
written. When an officer issues a warning for a
traffic violation, he or she will:
1. Issue a written warning to the violator
explaining the violation and any additional
instructions (i.e. equipment repair order).
Page 1 of 6
10
DEPARTMENT -Traffic Enforcement
a. Written warnings will be
entered into department records
2. also Verbally advise the violator of the
Offense.
V. CITING THE VIOLATOR:
A. When an officer issues a citation (UTC) for a
traffic violation, he or she will:
1. Complete all required sections of the
citation legibly, in black ink and include
officers name and ID number.
2. After completing the citation, the officer
will explain the violation and have the
violator sign the UTC in the appropriate
area acknowledging the UTC. The officer
will give the violator the yellow (summons)
copy. Include the dollar amount of the fine
on the violator's copy when applicable.
3. Provide the violator with the following
information:
a. If a court appearance by the violator
is mandatory, provide the scheduled
court date, time and address.
b. If a court appearance is not
mandatory, provide the current return
envelope from the Clerk of the Circuit
and County Court with:
1) The amount of the fine;
2) Instructions to all violators that
they must follow the directions on
the return envelope provided by the
Clerk of the Court for fine
payments, pleading not guilty and
requesting a court date, or
attending driver improvement
school;
3) Other information that may need
to be provided to the violator prior
to his or her release.
4. Complete officer's notes, which are
written on the back of the pink
(officer/agency) copy.
B. When a violator does not produce a driver
license as a form of identification, the officer will
SOP # 22.01
obtain the driver's right thumb print on the back
of the white (complaint) copy of the citation in
the space provided.
1. If a driver refuses to submit to
fingerprinting, he or she will be charged with
F.S.S. 843.02 Resisting Officer without
Violence to his Person and lodged at the
county jail.
C. When there are non -law enforcement
witnesses to the traffic violation, the officer will
complete a witness subpoena list; attach it to
the original citation, which is forwarded to the
courts with the UTC.
D. Officers will turn in all traffic citations to the
supervisor for review. The citations will then be
forwarded to the traffic supervisor for recording
and transmittal to appropriate courts.
VI. CITING DRIVERS WITH SUSPENDED
CANCELED OR REVOKED LICENSES:
A. When the officer is notified that a violator's
driver's license is suspended, canceled or
revoked, the officer will determine if the driver
had prior knowledge of the suspension. If a
violator indicates prior knowledge of the
suspension, a traffic citation will be issued with
the proper subsection for that violation. If the
driver is in possession of a driver license, the
officer will take the license and attach it to the
citation.
1. Validation of the license status will be
information teletyped from the Department
of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles
(DHSMV) or its equivalent from another
state.
B. If a violator indicates no prior knowledge of
the suspension, the officer will inform the
violator of the suspension and a traffic citation
will be issued with the proper subsection for that
violation. If the driver is in possession of a driver
license, the officer will take the license and
attach it to the citation.
C. The officer may physically arrest the violator
if the violator had prior knowledge of a
suspension and the officer believes that the
violator will not appear in court, i.e., numerous
suspensions or FTA.
D. A violator cited for driving under suspension
will not be permitted to drive the vehicle.
1. The vehicle may be properly parked,
driven by another licensed driver with
Page 2 of 6
GULF STREAM
permission or me owner or rowea Dy me
owner or officer according to department
procedure.
E. If a violator is stopped for a traffic violation
and it is later learned that the subject's license
is suspended, canceled or revoked, the officer
will submit a citation with the appropriate
charges for issuance by the Clerk of the Court.
VII. ARRESTING THE VIOLATOR:
A. Officers will effect the physical arrest of any
person in violation of those traffic laws
pertaining to:
1. Driving under the influence of alcohol or
controlled substance in violation of F.S.S.
316.193.
2. Willful and wanton reckless driving in
violation of F.S.S. 316.192.
3. Fleeing or attempting to elude a police
officer in violation of F.S.S. 316.1935. The
officer will carefully consider, prior to
pursuing a fleeing violator, that the pursuit
is justifiable according to department
vehicle pursuit policy.
4. Leaving the scene of an accident
involving serious injury or death in violation
of F.S.S. 322.34.
5. Persons determined to be "Habitual
Traffic Violators" in violation of F.S.S.
322.34(5). There is no discretion on the
officer's part. The violator must be arrested
and taken to the County Jail.
6. Failure to sign a citation in violation of
F.S.S. 318.14
7. If a driver refuses to submit to
fingerprinting for failing to produce a driver
license, he or she will be charged with
F.S.S. 843.02 Resisting Officer without
Violence to his Person and lodged at the
county jail.
B. For the following violations, officers should
consider the circumstances surrounding the
violator and violation, arrest and driving history,
and/or lack of community ties that may make a
court appearance by the violator unlikely. Under
most circumstances, the issuance of a traffic
citation will suffice. However, the officer will
bear in mind that the violations are
SOP
misdemeanors and may be handled as suc
Officers may effect a physical arrest for the
following misdemeanor traffic violations:
1. Driving while knowingly under license
suspension, revocation, or cancellation in
violation of F.S.S. 322.34.
2. Failure to obey a lawful command of a
police officer or Fire Department member in
violation of F.S.S. 316.072(3).
3. Leaving the scene of a crash involving
attended property (hit and run) in violation
of F.S.S. 316.061.
4. Making a false accident report in violation
of F.S.S. 316.067.
C. Any other traffic violations that are
misdemeanors, i.e., driver license or tag expired
more than six (6) months or misrepresentation
of insurance will normally be handled with the
issuance of a citation. Only under extremely
unusual circumstances should a physical arrest
be made for these violations.
D. Physical arrest of a violator may occur with
any confirmed traffic or criminal arrest warrant.
E. All arrests, including juveniles, must be in
compliance with Chapter 901, Florida State
Statutes.
VIII. VIOLATORS REQUIRING SPECIAL
A. Nonresidents:
1. The same guidelines are used as those
followed with local residents.
B. Juveniles:
1. An officer can issue a citation to a
juvenile violator for moving and non-moving
violations.
2. Juveniles can be arrested for criminal
traffic violations and will be processed as
outlined in the Juvenile Procedures.
C. Legislators:
1. When an officer makes a traffic stop and
the violator identifies him or herself as a
legislator, the officer will follow the
guidelines regarding traffic citations and
physical arrests applicable to any violator.
Page 3 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Enforcement SOP
D. Foreign Diplomats/Consular Officials: logbook sections are for recording:
1. When an officer makes a traffic stop and
the violator identifies him or herself as a
Foreign Diplomatic Officer or Consular
Official, the officer may issue the violator a
traffic citation when enforcement action is
necessary. When a traffic stop is made and
the officer determines the violator is D.U.I.
or other circumstances are present that
require physical arrest, the following
guidelines will apply:
a. If during a traffic stop a person
to be arrested claims to be a diplomatic
officer or ambassador, the officer
conducting the investigation will contact
the shift supervisor, who will contact the
United States Department of State and
determine the person's status prior to
effecting the arrest. (APPENDIX A)
1) Any person determined to have
diplomatic immunity found driving
while under the influence of
alcoholic beverages or controlled
substances will be released to
family members, friends, or taken
home.
F. Military Personnel:
1. If an officer makes a traffic stop and
determines that the violator is currently
assigned to any of the branch of the United
States Armed Forces, the officer may issue
the violator a traffic citation or make a
physical arrest.
2. At a traffic stop where the violator is
determined to be D.U.I. or other
circumstances exist requiring the physical
arrest of the violator, the officer(s) will notify
the appropriate branch of the military.
X. ACCOUNTABILITY OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS:
A. Members will obtain citations through a
supervisor. The supervisor will fill in the
appropriate section in the citation log sheet with
the officer's name, I.D. number, date, and
citation numbers issued. The issuing supervisor
will fill in his or her initials and I. D. number. The
1. Florida Uniform Traffic Citations.
2. Florida DUI Uniform Traffic Citations.
3. Town of Gulf Stream Parking Citations.
4. Town of Gulf Stream Warning Citations.
B. Each officer will complete the "Officer
Receipt Form" located in the front of the Florida
citation book and submit the form to the shift
supervisor. The Officer Receipt Form will be
reviewed and forwarded to the Traffic
Supervisor.
C. Personnel will enter citations issued to
violators or voided into departmental records
system to ensure the integrity of issuance of
citations and provide a continuous audit of the
system.
D. Officer(s) will turn in completed citations at
the end of each shift. A supervisor will
review and forward all completed citations.
1. The Traffic Supervisor will complete a
transmittal and transmit to the courts.
XI. LOSS OR THEFT OF CITATIONS:
A. In the event a citation or citation book is lost
or stolen, the officer will immediately notify the t
supervisor and submit a memo through
appropriate channels to the Traffic Supervior.
B. The Traffic Supervisor will review the memo
and forward it to the Chief of Police.
XII. VOIDING OF CITATIONS:
A. If an error is made while writing a citation, or
if citations have become damaged due to rain,
separation, etc., the officer may void them.
1. The officer will print "void" on the citation
and a memo will be completed to the Traffic
Supervisor. The memo and citation will be
submit it to the supervisor who will review
and forward to the Traffic Supervisor.
Page 4 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Enforcement SOP # 22.01
traffic laws.
B. The following are the most common reasons
F.S.S. 316.192- Reckless driving.
for voiding a traffic citation:
F.S.S. 316.193- Driving under the influence;
penalties.
1. The violator gave the officer false
F.S.S. 316.1935- Fleeing or attempting to elude
information.
a law enforcement officer; aggravated fleeing
and eluding.
2. The officer entered the wrong
F.S.S. 316.193- Driving under the influence;
information.
penalties.
• F.S.S. 318.14- Non -criminal traffic infractions;
3. The officer was unable to complete the
exception; procedures.
citation due to an emergency call.
F.S.S. 322.15- License to be carried and
exhibited on demand; fingerprint to be imprinted
XIII. REFERENCES:
upon a citation.
• F.S.S. 322.34- Driving while license suspended,
• F.S.S. 316.027- Accidents involving death or
revoked, canceled, or disqualified.
personal injuries.
F.S.S. Ch. 901- Arrests
• F.S.S. 316.061- Accidents involving damage to
SOP # 17.07 Vehicle Pursuits.
vehicle or property.
SOP # 22.02 Vehicle Impoundment.
• F.S.S. 316.067- False reports.
SOP # 22.09 Persons suspected of D.U.I.
• F.S.S. 316.072(3)- Obedience to and effect of
SOP # 34.01 Records Function
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 6
APPENDIX A
A. To confirm diplomatic or related status:
1) For information concerning diplomatic agents and their families, (202) 647-1985.
2) Consular personnel and families, (202) 647-2122.
3) For information on any of the above, after normal business hours, (202) 647-2412.
Page 6 of 6
GULF STREAM POL
TOWING and/or IMPOUNDMENT OF
VEHICLES
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines to properly impound vehicles
towed due to abandonment, crash, the creation of a
traffic hazard, or involvement in any criminal activity.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Abandoned Vehicle - A motor vehicle that is
not in an enclosed building and is junked,
dismantled or partially dismantled, or
inoperative condition, whose owner cannot be
located with reasonable inquiry.
B. Junked Vehicle - A vehicle which is in a
wrecked, junked, or dismantled or partially
dismantled condition and incapable of lawful
operation on public highways or roads.
C. Vehicle - Any device by which any person or
property is or may be transported or drawn
upon a highway or upon water, including but not
limited to a motor vehicle, mobile home, trailer,
camper, boat, boat trailer, etc.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. Abandoned Vehicles:
1. Any vehicle that has been abandoned
on public or private property and is
disabled, junked, wrecked, dismantled or
partially dismantled in excess of 72 hours is
in violation of Gulf Stream Town Code.
2. An officer who observes a vehicle in such
condition will document and forward a copy of
the report to the Town Manager.
B. Crashes:
1. The investigating officer will ensure that
vehicles disabled as a result of damage
sustained in a crash are removed from the
roadway.
2. The owner or driver of the vehicle may
request the person or tow company he or
she prefers to remove the vehicle. The
officer will advise dispatch who will notify
the person or company to respond.
a. The private tow service must be able
to respond within 30 minutes unless
of Vehicles
[IN
officer can't notify the tow service.
b. When the owner or driver has no
preference for a towing service, the
officer will request a towing service.
3. If the owner or driver of the vehicle is not
present at the scene, the investigating
officer will request a towing service. The
tow company will be noted on the crash
report.
4. If the crash is a hit and run and the driver
is unknown, the investigating officer will
advise dispatch as soon as possible so the
vehicle can be entered into NCIC/FCIC as
abandoned/recovered. A hold will be placed
on the vehicle until the hit and run can be
followed up.
a. The impounding officer will complete
the 'Hold For'section on the VSR
specifically citing the officer's name the
vehicle is being held for.
b. The vehicle may be held as
necessary for purposes of investigation.
5. If the crash is a fatality or serious enough
that it may result in a fatality, the vehicle will
be towed to the public works facility or a
location designated by the officer or agency
handling the crash investigation for further
examination.
6. A hold will be placed on the vehicle,
pending the conclusion of the investigation
and authorization for release by the Office
of the State Attorney.
a. It will be the responsibility of the
investigator to arrange for the release
of these vehicles.
7. The VSR will be turned in with the
officer's crash report.
C. Arrests
1. The arrest of an individual who is driving
a vehicle may result in the vehicle being
towed by a tow service and the towing
service will then assume all responsibility
for the vehicle. The officer will complete a
VSR form and turn it in with his or her
report.
a. If the arrested individual is the owner
of the vehicle and requests to give
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Towing and/or Impoundment of Vehicles SOP 22.02
possession of the vehicle to a person
on scene and both are cognizant of
what they are agreeing to, the arresting
officer may permit the person to take
the vehicle. Such action will be noted in
the investigative report.
b. If the arrested individual is not the
owner of the vehicle, the officer may
notify the registered owner to take
possession of the vehicle in a
reasonable amount of time (20
minutes) or the officer may impound the
vehicle.
D. Forfeiture
1. The Florida Contraband Forfeiture Act
authorizes the confiscation of any personal
property (including weapons, vehicles, and
money), which has been or is actually used
to commit or aid in committing any felony.
Any vehicle used in the commission of any
felony may be impounded with a hold
placed on it for the Chief of Police to
determine whether it can be held for
forfeiture.
a. Prior to impounding the vehicle, the
investigating officer will notify the
supervisor, who will conduct a
preliminary assessment of the
circumstances and the vehicle to be
impounded.
2. If the supervisor authorizes the
impoundment, the impounding officer will
complete a Vehicle Storage Report (VSR).
a. The VSR will be marked
"FORFEITURE IMPOUND" in bold
letters as the first entry on the first line
of the narrative block.
b. In the VSR section titled "Hold For",
the officer will write in BOLD letters
Chief of Police
c. The impounding officer will prepare a
photocopy of the VSR, the offense
report and/or Probable Cause Affidavit.
1) If the impoundment takes place
Monday thru Friday during normal
working hours of the Chief of
Police, the impounding officer will
as soon as practical, forward copies
of the VSR, offense report and/or
Probable Cause Affidavit
2) If the impoundment occurs after
hours, the impounding officer will
place the copies of the report
packet in the Chief of Police's box.
3) Impoundment report packets will
be delivered or forwarded to the
Chief of Police no later than the end
of the impounding officer's shift.
3. The Chief of Police will review the
circumstances and determine if forfeiture
proceedings will be initiated.
a. The Chief of Police
or designee will ensure all notifications
to owners and other interested parties
required by Florida Statute are
completed within the required time
limits if forfeiture proceedings will be
initiated.
b. If it is determined that forfeiture
proceedings will not be initiated, the
Chief of Police or designee will notify
the owner that the vehicle will be
released.
4. Vehicles that are being held for forfeiture
will be moved to a town storage facility or
other appropriate storage area.
5. This section will not apply and the vehicle
will not be seized or impounded if:
a. The vehicle was stolen at the time it
was subject to seizure and
impoundment; or
b. The vehicle was operating as a
common carrier at the time it was
subject to seizure and impoundment, or
c. The vehicle was leased, or
d. A law enforcement agency has
expressed its intent in writing to institute
forfeiture proceedings on the vehicle.
6. If the seized vehicle can be released
upon completion of the proceedings, the
Chief of Police will notify the owner and
make arrangements for the release of the
vehicle during normal business hours and
ensure all towing, storage and
administrative fees are collected prior to
releasing vehicle.
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Towing and/or Impoundment of Vehicles SOP 22.02
E. Criminal Investigations:
1. Any vehicle towed because of
involvement or suspected of involvement in
a serious crime or has some other
evidentiary value and/or impounded in the
course of a criminal investigation will be
towed to police station or other designated
area by the towing service.
2. The officer will notify Chief of Police or
designee for direction reference handling,
processing, and storage of the vehicle.
3. If the officer places a "HOLD" on the
vehicle, a VSR will be completed to include
the name, rank, and ID number of the
officer who authorized the hold and the
reason for the hold.
4. No holds will be placed on any vehicle
without the name of the specific officer or
detective who is authorizing the hold.
5. The top of the VSR should be marked
"Criminal Investigation" by the impounding
officer.
6. When an officer encounters a vehicle
that has been reported used in violent
felony crime(s), or is suspected of being
used in violent felony crime(s) in another
jurisdiction, the officer will notify the
supervisor for processing prior to releasing
it to the owner.
F. Evidence:
1. Any vehicle towed as evidence in a
criminal case should first be determined to
have substantial value to the case.
2. All vehicles towed as evidence will be
towed by the tow service and placed in the
police impound or other designated area.
a. Vehicles determined to need special
handling or processing may be towed to
a designated facility or location at the
direction of the lead investigator.
b. No vehicle will be towed to
designated facilities or to the police
station for processing without prior
notification of the supervisor.
3. The investigating officer will complete a
VSR in full. The officer will indicate that the
vehicle is evidence by writing "EVIDENCE"
across the top of the VSR (the VSR will act
as the Property/Evidence receipt).
4. The keys for the vehicle will be left with
the vehicle, towing service, or lead
investigator, as appropriate.
5. The investigating officer will arrange for
the release of the vehicle upon completion
of the case or upon authorization by the
State Attorney's Office and ensure all
towing, storage and administrative fees are
collected prior to releasing vehicle.
G. Traffic Hazards:
1. When an officer encounters a vehicle
that is either disabled or abandoned and
presents a hazard to the safe and efficient
flow of traffic, the officer will have the
vehicle removed from the street or roadway
to a place of safety.
2. When the owner or driver of the vehicle is
present, the officer will stand by and offer
assistance as appropriate.
a. When the vehicle requires a towing
service for removal, the driver will be
afforded the opportunity to a preferred
tow service.
3. When the driver of the vehicle is not
present, the officer will advise dispatch of
the location of the vehicle and request a
towing service respond to remove the
vehicle.
4. The officer will complete a VSR and give
the tow truck driver the appropriate copy of
the VSR. The driver will remove the vehicle
and assume all responsibility for the vehicle.
5. The officer will advise dispatch of the
vehicle description and all pertinent
information so the vehicle can be entered
into NCIC/FCIC as abandoned/ impounded.
H. Inventory of Impounded Vehicles:
1. An inventory will be conducted of all
vehicles towed for storage or impound,
including the trunk.
2. Officers will conduct inventories of closed
containers found in vehicles to be towed for
storage or impound to include, but not be
limited to,
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Towing and/or Impoundment of Vehicles SOP 22.02
IV.
a. Toolboxes,
b. Suitcases, attache cases or
briefcases, and/or
c. Cardboard or other boxes or
containers.
3. Officers will note on the VSR any locked
or closed containers that could not be
inventoried.
4. Any personal property of apparent value
within any vehicle being towed but not
subject to a hold will be noted on the VSR.
a. The officer will advise the tow driver
of any property of apparent value left
inside the vehicle so the tow driver can
take proper precautions to safeguard
the property as well as the vehicle.
A. Towed and/or impounded vehicles will be
documented on a Vehicle Storage Receipt
(VSR) to include the following information at a
minimum:
1. Time of towing or impoundment.
2. Date.
3. Location.
4. The officer requesting the tow.
5. The reason for the tow or removal.
6. The name of the towing service.
7. The location of the vehicle.
8. Inventory or contents.
9. The placing and removal of holds on the
vehicle.
B. Dispatch will initiate entry and removal of
FCIC entries when appropriate.
V. DISPATCH OPERATIONS:
A. It is the responsibility of dispatch to enter
reported abandoned vehicle information into the
NCIC/ FCIC computer system provided:
1. There is sufficient information to enter
the vehicle into the computer system.
2. The computer system is operating.
3. The officer has the VIN # or correct tag #
of the vehicle.
4. Whenever a vehicle is towed and the
owner is not present, the investigating
officer will instruct dispatch to enter the
vehicle in the NCIC/FCIC computer
systems as Abandoned/ Recovered."
B. Dispatch will cancel the vehicle from the
NCIC/FCIC computer systems as appropriate.
VI. NOTIFICATION:
A. Notification of registered owner(s) of any
vehicle towed as junked or abandoned within
the town will be notified according to Town of
Gulf Stream Code of Ordinances.
B. Officers towing or impounding a vehicle
where the owner is not present will make an
effort to notify the registered owner where the
vehicle was towed to and note any attempts to
contact on the offense report.
1. Officers who tow or impound a vehicle
as a result of an arrest will note the vehicle
location on the Rough Arrest Report in the
appropriate location.
2. Officers who tow or impound a vehicle
as a result of a crash will list the towing
service on the Crash Report in the
appropriate location.
VII. REFERENCES:
FSS 932.701-707 Florida Contraband Forfeiture
Act
SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification.
SOP # 22.01 Traffic Enforcement.
SOP # 22.10 Traffic Crash Investigations.
SOP # 35.01 Crime Scene Investigation and
Evidence Collection.
SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence
Management.
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Towing and/or Impoundment of Vehicles SOP 22.02
Original issue: 07/01/07
Appendix A
VEHICLE STROAGE RECEIPT
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Stopping and Approaching Vehicles SOP # 22.05
STOPPING AND APPROACHING
VEHICLES
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: When stopping violators for any reason,
officers will take all precautions necessary to
provide maximum safety for the officer, the violator
and other users of the roadway while maintaining a
professional and courteous demeanor. These
procedures are to be followed when possible, and
are presented from the perspective that ideal
conditions exist.
II. TRAFFIC VIOLATOR STOPS:
A. A police officer making a traffic stop will
inform Dispatch of the following information:
1. location of the stop;
2. vehicle description;
3, tag number; and
4. information about occupants.
B. Signal the violator to stop by use of
emergency blue lights and the use of the siren.
1. Ensure the video recorder is activated
and activate the remote audio microphone
for the in -car video system, if the patrol
vehicle is equipped.
C. Officers will make every effort to direct the
violator to a suitable stopping point so normal
traffic flow will not be impeded. The violator
should be directed to the right side of the
roadway, close to the curb, or on the shoulder if
possible.
D. Once the violator is stopped, the officer
should position the police vehicle approximately
eight (8) to ten (10) feet behind and two (2) feet
to the left of the violators' vehicle to create a
safety lane.
E. The officer should be continuously alert for
any suspicious movement or actions inside of
the passenger compartment of the violator's
vehicle. When approaching the violator, the
officer should check the trunk lid of a car or bed
of a pickup truck to eliminate any potential
threats in those areas. The officer will look into
the rear seat area and stop at a point to the rear
of the front door. From this position the officer
may communicate with the violator and keep
him or her in a slightly awkward position. This
position will also allow the officer to keep all of
the occupants in view.
F. At night, the procedure is basically the same.
Caution should be exercised when selecting an
appropriate place for the violator to stop. Once
the violator is stopped, the spotlight should be
used to illuminate the interior of the violator's
vehicle.
G. The officer will request a back-up unit if he or
she feels another officer is needed to maintain
safe control of the stop.
H. Emergency vehicle blue lights, video/audio
recording system and vehicle flashers will
remain in use until the traffic stop is completed.
I. Officers will greet traffic violators in a
courteous manner, identify themselves and will
inform the person that they are being
audio/video recorded, if the patrol vehicle is
equipped.
a. Request drivers license, vehicle
registration and any other needed
documents.
b. The officer will give an explanation of
the circumstances warranting the stop and
will explain the citation procedure to the
violator, if a citation is issued.
c. Officers should attempt to calm violators
who display signs of emotional distress as a
result of the contact.
III. FELONY VEHICLE STOPS:
A. Felony vehicle stops will be made by
officers operating marked patrol vehicles. The
only exception to this would be when exigent
circumstances make it necessary for officer or
public safety.
1. Ensure the video recorder is activated
and activate the remote audio microphone
for the in -car video system, if the police
vehicle is equipped.
B. The officer initially observing the vehicle or
suspect is in charge of conducting the stop.
C. Secondary units will be called in to assist
with the stop by the primary unit or a supervisor.
Secondary units may be marked or unmarked
units.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Stopping and Approaching Vehicles SOP # 22.05
D. Before initiating the stop, the primary unit will
have completed all essential radio traffic and
the secondary units will be assigned and in
place.
1. All units involved in the stop will be
certain of the reason for the stop and their
speck assignment.
2. Any confusion should be clarified prior to
the stop being initiated.
E. The primary unit will direct the suspect
vehicle to the exact location desired either by
voice command or by use of the public address
system.
F. The primary unit will position the vehicle
behind the suspect's vehicle with due
consideration for maximum protection of the
Original Issue: 07/01/07
officer and maximum visibility of the suspect(s).
Exact positioning of the primary unit will be
determined by the physical characteristics of the
site chosen for the final stop.
G. The primary unit initiating the stop will be the
control officer. The control officer will issue the
verbal commands to any and all suspects. This
will decrease the likelihood of any conflicting
commands that may cause confusion or
unnecessary movement and will maximize
officer, suspect and public safety.
D
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Warnings, Citations, and
Arrests
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Emergency Highway Assistance S.O.P. # 22.06
EMERGENCY HIGHWAY ASSISTANCE
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for providing emergency
services to highway users and to correct hazardous
highway conditions. These services include medical
assistance, towing, fire suppression services,
transportation of civilians, and notifying the proper
authorities to remove hazardous materials from the
highway or repair hazardous highway conditions.
If. OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES TO STRANDED
MOTORISTS:
A. Officers will provide assistance to stranded
motorists by driving them to the nearest phone
or having Dispatch notify the requested
business or individual by phone that can provide
the necessary assistance.
1. Transportation should be limited to
providing the motorist with a means to
obtain service or additional transportation
and should not require an unnecessary
absence from duty by the officer.
2. Any requests for unusual transportation
(leaving the Town, etc.) will be cleared with
the supervisor prior to providing this
assistance.
B. If the officer must leave the motorist after
arranging for assistance, the officer will check
back after a reasonable amount of time has
passed to be certain the requested assistance
has arrived.
C. The officer, if possible, will physically push
the vehicle from the roadway. This may require
the assistance of other officers or civilians.
Officers are reminded that due care must be
exercised when pushing a vehicle to prevent
injury to the officer or other persons attempting
to move the vehicle.
D. Whenever a motorist requires roadside
assistance, repairs, or towing the officer will ask
the motorist which repair or towing service he or
she wants to be notified to respond. The officer
will contact Dispatch to notify the appropriate
service company to respond to the scene.
1. If the motorist does not have a
preference, Dispatch will be requested to
contact a tow company.
2. The officer will provide any necessary
traffic control during the removal process.
3. If the disabled vehicle causes a traffic
problem and the response time for the
service requested by the motorist is going
to be lengthy, the officer may request a tow
company respond.
E. Unless leaving the disabled vehicle would
cause a traffic problem or create a dangerous
situation, the officer will not be prevented from
responding to emergency calls for service.
1. Prior to leaving the location of a stranded
motorist, the officer will ensure the motorist
and any passengers are in a place of
safety.
2. The officer will instruct all parties to
remain in the safe area until the assistance
arrives.
3. If the motorist is stranded in a hazardous
location, the officer will stay with the
motorist until help has arrived unless the
officer must respond to an emergency.
III. HIGHWAY EMERGENCIES REQUIRING
MEDICAL ATTENTION:
A. It is the duty of each officer to provide first aid
to motorists who exhibit a need for such
service.
B. At the first opportunity, the officer will contact
Dispatch and request Fire/Rescue respond to
the scene of a medical emergency.
C. If necessary, the officer will render first aid
within the constraints of his or her training until
Fire/Rescue units arrive
D. Upon arrival of Fire/Rescue, the officer will
allow the medics to assume control of the
medical emergency.
E. The officer will remain and provide whatever
assistance is required.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Emergency Highway Assistance S.O.P. # 22.06
F. Police Officers may not provide
transportation in a medical emergency unless
the situation is of such an immediate, life-
threatening nature that waiting for Fire/Rescue
to arrive will place unnecessary risk on the
injured party. In such circumstances, the officer
should weigh the availability of medical facilities
and the risks associated with transportation. In
any event, the approval of the shift supervisor
will be obtained.
IV. FIRE FIGHTING AND FIRE SERVICE
ASSISTANCE:
A. An officer on the scene of an incident where
the threat of fire is imminent or actually involved
will attempt to control the fire hazard using
whatever means is necessary or available (fire
extinguishers, hose, etc.).
B. The officer will advise Dispatch of the fire
and will request the response of Fire/Rescue.
C. The officer will assist Fire/Rescue by
providing traffic control, crowd control, etc.
V. TAKING ACTION TO CORRECT HAZARDOUS
HIGHWAY CONDITIONS:
A. An officer will notify the supervisor and
request Dispatch notify the Public Works
Department or proper utility in the event of the
following:
1. Roadway flooding causing hazardous
Original issue:07/01/07
conditions.
2. Damage to, or the absence of regulatory
street signs.
3. Malfunction of traffic control devices
4. Non -hazardous spills on the roadway,
which cannot be cleared by the officer.
5. Any hazardous condition that would
necessitate the placing of street barricades
to temporarily close a street.
6. Damage to any utility poles or downed
wires.
7. The supervisor on -scene will request the
assistance of the fire department to wash
down any area on the roadway on which
gasoline, motor oil, or anti -freeze has
spilled.
8. The supervisor will request the
assistance of the fire department with any
hazardous material spill. Upon arrival, the
fire department will take control of the
scene and notify the appropriate agencies.
VI. REFERENCES:
SOP # 20.02 Unusual Occurrence
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Police Escorts, Roadblocks and Traffic Checkpoints SOP # 22.07
POLICE ESCORTS, ROADBLOCKS,
AND TRAFFIC CHECKPOINTS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for officers to use when
involved in police escorts, roadblocks and traffic
related checkpoints to maximize the officer's
performance and to create safeguards for the
protection of officers and motorists.
II. POLICE ESCORTS:
A. The Police Department will not provide any
"code three" escorts under any circumstances.
In the event of a medical emergency, an
ambulance or medic unit will be requested. In
an extreme life saving situation, an officer may
transport with his or her vehicle only with
approval from the shift supervisor.
B. Non -Emergency Escorts for parades, special
events, public officials, dignitaries, funerals,
etc., may be provided with the approval of the
Chief of Police. Persons or organizations
requesting escorts must possess the
appropriate permits and authorization as
required by the Town of Gulf Stream. The Chief
of Police will be responsible for planning and
coordinating all requested escorts.
C. Companies wishing to hire police officers as
escorts for oversize vehicles or vehicles hauling
unusual or hazardous cargo will be referred to
the Chief of Police. If circumstances dictate, the
company should be advised to seek a private
vehicular escort company.
III. ROADBLOCKS:
A. Roadblocks used in pursuit situations are
permitted when circumstances dictate a
roadblock as the only alternative for
apprehending a subject who presents an
imminent threat to the life of an officer or citizen.
A roadblock may be established only with the
authorization of the supervisor.
B. It will be at the discretion of the supervisor to
decide which type of roadblock would be best
utilized (fixed, moving, or circle). This decision
should be based on the reason for
implementing the roadblock, e.g., officers who
are in pursuit of a violent felony suspect or to
seal an area for a car -by -car check. It will be the
decision of the supervisor or higher-ranking
officer to terminate the roadblock.
1. Moving roadblock- The use of one or
more moving vehicles to occupy all moving
lanes and adjacent safety or stopping lanes
of a roadway to impede, slow and stop
vehicle(s) traveling in the same direction.
2. Fixed roadblock- a full or partial
roadblock established at a fixed point.
3. Circle system roadblock- a series of fixed
roadblocks intended to contain a vehicle or
suspect in a given area.
C. Fixed roadblocks will be manned by a
minimum of two (2) officers. When staffing of
the roadblock falls below minimum levels, the
roadblock will be immediately closed down.
When a supervisor is not on the scene, the
senior officer will be in charge.
D. If available, Tire Deflating Devices will be
considered whenever and wherever possible to
safely terminate a pursuit.
IV. TRAFFIC CHECKPOINTS/ VEHICLE SAFETY
INSPECTIONS/ DUI CHECKPOINTS:
A. When establishing the physical layout for the
checkpoint, the safety of officers and motorists
and the conspicuous display of an official
presence designed to eliminate the initial fear or
surprise among motorists are most important.
1. Members will use police vehicles and
other warning devices to give maximum
visibility and identification while conducting
a roadblock.
2. If available, Tire Deflating Devices may
be used in these and other tactical
situations to reduce the chance of a vehicle
pursuit.
3. All traffic checkpoints, vehicle safety
inspection and DUI checkpoints will be
operated according to current case law.
B. Site selections for traffic -oriented
checkpoints are most desirable where roadways
are flat, limit the motorist's ability to turn around
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Police Escorts, Roadblocks, and Traffic Checkpoints SOP # 22.07
or to use alternate routes and provide motorists
with a clear unobstructed view for a reasonable
distance.
1. Public warnings of upcoming checkpoints
should begin not less than 500 feet from the
actual stop.
2. Impeding the flow of vehicular traffic will
be kept to a minimum.
C. Criteria for stopping vehicles should remain
constant. If possible, all vehicles should be
stopped. If this is not possible, it is permissible
to select a sample of vehicles.
1. When sampling is used, such as in the
selection of every fifth or tenth vehicle, it is
essential the procedure be rigidly adhered
to if the operation is to comply with court
prohibitions against random or
discriminatory stops.
D. The assigned supervisor is responsible for
ensuring adequate documentation is kept on
the operation. All departures from scheduled
operations, such as vehicle sampling
procedures and temporary shutdowns due to
traffic congestion or other factors, will be
documented.
Original issue: 07/01/07
1. Prior to the operation of the checkpoint,
the supervisor will put in writing the vehicle
selection procedure, duty assignments,
detention techniques, and procedures for
the disposition of vehicles. Each officer at
the checkpoint will receive a copy of this
plan.
2. The supervisor, or a designee will
forward a written critique to the Chief of
Police upon completion of the traffic -
oriented checkpoint. The critique will
include all statistical data, such as the
number of stops, arrests, citations, etc.
km
• SOP # 4.01 Use of Force.
• SOP # 9.01 Special Events, Extra Duty Details
& Outside Employment.
• SOP # 17.04 Supervisor Notification.
• SOP # 17.07 Vehicle Pursuits.
• SOP # 22.05 Stopping & Approaching Vehicles.
Garrett J Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs SOP # 22.09
PERSONS SUSPECTED OF DRIVING
UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL
OR DRUGS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
1. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for handling persons charged
with driving under the influence of alcoholic
beverage(s) and/or controlled substance(s). In an
attempt to standardize testing of suspected DUI
drivers, certain procedures have been established
and are to be followed by the arresting officer.
When suspected DUI drivers are offered and
administered chemical tests, rules and regulations
as set forth by the State of Florida must be adhered
to. Local guidelines established by the State
Attorney's Office must be followed in order to
provide a uniform standard for prosecution of these
cases.
II. PROCEDURE:
A. Driving while under the influence of
alcoholic beverage(s) or controlled
substance(s) (DUI) violations fall under two
categories:
1. Violations that are observed or witnessed
by the officer while on patrol, or
2. Violations that are observed during the
course of traffic crash investigation.
B. While the DUI case building process for each
of these is the same; the arrest process will
differ during each phase.
C. Each DUI case is broken down into the
following steps:
1. Detection;
2. Investigation and screening;
3. Arrest;
4. Chemical test administration; and
5. Booking and administrative work.
III. DETECTION AND REINFORCEMENT PHASE:
A. Observed Violations - The officer on patrol
who observes a driver will note several
clues, which include both vehicular and
human indicators of impairment. Upon
deciding to stop the vehicle, the officer will
follow established guidelines for traffic stops
and use safety techniques as necessary.
From the time the officer first suspects a
driver to be impaired, the officer will note of
any reinforcement clues that indicate
impairment.
1. The officer will ensure the video recorder
and audio microphone for the in -car video
recorder is activated during the initial stage
of the DUI investigation, if the police vehicle
is so equipped.
B. Traffic Crash Investigation - In most crash
situations, the responding officer did not actually
observe the suspected DUI driver in control of
the vehicle. The officer must first ascertain
whether any evidence or any other party can
identify the suspected driver and place him or
her behind the wheel. If the suspected DUI
driver committed a violation that resulted in the
crash, the violation is a detection clue for the
DUI violation. By its very definition, there can be
no reinforcement clues in a crash investigation.
Voluntary statements must be obtained from
witnesses who can place the driver behind the
wheel.
IV. INVESTIGATION AND SCREENING:
A. Observed indicators: Once the officer has
come in contact with the suspected DUI driver
the investigative phase of the process begins.
The officer will note any physical signs or any
behaviors that indicate impairment. These
include, but are not limited to; odor of alcoholic
beverage, bloodshot or watery eyes, impaired
speech, clumsiness, etc. If the officer feels that
further screening is necessary, physical
performance exercises or tasks should be
administered.
B. There are five (5) standardized physical
performance tasks that are approved for use in
the State of Florida. These tests are the
Horizontal Gaze Nystagmus (HGN), Walk and
Turn, One Leg Stand, Finger to Nose, and the
Romberg/Alphabet. Each task is administered
in a standard manner according to National
Highway and Traffic Safety Association
(NHTSA) and the results of each are recorded.
V. CRASH INVESTIGATION:
A. When, during a crash investigation, the
officer feels that any of the drivers are DUI,
the officer must conclude the crash
investigation prior to initiating a DUI
investigation.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs SOP # 22.09
1. At the conclusion of the crash
investigation, the officer will conduct the
DUI investigation as outlined in this
procedure.
B. When the suspected DUI driver has been
injured in a crash to the extent he or she will be
transported to a medical facility, the
administration of physical performance tasks
may be inappropriate or impossible.
1. When the driver is transported to a
medical facility for treatment of injuries
sustained in a crash, the officer may
authorize a qualified person to take a blood
sample from the suspect for alcohol content
analysis.
2. It is not necessary for the officer to place
the driver under arrest prior to requesting a
blood sample for analysis.
3. If the driver is incapable of refusal by
reason of being unconscious or an other
mental or physical condition, the driver is
deemed not to have withdrawn his or her
consent to such test and the sample may
be taken.
4. If the driver is conscious, then permission
to take the sample must be obtained. The
driver should sign the consent form from
blood kit.
5. When the driver refuses to submit to the
withdrawal, then procedures for a chemical
test refusal must be followed.
6. Pursuant to Florida Statute 316.1933, if
the driver has been involved in a crash that
resulted in serious bodily injury or death, to
either himself, herself or another, he or she
does not have the right to refuse the
withdrawal of blood for alcohol content
an/or controlled substance analysis. The
officer may use whatever reasonable force
is necessary to obtain the sample. If faced
with this situation, the officer should notify
the shift supervisor prior to taking of the
sample.
C. When the results of the physical
performance tasks, in conjunction with other
observations at the scene indicate to the officer
the subject is impaired; the subject may be
placed under arrest for DUI. The decision to
arrest is based solely upon the officers'
evaluation and judgment.
1. The subject must be under arrest before
they can be asked to submit to a breath or
urine test.
D. The arrested subject will be secured and
transported according to established
departmental guidelines. The subject vehicle
will be secured according to established
departmental guidelines.
VI. CHEMICAL TEST ADMINISTRATION:
A. After the DUI driver has been placed under
arrest; he or she will be transported to the Palm
Beach County Sheriffs Office (PBSO) Breath
Alcohol Testing (BAT) facility where an
approved breath test will be administered. The
test will be administered by a PBSO-BAT
technician.
B. The breath test procedure will be
administered according to Florida Dept. of Law
Enforcement (FDLE) and PBSO guidelines.
C. The preferred test will be a breath test. If the
subject agrees, the breath test will be
administered by the PBSO technician. A urine
test may be administered if the subject requests
urine instead of breath (refer to VI -E). If the
subject refuses to take any of the tests,
procedures for a refusal will be followed. Such
refusal will be noted on a Refusal to Submit to
Breath, Urine, or Blood Test Form.
D. When the results of the breath test are below
0.05% BAC, Florida Statutes presume the
suspect is not under the influence of an
alcoholic beverage. If the physical performance
tasks of the suspect were poor enough to give
the arresting officer probable cause to arrest the
subject for DUI, the arresting officer should
request the subject submit to a urine test to
detect the presence of controlled substances.
E. Plastic containers for urine collection
are kept in the cabinet at the PBSO-BAT.
Procedures for administering the urine test are
as follows:
1. Allow the suspect to empty the bladder
and witness the procedure.
2. Wait 20-30 minutes for the bladder to
refill, offering water if needed to assist the
process.
3. Have the suspect urinate in the cup. This
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs SOP # 22.09
must be witnessed to preserve chain of
evidence.
4. Use appropriate measures for subjects of
the opposite gender of the arresting officer.
5. Secure the lid of the sample cup with
evidence tape and place it in the evidence
refrigerator in the evidence processing
area.
G. If the suspect takes the breath test and
refuses the urine test, it is considered a refusal
of the test and the appropriate procedures will
be followed.
VII. COLLECTION OF BLOOD SAMPLES:
Blood will only be drawn on cases of a traffic
accident with serious bodily injuries or death
and in these cases the accident will be turned
over to the Florida Highway Patrol, or the Palm
Beach County Sheriffs Office for investigation.
VIII. REFUSAL TO SUBMIT TO A CHEMICAL
TEST:
A. A suspect arrested for DUI will be offered a
breath, urine or blood test. If the suspect
refuses to submit to one, all or any combination
of the tests, it is considered a refusal.
1. The suspect does not have the right to
counsel being present prior to samples
being taken.
B. The arresting officer must advise the suspect
that refusal to submit to the chemical test
offered will result in a suspension of the
suspects driver license for a period of 12
months if this is their first refusal, or 18 months
for a second refusal to submit to the test. The
subject will be advised that refusal to submit to
a chemical test will be admissible in court.
C. If the subject still refuses, an Affidavit of
Refusal to Submit to a Breath, Urine, or Blood
Test Form will be completed in duplicate by the
arresting officer and notarized or attested to by
a person authorized to do so.
D. When the suspect refuses the offered test,
but would submit to another type of test (i.e.,
offered breath but agrees to blood test), it is
considered a refusal.
1. The blood or urine may be taken, but the
refusal applies.
E. When, after refusing to participate in the test,
the subject changes his or her mind and wishes
to take part in the test, the test will be
administered provided it is practical to do so.
IX. REQUEST FOR INDEPENDENT TEST:
A. When the arrestee requests the withdrawal
of a blood sample for independent analysis, the
officer will, after completion of the testing
procedure, transport the suspect to a facility for
withdrawal of a sample.
B. The transportation should be provided in a
timely manner. The arrestee is financially
responsible for the withdrawal of the sample.
The sample will be seized and placed into
evidence and taken to the PBSO Crime Lab for
analysis. Upon completion of the independent
test, the suspect will be returned to the booking
facility for completion of administrative duties.
X. BOOKING AND ADMINISTRATIVE WORK:
A. Once the arrestee has completed chemical
testing, normal booking procedures will be
followed.
B. The State Attorney's Office has mandated
the preparation of a DUI Probable Cause
Affidavit and Notice To Appear by the arresting
officer for a DUI arrest. The DUI Probable
Cause Affidavit will be comprehensive enough
to serve as the body of the investigative report.
1. The Probable Cause Affidavit will include
the following:
a. How the suspect was established
as being in physical control of the
vehicle;
b. Any detection clues noted; and
c. The actions noted during the
investigative phase of the arrest,
including the physical performance
tasks administered and the results of
the tasks.
d. Any statements made by the driver.
C. A Florida Uniform DUI Citation will be
completed by the arresting officer for DUI where
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs SOP # 22.09
the sample was over .08. Citations for any other
violations which support the charge of DUI
should be issued. The citations will be copied
for submission the State Attorney's Office.
1. If the sample is under .08 or urine or
blood results are pending, a Florida Uniform
Traffic Citation is issued for the DUI.
D. If blood or urine samples were taken, then
PBSO Evidence Report Forms will be
completed and accompany the samples to the
crime lab.
E. A PBSO Toxicology Sheet will also be
completed for blood or urine sample cases and
submitted to the crime lab.
F. A copy of all associated paperwork will be
made and forwarded to the Office of the State
Attorney and DHSMV following normal case
filing procedures.
Original Issue: 07/01/07
Revised:
G. After completion of the chemical test and
booking procedures, the suspect will be
transferred to the county jail as soon as
practicable.
XI. REFERENCES:
• F.S.S. 316.193 Driving under the influence;
penalties.
• F.S.S. 316.1932 Breath, blood, and urine
tests for alcohol, chemical substances, or
controlled substances; implied consent;
right to refuse.
• F.S.S. 316.1933 Blood test for impairment
or intoxication in cases of death or serious
bodily injury; right to use reasonable force.
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Warnings, Citations,
and Arrests.
• SOP # 22.05 Stopping and Approaching
Vehicles.
• SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Paye 4 iur 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
'TRAFFIC CRASH INVESTIGATIONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
has
established guidelines for traffic crash investigation
and reporting practices. To ensure that a thorough
crash investigation is completed, officers will collect
factual information and describe the results of the
crashes in terms of damage to vehicles and
roadside objects, injuries to people, marks and
residue on the road, and final positions of vehicles
and bodies. The officer will submit his or her
investigation on the appropriate crash report form.
II. CRASH RESPONSES:
A. The Department will direct an officer(s) to
respond to the scene of any traffic crash
reported as occurring within the Town limits.
B. In serious injury or fatal crashes, the Chief of
Police has requested that the Florida Highway
Patrol (FHP) or Palm Beach County Sheriffs
Office (PBSO) will handle the crash
investigation.
1. Officers will be assigned to respond
and conduct a preliminary investigation to
determine the extent of injuries.
2. The supervisor will be noted of
any crashes of this nature and will make the
determination to request FHP or PBSO
Traffic Homicide Investigators (THI).
C. Hit and Run crashes will be investigated by
an officer and a crash report completed. The
officer is responsible for follow-up investigation.
1. Minor hit and run crashes with follow-up
information may be completed by patrol
officers.
2. In a Hit and Run crash involving death or
serious injury, it will be handled as outlined
In ll. B.
D. The responding officer should evaluate the
scene and determine if additional officer
assistance is needed. In minor crashes, he or
she should attempt to clear the roadway and
restore the flow of traffic. If a vehicle is disabled
18 and the driver or owner states no towing
company preference, the officer will contact
dispatch and request a tow company.
1. If an owner requests a specific tow
company, the officer will evaluate the
response time for the requested tow
company. If the owner requested tow
company is able to respond in a reasonable
time, the owner request will be honored.
2. If an officer determines that the
requested tow company response time
period will unnecessarily delay the normal
flow of traffic, a wrecker will be requested.
E. Any officer who witnesses a motor vehicle
traffic crash will investigate the crash and
submit the appropriate report unless exigent
circumstances exist. Circumstances may
include, but are not limited to, during prisoner
transport, en route to a subpoenaed court
appearance, or during off duty time. The
supervisor will be advised of the circumstances
and a decision will be made as to who will
conduct the investigation. The witness officer
will always be included as a witness in the
report.
III. OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. When responding to a crash scene, the
officer should drive safely choosing the best
possible approach route considering traffic flow
and congestion problems based on their
knowledge of conditions normally existing in the
vicinity. During approach to the scene and upon
arrival, officers should:
1. Be alert for specific conditions or factors
that may have contributed to the crash
(such as visibility/view obstructions, an
inoperative traffic control device, hazards,
etc.).
2. Select proper parking position which
allows for maximum protection of the
scene and take precautions to prevent other
crashes, protect the injured, check for
hazards, prevent destruction of evidence,
provide traffic control, and request any
other personnel needed to handle the
crash.
3. The first officer arriving at a crash scene
will be in charge of the scene and will take
the necessary steps to provide aid to the
injured, quell any disturbances between the
Page 1 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
principals, protect the scene and protect the
evidence. The first officer will remain in
charge of the crash scene until properly
relieved by the supervisor or other officer
assigned to handle and complete the crash
investigation.
4. Check for injuries, provide first aid or
medical attention, and arrange for any
needed Fire/Rescue units.
5. Arrange for the safe rerouting of traffic
around the crash.
6. Determine if a hit and run crash has
occurred (either misdemeanor or felony)
and locate the remaining driver(s). Obtain
information about the hit and run driver
and/or vehicle and relay to dispatch for
broadcast.
7. When the driver of a hit and run vehicle
flees the scene and leaves the vehicle, the
vehicle will be towed and entered into
FCIC/NCIC as an abandoned vehicle. A
vehicle storage report (VSR) will be
completed and included with the crash
report.
B. After the crash scene has been stabilized
and all urgent information has been obtained,
the officer should:
1. Determine whether proof of violation is
sufficient to issue a citation or make an
arrest and take appropriate enforcement
action.
2. The officer at a crash scene will take
precautions to protect property belonging to
the crash victim from theft.
3. Should the owner/driver of a vehicle be
unable to care for his or her vehicle or
property, the investigating officer will
remove any property of apparent value and
hold the property for safekeeping or release
It to someone authorized by the
owner/driver.
4. All property removed from vehicles will be
noted on the Evidence/ Property Report
Form. Items of no apparent value left in the
vehicle will be noted on the Vehicle Storage
Report.
5. The officer should advise the tow driver
of any property left inside the vehicle so the
tow driver can take proper precautions to
Page 2 of 8
safeguard the property as well as the
vehicle.
6. Arrange for tow vehicle(s) to clear crash
scene.
7. Supervise clean up of crash scene. If a
hazard exists, have the proper agency
notified to remove or repair the hazardous
condition.
8. Restore normal traffic flow as soon as
possible.
9. Complete crash report forms.
IV. HANDLING INJURIES, FIRE HAZARDS, AND
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:
A. Officers arriving at the scene of a crash
involving injuries, fire hazards, and/or
hazardous materials will promptly advise
dispatch to notify Fire/Rescue personnel and
any other necessary assistance.
1. Officers will be responsible for providing
basic life support/emergency medical care
and fire suppression services until properly
relieved by Fire/Rescue personnel.
2. In the event of hazardous material
crashes, officers should isolate the area,
evacuate nonessential personnel, and notify
dispatch to contact Fire/Rescue. Officers
will be responsible for preliminary hazard
identification (spill, leak, fire) and
identification of vehicle and container
placards.
B. INJURY CRASHES:
1. When crash calls are received with
reported or possible injuries, dispatch will
notify Fire/Rescue. An officer arriving on the
scene prior to Fire/Rescue will advise
dispatch of the existing situation and will
determine whether or not Fire/Rescue is in
fact needed.
2. Officers will keep their first responder
skills in emergency medical aid current. The
department will provide, and officers will
participate in refresher training in first
responder medical techniques.
3. In the event injuries are present at the
scene, officers will immediately summon
medical assistance to the scene if not
already an route. Officers will administer
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
appropriate medical aid to injured persons. 38
The officer will not attempt to administer
medical aid that is beyond his/her
capabilities.
4. Officers will assist Fire/Rescue where
needed and when possible. At crashes
where there is injury or imminent threat of
injury, action to deal with the injury or threat
will take precedence over all other police
activities.
5. Only under extreme or unusual
circumstances, such as natural or man-
made disasters, will an officer transport an
injured person to a medical facility. This will
be done if no Fire/Rescue units are
available and then only after the officer
obtains supervisor approval.
C. FIRE HAZARD CRASHES:
1. Any officer arriving prior to Fire/Rescue
at a crash scene involving a Fre will be
responsible for initial fire suppression
efforts. The initial efforts will include, but not
be limited to the fire suppression tools that
are readily available to the officer, i.e., fire
extinguisher, blankets, garden hoses, etc.
2. The first officer on the scene will request
the Fire/Rescue if necessary and will direct
other responding units to appropriate
locations for traffic control or evacuation.
D. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CRASHES:
1. Traffic crashes involving hazardous
material spills will be investigated by
Officers. If known, dispatch will advise the
responding officer that the crash involves
hazardous material. Dispatch will also notify
the supervisor.
2. The supervisor will respond to the scene.
Supervisors should ensure that only
properly trained and equipped agency
personnel attempt to enter areas where a
high probability of presence or exposure to
hazardous materials may be encountered.
3. The qualified responding officer, when
possible, should approach the scene from
an upwind direction. When arriving at the
scene, the situation will be assessed and
the following action taken:
a. Isolate the hazard area and evacuate
nonessential personnel. As large an
area as possible should be isolated until
the hazard danger is known.
b. Provide first aid to evacuated
person(s) until relieved by medical
personnel;
c. Coordinate traffic control/rerouting
and crowd control, requesting additional
officers and public works personnel as
needed
d. The investigating officer should
attempt to identify the hazardous
material by questioning the driver,
checking the bill of lading, checking
placard identification on the subject
vehicle, or placard identification on
subject material. Do not enter the
evacuated area to obtain the
information. If the area has to be
entered, wait for properly trained and
equipped personnel to respond.
e. Officers at the scene will relay all
known information to dispatch.
f. Dispatch will disseminate all known
information to other responding units,
Fire/Rescue, Environmental Protection
Agency, and any other designated
special services as needed.
g. Once the hazard is eliminated, the
investigating officer will continue the
investigation of the crash.
1) The supervisor may turn the
crash investigation over to FHP or
PBSO.
V. TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL AT
CRASH SCENES:
A. Traffic direction and control will be
determined by the original responding officer.
Upon arrival of the investigating officer, the type
of control may be changed.
B. Officers will use the patrol vehicle's
emergency lights and other appropriate warning
devices (traffic cones) necessary to protect the
scene and to alert approaching traffic. Scene
protection and warning are especially important
if victims, their vehicles or hazardous debris are
in the roadway. Additional officers will be
Page 3 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
requested if circumstances dictate.
1. When traffic is heavy or when weather
conditions are poor, flares should be used
as additional warning to traffic.
C. Public Works personnel will be notified for
additional cones or barricades for scene
protection and traffic control, as needed.
D. Should traffic control be needed for an
extended period of time, the supervisor will
arrange for officer relief.
E. Traffic Routing -
1. The routing of traffic around the scene of
a crash is necessary to protect the scene
from contamination. When routing traffic,
the use of flares, cones, or other devices is
encouraged unless flammable and/or other
hazardous materials are or may be present.
2. The rerouting of traffic around the
scene of a crash requires approaching
motorists be given sufficient warning of the
hazards ahead. Some factors to consider
when setting up the routing include the
posted speed, the required stopping
distance for passenger cars, the volume of
traffic, the condition of the road, and the
weather.
3. Patrol vehicles should be positioned at the
outer edges of a crash scene involving
extensive roadway obstruction. Flares or
other channeling devices should be placed
to direct traffic flow in conjunction with other
lane control techniques. The term 'lane
control' implies traffic is channeled past the
crash zone on the uninvolved lane(s).
F. Detours -
1. When traffic has been completely
stopped and it appears that the road will be
closed for a long time, a suitable detour
must be established. When establishing the
detour, the officer will consider the following
criteria:
a. The alternate route should be clearly
marked to enable traffic to get back to
the primary route as soon as possible.
b. Whenever possible, a detour should
be established so that traffic flows to
the right.
Page 4 of 8
c. Flares will be positioned so drivers of
the detoured vehicles will have no
trouble understanding which direction to
turn.
d. When a detour begins in an
intersection, traffic control should be
done manually so vehicles being
detoured may be integrated into
crossing traffic safely with a minimum
of delay.
VI. COLLECTION OF INFORMATION:
A. When a traffic crash investigation is
conducted, it may be appropriate to obtain the
following types of information/evidence.
1. Photographs of the final positions of the
vehicles, damage to vehicles, and results of
the crash on the roadway, such as tire
marks, debris, and damaged objects.
2. Preliminary field examination of specific
vehicle components for failure or damage.
3. Preliminary matching of vehicle damage
to the damage of other vehicles and other
objects and to marks on the road.
4. Observations of visibility and view
obstructions.
5. Trip plans of each driver or pedestrian
involved.
6. Events, maneuvers and anticipated
actions just prior to collision.
7. Descriptions and measurements of all
vehicle damage, marks on the roadway,
final positions of vehicles, and debris.
8. Identification and preliminary statements
from drivers and witnesses.
9. Any other information related to the crash
that may be necessary to ensure the
investigation is complete.
B. Crashes that are not investigated, but do
warrant reporting, typically require less
information to include:
1. Descriptions of all vehicle damage,
marks on the roadway, final positions of
vehicles, and debris.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
2. Identification and preliminary statements
from drivers and witnesses.
3. Any other information related to the crash
that may be necessary to ensure that the
report is complete.
C. The information obtained from crash reports
is used to support planning and coordinate
crash prevention programs, both within the
department and in cooperation with other
agencies/jurisdictions. This is accomplished
through the use of State supplied crash report
forms.
D. Questioning Drivers and Witnesses.
1. Officers will question drivers and
witnesses separately and individually
concerning the traffic crash. Audio/video
recording units may be used during
questioning. Officers will discourage drivers
and witnesses from discussing the crash
among them.
2. Questioning will normally take place at
the scene.
a. In crash investigations requiring
follow up investigation, the questioning
should take place at a more suitable
location, preferably department
facilities.
b. Officers will question drivers and
witnesses as soon as practical following
the crash. The questioning may be
delayed until the person has received
medical attention, regained emotional
stability, or attended to other urgent
personal business.
3. When questioning drivers, officers will be
alert to any temporary or permanent
physical or emotional impairment and for
evidence of alcohol and/or drug impairment
which may have affected the person's
driving ability.
4. Investigating officers should question
drivers about where he or she was coming
from, destination, emotional status (e.g.,
aggravation with traffic during rush hour),
the point at which danger was first
perceived, what the driver was doing at that
point, any evasive action taken, and the
condition of the vehicle prior to the crash.
58 5. Witnesses will be questioned as to their
exact location when they witnessed the
crash, what they were doing at the time,
what called their attention to the crash, and
what they saw, heard, or did in response.
E. Examining vehicle condition in crashes in
which serious injuries or fatalities occur.
1. The vehicle(s) involved in a serious
injury or fatal crash will be examined by the
assigned FHP or PBSO investigator
according to accepted professional
standards.
F. Examining Road and Weather Conditions:
1. Officers will note all conditions of the
road in the crash report.
a. When examining the condition of the
road, officers will be alert for any foreign
substance on the surface (sand, loose
gravel, oil, etc.). Note the condition of the
surface (dry, slippery, wet, etc.).
2. Officers will check the road for any
obstructions, which existed at the time of
the collision, if possible. This includes
parked vehicles, glare, background lighting,
foliage, and structures (permanent and
temporary).
3. Officers will check the traffic control
devices present, to include speed limit signs
preceding the crash scene; presence,
condition, size and conspicuousness of
other control signs, and the proper
functioning of traffic signal lights.
4. Officers will record the weather
conditions existing at the time of the
collision.
G. Taking Photographs
1. The decision to photograph most crash
scenes will be at the discretion of the
investigating officer. When deciding to
photograph, the officer will consider the
severity of the crash, the severity and
nature of the injuries sustained and all other
factors.
2. If the investigating officer does not have
the proper equipment, then the photographs
can be taken by:
Page 5 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash
a. Supervisors
b. Investigator
3. Officers taking photographs at crash
scenes will be thoroughly familiar with the
rules of evidence as they apply to
photographic evidence and insure the
photographs taken meet approved
standards.
H. Diagrams and Measurements
1. Sketches enable the investigator to
reveal facts, relocate any given point at the
scene, subsequently prepare a scale
drawing, and explain how a crash occurred.
Officers should prepare sketches as
necessary and appropriate for these and
other investigative purposes.
2. Crash diagrams will be completed
whenever an officer is required to complete
a long form crash report (HSMV 90003) and
will contain the information required by the
State of Florida set forth in the Instruction
Manual for crash report forms.
VII. CRASH REPORTS:
A. On arrival at the crash scene, the officer
should determine the extent of the crash and
the appropriate form to use. Each crash report
will be assigned a case number.
1. Under the requirements of Florida
Statutes, a Long Form Police Crash Report
(HSMV 90003), will be completed when the
following criteria are met:
a. Injury or Death.
b. Hit and Run Crash involving
occupied vehicles.
c. Hit and Run Crash with follow-up
information in violation of FSS 316.027
or 316.061.
d. DUI in violation of 316.193.
2. Though not required by statute, a long
form report will be completed when a town
owned vehicle or town property is involved
in a traffic crash.
3. A Short Form Crash Report will be
completed when the following criteria are
met:
Page 6 of 8
SOP # 22.10
a. The damage exceeds $500.00 and
there are no injuries.
b. Hit and Run Crash with no follow-up
information and no injuries.
c. A crash with minor damage that
does not exceed $500.00 and involves
no injuries is not required to be reported
to the D.H.S.M.V., however a driver
may choose to have the responding
officer complete the appropriate crash
report.
4. Exchanging Information among
Principals.
a. Officers will explain to drivers
involved in the crash their individual
responsibilities in reporting the crash as
necessary and appropriate.
b. Officers will assist the involved
drivers in exchanging pertinent
information between each other.
c. When the investigating officer
completes a crash report (HSMV
90003), the officer will provide each
driver with the appropriate information
concerning the other drivers on a
HSMV 90006.
5. A driver wishing to report a minor
damage crash after all vehicles have left the
scene and no police report was completed
may be given a short form that he or she
can complete and mail to Tallahassee.
B. Under no circumstance will an officer
investigate a crash in which he or she is
involved.
VIII. REPORTING CRASHES THAT OCCUR
DURING A PURSUIT:
A. When an officer is engaged in a pursuit and
a crash occurs that does not involve the
pursuing officer, an officer will investigate the
crash and submit the appropriate report.
1. Any crash that results from the pursuit of
a violator by another agency will be
investigated according to department policy
and the appropriate report completed.
IX. REQUIREMENTS FOR OFFICER INVOLVED
TOWN VEHICLE CRASHES:
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
A. Beyond the basic requirements at all crash 78
scenes, any officer involved in a crash in a town
owned vehicle will:
1. Notify immediate supervisor;
2. Refrain from discussing contributing
factors to the crash with the other driver
and/or other witnesses.
B. In all cases, the officer assigned to
investigate any crash involving a town vehicle
will complete a Long Form Crash Report.
C. In the event of an injury crash involving a
Town of Gulf Stream Police Officer, the crash
investigation will be handled by and outside
agency (PBSO or FHP).
D. The supervisor will ensure all requirements
of procedure are met and any other action
required to complete the investigation is taken.
1. If an officer is injured in any manner, the
supervisor will complete the reporting
requirements according to a town
procedure.
X. SUPERVISOR'S PROCEDURE FOR
REPORTING CRASHES OR INCIDENTS
INVOLVING DAMAGE TO DEPARTMENT
VEHICLES, PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT:
A. All accidents or incidents involving damage
to department vehicles, property or equipment
will be reported immediately, by the officer
involved in the incident which caused the
damage, to his or her supervisor so that the
incident may be investigated.
B. The supervisor will complete the reporting
requirements according to town procedures for
traffic crashes or if a department vehicle is
damaged by means other than a traffic crash or
other department property or equipment is
damaged.
1. The supervisor or designee will take
photographs of all town involved crashes or
damage to town property.
C. A copy of the crash report or
Offense/Incident report will be forwarded to the
Chief of Police.
D. The Lieutenant will review the report for
violations of department procedures and make
any comments as necessary. He or she will
then forward the report, disciplinary action taken
and all attachments to the Chief of Police.
XI. FATALITY INVESTIGATIONS:
In serious injury or fatal crashes, the Chief of
Police has requested that the Florida Highway
Patrol (FHP) or Palm Beach Sheriffs Office
(PBSO) will handle the crash investigation.
A. Duties of On -scene Officers:
1. When it is evident death has occurred at
the scene of a traffic crash, or the severity
of injury is such death is likely, the officer
will notify the supervisor.
2. All fatality crashes, or possible fatality
crashes, will be handled by a FHP or PBSO
Traffic Homicide Investigator (THI)
3. The immediate responsibilities of the
officer at the scene of a traffic fatality are to
render first aid, secure the scene and locate
witnesses to the crash.
a. Other vehicles will be kept out of the
scene. The road will be closed to traffic
and appropriate detour routes selected.
b. Under no circumstances will the
vehicles, bodies or other physical
evidence be moved. This does not
preclude victim(s) being moved for
medical purposes.
c. Officers will NOT use paint,
crayons, or other marking devices to
deface the scene prior to the arrival of
the THI.
d. The officer will attempt to identify and
locate witnesses to the crash.
1) The officer will obtain their
names, home address and phone
number, and business address and
phone number.
2) The officer will ask witnesses to
remain at the scene until the arrival
of the THI.
3) If possible, witnesses will be
isolated from other bystanders and
will be asked to refrain from
discussing the crash.
Page 7 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Traffic Crash Investigation SOP # 22.10
4. Upon arrival at the scene, the THI will
assume command of the scene and
investigation.
5. The supervisor at the scene or the officer
in control will brief the THI as to events that
occurred prior to his/her arrival. Such
briefing may include, but not be limited to,
a. Extent of injuries.
b. Identifying the injured or dead.
c. Extent of the scene, as known.
d. Location and identities of witnesses.
e. Scene preservation measures,
including traffic routing.
f. Identities, locations, and duties of
other officers present at the scene.
XIV. ENFORCEMENT ACTION PROCEDURES AT
CRASHES:
A. Investigations at crash scenes will normally
result in detecting probable cause to support the
issuance of infraction citations, criminal
citations, or physical arrest. Upon determination
of a violation of traffic law or ordinance, the
officer will take appropriate enforcement action.
B. In taking any enforcement action, the officer
must establish all elements of the violation.
Elements the officer has not personally
witnessed must be established through
investigation. The investigation may include, but
not be limited to:
1. Statement or admission made by violator;
Original issue: 07/01/07
Page 8 of 8
2. Statements of witnesses; and
3. Physical evidence.
C. Officers may elect not to issue citations at
crash scenes when:
1. The violator left the scene due to injury
and/or
2. Additional investigation is needed.
3. In these instances, officers may complete
the citation and forward it to the Clerk of the
Court to be served to the violator.
XVII. REFERENCES
F.S.S. 316.027 Accidents involving death or
personal injuries.
F.S.S. 316.061 Accidents involving damage to
vehicle or property.
F.S.S. 316.193 Driving under the influence;
penalties.
DHSMV Crash Report Manual.
FHP 700 Series Report Manual.
• SOP # 22.02 Vehicle Impoundment.
SOP # 22.09 Persons Suspected of Driving
Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs.
SOP # 27.01 Internal Affairs Function.
• SOP #36.01 Handling of Evidence.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -School Crossing Guards SOP # 22.11
SCHOOL CROSSING GUARDS
EFFECTIVE: (NOT USED AT THIS TIME)
ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: 24.05
I. POLICY: The Lantana Police Department has
established guidelines for school crossing guards.
School crossing guards are highly visible
representatives of the department who are
responsible for the safety of children and other
pedestrians at selected intersections near schools.
The presence of crossing guards at street crossings
tends to prevent unsafe and unlawful acts by
pedestrians and motorists.
II. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY OF CROSSING
GUARDS ACTIVITIES:
A. The School Crossing Guard Program is
assigned under the control of the Support
Services Commander.
B. The shift supervisor will have functional
supervision over the School Crossing Guards.
III. AUTHORITY:
A. Crossing guards are not law enforcement
officers and are not permitted to carry weapons
of any type.
B. Crossing guards have no arrest powers.
Crossing guards will not attempt to apprehend
law violators.
IV. RESPONSIBILITY:
A. School Crossing Guards are assigned to duty
posts after meeting hiring qualifications and
completing training. Their primary function is to
control and direct children at specific locations
and times to maximize safety at those
crossings.
B. Crossing guards will be present at their
assigned duty post during the specified times.
C. Crossing guards must be aware of conditions
and behavior that might adversely affect the
safety of pedestrians.
D. Crossing guards will familiarize themselves
with the location and purpose of street and
traffic signs (such as school signs and speed
signs) within the assigned area.
1. If such signs are missing or damaged, he
V.
or she will notify the shift supervisor, who
will make notification Public Works.
E. Crossing guards are to remain alert for
emergency vehicles (i.e., fire trucks,
ambulances, police cars) and will clear the road
of children, including the school safety patrol
and keep all pedestrians as far from the
roadway as necessary to ensure their safety
until the emergency vehicles have passed.
F. If hazardous violations are observed while on
post, the crossing guard will attempt to obtain
the tag number and description of the vehicle
and driver. The crossing guard will notify the
shift supervisor as soon as practical.
A. Wait for a sufficient break in moving traffic on
your side of the street and then walk to the
center of the street and face the closest
oncoming traffic.
B. Raise one arm parallel to the roadway and
use the hand held stop sign to stop oncoming
traffic.
C. Turn to face the opposing traffic, if any, and
raise arm and repeat the stop communication.
D. Stand parallel to the crosswalk on the line
nearest the center of the street and verbally
release the children to cross the street.
E. Wait until the last child of the group reaches
the opposite curb or edge. Return to your curb.
F. Signal vehicles to proceed when it is safe to
do so.
G. Remain on the curb for the next group of
children to assemble.
VI. CRITERIA FOR ASSIGNMENT OF SCHOOL
GUARD LOCATIONS:
A. Sites where a crossing guard may be needed
are surveyed by the police department following
requests or observations made by school
officials, or concerned parents.
B. The criteria for establishing new crossing guard
locations entails a request in writing to the Support
Services Commander who handles such requests
in accordance with the Manual On Uniform Traffic
Control Devices.
Page 1 of 2
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -School Crossing Guards SOP # 22.11
VII. QUALIFICATIONS AND SELECTION
CRITERIA:
A. Whenever a vacancy occurs, the Chief of
Police will notify the Town Finance Department,
who will post the opening according to current
Town Administrative Orders for filling vacant
positions.
B. The Town Finance Department will forward
all applications meeting qualifications to the
Support Services Commander.
C. The Support Services Commander will
review all applications. If the applicant passes a
background check, he/she will be
recommended for hiring.
D. Crossing guards will be employed on a part-
time basis.
VIII. PERSONAL CONDUCT:
A. Crossing guards will conduct themselves in a
professional manner.
B. Crossing guards are prohibited from
smoking, profanity, sitting/loafing, using
alcoholic beverages, or being under the
influence of intoxicants and/or controlled
substances while on duty.
IX. UNIFORM APPEARANCE:
A. While on duty, crossing guards will wear the
prescribed uniform, issued by the department,
which is distinctly different from that worn by
sworn personnel.
Original Issue: 9/112001
Revised: NEW
I.D. # 696
Revision Dales:
B. Visible articles of clothing which are not part
of the regulation uniform will not be worn.
C. Unauthorized pins, buttons, emblems, or
insignia will not be worn with the uniform.
D. All issued equipment and uniforms will be
properly maintained, worn clean and neat, and
will remain the property of the Lantana Police
Department.
E. Crossing guards will return all uniforms and
property upon separation from the department.
X. TRAINING:
A. The Support Services Commander or
designee will be responsible for supervision,
training, and equipping of crossing guards.
B. Prior to crossing children at any crosswalks
in the Town, the School Crossing Guard will be
instructed in the area of traffic direction.
1. Training may consist of classroom as
well as on the job training.
C. Crossing guards will be provided copies of
applicable SOP's and all rules and regulations
as listed in the reference.
XI. REFERENCE:
• Rules and Regulations.
• SOP # 22.15 Manual Traffic Direction.
• SOP # 50.01 Uniform and Plain Clothes Attire,
Equipment, and Appearance for Member
Rick Lincoln, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Manual Traffic Direction SOP # 22.15
MANUAL TRAFFIC DIRECTION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: Officers, when assigned to manual
traffic control, will use uniform traffic control signals
and gestures. A combination of hand signals and
whistle signals is the preferred method. The
objective of the person carrying out manual traffic
direction and control is to maintain or restore the
safe and efficient movement of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic.
II. TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL
FUNCTIONS:
A. Police officers may be used for traffic
direction and control functions. All officers will
have access to the necessary equipment to
safely direct and control traffic in situations that
may include, but are not limited to, the following;
1. Traffic accident scenes;
2. Special events;
3. Emergency conditions;
4. Signal light failure;
5. Inclement weather conditions; and
6. Disabled vehicles.
III. TRAFFIC DIRECTION HAND SIGNALS:
A. Stop Signal - Basic signal to stop is an
upraised hand at the end of an extended arm
raised to well above shoulder level, with the
palm of the hand clearly facing the approaching
driver for whom the signal is intended.
B. Starting Signal - The signal for a stopped
vehicle to start moving begins at shoulder level,
with the officer extending his arm toward the
stopped vehicle (pointing) and waving the car
onward by bending his or her arm at the elbow
and drawing his or her hand toward his or her
chest.
1. Once traffic in one direction starts to
move, the officer turns and faces the
opposing traffic and delivers the same
signal.
C. Pull Up Signal - The signal to pull up to a
position, indicated by the officer directing traffic
at an intersection, is usually reserved for turning
traffic facing opposing vehicular or pedestrian
traffic. It is started by the officer pointing to the
position at which the driver should pull his or her
stopped or slowly approaching vehicle. It is
completed by maneuvering the driver forward to
the selected position to hold the turning vehicle
until conditions are safe for the turning
movement.
D. Turning Traffic - Once it is safe for the
motorist to complete the turn, the opposing
traffic should be stopped using the standard
stop signal, and motioning the left turning
vehicle to complete its turn by making a come -
a -long signal with the other hand.
1. Right turning traffic requires little traffic
direction unless the turning movement is
crossing a heavily traveled crosswalk or has
to merge into heavy vehicular traffic.
Natural gaps are best used for turning
vehicles when available.
IV. WHISTLE SIGNALS:
A. Police officers will be issued whistles for use
in traffic direction. The following whistle signals
should be used for directing traffic:
1. Stop - A single, long blast,
2. Start - Two short blasts, and
3. Emergency Stop - Three or more short
blasts.
V. HIGH VISIBILITY CLOTHING:
A. Members engaged in manual traffic control
will use department issued reflective vests. The
reflective vests will be used to enhance officer
safety and driver recognition and response.
During inclement weather, officers may wear
the department issued rain gear instead of the
reflective vests.
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Manual Traffic Direction SOP # 22.15
VI. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT:
A. Police vehicle.
B. Flares.
C. Traffic cones.
D. Portable traffic barriers.
E. Flashlight with cone.
191
• None
Original issue:07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Criminal Intelligence SOP # 26.01
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE/CRIME
ANALYSIS
EFFECTIVE: (NOT USED AT THIS TIME)
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for collection, analysis and dissemination
of criminal intelligence information. The gathering
of criminal intelligence information from various
sources is used to develop personal and modus
operandi information which may be of use in future
investigations or determining crime patterns.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Confidential Source - Any person who
provides information and whose identity will
remain undisclosed.
B. Informant - A confidential source who:
1. Provides information in exchange for
monetary or other lawful consideration;
and/or
2. By virtue of providing information is
directed by the contact officer to perform
certain lawful acts; or
3. By his or her position, or knowledge, is
solicited by the police department to provide
information to which he or she has access.
C. Intelligence - The gathering or obtaining of
information in regard to criminal conduct that is
either current, on going, or proposed.
III. CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE FUNCTION
RESPONSIBILITY AND PROCEDURES:
A. The criminal intelligence function is
established for the control of intelligence
information gathering for the department.
1. The Chief of Police is responsible for the
criminal intelligence function.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will serve as
department liaison with outside law enforcement
agencies in the exchange of intelligence
information.
C. Officers or members of the department may
submit information regarding illegal activities on
a Confidential Report (Appendix A) and forward
it to the Chief of Police.
1. Confidential Reports can be used for
organized crime, illegal drug activity, vice or
any criminal activity.
D. The Confidential Report may include
information gathered by a member through
observation, an interview or interrogation or by
way of suspicious person(s) and/or
circumstances. Intelligence information may be
received by the department and cross-
referenced with other sources, such as:
1. Field interrogation report;
2. Offense reports;
3. Citizens;
4. Other sources.
E. Activities performed by the department
include gathering of intelligence information
from an interview or observation on the street,
on a person arrested for an offense, and/or
about a person, group, organization, or
business suspected of being involved in any
criminal activity.
F. Other intelligence information may be
submitted by phone from citizen complaints of
criminal activities.
G. Types of information collected through
intelligence activities may include, but not be
limited to:
1. Criminal activity and patterns and/or
2. Criminal intelligence information
(persons).
H. Intelligence information will not be
disseminated, formally or informally, to any non -
law enforcement agency or individual, except at
the conclusion of the investigation, at defense
discovery and/or according to applicable public
record laws.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Criminal Intelligence SOP # 26.01
IV. CRITERIA FOR INTELLIGENCE GATHERING:
A. The criteria for the collection of criminal
intelligence information is limited to criminal
conduct. There must be a reasonable and
legitimate need to gather the information.
1. Information concerning political, religious,
racial, or personal beliefs will not be
collected or retained unless such
information is relevant to a report of known
or suspected criminal activity and/or
suspects.
B. Information received or obtained by the
department will be acquired in a legal manner
and should only be collected or retained when it
is pertinent to criminal activities and/or
suspects.
C. Informants who operate within the
department's intelligence network will not have
personal data released except on a clearly
defined "need to know" basis.
1. Under circumstances where informant
information must be shared with outside
investigators or agencies, informant identity
will be released through the member who
will be responsible for coordinating the
exchange of information.
E. Intelligence information collected by the
department will be disseminated after the
following have been established:
1. The accuracy and reliability of information
has been ascertained;
2. Whether the dissemination of information
would compromise the identity of the source
of information; and
3. The requester's right and "need to know."
V. CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS,
SECURITY AND RECORDS:
A. Members engaged in the process of
collecting, investigating, and analyzing
intelligence data will conduct such operations in
an environment protected from inadvertent
disclosure of information.
B. It is the responsibility of the Chief of Police or
designee to determine that recipients of
disseminated intelligence information are
authorized to make the request and/or receive
the information, have a "need to know," and that
all dissemination are accomplished in a manner
which reflects compliance with State and
Federal laws.
C. The analysis of criminal intelligence may
include and/or provide the following information:
1. Identify similarities among different
offenses;
2. Reveal patterns of current crime
problems;
3. Assist in the screening of suspects; and
4. Assembling of information regarding
specific crimes, which may involve an
offender who is already in custody.
D. Crime analysis information can be distributed
to outside agencies and will be controlled by the
Chief of Police or designee. Agencies that may
receive such information are:
1. Law enforcement agencies;
2. Military or governmental agencies
involved in enforcement of laws and the
security of the United States;
3. News media; and
4. Local citizen organizations/community
groups.
E. Distribution of crime analysis information for
department use will be available to all members
who can benefit from the use of the information.
F. Information will be transmitted to persons
within other agencies in document form with the
name of the person(s) responsible for the
content of the documents.
G. Verification of those receiving information
may be established by:
1. Credentials;
2. Return phone calls; and/or
3. Requests on a letterhead.
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Criminal Intelligence SOP # 26.01
H. Intelligence information files and records will
be decentralized from other department records
and will be separately maintained and secured
by the Chief of Police or designee.
J. A review of the intelligence files and records
will be conducted, as needed, by the Chief of
Police to ensure that files are accurate,
relevant, and complete.
K. Retention, dissemination, or purging of
intelligence files will only be done with approval
of the Chief of Police or designee and in
accordance with State law.
L. Records of destruction will be completed by
the Chief of Police or a designee when such
files are purged or eliminated.
Original issue: 3/1/2005
A. CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE EQUIPMENT:
A. For the purpose of intelligence gathering
and/or monitoring of illegal activities, the
responsibility to budget, secure, or have access
to specialized equipment will be the
responsibility of the Chief of Police.
B. Visual monitoring equipment, audio
monitoring or recording equipment, and other
equipment used for intelligence gathering will be
used in accordance with State and Federal
laws. A court order will be obtained where
applicable.
VII.
• SOP # 18.02 Informants.
• SOP # 34.01 Records.
Rick Lincoln, Chief of Police
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Criminal Intelligence SOP # 26.01
Appendix A
REVISED 3/1/2005
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/Internal Affairs SOP# 27.01
PROFESSIONAL
STANDARDS/INTERNAL AFFAIRS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines for maintaining professional
standards through the use of the internal affairs
function. It is the responsibility of the department to
provide a systematic, objective and impartial
method of investigating complaints of inappropriate
behavior or allegations of misconduct by
department members. In addition, the department
has instituted a procedure for reviewing incidents
involving the use of force by members.
A. Complaints - Any alleged or suspected act of
misconduct by a member which is contrary to
written rules, regulations, policies, procedures,
directives, or orders of the department.
B. Internal Affairs Investigation — An
administrative investigation to gather evidence
and facts to reach conclusions as to whether a
department member has violated federal or
state laws, county or local ordinances or any
rules, regulations, policies and/or procedures of
the department.
C. Exonerated (Proper Conduct) - The
allegation is true and the action of the
department or the employee was consistent
with agency policy.
D. Sustained (Improoer Conduct) - The
allegation is true and the action of the
department or the member was inconsistent
with department policy or procedure.
E. Unfounded Complaint - The allegation is
either demonstrably false or there is no credible
evidence to support it.
F. Not Sustained - There is insufficient proof to
confirm or to refute the allegation.
G. Misconduct- Violation of federal, state,
county or local law or ordinance or department
policy, procedure, rule or regulation.
III. INTERNAL AFFAIRS FUNCTION
A. The Chief of Police or designee will have the
authority and responsibility to gather facts
through investigative procedures and review to
ensure the department and its members'
integrity is maintained.
B. Department members, whether a subject of
an investigation or as a witness, will answer all
questions honestly, completely and to the best
of their ability. No member will interfere with an
internal affairs (IA) investigation.
C. During any internal affairs investigations, all
information obtained will be kept confidential.
D. The procedures for conducting an IA
investigation will be in accordance with those
rights and privileges enumerated in Florida
Statutes, including 112.532 (Law Enforcement
Officer's Rights), US Supreme Court ruling in
Garrity v. New Jersey (Garrity Decision), and
any other applicable rules, regulations, and/or
laws.
E. The Chief of Police or designee will maintain
liaison with the State Attorney's Office regarding
criminal allegations against department
members.
IV. INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINTS OR
ALLEGATIONS OF MISCONDUCT:
A. All complaints and allegations of misconduct
against the Gulf Stream Police Department
and/or its members will be investigated.
Complaints can be received in person or by
telephone, letter or electronically (i.e., e-mail or
fax).
B. Upon notification of a complaint of alleged
inappropriate behavior, the member receiving
the complaint will direct the complainant to the
supervisor, who will conduct an initial review of
the circumstances.
1. Complaints which are likely to have a
serious adverse impact upon the police
department will be reported, without delay,
through the chain of command to the Chief
of Police.
2. Complaints which do not require
additional investigation (i.e. guilt or
innocence in a traffic violation, or the
member clearly followed established
department policy or procedure) can be
resolved at that time
Page 1 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/Internal Affairs SOP# 27.01
C. If a civilian wishes to file a formal complaint,
the supervisor receiving the complaint will
provide a Complaint Form (Appendix A) for
completion and the Important Information
Concerning Complaint Filing (Appendix B). The
Complaint Form should be a concise statement
of the allegations and when detailed statements
are necessary, they will be recorded or
documented on a separate page. It is preferred
the complainant complete the Complaint Form
by themselves and have it notarized, if possible.
If assistance is needed, i.e. handicapped or
illiterate, the supervisor addressing the
complaint will offer assistance.
D. If a member of the agency wishes to file a
complaint on another member, the complaining
member will do so by memorandum to his/her
supervisor.
1. If the complaint involves the supervisor,
the complaining member will submit the
memorandum to the next level of
supervision, within the chain of command.
2. The supervisor receiving the complaint
will forward the memorandum to the Chief
of Police.
E. The supervisor handling the initial complaint
will forward the Complaint Form through the
chain of command to the Chief of Police.
F. The Chief of Police will determine who will
conduct the internal affairs investigation.
G. The Chief of Police may place a member on
administrative leave (Appendix C sworn) during
any internal affairs investigation.
G. When the Chief of Police directs a
supervisor to conduct an internal affairs
investigation; the investigative summary and
results will be submitted to the Chief of Police in
memorandum format and attached to the
original Complaint Form.
1. Supervisors who have been assigned to
conduct an investigation of a complaint are
encouraged to seek advice and/or
directions from the Chief of Police.
2. A complaint may consist of one or more
allegations. Each allegation must be
addressed by the investigating supervisor.
3. The investigation will be completed within
thirty (30) days of receiving the complaint.
An extension of time for extenuating
circumstances may be granted by the Chief
of Police.
a. Any request for extension will be
made through the Chief of Police.
H. Complainants in internal affairs
Investigations will be required to provide a taped
sworn statements.
V. COMPLAINT INTERVIEW PROCESS:
A. Prior to being questioned, the accused
member will be notified they are the subject of
an internal administrative investigation.
1. An Advance Notice of Complaint
Investigation form (Appendix D) including a
copy of the Law Enforcement Bill of Rights
will be given to a sworn member at least
twenty four (24) hours prior to his or her
interview.
2. The member will be given copies of the
allegations including written statements
taken prior to the interview.
3 The accused member will be informed of
his or her rights and responsibilities relative
to the investigation.
a. Sworn members will sign and date
a copy of the Law Enforcement Bill of
Rights in the presence of the
investigating officer prior to the
interview.
4. The interview will be tape recorded and
taken under oath regarding the allegations
under investigation.
B. Upon request, the member will be given a
copy of his or her written or tape-recorded
statement(s). To obtain a copy of a taped
statement, the member must furnish a blank
cassette.
Page 2 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/Internal Affairs SOP# 27.01
C. No member will be ordered to submit to a
truth verification test such as a polygraph or
CVSA. Such tests may be offered by the
department in any administrative, civil or
criminal matter. The results of such tests will be
used in accordance with the laws of the State of
Florida and the United States. Refusal by the
member to submit to such a test will not form a
basis for disciplinary action.
D. A member may be required to submit to a
medical or laboratory examination at the
department's expense when the examination is
specifically related to a particular internal affairs
investigation.
1. A supervisor who reasonable suspects a
member is under the influence of alcohol or
controlled substances may require the
member to immediately submit to such
testing.
2. Refusal by the member to submit to such
testing may form a basis for disciplinary
action up to and including termination.
E. A member may be required to be
photographed and/or participate in a lineup
when reasonable suspicion exists that he or she
was involved in an incident and that an
identification of the suspect member(s) can be
made.
1. If the suspect member refuses to be
photographed or appear in a lineup, he or
she may be compelled to be photographed
and/or appear.
2. Refusal to comply could result in
disciplinary action up to and including
termination.
F. A member may be required to submit a
financial disclosure statement when the actions
are essential to a particular internal
administrative investigation.
1. If the suspect member refuses to
disclose financial records, he or she may be
compelled to supply the records.
2. Refusal to comply could result in the
department obtaining a subpoena to
acquire the records and disciplinary action
up to and including termination.
G. Non -criminal investigation only:
1. The member is required to answer
questions specifically directed and narrowly
relating to the performance of his or her
official duties or fitness for duty.
2. The refusal by a member to answer
pertinent questions, whether as a subject or
a witness, may result in disciplinary action
up to and including dismissal.
3. The member will not be required to
waive his or her constitutional rights with
respect to criminal investigations.
H. Criminal investigations only:
1. If a member is under arrest or is likely
to be (is a suspect or target of a criminal
investigation), the member will be informed
of his or her rights in accordance with
prevailing legal requirements prior to being
interviewed. If a member chooses to invoke
any or all of his or her legally protected
rights, that member will not be subject to
charges of insubordination or failure to
cooperate for that reason alone.
I. Except as authorized or required by the Chief
of Police or designee, members will not contact
persons involved in an internal administrative
investigation or disclose any information
regarding the investigation.
VI. INVESTIGATION REVIEW AND
A. The completed investigation file will be
reviewed by the Chief of Police to ensure that it
was conducted in accordance with the
procedures or governing laws and for a
recommendation on disposition (exonerated,
substantiated, unsubstantiated, or unfounded).
1. When the investigation is completed and
a member is found in violation of a
department policy, procedure, directive or
rule and regulation, the investigating officer
will utilize the "Supervisor's Guide to
Discipline" as a guideline for recommending
discipline.
Page 3 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standardslinternal Affairs SOP# 27.01
B. The final determination on each allegation
and any disciplinary action rests with the Chief
of Police.
C. The Chief of Police will ensure the
complainant and the subject member(s) are
notified in writing of the disposition of all
complaints.
D. The Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible to prepare FDLE Internal
Investigation Report Form CJSTC 78 if
allegations have been sustained against a
member in violation of 943.13 (4) or (7).
1. The Chief of Police will review the FDLE
Farm 78 and forward to FDLE as required.
VII. INTERNAL AFFAIRS RECORDS:
A. It is the responsibility of the Chief of Police to
establish a system of receiving, recording, and
filing of all complaints. Once the investigation is
complete, all records will be maintained in a
secure area in the department under the
custody and control of the Chief of Police.
During the investigation and processing of
Original Issue: 07/01/07
internal affairs complaints, the confidentiality of
these records will be strictly maintained.
B. When a final disposition of any administrative
investigation has been rendered by the Chief of
Police, the investigation becomes a public
record. The investigation will be released in
accordance with public records laws and will be
made available to any requesting party.
C. Review of public record Internal Affairs files
will be done by the Chief of Police or designee
or a court of competent jurisdiction. A record will
be made of each review. Copies of Internal
Affairs files will be issued only with the approval
of the Chief of Police or a designee. A record
will be made showing who received the copies.
VIII.
• SOP # 10.01 Grievance Procedures.
• SOP # 11.01 Disciplinary Procedures.
• Town of Gulf Stream Personnel Policies.
• F.S.S. 112.532 Law Enforcement Officer's
Rights.
• F.S.S. 112.533 Receipt and Processing of
Complaints.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/Internal Affairs SOP# 27.01
Appendix A
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
COMPLAINT FORM
Name Date:
Address Phone Number:
Nature of Complaint (please use back/and attach additional 8 %2 x 11 pages):
I have received, read, and understood the information letter concerning citizen complaint filing. I
understand that any FALSE sworn statement I provide concerning this complaint subjects me to
possible criminal and/or civil liability.
Signature Date
FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
Received by: Assigned to:
Handled By: Date:
Follow up: phone letter in person
Resolution:
Reviewed By:
Supervisor Date
Chief of Police Date
Town Manager Date
Page 5 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/internal Affairs SOP# 27.01
Appendix B
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
246 SEA ROAD
GULF STREAM, FLORIDA 33483
PHONE 561278-8611 fax 561276-2528
IMPORTANT INFORMATION CONCERNING
COMPLAINT FILING
The security of the Town of Gulf Stream, its citizens, plus the integrity and reputation of the Gulf
Stream Police Department depends to a great extent on the manor in which police officers of this
Department perform their varied and difficult duties. The performance of such duties involves those
Members in all manners and relationships with the public.
Out of such contacts and relationships may arise questions concerning the actions of Members of the
Department. Such questions require prompt investigation by superior officers designated by the Chief
of Police or other competent authority.
To ensure that such investigations are conducted in a manor conducive to good order and discipline,
meanwhile observing and protecting the individual rights of each Member of the Department. The
following rules are hereby established relative to an investigation and a Department Member.
If you wish to pursue this complaint, you will be required to give a sworn statement as to the nature of your
complaint.
This statement will be covered by the perjury statutes of the State of Florida, in particular, Florida State Statute
837.06, which makes it a second degree misdemeanor to knowingly make a false statement with the intent to
mislead a public servant in the performance of his duty.
Page 6 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/]nternal Affairs SOP# 27.01
Appendix C
MENORANDUM
TO:
FROM:
DATE:
SUBJECT: Administrative Leave
Effective immediately, you have been placed on administrative leave and will be responsible to the administrative
Services Manager. While in this status, your hours of accountability to the Administrative Services Manager are
0800 to 1600, Monday through Friday with weekends and Town Approved Holidays off. You will receive full pay
as long as you comply with the provisions outlined below.
1. You must remain at home (between 0800 to 1600, Monday through Friday) unless you are attending
court or ordered to report another place by the Administrative Services Manager.
2. Each Monday through Friday, you must report by telephone to the Administrative Services Manager at
0900 and 1500 hours.
3. If it becomes necessary to leave your residence for personal reasons, you must first call the
Administrative Services Manager for approval of use of your accumulated time. You must also notify the
Administrative Services Manager upon your return home. If it becomes necessary to leave your
residence on Department business, you must first notify the Administrative Services Manager prior to
departure and then again upon return to your residence. If it becomes necessary during duty hours to
attend court in defense of your job related actions, you are expected to do so.
4. Utilization of any police facilities is strictly forbidden.
5. You must honor all subpoenas and other court related requests. Subpoenas will be picked up
immediately upon notification.
6. You will attend all other required Department Business assigned or received from the Administrative
Services Manager.
7. Your participation in any event sponsored, sanctioned, endorsed or in any way identified with or
representative of the Town of Gulf Stream Police Department is prohibited unless prior written
authorization is obtained from the Chief of Police.
8. While on this status, you will wear appropriate business attire when visiting the Department, or while
attending any other job related function. Strict compliance with this order is required.
Disciplinary Action will be taken for violating any of the aforementioned provisions. Furthermore, violation of
section 1, 2 and 3 will result in an involuntary resignation being placed into your personnel file as per
Administrative orders.
The Foregoing notice was served personally on this , day of
20_, at hours.
Page 7 of 8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Professional Standards/internal Affairs SOP# 27.01
Appendix D
ADVANCE NOTICE OF COMPLAINT INVESTIGATION
EMPLOYEE:
ALLEGATIONS:
COMPLAINANT:
INTERVIEW DATE AND TIME:
DATE AND TIME RECEIVES BY EMPLOYEE:
INVESTIGATOR:
Date:
A COPY OF THE LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS RIGHTS, EXCERPTTD FROM FLORIDA STATE
STATUTE, HAS BEEN ATTACHED TO THIS NOTICE. IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO READ AND
SIGN THIS COPY AND BRING IT WITH YOU TO THE INTERVIEW.
EMPLOYEES SIGNATURE:
Page 8 of 8
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Transportation SOP # 29.01
PRISONER TRANSPORTATION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for transporting a prisoner(s) and an
officer will provide safety and security for the
prisoner, himself or herself, and the public. Officers
transporting prisoners should be aware of the
dangers this activity presents and prisoners will be
restrained in order to minimize the opportunity for
escape and exposure of the prisoner to the
possibility of injury.
II. TRANSPORT (PATROL) VEHICLES:
A. Will be equipped with a barrier which
prevents prisoner access to the driver's
compartment.
B. Will be modified to prevent the exit of the
prisoner from the prisoner compartment without
the assistance of the transporting officer.
C. Will be searched before and after shifts,
regardless of whether or not prisoner transport
duty is anticipated at the start of a shift.
D. Will be searched immediately before a
prisoner is placed within and immediately after a
prisoner is removed.
A. While in transport, all prisoners will be
restrained with departmentally approved
handcuffs or flex cuffs applied with the
prisoner's hands behind the back unless
specific exceptions contained within this S.O.P.
apply.
1. Handcuffs or flex cuffs will be applied so
the tip of the officer's finger can be inserted
between the handcuff and the radial or the
ulnar region of the prisoner's wrist.
a. Handcuffs will be double locked as
soon as the officer can safely do so.
Handcuffs unable to be double locked
will immediately be taken out of service.
b. Physical disability, deformity or injury
may preclude handcuffing behind the
back.
c. Prisoners should be handcuffed
before they are searched.
d. It is the officer's responsibility to
check the wrists of the prisoner upon
complaint of pain and to take the
appropriate action.
e. Leg cord cuff restraints (hobbles)
may be used to restrain the movement
of prisoners who threaten or exhibit
violent or destructive behavior.
1) A prisoner who is hobbled
should be observed more closely
for signs of discomfort or distress.
2) A prisoner who is hobbled will
not be placed face down except for
the time necessary to apply the
hobble restraints.
2. While the handcuffing of prisoners prior
to transport is the routine course of action,
there may be an occasion when prisoner
restraint may be modified or not employed.
Exceptions could include the very young,
the elderly, the physically or medically
impaired.
B. Restraints will not be removed from a
prisoner until the prisoner is secured in a facility,
released from custody, or no longer poses a
threat of violence. If there is a lengthy delay and
the prisoner's human needs must be attended
to, handcuffs or flex cuffs may be removed,
provided the officer believes the needs are valid
and the person can be controlled.
C. Prisoners will not be handcuffed or flex
cuffed to any part of the transport vehicle.
D. Restraining devices may not be used on
disabled prisoners when:
1. The disability renders the prisoner
sufficiently immobile, and/or
2. The application of restraints would cause
the prisoner undue pain and discomfort.
E. Transporting officers may use leg chains and
waist chains to restrain the movement of
prisoners who are an escape risk or exhibit
violent or destructive behavior.
1. Waist chains and leg chains will be
stored in the Prisoner Holding Area.
Page 1 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Transportation SOP # 29.01
2. Waist chains and leg chains will be
applied so the tip of the officer's finger can
be inserted between the handcuff and the
prisoner's skin.
a. All restraints will be double locked as
soon as the officer can safely do so.
3. Upon completion of the transport or as
soon as practical, the leg and waist chains
will be returned to the Prisoner Holding
Area.
IV. TRANSPORTION OF PRISONERS:
A. One officer will not transport more than two
prisoners at any one time unless authorized by
a supervisor.
1. Prisoner(s) will be secured in the rear
passenger area behind the security barrier
in the transport (patrol) vehicle.
B. Prisoners will be searched prior to transport:
1. Any officer who transports a prisoner who
was not searched in that officer's presence
will personally search the prisoner prior to
transportation.
2. If possible, prisoners will be searched by
someone of the same gender prior to being
placed in the transport vehicle.
C. The officer should have the prisoner in sight
at all times.
1. Arrestees will be secured in a transport
vehicle with seat belts, if equipped, unless
he or she is violent, poses a threat to officer
safety, or other exigent circumstances exist.
D. Prisoners who are secured with handcuffs or
flex cuffs and a hobble will not be placed,
and/or left, face down in a transport vehicle.
1. If the hobbled arrestee no longer
appears to pose a threat to the officers, the
hobble may be removed from the arrestee's
legs and he or she will be placed into the
transport vehicle.
2. If the hobbled arrestee still poses a threat
and/or to prevent the arrestee from
thrashing around in the transport vehicle, he
or she may be placed face down into the
rear prisoner compartment of the transport
vehicle temporarily, and only for the time
necessary, to:
a. Remove the hobble lead from the
arrestee's hands while maintaining
control.
b. Place the hobble lead out the door of
the prisoner compartment of the
transport vehicle.
c. The door will be closed on the hobble
lead. Excess lead will be put in the front
compartment through the open front
door of the transport vehicle to prevent
it dragging on the ground. The front
door will be closed to secure the lead.
E. Any officer transporting a handcuffed and/or
hobbled arrestee will observe the prisoner to
see he or she does not get into and remain in a
face -down position during transport. Should this
occur, the officer will stop the transport vehicle
at the closest safe area and return the arrestee
to the upright position. The assistance of a
back-up officer may be requested if necessary.
F. Performance of law enforcement related
duties while transporting prisoners:
1. Officers will maintain control of the
arrestee(s) during transport and law
enforcement action will not be taken while
transporting prisoners, except in the case of
an immediate life-threatening situation in
which the officer must act to prevent
serious bodily injury or death to a citizen,
another officer, or him or herself.
2. Stops for activities not related to law
enforcement are strictly prohibited while
transporting a prisoner.
G. Escape of prisoner(s) during transport:
1. The transporting officer will immediately
notify dispatch by radio, giving his or her
location, description of the escapee, and
mode and direction of travel.
2. If the escape occurs outside the city
limits, dispatch will immediately notify the
agency in whose jurisdiction the escape
occurred.
3. A supervisor will respond to all escape
scenes.
4. If the escapee was the sole occupant of
Page 2 of 6
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Transportation SOP # 29.01
the transporting vehicle and the escape
occurred in Gulf Stream, the officer may
participate in the search and/or
apprehension.
a. If the escape occurred outside of our
jurisdiction and the escapee was the
sole occupant of the transport vehicle,
the officer will assist the jurisdictional
officers in the search or apprehension,
if requested.
5. If an escape occurs in or out of our
jurisdiction and additional prisoners remain
in the vehicle, the officer will not leave the
vehicle to assist in a search or
apprehension until another Gulf Stream
officer arrives on -scene and takes
responsibility for the remaining prisoners.
6. The transporting officer will submit a
written report detailing circumstances of the
escape to his or her supervisor prior to the
end of the shift.
H. Prisoners being transported should be
prohibited from communicating with anyone
other than the transporting officer.
I. Upon receiving a prisoner for transport, the
transporting officer will confirm the prisoner
named in the transport documents is the one
intended for transport.
1. Check and compare the name, birth
date, social security number and physical
description of the prisoner arrest
documents to the prisoner to be
transported. Visually confirm the prisoner
matches the physical description.
J. Actions of transporting officer upon arrival at
the receiving agency:
1. Prior to entering a jail area, the
transporting officer(s) will secure all
firearms, ammunition, impact weapons
(ASP), and OC spray by locking them inside
the trunk of the transport vehicle or in a
firearms storage locker, if provided by the
receiving agency.
2. The transporting officer will deliver the
prisoner(s) and booking documents to the
receiving agency's officer who will sign for
the prisoner.
3. The transporting officer will immediately
notify receiving personnel when the
arrestee is a security threat or has a
medical condition or problem. This
information will also be documented in the
arrest documents.
4. The transporting officer will then remove
restraints (if permitted by the receiving
agency) and relinquish custody to the
receiving agency.
K. Restraining and/or transporting sick or
injured prisoners:
1. Any prisoner complaining of sickness or
injury, or who appears to be sick or injured
whether complaining or not, will be treated
as follows:
a. A Fire/Rescue unit will be called to
the prisoner's location.
b. Fire/Rescue will provide first aid.
c. If the prisoner requires additional
treatment, the sick or injured prisoner
will be transported to a medical care
facility by Fire/Rescue.
1) When Fire/Rescue transports
the prisoner to a medical care
facility, an officer will accompany
the prisoner.
2) Any prisoner transported by
Fire/Rescue will be restrained on a
gurney or backboard as securely as
possible consistent with his or her
illness or injuries.
d. The officer will notify the personnel at
the receiving medical facility if the
suspect is a security threat and request
appropriate assistance.
2. Restraint of all prisoners is
recommended. A sick or injured prisoner in
custody for nonviolent offenses does not
have to be restrained during transport
based on the discretion of the transporting
officer. When making the decision to
restrain or not restrain a sick or injured
prisoner, the transporting officer will consult
the supervisor and consider the following:
a. Safety of the officer and the prisoner.
b. Nature of the offense.
c. Circumstances surrounding the
Page 3 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Transportation SOP # 29.01
capture of the prisoner and the
prisoner's reaction.
L. Any prisoner who is transported to the
department will be brought into the holding cell
d. The prisoner's current and past
area via the rear door and the restraint devices
demeanor.
will be removed after the prisoner is secured
within the department holding cell area.
e. The criminal history of the prisoner
and possible sentence for the current
V. SPECIAL TRANSPORT SITUATIONS:
offense.
A. Transporting prisoners of the opposite
f. The possibility of the prisoner injuring
gender:
himself or herself.
1. Whenever an officer transports a
3. If a prisoner is being treated at a
prisoner of the opposite gender, he or she
hospital or other medical facility, restraints
will contact dispatch by radio advising of his
will be applied in conformance with the
or her location, starting mileage and
doctor's instructions, and with due regard
destination. Upon arrival at the destination,
for the location and severity of the injury.
he or she will advise the location and
ending mileage.
a. The officer will maintain control of
any prisoner being medically treated.
2. Prisoners of opposite genders will not be
transported together unless they are
4. If the prisoner is admitted to the
arrested during the same incident or they
hospital, the arresting or transporting officer
are separated by a physical barrier.
will immediately notify the supervisor.
B. Transporting juvenile prisoners:
a. The supervisor will
make arrangements for the booking
1. Whenever an officer transports a juvenile
paperwork to be forwarded, as
prisoner, he or she will contact dispatch by
soon as possible, to the Palm
radio advising of his or her location, starting
Beach County Jail booking desk.
mileage and destination. Upon arrival at the
When the Palm Beach County Jail
destination, he or she will advise the
receives the paperwork, they will
location and ending mileage.
send a deputy to take custody of
the prisoner at the hospital.
2. Juvenile prisoners will not be transported
with adult prisoners unless they are
b. An officer will remain with
arrested during the same incident or they
the prisoner until relieved by a
are separated by a physical barrier.
PBSO deputy.
C. Disabled Prisoners:
c. The supervisor has the discretion
to release a prisoner admitted to
1. A disabled prisoner who requires the use
the hospital on a Notice to Appear
of a wheelchair may be transported in a
or to file charges with the State
police vehicle provided it can be done
Attorney's Office, if appropriate.
safely.
5. If a prisoner is being treated or awaiting
2. Prisoners with prosthetic devices may be
treatment at a medical facility, the
transported in a police vehicle.
transporting officer will remain with the
prisoner to provide security for the medical
a. Restraining prisoners wearing
facility personnel.
prosthetic devices frequently requires
ingenuity and a concern for safety of
5. The officer's incident report will reflect
both the prisoner and the officer.
any medical attention or first aid given
to a prisoner, including the dates, times,
b. A prisoner wearing a prosthetic
places, and names of the provider(s).
device must be thoroughly searched,
The officer will include a copy of the
including the prosthetic device(s).
Fire/Rescue report, if it is available at
the time of the initial investigation.
Page 4 of 6
GULF STREAMPOLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Transportation SOP # 29.01
c. Handcuffs and/or the hobble may be
used to restrain prisoners wearing
prosthetic devices.
d. Restraining devices or combinations
of restraining devices should not
interfere with the prisoner's ability to
balance, breathe or protect himself or
herself during transport.
3. Prior to transporting a physically or
mentally disabled prisoner or a prisoner
wearing a prosthetic device to a custodial
facility, the transporting officer should
contact that facility and advise them of the
prisoner's condition so any special
arrangements may be made at the facility
prior to the prisoner's arrival. Wheelchairs
or crutches may be transported in the police
vehicle, but will not be placed in the portion
of the vehicle used to confine the prisoner.
4. If a prisoner is so physically and/or
mentally handicapped the officer feels the
prisoner cannot be safely transported in a
police vehicle, the officer will contact the
supervisor. The supervisor and officer will
consider the need for a special vehicle,
such as an ambulance or other appropriate
vehicle.
VI. PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
DOCUMENTATION:
A. The arresting officer is responsible for the
prisoner's property.
1. All property the person had in his or her
possession at the time of arrest that will not
be taken to the Palm Beach County Jail or
other holding facility will be secured in the
Property/Evidence Section and the
appropriate forms will be completed.
a. A Property Form will be completed
for any property taken from the prisoner
and placed into the Property/Evidence
Section for evidence or safekeeping.
The prisoner will be asked to sign the
receipt. A copy will be given to the
prisoner and/ or placed with the arrest
documents prior to transport. See SOP
# 36.01 for additional guidelines for
storing prisoner property.
VII. DOCUMENTATION:
A. The arresting officer will document in the
narrative portion of his or her report the aspects
of the handcuffing technique used including, but
not limited to:
1. Whether the arrestee was cuffed behind
the back or in front.
2. The officer checked for the proper fit and
double locked the handcuffs on each wrist.
3. If the arrestee complained of pain or
discomfort in regard to the handcuffs, the
officer will document the complaint and the
actions taken to check and/or readjust the
handcuffs.
4. The use of leg cord cuff restraints
(hobbles).
B. Documents that accompany the prisoner to
the Palm Beach County Jail may include, but
are not limited to, the:
1. Probable Cause Affidavit, Rough Arrest,
Notice to Appear, Uniform Traffic Citation,
and/or a teletype verifying a warrant.
C. Documents accompanying transported
prisoners will include, at a minimum, the
prisoner's:
1. Name, race, gender, date of birth,
physical description;
2. Mental Condition (suicide, escape risk, or
security hazards);
3. Nature of charges or reason for
confinement; and
4. Name(s) of arresting/transporting
officer(s).
Page 5 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Transportation SOP # 29.01
VIII. REFERENCE:
• SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
• SOP # 30.01 Prisoner Holding.
SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence.
SOP # 37.01 Infectious Diseases.
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 6 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Spitting Subjects SOP # 29.02
SPITTING SUBJECTS
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines to reduce member's exposure to disease
by person(s) spitting on or at member's while being
transported.
II. PROCEDURE:
A. If a prisoner is attempting to bite or spit on an
officer, a department issued spit hood is to be
used.
1. The spit hood will be applied by slipping
over the head of the subject.
S. At no time will a prisoner be left unattended
while the spit hood is in place.
1.If a prisoner begins to choke, gag or
Original issue: 3/1/2005
vomit, the officer will ensure the prisoner's
airway is not obstructed. The officer should
be prepared to remove the spit hood
immediately.
2. If medical distress is observed, Fire/
Rescue will be notified.
C. The spit hood is not to be used on
unconscious prisoner's or those suffering with
breathing problems.
D. The fact a prisoner is a juvenile or elderly
does not preclude the use of the spit hood.
E. The arresting officer will document the use
of spit hood and circumstances in the narrative
section of the offense report.
F. Spit hood will be discarded after each use.
III. REFERNCE:
• SOP 29.01 Arrestee Transportation
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Holding Area SOP # 30.01
PRISONER HOLDING AREA
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines to operate a prisoner holding area. The
holding area is for temporary detention and
detainees will be held for no longer than six hours
pending the release or transportation of the
detainee to another facility. Men, women and
juveniles will be detained separately.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Continuous Supervision: Direct, personal
supervision and control by a member who has
constructive physical control over a prisoner
and can immediately intervene on the behalf of
the department or prisoner.
III. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE:
A. The chief of Police is responsible for the
operation of the prisoner holding area. The
individual detainees are the responsibility of the
arresting or transporting officers.
1. The supervisor or designee on each shift
is responsible to inspect the prisoner
holding area to include the booking area
and the individual cells.
a. When any contraband is located, it
will be seized, placed into evidence and
the discovery will be documented in a
police report.
2. All requests for repairs and maintenance
are to be directed through Public Works
and no repairs or maintenance will be
performed while detainees are in the
prisoner holding area unless exigent
circumstances exist.
a. At the completion of any repair or
maintenance work the supervisor will
inspect the area to assure tools and
other equipment is removed from the
holding cell areas.
B. Fire and Safety Procedure in the Prisoner
Holding Area.
1. Approved automatic fire alarms with heat
and smoke detectors are provided in the
prisoner holding area.
a. The smoke detectors and fire alarm
will be tested monthly by the Chief
of Police or a designee.
2. A hand held fire extinguisher is kept on
the wall outside the holding area in case of
fire.
a. The fire extinguisher will be
inspected on a semi-annual basis.
3. In the event of a fire:
a. All officers and detainees will be
evacuated via the posted escape
routes.
b. Dispatch will immediately notify
Fire/Rescue to respond.
C. The day supervisor is responsible to conduct
a weekly holding cell inspection including the
cell areas, first aid and fire suppression
equipment, supplies, additional restraint
devices.
1. If any equipment is found to be in need
if repair or replacement, the supervisor
shall submit a memo to the Chief of
Police requesting repairs/replacement.
IV. PRISONER HOLDING AREA OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURE:
A. NO FIREARMS ARE ALLOWED INSIDE
THE PRISONER HOLDING FACILITY WHILE
PRISONER/DETAINEES ARE PRESENT.
B. The prisoner holding area can be used to
detain:
1. Prisoners of the same sex only.
2. Juveniles cannot be detained in the
prisoner holding area when any adult
prisoners are being held.
C. If the prisoner holding facility is already
being used to detain a person of the opposite
sex or a juvenile, the officer will be responsible
to maintain continuous supervision of the
detainee while in custody.
1. The officer may transport the detainee
directly to the county jail or juvenile
assessment center (JAC) with the
supervisor's approval.
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner
D. Arrival of prisoner at Police Station
1. Once the firearm(s) are secured, the
prisoner will be removed from the police
vehicle.
2. The officer may keep departmentally
approved non -lethal weapons on his or her
person inside the holding cell area.
3. Police officers will secure their
prisoner(s) as soon as practical in a holding
cell.
4. After securing a prisoner in a holding
cell, the officer will secure the interior squad
room cell door (door 2) prior to leaving the
holding area.
E. The detainee will be searched and all
personal property will be taken from the
detainee and placed into a bag, prior to them
being placed into the holding cell. The following
items will be taken including, but not limited to:
1. Wallets, currency, matches, lighters,
tobacco products, gum, etc.;
2. Belts, shoes, outerwear (coat,
windbreaker, etc.); and
3. Any other loose items in the detainee's
pockets.
F. The arresting and/or transporting officer is
responsible for safeguarding the detainee's
property from loss or destruction.
G. The arresting/transporting officer will
complete the property receipt -short form
(Appendix B) for the detainee's property place
the detainee's property inside the bag.
1. Property that does not fit in the bag or the
county jail will not accept will be
documented on a Gulf Stream Property
Receipt (Appendix C) and placed into
evidence/property for safekeeping up to 90
days.
a. The detainee will sign the receipt
acknowledging the property was
removed for safekeeping.
b. If the detainee is combative and/or it
would not be safe to remove the
handcuffs, the detainee need not sign
the receipt and it will be noted on the
Area SOP # 30.01
label (i. e. combative, handcuffed, etc.).
H. After the property has been bagged and
documented the officer will maintain possession
of the property until it is returned to the detainee
when released from the PD or the property is
turned over to an officer who will transport the
detainee to the appropriate facility.
1. When the detainee is transferred to
another agency, the property will be turned
over to the transporting/receiving officer,
who will verify that all property was turned
over to the transporting officer.
2. If there are any discrepancies the officer
will notify supervisor immediately.
I. The officer will inspect the cell for contraband
prior to placing the detainee in the cell and will
document the inspection on his daily log.
1. The officer will reinspect the holding cell
for contraband each time the person is
removed for any reason i.e. fingerprinting.
J. The officer will be responsible for
continuously supervising the detainee while
outside the holding cell at all times.
1. An officer will remain in the immediate
area of prisoner holding area while a
detainee is in the cell(s).
2. When detainees are in the holding cells,
the officer must visually check on their well
being at intervals of no more than fifteen
(15) minutes.
3. When the detainee is of the opposite
gender than the officer and no officer of the
same gender is present, the officer may
continue to monitor the detainee.
a. If the detainee of the opposite
gender than the observing officer
engages in any lewd, immoral, or any
other objectionable behavior, the officer
will notify the supervisor and also
request that an officer of the same
gender of the detainee, if available, be
sent to continue to observe or otherwise
assist with any procedures that are
deemed necessary to control the
detainee.
b. If no officer of the same gender as
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Holding Area SOP # 30.01
the prisoner is available, a back up
officer will respond to the holding cell
area to monitor and assist the
observing officer.
4. Detainees will not be secured to any
immovable objects within the holding cell.
K. Any strip searches will be conducted in
accordance with F.S.S. 901.211. Having the
arrested person remove or rearrange some or
all of his or her clothing so as to permit visual or
manual inspection of the genitals, buttocks,
breasts in the case of a female, or
undergarments of such person is considered a
strip search. A supervisor must give written
authorization prior to performing a strip
search.
L. Every effort will be made to release or
transport the detainees as soon as possible and
under no circumstances will they be held longer
than six (6) hours.
M. If the detainee becomes injured, ill or
requests medical treatment, treatment will be
provided promptly.
1. Dispatch will notify Fire/Rescue when
advised a detainee is in need of medical
treatment.
N. When a detainee requests to use the
restroom facilities, the officer will direct them to
the restroom facility in the holding cell.
V. JUVENILES IN SECURE CUSTODY:
A. All procedures applicable to adult detainees
apply with the additional requirements as
follows:
1. Juveniles are to be held separate from
the adult detainees and no more than brief,
inadvertent or accidental sight or sound
contact between the juvenile and adult
detainees is permitted. Officers must also
ensure that detainees of opposite genders
are held under the same conditions.
2. A juvenile in custody who is not under
arrest for a criminal violation of any Florida
State Statute (i.e., runaway, truant,
ungovernable behavior) will NOT be placed
into secure custody.
3. Juveniles will be fingerprinted and
photographed when they are arrested for
any felony and the following misdemeanors:
a. assault,
b. battery,
c. carrying a concealed weapon,
d. child abuse,
e. open carrying of a weapon,
f. exposure of sexual organs,
g. cruelty to animals, and
h. arson.
4. When a juvenile is transported to
Juvenile Assessment Center (JAC), the
juvenile will be processed by the JAC staff
and does not have to be booked at the PD.
5. When a juvenile is arrested for any crime
that, if committed by an adult, would be a
felony or the crime involves the use of
violence, the officer will notify the School
Board Police at (561) 434-8700 and the
notification will be documented in the
offense report.
VI. SECURITY AND CONTROL:
A. The holding cells doors will remain locked
while detainees are in custody and unattended.
B. Police officers will secure their detainees as
soon as practical in a holding cell. Detainees
should remain in those holding cells until
released or transported to the appropriate
facility.
1. Detainees removed from the holding cell
for any reason will remain under continuous
supervision of a police officer.
C. It is the responsibility of the arresting officer
to ensure the holding cell is searched for
weapons, contraband and damaged equipment
before and after each detainee is secured
inside or removed from the holding cell.
D. Alarm systems in the holding area.
1. No police officer is permitted to be in the
prisoner holding area without an operational
two-way police radio, when detainees are
present.
2. When notified that an officer needs
assistance in the holding cell area, dispatch
will immediately summon assistance and
notify the supervisor.
E. When it becomes necessary for an officer to
enter a holding cell occupied by a detainee,
Page 3 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Holding Area SOP # 30.01
such as when a detainee is unconscious or
attempting to injure him/herself or others:
1. The officer will notify dispatch and
request back up and/or Fire/Rescue.
a. The officer will wait for back-up
unless immediate action is necessary to
ensure the safety of the detainee or
others.
2. The officer will secure a violent prisoner
so he or she cannot further injure himself,
herself or others.
3. Medical treatment will be provided if
necessary.
4. The officer will notify the supervisor
F. If a detainee is in custody for an act of
violence or is under the influence of alcohol or
drugs additional restraint devices may be used
to prevent injury to the detainee or members.
1. The additional restraint devices may
include transport waist belt.
2. The use of additional restraint devices
will be detailed in the narrative section of
the narrative report.
G. If a detainee is in custody for a self-
destructive act, has a past history of self-
destructive acts in PALMS or the detainee
threatens self-destructive acts, additional
restraint devices will be applied to prevent injury
to the detainee.
1. The additional restraint devices may
include transport waist belts.
2. The use of additional restraint devices
will be detailed in the narrative section of
the narrative report.
H. Detainees who are violent, self-destructive or
under the influence of alcohol or drugs should
be held separately from other detainees, if
possible.
I. Should an arrestee escape from the prisoner
processing/temporary holding area:
1. The Officer will:
a. Notify dispatch of the escape.
b. Take pursuit and/or set up a
perimeter provided there are no other
prisoners in the processing area or,
c. Remain in the holding facility to
ensure any remaining prisoners do not
escape.
2. Dispatch will:
a. Sound the alert tone,
b. Advise patrol units of the
circumstances, and
c. Notify the supervisor.
3. The supervisor will, as circumstances
dictate:
a. Establish a perimeter,
b. Initiate and supervise the search,
c. Request additional unit(s) from other
agencies i.e. K-9, aircraft, as needed,
d. Set up a command post,
e. Secure from the alert after the
situation has ended, and
f. Document and/or critique the incident.
J. When prisoners are present in the holding
area, the following personnel are permitted in
the prisoner holding area:
1. Sworn officers,
2. Fire/Rescue personnel who have
responded to a medical call in the facility.
K. When prisoners are present in the holding
area, the following persons ARE NOT permitted
in the prisoner holding area:
1. Building maintenance staff,
2. Citizen ride -along,
3. Attorneys, and
4. Visitors.
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Holding Area SOP # 30.01
L. If it necessary for a prisoner to place a
telephone call, the prisoner will remain under
constant supervision of a police officer while
using the telephone.
M. If it necessary for a prisoner to be fed
during detention, the prisoner will remain under
constant supervision of a police officer while
being fed and the prisoner will be re -searched
and all utensils will be accounted for by the
police officer supervising the prisoners prior to
being placed back in the holding cell.
N. If it becomes necessary for a prisoner to
meet with a person not authorized in the holding
area, ie. family member, the prisoner will be
removed from the holding cell area and the
prisoner will remain under constant supervision
of a police officer while out of the holding cell.
VII. EMERGENCY EXIT:
A. In the event of an emergency situation (major
fire or other disaster) in or threatening the
prisoner holding area, officers should rearm
themselves and ensure all detainees are
secured with handcuffs and/or leg chains and
remove them from the holding cells.
B. officers will remove the detainees via the
back door or other exit door and secure them in
a police vehicle.
C. Officers will bear in mind that during the
evacuation process, sight and sound contact
between adults and juveniles and males and
females will be kept to a minimum.
VIII. TRAINING:
YA
emergency exits, fire suppression
equipment, location and the use of
additional restraint devices.
A. New officer(s) will receive training on the use SOP # 2.03 Arrest Procedures.
and operation of the prisoner holding area SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
during the Field Training Program and will be SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence
documented in the trainee's Daily Observation Management.
Reports. F.S.S. 901.211 Strip searches of persons
arrested; body cavity search
1. Training will include holding cell areas,
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Pace 5 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Prisoner Holding Area SOP # 30.01
Page 6 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Prisoner Holding Area SOP # 30.01
Page 7 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications SOP # 33.01
COMMUNICATIONS
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME
I. POLICY: The basic function of dispatch is to
receive, screen, and prioritize calls for service and
to subsequently dispatch the appropriate response
in an efficient and coordinated manner. Telephone
communications provide the necessary link between
citizen requests for service and the appropriate
police, fire and/or rescue units. The dispatch center
receives emergency and non -emergency calls for
service. Radio communication is the primary means
used by dispatchers to relay information to police.
Communications by radio will be in accordance with
procedures and regulations established by the
Federal Communications Commission (FCC).
II. LIMITED ACCESS TO THE DISPATCH
OPERATIONS CENTER:
A. Access to dispatch is limited to the following
personnel:
1. Dispatch personnel on duty.
2. Supervisory personnel on official
business.
3. Maintenance and service personnel.
4. The Chief of Police and Administrative
Services staff on official business.
5. Those other persons on official business
upon approval of the supervisor.
B. Protection of Personnel and Equipment:
1. The dispatch center is located in an
inaccessible area to the general public.
2. Transmission lines, antennas, and power
sources are protected by limiting access to
areas where they are housed.
3. Alternate power source are by a diesel
electric generator in the event of an
electrical failure.
4. Alternative (back-up) dispatch facilities
and equipment can be relocated to another
site (i.e. EOC adjacent to dispatch,
detective bureau).
a. When catastrophic emergency
conditions require abandoning the
dispatch center, essential functions and
equipment will be transferred to an
alternative site as determined by the
Chief of Police or designee.
b. Portable radio(s), a secondary FCIC
computer terminal, and telephones
should be available during the
emergency conditions.
5. Entrances to the dispatch center are
controlled by a locking door which should
remain closed.
III. RECORDING OF TELEPHONE AND RADIO
TRANSMISSIONS:
A. All emergency and non -emergency
telephone conversations and radio
transmissions routed through, from, or into the
dispatch center are recorded, with the exception
of administrative lines and Nextel
transmissions.
B. Two (2) separate recordings, on a digital
audio tape (DAT) and a hard drive, are made
simultaneously.
1. The DAT is designated the "master tape.
2. The hard drive is designated the "working
tape."
C. The DAT is checked by dispatch personnel
at the beginning of each shift and changed as
necessary. Unless otherwise requested, these
tapes may be reused after sixty (60) days.
1. The recording equipment sounds an
alarm to notify dispatch personnel when the
DAT has approximately one (1) hour
recording time left.
D. Emergency requests to review recorded
radio transmissions or telephone conversations
will be granted by the dispatcher when the
request meets one of the following criteria:
1. The request is made by a supervisor.
2. The request is related to an active
criminal or internal investigation.
E. Routine requests for recorded radio
transmissions or telephone conversations will
be in writing, routed through the Chief of Police
1. All requests will be handled in
accordance with applicable public records
Page 1 of 7
STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications
laws.
F. The radio consoles are equipped with recall
devices for recording and immediate playback
of telephone calls or radio transmissions.
IV. 911 PHONE ACCESS:
A. The department is a member of the E-911
emergency system which provides toll free
emergency telephone access throughout the
town. The dispatch center provides 24 hour
telephone coverage of both the E-911
emergency system and non -emergency
telephone lines.
B. The 911 emergency number will be printed
each year in the phone directories as the single
number to call for emergency service.
C. The 911 Emergency Phone System will only
be used by members in an emergency.
V. HANDLING MISDIRECTED CALLS:
A. The dispatch center receives emergency
calls for service. In the event a misdirected
emergency call is received, the dispatcher will
immediately use one of the following methods to
redirect the calls:
1. Misdirected 911 calls will be transferred
immediately by way of the direct transfer
buttons or manually dialing the appropriate
agency number.
2. In cases where it is evident the caller will
not be able to wait or repeat critical
information, the dispatcher will take the
necessary information then personally and
promptly relay it to the appropriate agency.
3. In the event a misdirected call on 911 is
not an emergency, the caller will be
provided and instructed to dial the
appropriate number.
4. When a misdirected 911 call is verified
by dispatch, the dispatcher will complete a
Palm Beach County 9-1-1 Inquiry Form and
send or fax the form to EMS/911
Management.
VI. INFORMATION BY TELEPHONE:
A. Dispatch personnel will elicit as much
information as possible from complainants in
RWW
order to enhance the safety of the officer and
assist in anticipating conditions to be
encountered at the scene.
B. Information to be obtained will include, but is
not limited to:
1. Location of incident;
2. Type of incident;
3. Complainants name and address (if
possible);
4. Time/date call received;
5. Time dispatched;
6. Time of officer arrival;
7. Time of officer completion/return to
service;
8. Officer zone unit and/or radio I.D.
number; and
9. Disposition or status of a report.
D. Upon completion of the incident, all
information will be stored in the Administrative
Section.
VII. ACCESS TO DEPARTMENT RESOURCES:
A. Current address, phone number and other
relevant off-duty contact information of every
department member is immediately available to
dispatch personnel.
1. Contact information will not be broadcast
over any radio channel or given to anyone
who is not a member of the department.
2. If an outside party requests emergency
contact of a member, dispatch will notify the
member of the request.
B. Schedules are provided to dispatch
personnel at the beginning of each shift, or as
requested, by designated division personnel.
1. The on-call Supervisor and investigator
is posted in dispatch.
C. Dispatch personnel have immediate access
to supervisor or other officer in charge at all
times by issued police radio, cellular telephone,
and/or pager.
Page 2 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications SOP # 33.01
VIII. PROCURING OUTSIDE ASSISTANCE:
A. The dispatch center is equipped with a speed
dialer capable of rapid connection with local
emergency service agencies. The numbers of
those agencies not on the speed dialers are
available to the dispatcher on a list kept in the
dispatch center.
B. Agencies to be contacted by dispatch
personnel for assistance include, but are not
limited to;
1. Fire Department — Palm Beach County
Fire/Rescue maintains it own dispatch for
fire and EMS. Ambulances or other
appropriate agencies are contacted as
needed.
2. Wreckers - The town maintains a rotation
list for local towing services. When a
department member requests a wrecker,
the rotation service will be called, unless
otherwise specified and the reason stated.
3. Taxis - The dispatch center may be
called upon to assist citizens in need of
transportation for various reasons, i.e.,
intoxicated persons, stranded motorists,
etc. The call taker will advise the citizen of
available taxi service in the area and assist
by calling, if necessary.
4. Lockouts - In the event of an emergency
where someone is needed to assist with an
entry, an officer will be dispatched and/or
fire or other appropriate entities, such as a
locksmith, may be notified.
5. Social Service Agencies - Request for
social service agency assistance received
over the phone will be handled by supplying
the caller with the correct name and phone
number of the agency best equipped to
handle the caller's particular needs.
Dispatch will notify social services agencies
at an officer's request.
6. Hazardous Material - In the event
department members encounter, or a call is
received advising of a situation involving,
hazardous material, an officer and
Fire/Rescue will be dispatched. The
supervising fire personnel at the scene of
the hazardous material will analyze the
circumstances and notify the appropriate
hazardous material agency. Members will
follow SOP for handling Hazmat incidents.
7. Public Utilities - In the event an
emergency occurs involving damage or the
malfunction of town owned or maintained
equipment, dispatch will immediately notify
the Public Works Department or the Utilities
Department, as appropriate. If an incident
occurs after normal business hours,
dispatch personnel will notify the
appropriate on-call person.
8. Aircraft/Helicopter- The department relies
on outside agencies for aircraft/helicopter
support and can be requested through
dispatch as needed.
IX. TACTICAL DISPATCHING PLANS:
A. A Tactical Dispatch Plan is available to all
police personnel in the policy and procedure
manual (Appendix A).
B. A copy of the Tactical Dispatch Plan will be
available in the dispatch center.
C. All dispatchers will be familiar with the
Tactical Dispatch Plan.
X. HANDLING CONTACT MESSAGES:
A. Emergency messages:
1. Requests received by telephone in the
dispatch center from other agencies to
locate or notify next of kin will be confirmed
by teletype message from the requesting
agency. The dispatch personnel receiving
the request will obtain the name and phone
number of the person making the request.
Dispatch will notify the supervisor who will
determine the number of units to be
dispatched.
2. Requests to other agencies will be
handled by the investigating officer who will
make the initial contact with the agency by
telephone. After being notified by the
investigating officer, dispatch personnel will
send a confirmation teletype message.
B. Non -emergency messages:
1. Non -emergency contact messages will
be assigned to the appropriate zone unit.
Non -emergency messages which do not
include a specific location for the recipient
will be handled by an "attempt to locate"
Page 3 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications SOP # 33.01
broadcast.
2. When received as a request from
another agency, a teletype confirmation is
required prior to the message being
delivered.
3. The investigating officer may request
dispatch personnel to make a non-
emergency notification, i.e., officer on the
scene of an accident.
XI. OFFICER STATUS INDICATORS:
A. Through the use of the dispatch log, an
officer's change in status is recorded when
notified by the officer or the officer is dispatched
to an assignment.
1. When an officer arrives at a call for
service or is in a situation where it is
necessary to check on his or her well being,
the dispatcher will do so in two minute
intervals or less, depending on the
circumstances of the call, from the last
contact with the officer until he or she has
cleared the scene.
B. Dispatch personnel are responsible to
maintain the dispatch log and enter any change
of member's status.
C. A record of radio transmissions are recorded
on the digital recording system. Tapes are
Original issue:3/1/2005
retained for a 60 day period unless a longer
period is otherwise requested.
XII. MAP OF SERVICE AREA:
A. Zone and county maps are maintained in a
notebook in the dispatch center for a quick,
ready reference.
XIII. ALTERNATE ELECTRICAL POWER
SOURCE/BACK UP RESOURCES:
A. The department has, as an alternate source
of electrical power, a generator capable of
producing sufficient electrical power to maintain
continuous emergency communications. The
emergency generator is secured within a
separate building at the police complex.
B. A generator test is conducted weekly by the
Public Works Department under full load (total
loss of power) conditions to ensure the
generator's readiness. The generator test is
logged.
XIV. REFERENCE:
• SOP # 18.19 Notification of Next of Kin.
SOP # 33.02 Radio Identification and
Procedure.
FCC manual.
Dispatch Training Manual
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications SOP # 33.01
Appendix A
TACTICAL DISPATCH PLAN
This plan contains guidelines to be followed directing resources and obtaining information during crimes in
progress, burglary and robbery alarms, and crimes having just occurred. These guidelines have been formulated
as if all conditions were ideal.
— Guidelines may be waived in order to ensure the safety of persons, property, officers or when prompt
response is necessary for criminal apprehension.
— Nothing herein should be construed to mean that a call will be held until the prescribed number of units
are available, when inappropriate.
— In cases of multiple unit response, one unit will be assigned as the primary unit and will be responsible
for coordinating all other responding units. The primary unit may cancel back-up or request additional
units at his or her discretion and depending on circumstances surrounding the call.
— A silent panic and/or hold-up alarms:
In addition to the guidelines in the chart that follow, these procedures should be followed:
1. It will be dispatchers responsibility to obtain the telephone number of the business or residence of
the alarm.
2. When units are on scene, the dispatcher will call the business or residence in an attempt to speak
with someone who can authenticate the alarm.
3. In the event the alarm is determined to be accidental, the dispatcher will instruct that person to step
outside, after obtaining their name, clothing description, and door location he or she will exit. This
information will immediately be given to officers.
4. If there is any doubt the alarm is accidental, officers will be advised immediately.
5. If the information received indicates a crime has or is occurring, the officers will be supplied with all
available information.
6. If circumstances dictate, dispatch will notify the shift supervisor.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. Disturbance calls, fights, etc., require a minimum of two (2) units to be dispatched. Depending on the
number of individuals involved, or circumstances surrounding the incident, additional units will be dispatched
B. For Tactical Dispatch purposes, escaped prisoners (Signal 6), will be subjects who have escaped from
the custody of a law enforcement officer or correctional confinement facility. This will not include escapee's
from halfway houses, or other civilian detention facilities.
C. For Tactical Dispatch purposes, mental cases (signal 20), will mean violent subjects only.
D. Discretion will be used when dispatching units to a burglary in progress call. The number of units will be
determined by the circumstances surrounding the call (i.e., size of building, time of day, etc.).
E. During cases of bomb threats, found devices, or explosions, Fire/Rescue will be noted. The shift
supervisor will determine if Palm Beach Sheriff's Office Bomb Squad will be notified.
Page 5 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications SOP # 33.01
F. SILENT ALARMS
Under normal circumstances, no silent alarm response will be canceled. Upon receiving a request to
cancel it will be necessary for a unit to respond and verify the cancellation
G. AUDIBLE ALARMS
Alarm companies will be considered a representative of their customer. Upon receiving a cancellation of
any audible alarm from the alarm company, the call taker receiving the call will obtain the
representative's company name and I.D. Upon receipt of valid information for cancellation the dispatcher
will enter all documentation onto the case card and notify the appropriate officer of the cancellation.
It is necessary for a unit to respond and verify the cancellation of an audible alarm by the property owner.
When weather or uncontrollable circumstances, i.e. (power outages) cause alarms to be activated, it will
be permissible to deviate from these guidelines at the discretion of the shift supervisor.
Alarm companies will be advised to call the department back when/if the responder information is
received.
H. ROAD BLOCKS:
The supervisor will be responsible for establishing road blocks. Dispatch will be responsible for
maintaining communications between officers involved in the pursuit and the officers at the road block,
for Tactical Dispatch purposes.
The Town Emergency Operations Center (EOC) located at the Police Department, will be activated
when so directed by the Town Manager, Chief of Police or other designee.
Dispatch will make notifications of members or town personnel as requested (i.e. Town Hurricane
Procedures).
Dispatch will coordinate communications between the Emergency Operations Center, Police,
Fire/Rescue, and outside agencies, as needed.
Dispatch will designate one radio frequency for use by all units participating in the situation, assigning at
least one dispatcher to this frequency.
Notify command personnel as directed by the shift supervisor.
Inform complainants that the department will only respond to calls involving immediate danger to life or
property until the situation is under control.
Dispatch will maintain a list of road closures, power outages, damaged property, and other necessary
information.
TACTICAL DISPATCH PLAN
SIGNAL
NUMBER
PRECEDE
NOTIFY
NOTIFY FIRE DEPT
ADDITION INFO
OF UNITS
W/ALERT
SUPV.
TONE
Page 6 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Communications SOP # 33.01
SIGNAL
NUMBER
OF UNITS
PRECEDE
W/ALERT
TONE
NOTIFY
SUPV.
NOTIFY FIRE DEPT
ADDITION INFO
0
2
X
A
6
2
X
X
B
10 IP
2
X
X
20
2
C
21 IP
2
X
X
D
22
2
28
2
X
X
A
32
2
X
X
33
2
X
X
X
34
2
X
X
X
35
2
X
X
36
2
A
38
2
A
41/0
BUSINESS
2
X
X
41/0
CARJACK
2
X
X
46
2
X
E
49
AUDIBLE
1
G
49 SILENT
BUSINESS
HOLD UP
2
X
BUSINESS
ONLY
F
49 SILENT
2
F
Page 7 of 7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Cellular Telephone Usage SOP # 33.02
CELLULAR TELEPHONE POLICY
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: A cellular telephone can be a
tremendous time saving device when conducting
operations or activities while in the field and benefit
both the public and the department. When using
any cellular telephone while on duty or engaged in
any police related business, officers are required to
conduct themselves in a professional manner.
II. USE AND CONTROL OF DEPARTMENT
ISSUED CELLULAR TELEPHONES:
A. The Chief of Police will be the final authority
in the authorization and use of cellular phones
and associated billing records.
1. Any department member assigned a
cellular phone is responsible for the use,
care and control of the cellular telephone.
2. In the event of multiple users of a single
cellular telephone, each member will be
responsible during his or her tour of duty for
use and care of the cellular telephone.
3. Any use of a cellular telephone should be
relevant to department or town business.
4. If it becomes necessary to use a
department issued cellular telephone for a
personal call, the member will be
responsible for reimbursing the department
for the cost of the call(s) beyond the
monthly number of minutes allocated to the
Original issue: 07/01/07
telephone.
C. The Chief of Police or a designee will review
cellular telephone bills to determine if the use
conforms to this directive.
D. Cellular telephones will be used in
conjunction with work assignment and the
member's appropriate supervisor will handle
any abuse of such use.
III. PERSONALLY OWNED CELLULAR
TELEPHONES:
A. Department members may voluntarily carry
personally owned telephones.
B. The presence of the telephone must not
impair the officer's job performance.
C. Personal incoming and outgoing calls
should be kept to a minimum.
D. The department will not be responsible for
any damage, loss or charges incurred to
personally owned cellular telephones.
E. Any abuse of such use will be handled by
the member's appropriate supervisor.
F. The Chief of Police will be the final authority
in the authorization and use of personal cellular
phones.
IV.
• SOP # 33.01 Communications
• Cellular Telephone Usage
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Pace 1 of 1
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Reverse 911 Broadcast Svstem SOP # 33.03
use of the Reverse 911 by submitting a Reverse
REVERSE 911 BROADCAST SYSTEM E-911 Message Request (Appendix A) to the
Chief of Police, who will coordinate the entry
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME and broadcast of the system message.
I. POLICY: The Reverse 911 -broadcast
system delivers telephone messages via voice and
will allow the department to create voice broadcast
messages and direct them to pre -defined groups or
to a specific geographical area. The primary use of
this system is for emergency notifications related to
the public safety. Secondary usage may be
implemented for messages as non -emergency or
routine messages. The department will post
messages for other town departments after being
approved by a division commander or designee.
Non -emergency usage of the system for routine
announcements and notifications shall be
preempted in emergency situations.
II. CATAGORIES OF MESSAGES:
A. Urgent: Messages of extreme importance for
the public health and safety and may include
directives involving an imminent danger or a
situation that is potentially dangerous.
B. Important: Messages conveyed to the public
or specific target groups concerning important
public safety information that may or may not
require action.
C. Routine/public safety: Messages of a routine
nature informing the recipients of public safety
activities or CARE checks.
D. Routine/other: Messages from Town
departments informing the public of activities,
available services, schedules and agendas.
III. RESPONSIBILITY: The overall operations,
maintenance and coordination of the Reverse 911
system will be the responsibility of the Chief of
Police or designee.
IV. INITIATING A SYSTEM MESSAGE
A. Police department members may request a
system message by submitting a Reverse E-
911 Message Request (Appendix A) to the
Chief of Police for approval.
1.The Chief of Police will coordinate the
entry and broadcast of the system message
B. Other town departments may request the
C. In situations where the incident or disaster
is imminent and there is no time to secure
higher approvals, the authority is delegated to
the Shift Supervisor.
D. The level for initiating a system message
broadcast will be restricted to the personnel as
outlined in Appendix B.
V. SECURITY LEVELS:
A. Security level for developing broadcast lists
will be low, in order to allow for police
communications or administration to enter
names and telephone numbers of these groups.
1. The list must be approved by Chief of
Police or a designee.
B. Access to the system to troubleshoot
technical problems will be restricted to the Chief
of Police or a designee.
VI. RESTRICTIONS ON DAYS & TIMES OF
MESSAGEING: In order to prevent a negative
impact or perception on the part of residents
receiving calls from the Reverse 911 system, the
system shall be programmed to operate between
the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. seven days a
week. For urgent, time sensitive messages, the
member authorized to initiate the call -out will
determine the hours of notification on a case by
case basis.
VII. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE: Chief of Police or
designee will perform maintenance as needed or
directed or will call for on-site assistance as
indicated in the maintenance agreement with
Reverse 911.
The Chief of Police or designee will be responsible
for updating the following as needed or annually as
part of system maintenance:
A. Address Maintenance
B. Geo -Zone Maintenance
C. List Maintenance including grouping
individuals together
D. Outbound Calling to include message
updates
In addition, the Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible to oversee the gathering and entering of
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Reverse 911 Broadcast System SOP # 33.03
Town of Gulf Stream Emergency Contact
Information that is received by the Finance
Department as part of their daily course of business.
VIII. TRAINING: The Chief of Police or designee will
conduct training for members authorized to use the
Reverse 911 system.
IX. ANNUAL TEST OF SYSTEM: In the event that
the system has not been used for messages, the
Chief of Police or designee will be responsible to
test the Reverse 911 System monthly to assure it is
working properly. In addition, the Chief of Police will
annually certify that designated personnel are able
to operate the system.
IV. REFERENCE:
SOP # 17.21 CARE
SOP# 2101 Hurricane Preparedness
• SOP # 21.02 Unusual Occurrences.
Original issue: 3/1/2005
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Reverse 911 Broadcast System SOP # 33.03
APPENDIX A
Town of Gulf Stream
Reverse E-911 Message Request
Check one of the following:
_Urgent
_Important
—Routine/Public Safety
Routine/Other
Department Requesting:
Authorized By.
Type of Message:
(ie. evacuation, crime alert, public announcement)
Geographic Area or Target Group(s)
Attach or write text of message to be sent:
Approved by PD:
System Operator:
Date/Time Call Initiated:
Date(Time Call Terminated
The hours for normal program messages are 9:00 am to 8:00 pm.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Reverse 911 Broadcast System SOP # 33.03
APPENDIX B
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Records Function SOP # 34.01
RECORDS FUNCTIONS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01107
I. POLICY: The Chief of Police or Designee is
responsible for the maintenance, control and
retrieval of the department's criminal, civil records
and fiscal control records. After being reviewed for
accuracy and completeness, reports are analyzed
for statistical information necessary for submitting
both State and Federal Uniform Crime Reports
(UCR).
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Public Records - All documents, papers,
letters, maps, books, tapes, photographs, films,
sound recordings, data, processing software, or
other material, regardless of physical form,
characteristic, or means of transmission, made
or received pursuant to law or ordinance or in
connection with the transaction of official
business by any agency.
III. FUNCTIONS:
A. The Chief of Police or Designee maintains all
offense/incident reports, supplementary reports,
crash reports, citations, parking tickets, and
other duties.
B. The Chief of Police or Designee provides
citizen(s) information, records duplication and
release, and the handling of general
information.
C. The Chief of Police or Designee is
responsible for the following:
1. Preparing departmental payroll, preparing
departmental purchase requests and
includes the maintenance of accounts and
records for fiscal management and control
for the department.
2. Responsible for coding and
disseminating criminal and non -criminal
reports for compiling statistics for the
Uniform Crime Report (UCR). This section
maintains a centralized records system for
information storage and retrieval. Paper
records include, but are not limited to,
offense reports, traffic crash reports and
citations.
IV. RECORDS RESPONSIBILITY:
A. Records will be released through court order,
subpoena, or applicable public records law.
B. The Chief of Police or Designee is
responsible for the collection, retention and
dissemination of all police records produced by
this department.
1. The Chief of Police or designee is
responsible for the collection, retention and
dissemination of all internal affairs records.
2. The Chief of Police is responsible for
collection, maintenance, and dissemination
of the master personnel records of all
department members.
C. Report Accountability:
1. All police reports must be completed and
submitted to a supervisor for review of
accuracy and completeness within 12 hours
of occurrence unless otherwise authorized
by supervisor.
a. The supervisor will review and sign
the report indicating approval.
b. Reports needing correction(s) by the
report taker will be corrected no later
than the end of the report taker's next
shift unless otherwise authorized by the
supervisor.
2. The Chief of Police or Designee reviews
all submitted reports for verification of case
number against report, coding and
computer entry. Statistical information for
the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) is
recorded.
3. The Chief of Police or Designee tracks
missing case reports.
a. A Supervisor will
notify the member when case
reports are missing.
b. The supervisor will be
responsible to have missing reports
completed.
D. Records maintenance:
1. The department maintains a database of
all reported incidents, arrests, and traffic
crash reports.
Page 1 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Records Function SOP # 34.01
2. The original hard copy of current and
previous years offense, arrest, and traffic
crash reports are then filed by sequential
year.
a. Traffic crash reports are filed
separately from criminal and non-
criminal reports.
3. All reports and records will be maintained
in accordance with applicable State and
Federal laws in order to provide security
and authorized access.
E. Records retrieval:
1. The general public can request copies of
reports between 0800 to 1600 hours
Monday through Friday, excluding town
holidays.
2. Police department members can obtain
copies of reports 24 hours a day.
V. RECORDS RETENTION:
A. All records will be retained and destroyed in
accordance with Florida State Statute Chapter
119, the State of Florida General Records
Schedule for Law Enforcement Agencies.
B. The Chief of Police is designated as the
primary custodian of records for the
department.
C. Any employee desiring to destroy records will
contact Chief of Police, when applicable (State
of Florida Records Destruction Request are not
necessary in all cases). The Chief of Police or
Designee will assure the required retention
period has been met and will prepare or assist
in preparing the appropriate State of Florida
Records Destruction Request. The Chief of
Police or Designee will forward the record
destruction request to the Town Clerk for
submission to Florida Department of State,
Bureau of Archives and Records Management.
D. All records will be retained for at least the
minimum retention period required by the State
of Florida General Records Schedule for Law
Enforcement Agencies. Administrative Services
will be the department authority for determining
which records may be destroyed once the
minimum retention requirements have been
met.
VI. DISTRIBUTION OF RECORDS:
A. Distribution of records within the agency:
1. The original copies of offense report's
will be filed.
2. The investigator will receive a copy of the
offense report for follow up, if necessary.
3. Traffic crash reports are sent to a
supervisor. Copies are then forwarded to
the Department of Highway Safety and
Motor Vehicles in Tallahassee.
B. Distribution of reports outside the agency:
1. When arrests are made, copies of case
reports are prepared, along with Probable
Cause Affidavits, and filed by the individual
officer with the State Attorney's Office.
2. Copies of reports and Probable Cause
Affidavits involving juvenile arrests are
forwarded to the Juvenile Division of the
State Attorney's Office.
3. Town work orders indicating a need for
maintenance, repairs, or inspections are
forwarded to other town departments (e.g.,
Building and Zoning, Public Works, etc.) as
needed.
4. Copies of case reports will be released
per applicable public records law, subject to
fees where authorized by Florida State
Statutes. However, the names or identities
of individuals protected by law, such as
child abuse victims, sexual battery victims,
juveniles arrested and home addresses and
phone numbers of law enforcement officers
will be eliminated from such copies, unless
prohibited by Florida State Statute.
a. Public requests for copies of records
may be submitted to Administrative
Services in person, by telephone, or by
mail during normal business hours.
b. A maximum of 50 pages will be
duplicated per any one duplicating job.
Requests for more than 50 pages will
be made to The Chief of Police for
completion to reduce disruption of
normal workflow.
VII. PRIVACY, SECURITY AND CONTROL OF
RECORDS:
Page 2 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Records Function SOP # 34.01
A. Access to Records:
1. Access to the Administrative Services
section is limited to members assigned to
Administrative Services and authorized
members who need access to conduct
business, during normal business hours.
2. During normal business hours, routine
public requests for records, copies of
reports, and record checks may be made at
the Police Department or by telephone.
3. Information stored in computerized files
is available at all times to authorized users
based upon their security access level.
Such access to computerized records is for
departmental use only.
B. Release and Review of Records:
1. The Chief of Police or designee will be
the departmental authority regarding the
release and review of department records,
excluding Internal Affairs records, to
persons other than employees or criminal
justice personnel, subject to all applicable
law.
2. All original records will remain under
control of The Chief of Police unless
otherwise directed by court order or for
disposal pursuant to the Florida Public
Records Law.
3. Public dissemination of the information
contained in computerized or paper records
will be by The Chief of Police or Designee
and subject to all limitations and conditions
placed upon electronic or paper records by
this procedure or applicable law.
C. Criminal Records:
1. The Chief of Police or a designee are the
only persons authorized to release criminal
records unless specifically designated
otherwise in the written procedures of this
department.
2. Criminal history records may be released
to criminal justice personnel, appropriate
school personnel, and/or Department of
Children and Families personnel directly
responsible for child protective
investigations and emergency child
placement on an as -needed basis provided
a log is maintained showing what records
are released and to whom.
3. All inquiries from non -criminal justice
persons for release of criminal history
records will be referred to the Chief of
Police or Designee unless otherwise
specifically designated in written procedures
of this department.
D. Non -Criminal Records:
1. Only the Chief of Police or a designee
may release or allow review of non -criminal
records unless otherwise designated in the
written procedures of this department.
2. The personnel records for members are
maintained by the Chief of Police. Any
request from a nonmember will be referred
to the Chief. However, if the request is
made specifically for police department
records, the records will be provided.
3. Any member allowing the visual review of
any records will assure compliance with
appropriate laws governing the right to
privacy and public records access. Such
members will assure the return of all
reviewed records to their storage location.
VIII. JUVENILE RECORDS:
A. All juvenile arrest records will be marked
"JUVENILE."
B. All juvenile fingerprint cards and photographs
will be maintained in a secure file. Juvenile
fingerprint cards and photographs will be kept
separate from adult fingerprint cards and
identification records.
C. The juvenile files may be viewed or released
on a "need to know basis" by other law
enforcement agencies, state attorneys, the
courts, the child, the child's parents or legal
custodians, the child's attorney(s), or any other
person authorized by law or court order to have
access to such records.
D. Juvenile files are not public records and may
only be opened to inspection by others subject
to Florida State Statutes.
E. Juvenile files will be produced in court
whenever directed by the court.
Page 3 of 5
STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Records Function
F. Photographs of a juvenile may be shown by a
law enforcement officer to a victim or witness of
a crime for the purpose of identifying the person
who committed such crime.
G. Juvenile arrest records will be purged in
accordance with Florida State Statutes or when
the court has ordered expungement.
H. Officers will obtain consent from any juvenile
who is to be photographed, fingerprinted, or
have other forms of identification collected for
purposes of "RECORD ONLY" processing. If a
juvenile is processed for "RECORD ONLY", the
same procedure will be followed as if the
juvenile had been taken into custody for a non-
felony violation of the law.
1. Fingerprints will not be forwarded to the
Juvenile Court or F.D.L.E.
2. Reasonable attempts should be made by
the officer to notify the parent(s) or
guardian(s) of the juvenile of any "RECORD
ONLY" processing and the purpose of the
processing.
3. A Juvenile Affidavit will be completed and
marked "RECORD ONLY". Include the
appropriate case reference which resulted
in the need for the processing.
I. Juvenile traffic violator records will be
maintained and open to inspection in the same
manner as an adult traffic violator's record.
J. The records related to juveniles detained for
truancy will be maintained by the Truancy
Interdiction Program (TIP).
IX. FCIC/NCIC CRIMINAL HISTORY:
A. The department will adhere to all FCIC/NCIC
regulations regarding the receipt, dissemination,
security of information, and the destruction of
FCIC/NCIC documents.
B. The department will maintain a log of any
dissemination of state or federal criminal history
information. This record will reflect:
1. The date of release;
6Y�7�l�i�Tl
2. To whom the information relates;
3. To whom the information was released;
4. The State Identification Number (SID)
and/or the FBI number(s); and
5. The purpose for which the information
was released.
C. All records pertaining to FCIC/NCIC will be
disposed of according to the Florida
Department of State General Schedule for Law
Enforcement Records.
X. TRAFFIC RECORDS SYSTEM:
A. The Chief of Police or designee may identify
areas where there is a high occurrence of
accidents by use of crash reports and statistical
data from crash reports.
B. The Chief of Police or designee may analyze
the data from the issuance of citations in the
high crash areas to determine if the cause may
be enforcement or engineering design related.
C. Should the study indicate that a high crash
rate could be reduced by a directed patrol effort,
a directed patrol will be initiated to address the
problem.
fU
• SOP # 22.01 Traffic Warnings, Citations, and
Arrests.
• Florida Department of State General Schedule
for Law Enforcement Records.
• Rules of the Florida Department of Law
Enforcement Chapter 11 C-6.
• F.S.S. Chapter 39, Part II Dependency cases.
• F.S.S. Chapter 119 Public Records.
• F.S.S. Chapter 415 Protection from abuse,
neglect, and exploitation.
• F.S.S. 415.5018 District authority and
responsibility.
• F.S.S. 943.0525 Criminal justice information
systems; use by state and local agencies.
• F.S.S. 943.053 Dissemination of criminal justice
Original Issue: 07/01/07 Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Records Function SOP # 34.01
information.
F.S.S. Chapter 985 Delinquency; interstate
compact on juveniles.
F.S.S. 985.04 Oath; records; confidential
information.
Page 5 of 5
RECORDS FUNCTIONS SOP # 34.01
Appendix A
After Hours Report Access
Copied
DATE CASE NO. REPORT TYPE NAME & ID No. (�)
Not used at this time E.A.
Appendix B
Page 6 of 5
GULF STREAM POLICE
INFORMATION SYSTEM, E-MAIL &
INTERNET USEAGE
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for members on the proper use of
computers and related electronic messaging
systems utilized in this department for purposes of
disseminating electronic mail, utilizing services of
the Internet and related electronic message
transmission, recording and storage devices. No
member will have any expectation of privacy with
regards to any information on the computer
systems.
A. Information Systems (IS): information
systems include departmental and personal
computers, electronic mail systems, voice mail
systems, paging systems, electronic bulletin
boards and Internet services, and facsimile
transmissions.
B. Application Password - A password that a
user may assign within an application that
prohibits other users from opening the secured
application.
C. Hardware - Computer components including,
but are not limited to, processor, keyboard,
monitor, printer, mouse, cables, connectors,
adapters, telephones, and any other device
attached to any component.
D. Network - System of connected devices
(computers, printers, etc.) which communicate
and share services.
E. Network Password - A code usually
consisting of alpha and numeric characters that
a user utilizes to gain access to a network.
F. Personal Computer (PC) - A stand-alone
computer system.
G. Personally Owned Laptop - A laptop
computer owned by the member and authorized
to use for department business.
H. Software - Any removable magnetic media,
floppy disk (diskette), tape, or program that
resides on or can be copied to removable
magnetic media for use in or written in a
computer readable language.
I. System Administrator - The individual responsible
for operating and maintaining the department's
computer network system.
G. Workstation - Desktop or Laptop computer that
is connected to the network. Workstations give the
user access to network services.
III. PROCEDURES:
A. Transmission of electronic messages and
information on communications media
provided for members of this department shall
be treated with the same degree of propriety,
professionalism, and confidentiality as official
written correspondence or public records.
B. This department encourages authorized and
trained personnel with access to IS to utilize
these devices whenever necessary. However, all
these devices are the property of the Town of
Gulf Stream and use of any of these devices is a
privilege that is subject to revocation.
C. IS and their contents are the property of this
department and intended for use in conducting
official business with limited exceptions as
discussed elsewhere in this procedure.
D. Members are advised that they do not
maintain any right to privacy in IS equipment or
its contents, to include personally owned
software (if approved).
1. The department reserves the right
to access any of the records within the
system at any time and to retain or dispose
of those records as it deems necessary and
appropriate, and may require members to
provide passwords to files that have been
encrypted or password protected.
2. The department reserves the right to
access, for quality control purposes and/or
for violations of department policy, data,
electronic and voice transmissions of
members conducting business of this
department.
E. Accessing or transmitting materials (other
than that required for police business) that
involves the use of obscene language, images,
jokes, sexually explicit materials, or messages
that disparage the department, any person,
group, or classification of individuals is prohibited
whether or not a recipient has consented to or
requested such material.
1. Officers involved in criminal
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Information Systems, E -Mail $ Internet Usage SOP # 34.02
investigations that involve computer
crime(s) may be required to receive, copy
or download sexually explicit material while
in the official performance of their duties.
F. Confidential, proprietary, or sensitive
information may be disseminated (or made
available through shared directories or
networked systems) only to individuals with a
need and a right to know and when there is
sufficient assurance that appropriate security of
such information will be maintained. Such
information includes but is not limited to the
following:
1. Transmittal of personnel information,
such as salary, performance reviews,
complaints, grievances, misconduct,
disciplinary information, medical records, or
related employee information.
2. Criminal history information and
confidential informant master files,
identification files, or related information.
3. Intelligence files and information
containing sensitive tactical and undercover
information.
G. No member shall access or allow others to
access any file or database unless that person
has a need and a right to such information.
Additionally, personal identification and access
codes shall not be revealed to any unauthorized
source.
H. Information systems are intended to conduct
business of this department and are restricted to
that purpose. Exceptions to business use
include the following:
1. Infrequent personal use of these devices
may be permissible if limited in scope and
frequency. The use must be in conformance
with other elements of this order, and not
connected with a profit-making business
enterprise or the promotion of any product,
service, or cause that has not received prior
approval from the Chief of Police.
2. Members may make off-duty personal use
of agency computers for professional and
career development purposes when in
keeping with other provisions of this policy
and with prior knowledge of an appropriate
supervisor.
IV. IMPORTING/DOWNLOADING INFORMATION
AND SOFTWARE:
A. Members shall not download or install on
department computers, or network terminal any
software, or other materials from the Internet or
other external sources without consent of the
Chief of Police and taking prescribed steps to
preclude infection by computer viruses.
1. Material shall be downloaded to floppy
drives and scanned for viruses prior to being
entered into any personal or shared system.
2. In no case shall external materials or
applications be downloaded directly to any
shared (network) drive. When in doubt,
members shall consult the system
administrator for guidance.
B. Members shall observe the copyright and
licensing restrictions of all software applications
and shall not copy software from internal or
external sources unless legally authorized.
1. Any software for which proof of licensing
(original disks, original manuals and/or
license) cannot be provided is subject to
removal by authorized agency personnel.
2. Privately owned software may not be
loaded on agency computers without
approval of the system administrator or
Chief of Police.
C. Members shall observe copyright
restrictions of any documents, images, or
sounds sent through or stored on electronic
mail.
D. Any hardware enhancements or additions to
agency -owned equipment must be approved
and authorized by the system administrator and
Chief of Police. The system administrator is
responsible for determining proper installation
procedures.
E. Members shall not permit unauthorized
persons to use the department's records
management, electronic mail or other computer
systems.
F. To avoid breaches of security, members
should log off any personal computer that has
access to the agency's computer network,
electronic mail system, the Internet, or sensitive
information whenever they leave their
workstation.
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Information Systems, E -Mail & Internet Usage SOP # 34.02
G. Any misuse of the IS may result in
disciplinary action and/or termination. VII.
V. USE OF PERSONAL LAPTOP COMPUTERS SOP # 34.01 Records
FOR DEPARTMENT BUSINESS:
A. The department may authorize the use of a
personal laptop computer for member(s) to
conduct official business.
B. Before using a personally owned laptop
computer, member(s) shall secure authorization
from their supervisor and sign a waiver
(Appendix A).
C. Members will adhere to all laws, policies and
procedures that apply to use of information
systems, E-mail or Internet when personally
owned laptops are used for department
business.
D. Members have no right to privacy when using
a personal laptop computer for department
business and the personal laptop may be
inspected at anytime.
VI. INTERNET INFORMATION CONCERNING
THE DEPARTMENT:
A. Creating a web site on the Internet that has
any appearance of officially representing
the Town of Gulf Stream, or the Gulf Stream
Police Department is prohibited without the
express approval of the Chief of Police.
B. Using scanned images of any official
department logo; patch, badge or department
vehicle or equipment on personal web pages is
prohibited without the express written approval
of the Chief of Police.
Original issue: 07/01/07
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Pane 7 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Information Systems, E -Mail & Internet Usage SOP # 34.02
Appendix A
Gulf Stream Police Department
Personal Laptop Agreement
For the mutual convenience of me and the Town of Gulf Stream Police Department, I am requesting to use my
personally owned laptop computer, described below, while on Town business. As a part of this agreement, I
understand the following:
1.) The retention of any personal data or information in my personally owned laptop computer is at my own risk
and the Town of Gulf Stream Police Department will not be responsible for any loss.
2.) My personally owned laptop computer, described below, is subject to entry, search, and inspection by the
department without further notice.
3.) Any privately owned property contained in my personally owned laptop computer may be opened and
examined without further notice or without my permission. Therefore, I have no expectation of privacy when
using my personally owned laptop computer for town or department business.
4.) The policy and procedures that apply to department information systems and computer equipment, including
all laws, policies and procedures apply to my personally owned laptop computer when I use it for department
business.
5.) 1 understand that the department is not responsible for any maintenance on my personally owned laptop
computer while I am using it for department business.
6.) The department is not responsible for any loss I may incur as a result of using my personally owned laptop
computer for department business.
7.) A current backup disk file will be maintained of all departmental business and accessible to my supervisor
8.) Either party may terminate this agreement at any time.
Computer Description:
Computer Brand:
Computer Serial Number:
Member Signature:
Supervisor Signature:
Date :
Date:
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Opinion Surveys SOP # 34.03
CITIZEN OPINIOIN SURVEYS
EFFECTIVE: Not Used AT This Time E.A.
I. POLICY: The department encourages its
members to provide quality service to the
community we serve. To evaluate the quality of the
services being provided by the department, to
address concerns of the community, to recognize
areas in need of training or improvement and to
develop individual and departmental success, the
department will send out opinion survey
questionnaires to citizens within our community.
Administrative Services, at random and will
mail a Citizen Opinion Survey (Appendix A)
along with a stamped, self-addressed return
envelope. These cases, will be sent to either
the victim, the suspect, or the arrested.
A. Upon return, the completed Citizen
Opinion Survey will be reviewed for the
purpose of evaluating the quality of service.
1. Data will be compiled monthly by
Administrative Services and the results will
Original issue: 3/1/2005
be forwarded to the Chief of Police in a
report format for review.
2. Areas of concern from the community will
be evaluated by Chief of Police or designee
for validity.
a. Areas of concern that are valid
will be addressed by staff for
appropriate action or enforcement
activity.
3. Member's strong points, when dealing
with citizens, will be identified and brought
to the member's attention.
4. Member's weak points, when dealing with
citizens, will be identified and brought to the
member's attention.
5. Areas where additional training is
identified will be forwarded to the Support
Services Commander for training
development and/or presentation.
III. REFERNCE:
• SOP# 34.01 Records
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 1 of 3
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Opinion Survey SOP # 34.03
Appendix A
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Citizen Opinion Surveys SOP # 34.03
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Field Reporting SOP # 34.04
FIELD REPORTING
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for field reporting as they relate to the
completion, submission, numbering, review and
distribution of police records and activity that is
initiated or generated by members.
II.PROCEDURES
A. Field reporting system is used to document
law enforcement and/or police service activity.
1. The primary way to communicate with
members and document activity is by radio
dispatch utilizing a computer aided dispatch
system (CAD).
a. Whenever a road patrol officer has a
change in duty status, initiates any law
enforcement related or police service
activity and/or contacts suspicious
vehicle(s) or person(s), the member will
notify dispatch as soon as practical so the
activity can be documented and a CAD
Incident Number is generated.
2. The Uniform Crime Report (UCR) is used to
document criminal complaints or occurrences.
a. The Offense/Incident, Narrative
Continuation, Property Continuation, Illegal
Document Report and Vehicle Report are
used for extended narrative or description
reporting.
3. The Non -Crime Report is used to document
non -criminal incidents requiring a case number
and narrative documentation (ie. civil matters,
code violations, disturbances not involving a
crime).
a.CAD Incident Numbers are used for
police service not requiring detailed
narrative reporting for non- criminal or
police service incidents.
4. Traffic Crash Reports are used in
accordance with current Florida Division of
Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles
guidelines for crash reporting procedures.
5. Property/Evidence Card and/or a Property
Receipt are used to record property and/or
evidence that is recovered by members.
a. Members will make a reasonable effort
to identify and notify owner(s) of any
property recovered and will document this
effort in the narrative section of the report.
6. Other report forms will be completed in
accordance with department policy and
procedure as required.
B. Every incident in one or more of the following
categories, if alleged to have occurred within the
jurisdiction of the Gulf Stream Police Department,
will be reported:
1. Citizen reports of crime.
2. Citizen complaints.
3. Citizen requests for services.
4. Officer initiated criminal/law enforcement
activity or police service nature.
C. Appropriate reporting of the incidents will be
determined by the nature of the incident, the
action taken, and the results realized.
D. Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Incident
Number
1. When a call is received by dispatch, or an
officer advises dispatch that a call is being
initiated, dispatch will initiate a CAD Incident,
Number which will contain the following
information, if available, when completed:
a. type of incident
b. location
c. complainant's name
d. address
e. telephone number
f. officer(s) assigned
g. back up officer(s) assigned
h. dispatcher
i. remarks (includes disposition)
J . how the call was received (phone, radio,
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Field Reporting SOP # 34.04
in-person, TTY, other)
k. case number (if case number is issued
for activity)
I. call times (received, dispatched, arrived
and completed)
E. Case report numbering system
1. The department employs a case report
numbering system for all incidents that require
the completion of a written report by the
member assigned to the incident.
2. Case numbers are requested by the
assigned member and generated in the
dispatch center.
3. Case numbers are assigned in sequential
order on a first case, first assignment basis
and each number issued is unique to the
incident and there is never any incident or case
report number repeated at anytime.
F. Report review process
1. Every written report completed by a
member of the department will be submitted
and reviewed by a supervisor.
a. All reports are must be submitted and
completed by th end of shift unless otherwise
approved by a supervisor.
2. The reviewing supervisor will indicate
approval of the document by placing their
initials in the appropriate location on the face
of the document.
Original issue: 07/01/07
3. All written reports submitted will be
carefully reviewed by the supervisor and
checked for such things as, but not
limited to, the following:
a. Crime elements are detailed.
b. Criminal procedures are documented.
c. Departmental procedures are adhered to.
d. Completeness.
e. Clarity.
f. Legibility.
g. Grammar and spelling.
2. Reports not approved will be returned to the
member for the required corrections and
returned no later than the end of the report
taker's next tour of duty unless approved prior
by the supervisor.
3. All completed and approved reports are
forwarded to Administrative Services for filing
and data entry.
III. REFERENCE:
• 18.01 Criminal Investigations
• 22.10 Traffic Crash Investigation
• 33.14 Communications
34.01 Records Function
• 36.01 Property & Evidence
FDLE Uniform Offense and Arrest Report
Manual
FL DHSMV Uniform Traffic Crash Manual
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime Scene Investigation and Evidence Collection SOP # 35.01
CRIME SCENE INVESTIGATION AND
EVIDENCE COLLECTION
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for crime scene investigation, evidence
collection, record keeping, chain of custody and
submission of evidence for laboratory analysis.
II. DEFINITION
A. Crime Scene - The location where the crime
occurred or where indications of the crime exist.
It encompasses the area where the crime was
committed and any portion of the surrounding
area which the suspect or victim passed over or
through an route to or going away from the
scene of the crime.
B. Chain of Custody - The written record of all
individuals who have maintained unbroken
control and/or custody of evidence and property.
III. COLLECTING AND MARKING PHYSICAL
EVIDENCE:
A. The first officer arriving at the scene of a
crime will take immediate steps to protect and
preserve the scene from contamination. The
officer will request additional members to
accomplish this task, if necessary.
B. Members will preserve the condition of
evidence during and after collection.
1. All nonessential persons, including police
officers, will be cleared from the scene.
Nonessential persons will not be allowed to
enter the crime scene.
2. Appropriate personal protection
equipment (i.e. glove, shoe covers, jump
suits, eye protection, etc.) will be worn by
members collecting evidence at a scene
where blood and body fluids are present.
a. Equipment will be changed when
necessary to prevent cross -
contamination of evidence.
3. Members will use a systematic approach
while collecting evidence.
4. When possible and/or necessary, crime
scenes will be video taped, photographed,
measured, and sketched, before anything is
moved.
a. At major crime scenes, an item will
be recorded noting the condition,
location, date, time of collection, and
who collected the item.
C. Evidence will be collected concurrent with its
discovery or as soon as possible thereafter to
prevent contamination.
D. Permanent and distinctive marks of
identification will be placed directly on the item,
(I. D. Numbers or initials) if it can be done
without damage to the item or its evidentiary
value.
1. If the item cannot or should not be
marked for identification (hair, paint chips,
stains, projectiles, items submitted for latent
print processing, etc.) it will be placed and
sealed in an appropriate container and the
container's label and/or seal will be marked
for identification.
E. All members will collect and package
evidentiary material so its original condition is
maintained. Every effort will be made to collect
and package as complete a sampling of
evidentiary material as possible.
1. Similar items found at different locations
at the crime scene will be placed in
separate containers, to eliminate cross
contamination.
F. Evidence will be stored in secured custody as
required by the Property and Evidence
procedure.
G. Evidence will be collected and submitted to
the laboratory for analysis according to
guidelines established in the F.D.L.E. Crime
Laboratory Evidence Submission Manual or in
conformance with the receiving agency's
particular requirements.
1. All fluids will be packaged individually to
prevent leakage and cross contamination
during handling, storage, and transport.
2. The perishable samples will be preserved
and delivered to the laboratory and/or
refrigerated storage in a timely manner.
H. Firearms:
1. Firearms - Before handling a firearm, the
following should be noted: Position of the
hammer, position of the slide mechanism
(automatic), and position of the safety.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime Scene Investigation and Evidence Collection SOP # 35.01
When handling is required to determine the
firearm's condition, it should be picked up
by the edge of the trigger guard or textured
finish of the handle, which will not ordinarily
retain an identifiable print. The make,
model, serial number, caliber, and other
descriptive information should be recorded.
2. When sending firearms to a crime
laboratory, the firearm will be unloaded
before packaging, unless otherwise directed
by the receiving crime laboratory. When
unloading a firearm, the following should be
noted: condition of ammunition beneath the
firing pin; position of fired/unfired
ammunition; number of rounds left in the
magazine, and whether or not a round was
in the chamber.
3. Damaged or rusty weapons should be
handled with extreme caution. When a gun
cannot be checked or unloaded, it should
be hand delivered to the crime laboratory in
an evidence container clearly marked
"Caution -Loaded Firearm." No attempt
should be made in the field to clean or dry a
firearm taken into evidence.
4. In major cases, when necessary,
fingerprint equipment, i.e., dusting powder
and tape, may be used to lift the serial
number from a weapon in order to eliminate
the possibility of error if the number was
only hand recorded.
5. An evidentiary firearm should not be
cleaned. Blood and other substances
adhering to the gun should be left intact for
laboratory examination.
6. When firearms and bullet casings are
retained as evidence and require ballistics,
fingerprint or examination for trace evidence
or marks, members will not mark the
firearm. The firearm will be tagged or
bagged. The markings may detract from the
evidentiary value of the firearm.
7. Firearms will be submitted into evidence
or turned over to an investigator per
Property and Evidence procedure.
IV. CRIME SCENE PROCESSING:
A. Investigators will be primarily responsible for
the collection of evidence and processing of all
major crime scenes.
1. The on-call supervisor is available on a
24- hours basis to process crime scenes
and traffic crash scenes.
2. Supervisors may request assistance to
process crime scenes from another agency
that has specialty equipment or training.
The Chief of Police has designated the
Palm Beach County Sheriffs Office to
process all major crime scenes.
A. Police officers and sergeants with adequate
training are authorized to conduct fingerprint
and related crime scene processing in other
investigations such as:
1. Attempted or minor burglaries to autos,
residences and businesses;
2. Stolen and recovered vehicles;
3. Minor theft investigation; or
4. Other investigations as deemed
appropriate by the supervisor.
B. Latent fingerprints will be developed and
removed from the surface(s) of items with
department issued equipment, i.e., dusting
powders, brushes, fingerprint tape, fingerprint
cards, etc.
1. No attempt should be made to brush or
apply powder to prints in dust, obviously
greasy prints, or bloody prints, as this may
destroy them. Such prints should be
photographed.
2. Wet objects to be processed for
fingerprints should be allowed to air dry
before processing, i.e., beer cans, glass
and automobiles wet with rain or
condensation. Lamps or other artificial
heating should not be used.
3. A Supervisor should be contacted for
assistance with any specialized processing.
E. Whenever latent prints are removed from an
item and placed on a latent fingerprint card, the
card will contain the following information:
1. The member's name and ID #, date,
Page 2 of 4
STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime Scene
case number, brief diagram or explanation
of the source of print, and the direction of
the print in relation to the surface.
F. Items believed to contain latent fingerprint
evidence, such as paper, cardboard, unpainted
wood, or other absorbent surfaces should be
carefully handled and transported for chemical
processing.
G. Crime Scene Photography:
1. The process of evidence collection
should be supported by crime scene
photography whenever possible. Crime
scene photographs should represent a field
of vision and perspective as close to actual
scale as possible. Should unusual camera
positions, lighting conditions, and camera
settings be required, the photographer
should note them as each photograph is
taken.
2. A scale should be used and included in
the field of view when the objects
photographed cannot be physically
removed or will dissipate over time (i.e., tool
marks, blood splatter, fluorescent Luminal,
etc.) or when size is a crucial factor. A
photographic record log should be kept on
major crime scenes (i.e., murder, sexual
battery, etc.) or when appropriate and/or
necessary.
3. All members assigned to process the
scene of a serious crime against a
person(s) or property will photograph and/or
collect all available physical evidence. If
photographs are not taken or physical
evidence is not recovered, the investigator
will prepare a report stating the reasons
why.
4. Officers should only photograph the
following, crime scenes, traffic crashes,
vandalism/graffiti or any calls, where no
other processing is required.
5. Battery victims with injuries and like
occurrences, where no arrests are likely
and no suspects exist, or their injuries have
been covered with bandages, and lacking
any other extenuating circumstances, do
not require photographs.
H. The information identification form, card or
sheet of paper will be photographed first before
photographing evidence to identify the series of
exposures.
and Evidence Collection SOP # 35.01
1. It will include the case #, type of crime
and officer ID#.
2. The same procedures will apply if video
graphs are taken.
V. CHAIN OF CUSTODY:
A. All property and evidence collected or
obtained by department personnel will be
entered in the property control system
accompanied by a property/evidence receipt
except for motor vehicles, vessels and
airplanes, which require a Vehicle Storage
Receipt (V.S.R.).
1. The property/evidence receipt
(henceforth referred to as the property
receipt) will be completed with all pertinent
information including, but not limited to, the
reason for submission, type of offenses,
case number, date, arrestee's name,
location found, etc.
B. A record of the chain of custody and records
reflecting the status of all property and/or
evidence by the department is recorded on the
bottom of the property receipt in the "Chain of
Possession and/or Analysis Results" section.
The record will reflect:
1. The date, time, and method of transfer;
2. The receiving person's name and
position;
3. Reason for the transfer;
4. If the evidence submitted to an outside
laboratory for analysis;
a. The name, location of the laboratory,
synopsis of the event, and
examinations desired;
b. The date and time of receipt in the
laboratory, and;
c. The name and signature of the
person in the laboratory receiving the
evidence; and
d. Copies of any reports, receipts or
forms submitted or completed by the
outside lab will be retained in the
department case file.
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime Scene Investigation and Evidence Collection SOP # 35.01
C. These chain of custody records are
maintained in the Property and Evidence
Section files.
D. Examination or testing will include:
1. Name of the officer last having custody.
2. Date and time of submission or mailing
and method used for transmission.
a. When hand delivered to a local
laboratory, the name of the receiving
person will be obtained and noted in the
record.
b. Evidence mailed or shipped will
always be sent by registered mail,
return receipt requested.
c. If mailed, the transmittal letter will
request the date and time of receipt by
Original issue: 07/01/07
the laboratory, and the name and
signature of the person in the laboratory
receiving the evidence.
d. The transmittal letter will include the
name of the person in charge of the
investigation and the name of the
person to receive the laboratory
analysis report.
e. When evidence is submitted to an
outside laboratory, the transmittal letter
will include a specific request for written
results of the examination(s).
VI. REFERENCE:
SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence
Management.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
MANAGEMENT
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines to maintain control over property in
custody to ensure continuity and consistency in its
safekeeping and to meet the requirements of the
courts. This procedure establishes a system for
handling property and evidence taken into police
custody and the storage and management of said
property.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Abandoned Property - All tangible property
which does not have an identifiable owner and
which has been disposed of on public property
in a wrecked, inoperative, or partially dismantled
condition or which has no apparent value to the
rightful owner.
B. Confiscated Property - Any item that is
seized by an officer for some lawful purpose or
for appropriating the property for government
use. This property is usually evidence or
contraband which possession and/or use is
contrary to law.
C. Evidentiary Property - Any tangible property
that is seized by an officer or other department
member in connection with a criminal incident.
Any records, documents, material objects or
exhibits collected to prove or disprove a fact(s)
in a case investigation.
D. Found Property (Lost Prooertv) - All tangible
property which does or does not have an
identifiable owner and which has been left on
public property, upon a public conveyance, on
premises used for business purposes, in parks,
or places open to the public, in a substantially
operable or functioning condition and/or has an
apparent value to the rightful owner.
E. Unclaimed Property - Any tangible property,
including cash, not included within the definition
of "a contraband article" as provided in FSS
932.701 , which was seized by a law
enforcement agency, was intended for use in a
criminal or quasi -criminal proceeding, and is
retained by the law enforcement agency or the
clerk of the county or circuit court for sixty (60)
days after the conclusion of the proceeding and
to which no claim of ownership has been made.
F. Chain of Custody - The written record that
tracks the history and continues the link of all
individuals who have maintained unbroken
control and/ or custody of evidence and
property.
III. PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE FUNCTION:
A. The property and evidence function will be
the overall responsibility of the Chief of Police.
1.The Chief of Police will designate an
Evidence Custodian and he or she will be held
I ointly accountable for all property accepted by,
stored in, or under the control of the
department.
B. All records relating to the property and
evidence will be kept in designated secure
areas to prevent removal or manipulation.
C. All property stored by the department will be
stored in a designated secure area to ensure
proper control.
D. The department will accept property and/or
evidence twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven
(7) days a week.
1. Property and/or evidence will be secured
in the appropriate secure storage location.
2. Large or bulk items will be secured in the
garage.
3. Crime scenes with items requiring
refrigeration will be processed by the Palm
Beach County Sheriffs Office crime scene
unit.
4. Vehicles that require storage will be
taken to town public works. Arrangements
will be made for vehicles too large to
access the garage on a case-by-case basis.
E. If evidence storage is at capacity and
additional evidence needs to be stored, the
evidence custodian will be notified and will be
responsible to make arrangements for the
storage of evidence.
Page 1 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
IV. PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE SECTION
SECURITY:
A. Only authorized members will have access
to the Property and Evidence Section and
designated storage areas.
1. Any non -evidence custodian member will
log entry/exit into Property & Evidence
storage areas.
B. No visitors will be allowed in the Property
and Evidence Section.
1. All Property & Evidence functions will be
conducted through the police department
lobby area or other public access area.
C. Extra security measures will be taken for the
handling of exceptional, valuable or sensitive
items of property, i.e., money/negotiable
instruments, precious metals, jewelry, weapons,
and drugs. These items will be stored in
separate, secure areas within the department's
property storage area.
V. IMPOUNDED PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE:
A. All property and evidence collected or
obtained by department members will be
entered in the property control system
accompanied by a property/evidence receipt
(Appendix A), except for motor vehicles,
vessels and airplanes which require a Vehicle
Storage Receipt (VSR).
1. The property/evidence receipt will be
completed with all pertinent information
including, but not limited to, the reason for
submission, type of offenses, case number,
date, arrestee's name, location found, etc.
a. Firearms, jewelry or
currency item(s) will be stored
separately from other evidence in a
case and a separate
property/evidence receipt is
necessary for each classification of
firearms, jewelry and currency.
b. Items of the same
classification, i.e. firearms, jewelry
or currency taken in the same case
may be listed on the same
property/evidence receipt.
c. The property/evidence receipts
will be numbered separately, i.e. 1
of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3 accordingly.
2. The supervisor will review and initial the
property/evidence receipts(s) prior to
submission.
3. Items will be turned into Property and
Evidence Section as soon as possible, but
no later than the end of the duty day.
However, unique circumstances may occur
which prohibit this from occurring.
a. Patrol officers must obtain the
supervisor's approval for any delay in
submission and the item must be
maintained in a secure location.
b. investigators will submit item(s) as
soon as they have completed their
investigation.
B. Members will use department storage
lockers located at designated storage
location(s) or the evidence garage for items too
large for storage lockers.
1. Members will secure the storage locker
and/or the evidence garage.
C. Packaging property and evidence:
1. Do not permanently mark or damage the
item to be impounded, unless the item
needs to be marked as evidence, then mark
it in an area as not to destroy the value of
the item.
2. Non-perishable items of evidence will be
sealed into evidence bags. The impounding
party will write their name, case number,
date, and type of case on the bag. The
impounding party will place evidence tape
over the end of the bag that was sealed and
write their initials and I.D. # across the tape.
2. Officers will not take perishable items
that requires storage, other than evidence,
into custody. Perishable items will be
photographed and immediately returned to
the owner. A property receipt will be
completed and the owner should sign for
Page 2 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
the property. The photographs are to be
placed into property as evidence.
4. Perishable items of evidence requiring
drying (wet blood or fluid on clothing,
organic substances such as green
marijuana) will be placed separately into
paper bags and sealed with evidence tape.
The impounding party will write their name,
case number, date, and type of case on the
bag and their initials and I.D. # across the
tape onto the bag.
a. The supervisor will be noted
anytime evidence requires drying and
will make arrangements with either the
on -duty or on-call Lieutenant for
processing the evidence.
5. Biohazard stickers will be affixed to the
packaging of any biohazard item.
a. Items marked with biohazard
stickers, when cleared for disposal, will
be disposed of in a red biohazard bag
at Fire/Rescue for disposal.
6. Non-perishable items of found property
will be placed in bags and/or tagged and
placed in department storage lockers.
Evidence tape does not have to be placed
on found property.
7. Knives and other edged items will be
placed in a receipt board storage box to
protect handlers from injury with a
property/evidence receipt.
8. Hypodermic needles will be placed in a
crush proof container to protect handlers
from injury, with a biohazard sticker affixed
and with a property/evidence receipt.
a. Hypodermic needles when cleared
for disposal, will be disposed of in a red
biohazard bag at Fire/Rescue for
disposal.
9. An item too large to fit into a bag will be
marked utilizing a manilla property tag and
attached to the item with a
property/evidence receipt.
10. Large items will be stored in the
evidence garage located at Town Hall.
This property will be tagged with case
number, officer's name, date, and case
classification. The property/evidence receipt
will be prepared noting the storage location
and submitted to the evidence custodian.
11. Bicycles will be tagged with a case
number, officer's name, date and case
classification.
a. Bicycles will be stored in the
evidence garage.
b. A property/evidence receipt will be
completed and placed with the
evidence in the temporary evidence
holding locker.
12. License plate and/or decal not reported
stolen, whether valid or invalid (expired,
unassigned, altered, etc.), will also be
placed in evidence and logged on Receipt
and Certificate of Destruction of Tags,
Decals, and Permits form (DHSMV
#84003).
D. Any type of case with evidence, which
requires refrigeration (blood and/or urine
samples taken in D.U.I. investigation) and
analysis by a crime laboratory. The case will be
turned over to Florida Highway Patrol or the
Palm Beach County Sheriffs Office for
investigation.
E. Flammable items will not be taken into
custody for storage.
1. Flammable materials, such as gasoline,
will be photographed and returned to the
owner or safely disposed of.
2. If the material presents an imminent
hazard, the officer will notify Delray Beach
Fire/Rescue for assistance.
F. The Palm Beach Sheriffs Office Bomb
Squad will be notified immediately via the
supervisor when evidence or property of an
explosive or unstable nature is taken into
custody.
G. When drugs or drug paraphernalia are taken
into custody by a department member for the
purpose of submission to the Property and
Evidence Section, the member will complete the
Page 3 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property R Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
following:
1. Separate the narcotics and dangerous
drugs from all other property.
2. Field test the narcotics or dangerous
drugs, noting the results of the field test on
the offense report.
3. Weigh each type of narcotic or
dangerous drugs separately. Include
packaging in the weight, if applicable and
indicate the weight listed includes the
packaging.
4. Drugs will be sealed in clear plastic
evidence bag(s) with weight(s) marked on
the bag. The impounding party will write
their name, case number, date, and type of
case on the bag.
a. The members initials and I.D. # will
be written across the tape placed on the
seal of the bag.
5. Complete the property section of the
offense report listing each type of narcotic
or dangerous drugs separately. Include the
quantity by weight (metric) and number, if
applicable.
a. If the narcotic or dangerous drug is
evidence, the impounding member will
complete the Palm Beach Sheriffs
Office property receipt form and the
department property/evidence receipt.
J. If the narcotic or dangerous drug is
found property with no defendant and
the property will not be sent to the lab,
the impounding member will only
complete the department
property/evidence receipt and mark
"found property".
6. Narcotics or dangerous drugs will be
submitted using the appropriate storage
lockers.
6. When the size or amount of the narcotic
and/or dangerous drug taken into custody is
too large to be placed in the storage
lockers, the officer will notify the shift
supervisor.
a. The supervisor will make
arrangements for secure storage.
7. Any counterfeit narcotics or dangerous
drugs will be turned into the Property and
Evidence Section in the same manner used
above.
8. All packages of narcotics and dangerous
drugs that leave the Property and Evidence
Section will be weighed and inspected for
evidence of tampering prior to being
returned to storage.
9. The evidence custodian will immediately
notify the Chief of Police if there are any
signs of tampering of or broken seals on
any submitted narcotics/dangerous drug
evidence.
a. The Chief of Police
will be responsible to review and/or
investigate any tampering of narcotic or
dangerous drug evidence.
10. All narcotics will be stored separately in
the Property and Evidence Section.
11. Any drugs taken in a death
investigation will be turned over to the
Medical Examiner's Office, if possible.
a. A Gulf Stream Police Department
Property Receipt will be completed and
submitted with the report.
H. When firearms are taken into custody, the
member will complete the following:
1. List the make, model, serial number,
caliber, finish, barrel length (if applicable),
accessories, damage, and any alterations
to the firearm on the property/evidence
receipt.
2. An NCIC/FCIC computer check will be
made on the firearm and a copy of the
teletype printout reauest and reply attached
to the offense report.
3. When marking a firearm for identification
purposes, a tag or tape should be securely
attached to the firearm with the necessary
case information. If there are no
identification numbers present, the officer
should mark the firearm in an
inconspicuous location as not to damage
the firearm.
Page 4 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
4. If the firearm is loaded, the member
taking it into custody will attempt to unload it
and make it safe.
a. If a firearm is loaded and cannot be
unloaded because of a jam or lack of
knowledge on how to unload it on the
part of the member taking it into
custody, the supervisor should be
contacted and a rangemaster noted to
assist in the unloading.
b. If the firearm must remain loaded for
evidentiary purposes, such as in the
case of a homicide, police shooting, or
serious aggravated battery, the loaded
firearm will be turned over to an
investigator in person.
c. Any submitted firearm that remains
loaded for any reason will be clearly
marked "LOADED FIREARM".
5. The firearms will be secured in a
cardboard gun box, whenever possible.
6. Ammunition that is taken as Property or
Evidence will be stored in separate bags or
containers from firearms.
7. Firearms will be stored separately in the
Property and Evidence Section.
I. When money is taken into custody by a
department member to be turned into the
Property and Evidence Section, that member
will:
1. Separate the currency from all other
property i.e. wallet.
1. The currency will be grouped in
separate denominations (i.e., all 10's
together, all 20's together) and turned in the
same direction.
3. The currency will be counted by the
member who has taken it into custody and
listed on the property/evidence receipt.
a. supervisor will verify the amount and
initial the property receipt.
4. After counting and verification, the
currency will be sealed in a clear plastic
evidence bag. The impounding officer will
place evidence tape across the seal, initial
across the tape and lock the bag in a
department storage locker.
5. If the total amount of money is $10,000
or more and it is after normal business
hours, the evidence custodian or designee
will respond to the police department and
personally verify the amount of the currency
with the impounding officer then place the
currency in the safe.
6. Currency will be stored in a separately
secured area of the Property and Evidence
Room.
J. When precious metals, valuable jewelry or
gemstones are taken into custody to be turned
into the Property and Evidence Section, the
member will complete the following:
1. Separate the jewelry/precious metals
from all other property.
2. List each item individually on a property
section of offense report, describing each
by color and not by type of stone or specific
type of metal. (Example: red stone as
opposed to ruby, or gold colored chain as
opposed to a gold chain).
3. The property will be sealed in a clear
plastic evidence bag with evidence tape
across the seal. The member will write his
or her initials across the envelope and the
tape.
4. Jewelry will be stored separately in the
Property and Evidence Section.
K. All members involved in the collection of
evidence and found property should use
discretion in collecting the items. Storage space
is limited; therefore only items of sound
evidentiary value should be collected. Property
reported as abandoned that has no evidentiary,
monetary or serviceable value should not be
collected.
1. Members should photograph an item of
evidence, which will be returned to the
owner pursuant to F.S.S. 90.91. Members
will meet all guidelines set forth in the
statute.
L. Members will seize property reported stolen
or the member reasonably believes to be stolen.
The seizing member will determine who the true
owner of the property is and notify them of the
Page 5 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
recovery when possible.
M. Any property seized as contraband
articles for the purpose of forfeiture will be
handled in the same manner as evidentiary
property.
VI. PROPERTY/EVIDENCE HELD BY THE
A. All property held by the department will be
separated to ensure integrity of each item and
non -contamination of evidentiary property. The
recording system will provide:
1. the date and time the property was
received/released;
2. the circumstances by which the property
was obtained;
3. the location of the property;
4. the description of the property;
5. the chain of custody from time of receipt
until final disposition; and
6. the date and results of all inspections,
inventories and audits.
B. A record of the chain of custody and records
reflecting the status of all property and/or
evidence by the department is maintained in the
Property and Evidence Section files.
VII. RELEASING PROPERTY/EVIDENCE:
A. Property may be released from the Property
and Evidence Section for the following reasons:
1.Presentation in court;
2. Return to the owner;
3. Investigative purposes;
4. Submission for processing to a crime lab
or investigator.
5. Viewing by defense and/or prosecution
attorneys accompanied by the assigned
investigator.
6. Final disposition of the property may be
authorized in writing by the State Attorney's
Office, the Clerk of the Court's Office, or
other court(s) of jurisdiction, or authorization
from the lead investigator, or impounding
officer if no investigator is assigned.
B. Anytime property is released, the person
receiving the property will sign the
property/evidence receipt on file. The reason
the property is being removed and the date and
time the property is removed will be written on
the receipt.
C. Property will be returned to the Property and
Evidence Section as soon as possible.
D. If the property is returned to the Property and
Evidence Section after normal business hours,
the property will be placed in a department
storage locker.
E. When releasing evidence or other property
on a court order, the court order must be read
completely and understood before the release
of any property or evidence. A court order must
have an official court seal and signature of a
judge of the county or circuit court.
1. A copy of the court order will be filed in
the Property and Evidence Section.
F. Property released to persons other than
department members will be released under the
following conditions:
1. The person to whom the property is to be
released must have photo identification or
other official and/or verifiable identification,
which is acceptable to the evidence
custodian.
2. The property is found property and the
person has provided proof of ownership.
3.The person has written authorization
from the State Attorney's Office specifically
identifying the property to be returned and
the person to whom the property is to be
returned.
a. If the property is recovered stolen
property that may be used as evidence
in a case, the property will be
photographed and return it to the owner
according to Florida State Statutes.
Page 6 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property $ Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
4. The person has a court order specifically
identifying the property to be returned and
the person to whom the property is to be
returned.
G. Property and/or evidence obtained by
department personnel which is released in the
field will be done so in the following manner:
1. The property and/or evidence will be
itemized and listed on a department
property receipt.
2. The person receiving the property will
sign and date the property receipt
acknowledging receipt of the property, for
each item received; and
3. If evidentiary in nature, a photograph of
the item(s) will be taken.
VIII. DISPOSAL OF EVIDENCE/PROPERTY:
A. Under no circumstances will any evidence
and/or property be destroyed by any member
except for the evidence custodian, according to
his or her official duties.
B. The evidence custodian will be responsible
for the disposition of all unidentified, unclaimed,
or contraband property after all legal
requirements have been satisfied.
1. The evidence custodian will be
responsible for ensuring that records reflect
the status of all property held by the
department and the final disposition of all
property.
2. Final disposition of the property may be
authorized in writing by the State Attorney's
Office, the Clerk of the Court's Office, or
other court(s) of jurisdiction, or authorization
from the lead investigator, or impounding
officer if no investigator is assigned.
C. All property will be disposed of by one of the
following means and in compliance with all
applicable laws and court rulings:
1. Returned to the owner;
2. Sold at public sale;
3. Converted to department use;
4. Donated to a charitable organization;
5. Reclaimed by the finder; or
6. Destroyed.
D. Confiscated property (contraband articles)
will be handled pursuant to FSS Chapter 932.
E. Found/abandoned property and unclaimed
evidence will be handled pursuant to FSS
Chapter 705.
F. Firearms will be disposed of pursuant to FSS
Chapter 790. Those firearms, which are
determined by the Range Master to be of use to
the department, may be retained upon
completion of the required paperwork and the
written approval of the Chief of Police. When
these firearms are no longer needed, the Range
Master will return them to the Property and
Evidence Section for disposal.
G. Narcotics will be disposed of pursuant to
F.S.S. 893.12 and under the supervision of the
Chief of Police.
1. Narcotics and/or dangerous drug
destruction will be videotaped and a written
accounting of all destroyed narcotic and/ or
dangerous drug evidence will be forwarded
to the Chief of Police for review.
2. Videotapes and written accounting will
be retained in compliance with FSS 119.
H. All property will be disposed of in the
prescribed manner per petition of the county
court.
IX. INSPECTIONS
STORAGE AREAS:
A. The Chief of Police will conduct semi —annual
inspections and audits to ensure adherence to
procedures used for the control of property. The
inspection will be conducted to determine the
following:
1. Property storage areas are being
maintained in an orderly manner;
2. The location of property is properly
documented and can be located easily;
3.Property is being protected from damage
or deterioration; and
Page 7 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP # 36.01
4. Property having no further evidentiary
value is being disposed of.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will
conduct an annual audit of property held by
the department to ensure accountability.
1.This inspection is to ensure the integrity of
the system and not to account for every
item of property.
C. Whenever anew evidence custodian is
assigned and/or the existing evidence custodian
is transferred from the custodian position, a joint
examination of property will be required to
ensure continuity of custody.
1. The joint examination of property will be
conducted by a designee of the Chief of
Police and the newly appointed evidence
custodian.
2. Samples to be examined must be
sufficient to ensure records are correct and
properly annotated. All discrepancies will be
documented prior to assumption of property
accountability by the new custodian.
3. The purpose of the examination is not
to require the accounting of every single
item of property, but to ensure the continuity
of custody by verifying the integrity of the
system and the accountability of the
property.
D. At any time the Chief of Police may order an
Original Issue: 07/01/07
audit, inventory, or inspection of all or any part
of the property management activities of the
police department by an outside agency or firm.
E. Reports of any and all audits, inventories or
inspections of any or all of the property
management activities of the police department
will be submitted to the Chief of Police.
X. REFERENCE:
• SOP # 38.01 Forfeiture.
• FSS 90.91 Photographs of property wrongfully
taken; use in prosecution, procedure; return of
property to owner.
FSS Chapter 705 Lost or abandoned property.
FSS Chapter 790 Firearms disposed.
FSS 893.12 Contraband; seizure, forfeiture,
sale.
F.S.S. 932.701-932.707 "Florida Contraband
Forfeiture Act".
Garrett J. Ward. Chief of Police
Page 8 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Property & Evidence Management SOP#36.01
Appendix A
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT
PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE RECEIPT
Page 9 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Property & Evidence Management SOP# 36.01
Page 10 of 9
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime -Related Firearms, Bullet Projectiles
& Ammunition Casings SOP # 36.02
CRIME -RELATED FIREARMS, BULLET
PROJECTILE (S) & AMMUNITION
CASINGS
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for processing crime -related firearms,
bullet projectile(s) and/or ammunition casings and
outlines department participation in the National
Integrated Ballistics Identification Network (NIBIN).
Firearms -related crime is a primary concern for law
enforcement and a comprehensive approach to
combating firearms related crimes involves
identifying, investigating and prosecuting armed
violent felons. NIBIN assists law enforcement,
through a national effort, to conduct firearms tracing
and ballistic comparison of firearms, bullet
projectiles and ammunition casings in criminal
investigations.
II. DEFINITIONS:
A. Crime Gun —Any firearm that is illegally
possessed, used in a crime, or suspected to
have been used in a crime. This may include a
firearm found abandoned, if the recovering law
enforcement agency has reason to believe, the
firearm may have been used in a crime or
possessed illegally.
B. Bulle_t_proiectile(s) and/or ammunition
casings- Any bullet projectile or ammunition
casing that is recovered at a crime scene.
C. Firearms Tracing—The tracking of
recovered crime guns from its manufacture
through distribution (retail or wholesale) to the
individual who procured the firearm.
D. Comprehensive Tracing- The submission for
firearms tracing to the US Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms National Tracing Center.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. When an officer seizes or recovers a
firearm defined as a "crime gun" the officer will:
1. List the make, model, serial number,
caliber, finish, barrel length (if applicable),
accessories, damage, and any alterations
to the firearm on the property/evidence
receipt.
2. An NCIC/FCIC computer check will be
made on the firearm and a coot/ of the
teletype printout request and reply attached
to the offense report.
3. When marking a firearm for identification
purposes, a tag or tape should be securely
attached to the firearm with the necessary
case information. If there are no
identscation numbers present, the officer
should mark the firearm in an
inconspicuous location as not to damage
the firearm.
4. If the firearm is loaded, the member
taking it into custody will attempt to unload it
and make it safe.
a. If a firearm is loaded and cannot be
unloaded because of a jam or lack of
knowledge on how to unload it on the
part of the member taking it into
custody, the supervisor should be
contacted and a range master notified
to assist in the unloading.
b. If the firearm must remain loaded for
evidentiary purposes, such as in the
case of a homicide, police shooting, or
serious aggravated battery, the loaded
firearm will be turned over to an
investigator in person.
c. Any submitted firearm that remains
loaded for any reason will be clearly
marked "LOADED FIREARM".
5. The firearm will be secured in a
cardboard gun box, whenever possible.
6. Ammunition that is taken as Property or
Evidence will be stored in separate bags or
containers from firearms.
7. Complete a Palm Beach Sheriffs Office
(PBSO) Property Receipt.
a. Officers will check the "Firearms"
section and clearly write "NIBIN
Submission" below the descriptions of
property on the PBSO property receipt.
8. Complete the US Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms National Tracing
Center Trace request form (Appendix A),
providing as much information as possible.
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime Related Firearms, Bullet Projectiles,
& Ammunition Casings SOP # 36.02
9. Submit the PBSO Property Receipt and
National Tracing Center Trace Request
forms with the Property/Evidence receipt.
B. When an officer seizes or recovers a bullet
projectile(s) and/or ammunition casings at a
crime scene, the officer will:
1. Package the evidence according to
current departmental procedure separately
from other evidence.
2. Complete a Palm Beach Sheriffs Office
(PBSO) Property Receipt and submit with
the Evidence/Property receipt.
a. Officers will check the "Firearms"
section and clearly write "NIBIN
Submission" below the descriptions of
property on the PBSO property receipt.
C. Any "crime gun", bullet projectile(s) and/or
ammunition casings that are evidence in a
case, where the evidence needs to be
submitted for other lab analysis i.e. latent prints,
serology/DNA, it will be submitted for the other
lab analysis prior to being submitted for NIBIN
comparison.
1. The officer/investigator seizing the
evidence will be responsible to complete all
the necessary paperwork for other lab
analysis, in addition to the NIBIN
Submission forms.
2. All the required paperwork will be
submitted when the evidence is secured in
the Property/Evidence section.
Original issue: 07/01/07
X.
D. The evidence custodian is designated as
the departmental liaison with the PBSO
Firearms Section and the US Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms for NIBIS comparison
and firearms tracing.
. When a "crime gun", bullet
projectile and/or ammunition casing is
received by the Property and
Evidence Section, the evidence custodian
will review the submission and verify that
the evidence fits the criteria for NIBIN
comparison.
2. The evidence custodian will be
responsible to submit the evidence to the
PBSO Firearms Section for NIBIN
comparison.
a. If the evidence is also submitted for
other lab analysis, the evidence
custodian will ensure the evidence is
submitted to the appropriate lab section
prior to NIBIN comparison.
3. The evidence custodian will be
responsible to forward a copy of the
National Tracing Center Trace Request
form to the US Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco
and Firearms via fax at the provided
number.
SOP # 36.01 Property & Evidence Management
Garrett J. Ward. Chief of Police
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT-Crime-Related Firearms, Bullet Projectiles
& Ammunition Casinos SOP#36.02
Appendix A
U.S. ALCOHOL, TABACCO AND FIREARMS NATIONAL TRACING CENTER TRACE REQUEST FORM
Page 3 of 3
LANTANA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Crime -Related Firearms, Bullet Projectiles
& Ammunition Casings SOP# 36.02
GULF STREAM POLICE DEAPRTMENT-Infectious Diseases SOP # 37.01
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for members who are subject to
exposure to minimize the risk of contracting and/or
spreading any form of communicable disease.
Because of the nature of our work, certain members
are more likely to have contact with persons who
carry and/or suffer from many common diseases.
Members subject to exposure need to be aware of
the risks and take precautions when warranted.
A. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
(AIDS) - An acquired defect in the immune
system function that reduces the affected
person's resistance to certain types of infections
and cancers. It is believed to be transmitted
through intimate sexual contact or exposure to
infected blood, blood products and/or bodily
fluids.
B. Carrier - Any person who, without current
symptoms of contagious disease, harbors and
disseminates a specific microorganism.
C. Blood borne pathogens- Pathogenic
microorganisms that are present in human
blood and can infect and cause disease in
persons who are exposed to blood containing
these pathogens. These pathogens include but
are not limited to Hepatitis B, AIDS and HIV.
D. Exposure Incident- A specific eye, mouth,
other mucous membrane, non -intact skin, or
contact with blood or other potentially infectious
materials that results from the performance of
an employee's duties. Examples:
1. The handling of bloody or wet items
where scratches, cuts or open sores are
noticed on the area of contact,
2. Direct contact with bodily fluids from a
subject on an open sore or cut,
3. Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation,
4. Receiving a cut, bite or puncture wound
as a result of searching or arresting a
subject, and
5. Other incidents of high risk or significant
exposure, i.e., stuck by a contaminated
needle, broken skin as a result of a human
bite.
III. EXPOSURE WHILE ON -DUTY:
A. When exposed to blood or other potentially
infectious materials and the skin is broken or
punctured (significant exposure) the following
procedure should be followed:
1. Encourage the wound to bleed while
applying pressure.
2. Wash the area thoroughly with anti-
bacterial soap (Betadine, Dial or other
soap) and warm water. Allow water to free
flow over the wound for a minimum 15 to 30
seconds.
3. Members will be medically evaluated for
evidence of infection after all significant
duty related incidents of exposure.
a. Medical evaluation will initially
be done by Delray Beach Fire/Rescue.
b. If it is determined that further
medical treatment is needed, the
exposed victim will notify the supervisor
and respond to the nearest hospital
emergency room.
4. An offense report will be completed
documenting the exposure.
5. The member and/or the supervisor will
document the exposure and forward a copy
of the report to the Chief of Police.
a. The supervisor will notify the town's
worker compensation carrier according
to town procedure.
B. When exposed to blood or other potentially
infectious materials and there is no break in the
skin, the member should:
1. Wash the area thoroughly with anti
bacterial soap (Betadine, Dial or other
soap) and warm water. Allow water to free
flow over the wound for a minimum of 15 to
30 seconds.
2. Contact fire/rescue for advice and
direction regarding the post exposure
treatment, if necessary.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEAPRTMENT-Infectious Diseases
3. Document the exposure in an offense
report detailing the extent of the exposure.
4. The member and/or the supervisor will
forward a copy of the offense report to the
Police Chief.
a. The supervisor will notify the town's
worker compensation carrier according
to town procedure.
IV. PROCEDURE:
A. Avoid contact with open, weeping sores,
wounds, bodily fluids or blood of suspected,
infected persons. Use extreme caution while
conducting a search, making an arrest or
rendering assistance to any person who is
suspected of having an infectious disease.
B. Rubber or latex gloves should be worn to
avoid skin contact with blood or any material
that has been exposed to bodily fluids. After the
completion of the search, the gloves when
pulled off the hands should automatically turn
inside out. Leave them in this position and
discard them in a red biohazard bag.
C. Full finger black leather or Kevlar gloves may
be worn for safety and protection. Black leather
or Kevlar gloves may not be worn during routine
assignments. They are to be worn during
specific police functions such as: search
warrants, searches of contaminated persons or
property to avoid punctures by sharp objects.
Needles and blades should be considered
potentially infectious.
D. The most important measure in preventing
the spread of infectious disease is to thoroughly
wash your hands with anti -bacterial soap
(Betadine, Dial or other soap) and warm water.
Hands should be washed even if gloves are
worn.
E. Contaminated evidence submitted to the
evidence section is to be placed in a sealed
evidence bag clearly marked with biohazard
labels and the case number written on the bag.
1. When the evidence is wet with bodily
fluids, allow it to dry prior to sealing the bag.
Seek assistance from a supervisor when
the material is saturated and it will not dry
prior to being submitted.
SOP
placed in a red biohazard bag and taken to
fire/rescue or a hospital for disposal.
G. Each officer will check his or her vehicle's
Infectious Disease Safety Kit prior to going into
service.
H. Disposable airway equipment or
resuscitation equipment should always be used
during mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.
J. Custody Procedures:
1. Caution should be exercised when
dealing with persons in high-risk groups and
in a situation where violence is anticipated;
protective disposable gloves should be
worn. Extreme caution must be used when
reaching into areas that are not visible, i.e.,
pockets, purses and other containers.
2. The supervisor will be notified whenever
it is necessary to transport for medical
treatment a subject who has blood or body
fluids present on their person or clothing.
Fire/rescue will transport the subject to a
hospital when necessary.
3. Subjects with blood or other body fluids
present should be transported separately
from other subjects when possible.
4. Officers have an obligation to inform
fire/rescue, corrections officers,
investigators and other support personnel
when transferring custody of an arrestee
who has blood or other body fluids present
on his or her person or if the arrestee has
made a voluntary statement that he or she
has a contagious disease. When a subject
makes such a voluntary statement, the
officers should indicate this on the arrest
forms.
K. Vehicle Maintenance:
1. A police vehicle exposed to blood or
other body fluid discharges will be
disinfected.
2. The supervisor will be notified and the vehicle
taken to the town garage wash area.
F. Non -evidentiary biohazardous material will be Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEAPRTMENT-Infectious Diseases SOP # 37.01
3. The town garage will disinfect the vehicle.
After hours, the officer is responsible for
cleaning the vehicle.
a. Protective gloves (i.e., Playtex
gloves, not exam gloves) and eye
protection will be worn during all phases
of the disinfection procedure.
b. Any excess blood or body fluids
should first be wiped up with a
disposable absorbent pad.
c. A freshly mixed 10% chlorine bleach
and water solution should be used.
d. The affected area should be sprayed
and allowed to air dry for 10 minutes.
5. All disposable contaminated cleaning
items will be placed in a red plastic bag
marked "BIOHAZARD," sealed and taken to
fire/rescue or a hospital for disposal.
L. Supplies:
1. The supervisor is responsible for the
inventory and dissemination of supplies for
infectious disease control.
2. Officers using supplies stored in police
vehicles are responsible for replacing them.
M. The Town of Gulf Stream has adopted a
comprehensive Exposure Control Plan that
includes all town employees. In addition, copies
of the plan will be kept in the following locations:
Original Issue: 07/01/07
1. Patrol briefing room.
2. Administration.
V. TRAINING:
A. All department members who are subject to
exposure will receive training upon initial hire
and annual training thereafter in:
1.The Infectious Diseases policy,
2. Exposure control procedures including
OSHA regulations, and
3. Blood borne diseases.
VI. HEPATITIS B VACCINATION PROGRAM:
A. All new members subject to exposure will be
offered the vaccine at the time of their pre-
employment physical.
B. All current members subject to exposure will
be offered the vaccine.
C. If after the third shot, testing indicates
inadequate antibody response, additional doses
will be provided.
VII.
• Florida Intergovernmental Risk Management
Association (FIRMA) Blood borne Pathogens
Policy and Procedure Manual.
• Town Administrative Order 302 Blood borne
Pathogen.
• SOP # 29.01 Arrestee Transportation.
Page 3 of 4
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEAPRTMENT-Infectious Diseases SOP # 37.01
/_\,UCINNI :Id1
The Emergency Response Safety Kit in the police vehicle contains:
1. Latex gloves.
2. Red plastic bags marked "BIOHAZARD."
3. Antibacterial soap.
4. Plastic containers for the disposal of syringes.
5. Germicidal disposal wipes.
6. Face shield.
7. An airway resuscitation mask with a one-way valve.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) SOP # 37.02
PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
(PPE)
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department has
established guidelines to enhance its response
capacity to effectively deal with Nuclear, Biological,
Chemical (NBC) and other incidents by supplying
and maintaining personal protective equipment
(PPE) sets. These sets include Level C protective
clothing and respirators for use on perimeters of
incidents.
A. Decontamination (DECON) — To make safe
by eliminating poisonous or otherwise harmful
substances, such as noxious chemicals or
radioactive material.
B. Level C Protection- Air purifying respirator and
a coverall style HazMat suit that is designed for
use in a warm or perimeter zone of an incident.
C. OSHA- Occupational Safety & Health
Administration
D. PPE- State of Florida Chemical/Bio
Protective Equipment
E. Protective Mask- a full -face respirator mask.
F. Qualitative Fit Testing -a pass/fail fit
test to assess the adequacy of respirator fit that
relies on the individual's response to the test
agent.
G. Warm Zone -the perimeter area of an
incident, which acts as an access and
decontamination corridor to the incident.
H. Hot Zone -site where nuclear, biological or
chemical incident is located.
III. PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPEI
A. The department has adapted a level C
protective equipment sets that is issued to sworn
members as assigned.
B. The PPE equipment set is designed to protect
police officers from secondary chemical
contamination from chemical exposure, the
victims of exposure and allow police officers to
operate in a chemical incident warm zone.
C. The equipment set shall be comprised of the
following elements:
1. A full face protective mask
2. A Level C chemical protective suit
3. A pair of protective boots
4. A pair of chemical resistant gloves
5. A tactical equipment readiness bag
IV. MEDICAL EVALUATION
A.OSHA regulations 29 CFR, 1910.134,
mandate that a physician or licensed health
care professional medically evaluate all
personnel prior to wearing the protective mask
with the PPE.
B. The OSHA Respirator Medical Evaluation
Questionnaire will be used by the department to
conduct the medical evaluation, which is
completed by the member and reviewed by a
physician or a licensed health care professional.
1.The medical questionnaire shall be
submitted to the department training
coordinator who will responsible to submit
the questionnaires to a designated
physician or licensed health care
professional.
2. The department training coordinator will
be notified of eligible members who are
cleared to wear PPE's and the medical
questionnaires will be placed into member's
personnel files.
3. Members who are not medically cleared
will be notified as well as the Chief of
Police.
4. The Chief of Police may;
a. excuse an officer from any
PPE related duties;
b. refer the officer for a additional
mandatory medical physical
conducted by a town approved
physician or licensed health care
professional;
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) SOP # 37.02
c. make reasonable
accommodations for the officer
V. TRAINING & FIT TESTING FOR PPE'S
A. All police personnel must undergo a course of
instruction on wearing, caring and
decontaminating the PPE's prior to their
issuance.
1. The department has adopted the state
guidelines for Level C Protective Clothing
for Perimeter Control Personnel.
B. All police personnel must undergo formal fit
testing procedure annually as proscribed in the
OSHA regulations.
1. The department has adopted the
Quantitative Fit Test as the standard for
protective mask testing.
C. Facial hair may interfere with the seal of the
protective respirator.
1. Wearers with long hair shall pull their hair
back off the face into either a ponytail or a
bun type style.
2. Any facial hair that interferes with seal of
the protective respirator is prohibited.
D. Prescription eyeglasses
1. Prescription eyeglasses will interfere
with the seal of the mask.
2. Members will not wear eyeglasses while
wearing the protective mask.
3. Members have the option of either not
wearing their regular eyewear or wearing
contact lens.
4. The department shall provide the officer,
(when needed), with the corrective lens
holder manufactured for the officer's
protective mask.
a. The department will not provide
the prescription inserts for the
corrective lens holder for the
protective mask.
Page 2 of 3
VI. MAINTENANCE OF PPE's
A. Inspection and Cleaning
1. The member is responsible to periodically
inspect and clean the issued PPE's.
a. The member will notify the shift
supervisor of any repair or replacement
needed of PPE equipment who will make
the necessary arrangements.
2. At the annual fit testing, the instructor will
conduct an inspection of PPE equipment
and arrange for any repair or replacement.
3. The respirator will be clean and sanitized
after each use and disinfected as needed.
a. DECON will be conducted at the
direction of fire/rescue or other haz-mat
officials.
B. Storage
1.Members shall not store the PPE in such a
fashion that unnecessarily exposes the PPE
to excess heat or sunlight.
2. Members will have their issued PPE's
readily available at their workstations or patrol
vehicles.
VII. DECONTAMINATION (DECON)
A. NBC decontamination is designated to
fire/rescue and members will follow the direction
of fire/rescue haz-mat protocols.
B. In an emergency, the member may conduct
emergency DECON, where the officer moves to
clean air, isolates himself, removes all
contaminated clothing, hoses down with water if
available and notifies appropriate DECON
specialists.
VIII. DUTIES and RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Chief of Police or designee is responsible
for implementing the PPE program.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) SOP # 37.02
IX. OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A. The PPE is designed to protect the wearer
against inhalation and absorption hazards of a
nuclear, biological and chemical nature.
B. Each piece of the PPE can be used
individually for speck protection. However, for
complete protection the entire equipment
ensemble must be worn.
C. Members deployed to NBC incidents shall be
paired up to work in two officer teams. Each
team member shall monitor the partner officer
for signs of heat stress, chemical poisoning or
biological sickness.
D. Members deployed to an NBC incident and
wearing the PPE set shall alternate between
duty and rest cycles at least every 30 minutes.
E. While in a rest cycle, officer shall take the
opportunity to physically recover. At a minimum,
they shall rest and re -hydrate themselves. If a
formal "Incident command" rehabilitation sector
is established and staffed with paramedics; then
officers shall also undergo the medical
monitoring process.
F. An officer who begins to become fatigued,
feels ill or has difficulty breathing will
immediately leave the area for a safe area.
X. REFERENCE:
• SOP 22.01 Unusual Occurrence Plan
• OSHA 1910.134
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Original Issue: 07/01/07
Page 3 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department, in partnership with
other Town Departments, will provide emergency services to the citizens
of the Town when a Pandemic Influenza Emergency threatens our
community.
II. DEFINITIONS:
Family Care Succession Plan- A coordinated plan, created in advance of
an emergency, by employees to address care of children and other family
members due to being required to report for duty. If possible, these plans
should be designed with multiple lines of succession in place. This is due
to the unpredictable nature of the emergency at hand and the inability of
one person to respond as would be necessary.
Influenza - A viral respiratory disease that occurs throughout the world.
Pandemic - A new disease or variant with no human immunity that
spreads worldwide.
III. AUTHORITY:
A. Federal:
1. Title 42 United States Code Section 264 (Section 361 of the
Public Health Service [PHS] Act) Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (CDC).
• Under its delegated authority, the CDC is empowered to detain,
medically examine, or conditionally release individuals
reasonably believed to be carrying a communicable disease.
Influenza viruses that cause/ have potential to cause a
pandemic are included in the list of quarantinable diseases.
2. Chapter 68. Title 42.
• Provides authority to declare and respond to emergencies and
provide assistance to protect public health; implemented by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
B. State:
1. Chapter 252, Florida Statutes Emergency Management Act
Section 381.003, F.S. - Governor and Florida Division of
Emergency Management.
a. Allows Governor to declare a state of emergency.
b. Gives Governor and Division direction and control of
emergency management.
C. Allows Governor and Division to delegate authority to
carry out critical functions to protect the peace, health,
safety, and property of the people of Florida.
2. Chapter 381, F.S. Section 381.0011, F.S. Communicable
Disease and Quarantine - Department of Health.
a. Authorizes the department to administer and enforce
laws and rules relating to control of communicable
disease.
b. Authorizes the department to declare, enforce,
modify, and abolish quarantine of persons, animals,
and premises.
C. Authorizes the department to specify the conditions
and procedures for imposing and releasing
quarantine.
3. Section 381.00315, F.S. Public Health Emergencies and
Advisories.
a. Authorizes the State Health Officer to declare public
health emergencies and issue public health
advisories.
4. Section 381.0012, F.S. - Enforcement Authority Department
of Health.
a. Authorizes the department to maintain necessary
legal action; request warrants for law enforcement
assistance; and directs state and county attorney, law
enforcement and city and county officials upon
request to assist the department to enforce the state
health laws and rules adopted under Chapter 381,
F.S.
5. Section 768.28, F.S. - Sovereign Immunity for State Officers
and Employees - State Agencies.
a. Protects state employees who administer
immunizations as part of their official duties.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
6. Section 120.54, F.S. - State Agencies.
a. Allows state agencies to adopt temporary emergency
rules when there is immediate danger to public health,
safety, or welfare without going through the normal
rule making process.
C. Local
1. Town of Gulf Stream.
This article is provided for the designation of a town official
to declare a local state of emergency in the town, in the
event of a natural or man-made disaster or emergency, or
the imminent threat thereof, to protect and safeguard the
safety, health, and welfare of the citizens of the town.
IV. PANDEMIC PHASES:
A. World Health Organization, WHO
1. In nature, influenza viruses circulate continuously among
animals, especially birds. Even though such viruses might
theoretically develop into pandemic viruses, in Phase 1 no
viruses circulating among animals have been reported to
cause infections in humans.
2. In Phase 2 an animal influenza virus circulating among
domesticated or wild animals is known to have caused
infection in humans, and is therefore considered a potential
pandemic threat.
3. In Phase 3, an animal or human -animal influenza
reassortant virus has caused sporadic cases or small
clusters of disease in people, but has not resulted in human -
to -human transmission sufficient to sustain community -level
outbreaks. Limited human -to -human transmission may occur
under some circumstances, for example, when there is close
contact between an infected person and an unprotected
caregiver. However, limited transmission under such
restricted circumstances does not indicate that the virus has
gained the level of transmissibility among humans necessary
to cause a pandemic.
3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
4. Phase 4 is characterized by verified human -to -human
transmission of an animal or human -animal influenza
reassortant virus able to cause "community -level outbreaks."
The ability to cause sustained disease outbreaks in a
community marks a significant upwards shift in the risk for a
pandemic. Any country that suspects or has verified such an
event should urgently consult with WHO so that the situation
can be jointly assessed and a decision made by the affected
country if implementation of a rapid pandemic containment
operation is warranted. Phase 4 indicates a significant
increase in risk of a pandemic but does not necessarily
mean that a pandemic is a foregone conclusion.
5. Phase 5 is characterized by human -to -human spread of the
virus into at least two countries in one WHO region. While
most countries will not be affected at this stage, the
declaration of Phase 5 is a strong signal that a pandemic is
imminent and that the time to finalize the organization,
communication, and implementation of the planned
mitigation measures is short.
6. Phase 6, the pandemic phase, is characterized by
community level outbreaks in at least one other country in a
different WHO region in addition to the criteria defined in
Phase 5. Designation of this phase will indicate that a global
pandemic is under way.
7. During the post -peak period, pandemic disease levels in
most countries with adequate surveillance will have dropped
below peak observed levels. The post -peak period signifies
that pandemic activity appears to be decreasing; however, it
is uncertain if additional waves will occur and countries will
need to be prepared for a second wave.
Previous pandemics have been characterized by waves of
activity spread over months. Once the level of disease
activity drops, a critical communications task will be to
balance this information with the possibility of another wave.
Pandemic waves can be separated by months and an
immediate "at -ease" signal may be premature.
4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
8. In the post -pandemic period, influenza disease activity will
have returned to levels normally seen for seasonal influenza.
It is expected that the pandemic virus will behave as a
seasonal influenza virus. At this stage, it is important to
maintain surveillance and update pandemic preparedness
and response plans accordingly. An intensive phase of
recovery and evaluation may be required.
V. PROCEDURES:
A. Employee Preparation, Planning & Best Practices
1. Family Planning:
You can prepare for an influenza pandemic now. You
should know both the magnitude of what can happen
during a pandemic outbreak and what actions you can
take to help lessen the impact of an influenza
pandemic on you and your family. This checklist will
help you gather the information and resources you
may need in case of a flu pandemic.
a) To Plan For A Pandemic:
Store a supply of water and food. During a
pandemic, if you cannot get to a store, or if
stores are out of supplies, it will be important
for you to have extra supplies on hand. Ask
your doctor and insurance company if you can
get an extra supply of your regular prescription
drugs. Have any nonprescription drugs and
other health supplies on hand, including pain
relievers, stomach remedies, cough and cold
medicines, fluids with electrolytes and vitamins.
Talk with family members and loved ones
about how they would be cared for if they got
sick or what will be needed to care for them in
your home.
5
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
b)
To
limit the spread of germs and prevent
infection:
(1)
Wash hands frequently with soap and
water. Cover coughs and sneezes with tissues.
(2)
Stay away from others as much as
possible if they are sick.
(3)
Stay home from work and school if sick.
c)
Examples
of food and non -perishables to
have on hand for an extended stay at home.
(1)
Ready -to -eat canned meats, fruits,
vegetables and soups
(2)
Protein or fruit bars
(3)
Dried fruit
(4)
Crackers
(5)
Canned juices
(6)
Bottled water
(7)
Canned or jarred baby food and formula
(8)
Dry cereal or granola
(9)
Peanut butter or nuts
d)
Examples
of medical, health, and
emergency supplies:
(1)
Prescribed medical supplies such as
glucose and blood -pressure monitoring
equipment
(2)
Soap and water or alcohol -based hand
wash
(3)
Medicines for fever, such as
acetaminophen or ibuprofen
(4)
Thermometer
(5)
Anti -diarrhea medication
(6)
Vitamins
(7)
Fluids with electrolytes
(8)
Cleansing agent/soap
(9)
Flashlight
(10)
Batteries
(11)
Portable radio
(12)
Manual can opener
(13)
Garbage bags
(14)
Tissues, toilet paper and disposable
diapers
21
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
2. Child Care Planning
To minimize the effect of any disease outbreak, the
Health Department may authorize disease control
measures that include a broad array of actions.
Isolation, quarantine orders and social distancing
measures are likely to be used in a pandemic
influenza event. In addition to closing large social
gatherings, community events, and others, schools
and large day care centers may be closed as a social
distancing strategy. It is anticipated that this action
would occur in coordination with any countywide
emergency proclamation.
School and daycare closure is expected to have a
significant cascading effect on staff absenteeism in
both the private and public sectors. The Town of Gulf
Stream must be prepared for a reduction in its staff
resulting from healthy parents staying home to take
care of healthy children or other healthy dependants.
In the event that this occurs, staff should be informed
of expectations, depending upon their department
designation as Patrol Division or other town
employees. If schools and daycare centers are
closed, employees will not be allowed to bring their
children to work.
a) Patrol Division: must report to work,
notwithstanding school and daycare closures.
All Patrol personnel should have a family care
succession plan in place.
7
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
B. Command Center and Field Operations
In an emergency situation, such as a Pandemic Influenza
Emergency, each employee must know their assigned duties
and responsibilities. Unlike hurricanes and other short term
disasters a pandemic can affect the Town for months and/or
up to a year. Therefore, during a Pandemic Emergency,
Command Center and Field Operations will be conducted in
a "normal' mode until conditions dictate otherwise. During
the initial phases of a Pandemic Emergency in other parts of
the world, United States, Florida, Palm Beach County,
and/or the Town of Gulf Stream may go unaffected. At such
time when cases begin affecting Palm Beach County
residents we will begin to employ more aggressive
prevention techniques and possibly a modification of work
schedules. Upon the Pandemic Emergency affecting Town
residents and employees strict adherence to protective
measures will be required.
1. The Command Center is the central facility for
coordinating and controlling Town responses during a
Pandemic Emergency.
2. The Primary Command Center will be located in the
Town of Gulf Stream Emergency Operations Center.
C. Succession Planning
The following section provides guidance and direction to
assist all divisions and work units to develop plans for
identification of essential functions, lines of management
succession and delegation of authority in the event of a
Local State of Emergency for Pandemic Influenza.
1. Chief: Lieutenant (Second in Command)
2. Lieutenant — Sergeant(s) — Patrol Officers
3. Sergeants - Patrol Officers Code Enforcement
4. Code Enforcement
8
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
D. Alternative Work Schedules
1. Alternative work schedules may be implemented to
enhance social distancing, business continuity or
other pandemic response goals as follows:
a. In addition to regular full-time employees,
casual employees may work alternative
schedules.
b. The Chief of Police shall review employee's
normal business hours and work schedules to
determine if they can be modified in a manner
that best promotes social distancing, business
continuity or other pandemic response goals
during an emergency.
C. If feasible, supervisors should first ask for
employees to volunteer to work hours other
than their usual schedule. Where certain work
schedules cannot be staffed, the Chief of
Police may direct staff to work the schedules
necessary.
d. Regular work schedules may be changed by a
supervisor subject to a 24 hour cancellation
notice, when possible, upon the proclamation
of a Local State of Emergency for Pandemic
Influenza. If less than a 24 hour notice is
necessary, the Chief of Police and/or
Lieutenant (Second in Command) may make
such changes.
e. Alternative work schedules may be changed by
a supervisor subject to a 24 hour cancellation
notice upon the declaration of a Local State of
Emergency for Pandemic Influenza, when
possible. If less than a 24 hour notice is
necessary, the Chief of Police and/or
Lieutenant (Second in Command) may make
such changes.
f. Supervisors are encouraged to work with staff
to minimize the impacts of decisions affecting
schedule changes.
N
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
g. Alternative work schedules may be processed
via email, fax or telephone. Approved
schedules shall also be formally documented.
Such documentation should occur within one
week of the start of an alternative schedule or
as soon as practicable thereafter. A supervisor
may document the change via email,
memorandum, or fax.
E. Minimum Staffing Guidelines
The Town of Gulf Stream Police Department could see
employee absenteeism rates between 25%-50% during a
Pandemic Influenza Emergency. Minimum staffing
guidelines will not automatically change during an
emergency of this type. However, The Chief of Police or his
designee may reduce minimum staffing requirements based
on employee absenteeism due to pandemic related illness.
F. Mass Fatality
1. The PBC Medical Examiner is the lead agency for
organization and mobilization of recovery and morgue
activities (multiple deaths) operations during mass
casualty emergencies.
2. The Medical Examiner's Mass Fatality Management
Tasks include:
a. Determine the numbers of fatalities and
location(s).
b. Implement and coordinate the County's
Multiple Death/Mass Fatality Operations Plan.
C. Identification, registration, and disposal of the
dead.
d. Establishment of temporary morgues.
e. Establishment of facility collection areas to
facilitate recovery operations.
f. Identify mass burial sites, as required.
g. Protect the property and personal effects of the
deceased.
h. Provide data to Law Enforcement for
notification of relatives.
i. Establish and maintain a comprehensive
record keeping system for continuous updating
and recording of fatality numbers.
10
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
3. The Town EOC will support the PBC Medical
Examiner actions, when requested, and within Town
capabilities. Assistance may include:
a. Identification of the scope of the mass fatality
operation.
b. Establishing a collection system.
C. Establishing temporary morgue facilities,
staging areas and storage facilities.
d. Potential temporary morgues include existing
large garages, refrigerated
trucks/trailers/containers.
e. Temporary morgue and storage sites will be
removed from public view and guarded.
Consideration will be made for use of
existing secure facilities if available.
f. The Town EOC will coordinate the movement
and integration of state and federal
resources into the affected Town area.
4. Decontamination.
a. The PBC Medical Examiner will determine the
appropriate decontamination measures and
recommend appropriate options for the
disposition of the deceased.
b. All personnel must follow the guidance of the
PBCHD and Medical Examiner for the wearing
of personal protective equipment when
handling remains.
5. Disposition of the Deceased.
a. The final disposition of corpses is dependent
on the total number of deaths, the public health
concerns associated with large numbers of
dead, and the nature of the pandemic flu or
health event.
6. Options for disposition include:
a. Burial by family members, if burial can be done
in a timely fashion, and there is no threat to
public health.
b. Mass burial.
C. Cremation.
d. Mass Cremation.
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
7. Disposition of the Deceased.
a. The final disposition of corpses is dependent
on the total number of deaths, the public health
concerns associated with large numbers of
dead, and the nature of the pandemic flu or
health event.
8. Options for disposition include:
a. Burial by family members, if burial can be done
in a timely fashion, and there is no threat to
public health.
b. Mass burial.
C. Cremation.
d. Mass Cremation.
G. Avian Flu Pandemic Dead Bird Protocol
1. Single Native Dead Birds
If a single native bird such as an egret, blue jay, crow,
sparrow or cardinal is found dead, it is best disposed
by picking it up with a shovel or gloved hands, placing
it in a plastic bag and burying or discarding in the
trash. Always wash hands thoroughly after disposal.
There is no need to report those birds as they are not
currently thought to play a significant role in the
transmission of avian (bird) influenza. On private
property, the property owner, or Association is
responsible for disposing of dead birds, while the
Public Works Department is responsible for disposing
of dead birds on Public property.
The use of lakes, ponds, or canals will not generally
be restricted until and unless there is a significant
change in the science or epidemiology of this disease.
Restrictions should be considered under the following
circumstances:
a. Where there is clear evidence of heavy fecal
contamination in relatively small volume waters
(especially if stagnant),
b. Where avian influenza viruses may be known
to be circulating in wildfowl in the area.
12
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
2. Multiple Dead Birds
Should multiple dead birds be found within a park or
public grounds, the public should be isolated from the
dead birds. The park may remain open while the
public is kept temporarily out of the immediate area
where the die -off occurred.
The Public Works Department shall take the following
actions:
a. Clean any hard standing areas where birds
were found to reduce the risk of contamination
of the public. Mechanical sweeping and/or
plain water wash down is sufficient.
b. Re -admit the public after the birds are removed
and cleaning of hard standing areas has been
undertaken.
C. Regularly clean hard standing areas where
birds habitually defecate (for example places
where the public often hand feed birds) to
reduce the risk of contamination to the
members of the public. It is not necessary to
use disinfectants or vermicides, mechanical
sweeping; plain water wash down is sufficient.
d. Conduct regular inspections to identify dead
birds and promptly remove and dispose of
them.
There should be no restrictions on the use of
lakes, ponds, or canals except where there is
clear evidence of heavy fecal contamination in
relatively small volume waters (especially if
stagnant); in this area, discretion should be
exercised in preventing access or use of such
waters. Where such restrictions are being
considered, the advice of the Palm Beach
County Health Department should be sought.
13
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
Should the PBCHD identify the presence of
infected birds in the County, the following
precautions will be taken by the Public Works
Department to remove dead bird(s). The
employee shall:
(1). Not touch the bird with bare hands.
(2). Wear disposable protective gloves when
picking up and placing the dead bird in a
suitable plastic bag, preferably leak
proof. (Care should be taken not to
contaminate the outside of the bag. If
disposable gloves are not available, a
plastic bag can be used as a make -shift
glove. When the dead bird has been
picked up, the bag can be turned back
on itself and tied.)
(3). Tie the bag and place it in a second
plastic bag.
(4). Remove gloves by turning them inside
out and then place them in the second
plastic bag.
(5). Dispose of in the refuse bin.
(6). Wash hands thoroughly with soap and
water.
(7). Wash clothing that has been in contact
with the dead bird using ordinary
washing detergent at the temperature
normally used for washing the clothing.
(8). Thoroughly clean any contaminated
indoor surfaces with normal household
cleaner.
14
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT — Pandemic Influenza SOP # 37.03
H. Inspection of Department Equipment for use in
Pandemic Influenza Emergencies
1. The Lieutenant or designee will conduct an inspection
of Town equipment identified for use in a Pandemic
Influenza Emergency, by January 15' of each year.
2. A copy of the inspection will be forwarded to the Chief
of Police for review.
I. Failing to Report During A Declared Emergency
1. During a declared emergency, including Pandemic
Influenza, an employee will be deemed to have
voluntarily resigned from employment with the Town if
the following occurs:
a. Failing to report for work following an in-person
or electronic notification to do so, without an
excused absence.
b. In the context of failure to report during a
declared emergency, only the Town
Administrator or Chief of Police may grant an
excused absence and only for a good cause
shown. Matters such as severe personal or
family danger, illness, injury and death will be
given due consideration. Matters, such as pre -
planned vacation, schools, conferences or
minor damage, illness or injury shall not be
deemed sufficient to warrant the granting of an
excused absence.
Original issue 07/01/09
15
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Seizures and Forfeitures SOP # 38.01
SEIZURES AND FORFEITURES
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for the seizure and forfeiture of vehicles,
vessels, aircraft, money, and/or property pursuant to
Florida State Statute Chapter 932.701-932.707,
Florida Contraband Forfeiture Act. The department
acknowledges that law enforcement is the principal
objective of asset forfeiture and the potential for
obtaining revenues from forfeitures must not
override fundamental considerations such as public
safety, the safety of law enforcement officers,
investigation and prosecution of criminal activity,
and respect for the rights of individuals as provided
bylaw.
II. ADMINISTRATION OF SEIZURES AND
A. Seizure and forfeiture of vehicles, vessels,
aircraft, money, and property will be under the
control of the Chief of Police.
B. The Chief of Police will serve as the police
department's liaison with the Town Attorney to
ensure that seized vessels, property and money
are handled properly in accordance with the
Florida Contraband Forfeiture Act.
C. The Chief of Police will ensure that forfeiture
procedures are properly executed where
circumstances dictate forfeiture action be
applied.
D. The determination of whether to file a civil
forfeiture action will be the responsibility of the
Chief of Police or a designee.
III. CRITERIA FOR SEIZURE:
A. The department will pursue forfeitures and
seizures for items involved in violation(s) of law
committed within the Town of Gulf Stream that
fall under the Florida Contraband Forfeiture Act.
B. Due to the expenses required to pursue
forfeiture proceedings for items, the following
values of the described property types should
be used as a guideline when considering
seizure for forfeiture:
1. Vehicles: $2,500
2. Aircraft: $5,000
lur
3. Vessels: $5,000
4. Real Property: $10,000
5. Other Items, i.e., cash ($500.00), jewelry,
securities etc.
a. If the seizing officer feels property
that does not meet or exceed the above
values should be seized, the officer will
contact the supervisor to make a
determination to seize the property,
provided all of the requirements for
seizure have been met.
A. Any item seized, as contraband will be
handled as evidence as provided by department
directives concerning property and evidence
control and vehicle storage and inventory. All
receipts, evidence sheets, Vehicle Storage
Receipts (VSR), and inventory forms will be
marked "hold for forfeiture."
1. After an item is seized, the officer will
complete an offense report specifying all
acts relevant to the seizure including:
a. Names and addresses of all
witnesses.
b. All information concerning
ownership, claimed ownership, or
custodianship of the item.
c. Copies of any affidavits and search
warrants executed in the case.
d. Copies of any lab reports and/or test
results in the case
e. Copies of any deeds, vessel or
vehicle titles and/or registrations, and
any property receipts.
f. If the item seized is a vehicle, vessel
or aircraft, a Vehicle Storage Receipt
(VSR), will be attached.
B. Florida State Statutes require that notification
of intent to pursue forfeiture proceedings are
provided at the time of seizure or by certified
mail, return receipt requested, within five (5)
working days after the seizure to all interested
parties.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DPEARTMENT-Seizures and Forfeitures SOP # 38.01
C. All reports will be completed and forwarded
to the Chief of Police on the same day as the
forfeiture.
1. If unusual circumstances exist that
prevent the officer from complying with this
requirement, the Chief of Police will be
advised, in writing, of the anticipated
forfeiture. The minimum documentation will
be forwarded to the Chief of Police within 72
hours of the seizure, including:
a. An offense report,
b. Evidence/Property Report,
c. VSR, if applicable,
d. Probable Cause Affidavit, if an arrest
was made,
D. The Chief of Police or designee will submit
the information to the Town Attorney for any
necessary legal action.
E. Storage of vehicles, aircraft and vessels:
1. When a vehicle is seized for forfeiture,
the vehicle will be towed to the public works
facility, if possible.
a. Every effort should be made to obtain
ignition keys for vehicles. The keys will
be forwarded to the Chief of Police by
the seizing officer.
b. If the seized vehicle is to be
processed, processing will be done at
the scene or at another location at the
discretion of the supervisor or an
investigator.
2. If a vessel or aircraft is seized, it will be
the responsibility of the seizing officer's
supervisor to insure it is adequately secured
and protected until arrangements can be
made for storage during the forfeiture
proceedings.
3. A VSR will be completed for any vehicle,
vessel, or aircraft seized. The inventory
section of the VSR will be completed and all
portable personal property will be removed.
The seizing officer will be responsible for
completing an evidence/property receipt
and submitting the property to the Property
and Evidence Section as soon as practical.
4. Personal property not being held for
evidence or seizure shall be immediately
returned to the owner or other person
entitled by law to possess the property.
a. If personal property is authorized
for release, the identity of the rightful
owner and/or lawful possessor must be
provided and a property receipt
completed.
b. If the owner is unknown, has been
arrested, or is otherwise unavailable to
take possession of the property, it will
be placed in the Property and Evidence
Section to be returned to the owner at a
later date or handled pursuant to the
applicable provisions in Florida State
Statutes.
5. Any property seized as evidence will be
packaged and entered into evidence
separate from any personal property.
6. When vehicles or vessels are seized for
forfeiture, the officer handling the seizure
paperwork must ensure the identification
number is obtained from the vehicle or
vessel itself and verged against the
registration or registration printout FCIC.
7. A title and lien check will be completed
on any vehicle or vessel impounded by the
Chief of Police or designee.
8. All VSR's will be forwarded with the
appropriate keys to the Chief of Police.
V. SEIZURE OF REAL PROPERTY:
A. Real property may not be seized or
restrained, other than by lis pendens,
subsequent to a violation of the Florida
Contraband Forfeiture Act until the persons
entitled to notice are afforded the opportunity
attend a pre -service adversarial preliminary
hearing which shall be held within ten (10) days
of the filing of the lis pendens or as soon as
practical thereafter.
1. The Chief of Police or designee will
promptly notify the Town Attorney's office of
any intent to seize real property so the
Town Attorney may comply with those
procedures described in this paragraph.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will contact
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Seizures and Forfeitures SOP # 38.01
the Town Attorney for the following:
1. Notice to the property owner that the
property is subject to forfeiture;
2. Filing a Notice of Lis Pendens with the
Clerk of Court on the subject property;
3. A complete title search on the subject
property to determine ownership and equity
interests;
4. An appraisal of the real property; and
5. Security and maintenance of the property
with a property management company.
VI. MANAGEMENT OF FORFEITURE ACTIONS:
A. The Chief of Police will coordinate with the
Town Attorney handling the forfeiture action and
the attorney will:
1. Promptly review all copies of reports
related to the procedure and make an
evaluation of the department's probable
cause determination.
2. As soon as practical, determine whether
to proceed with the forfeiture or to release
the seized property to the lawful owner or
possessor.
3. Upon determination to proceed with the
forfeiture, promptly proceed against the
seized property by filing a forfeiture action
or entering into a settlement agreement.
4. Upon the determination not to proceed
with a forfeiture action, the Town Attorney
will notify the Chief of Police and seized
property, absent evidentiary value to a
pending criminal case and absent any
settlement to the contrary, shall be released
to the lawful owner or his or her designee
by the evidence custodian upon proper
notification.
B. If any additional investigative follow-up is
needed, the original investigating officer will
be contacted by the Chief of Police.
1. The investigation will remain the
responsibility of the investigating officer who
may seek assistance from other member(s)
of the department.
VII. RELEASE OF SEIZED PROPERTY:
A. If at the conclusion of a forfeiture
proceedings the claimant is awarded the seized
property, the seized property will be immediately
released to the person entitled to possession of
the property as ordered by the court with
jurisdiction over the matter and upon
presentation of the court's Order. Under these
circumstances, the claimant will not be
assessed any towing charges, storage fees, or
administrative costs.
B. In all other instances, if a seized vessel,
vehicle, aircraft, or real property is to be
released to the lawful owner, the owner will be
assessed towing, storage, administrative, and
maintenance costs of the seized property.
VIII. USE OF FORFEITED ITEMS:
A. Items forfeited may be converted to
department use, sold with revenues realized,
retained for department use under certain
conditions, or transferred to another public or
nonprofit organization as governed by Florida
Statute.
B. No seized item or vehicle will be used or
assigned until forfeiture proceedings are
complete in the Circuit Court, except to ensure
the item or vehicle is maintained in good
working order.
C. Departmental use of any forfeited vehicle
must be approved by the Chief of Police
before the vehicle is placed in service.
D. Once an item is placed into service, the
property will be subject to the same controls as
property obtained through the department's
normal acquisition process.
E. Any forfeiture proceeds will be maintained in
a special fund as required by Florida Statute.
These monies will be subject to the normal
accounting controls and financial audits of all
deposits and expenditures. These proceeds will
not be used to meet the normal operating
requirements of the department as required by
statute.
F. Requests for expenditures of funds realized
through forfeiture or sale will be made to the
Chief of Police via the chain of command.
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DPEARTMENT-Seizures and Forfeitures SOP # 38.01
IX. EQUITABLE SHARING OF FEDERALLY
FORFEITED PROPERTY:
A. The department participates in the
Department of Justice Forfeiture Program when
involved in joint investigations with federal
agencies where property and/or cash is seized.
1. The investigating officer completes the
"Application For Transfer Federally
Forfeited Form" (DAG -71).
2. The Chief of Police reviews and signs the
form and forwards it to the Town Attorney.
3. The Town Attorney reviews and signs the
form.
4. The signed original is returned to the
Chief of Police who sends it to the
appropriate federal agency.
B. The Chief of Police is responsible for tracking
the request until a check is received from the
Federal Government.
Original issue: 07/01/07
X.
C. The check will be deposited into the
appropriate account.
D. All expenditures of funds received will be at
the direction of the Chief of Police and subject
to all Federal guidelines and established internal
accounting controls of the Town of Gulf Stream.
E. The "Federal Annual Certification Report" is
completed showing a list of approved
expenditures.
F. When the report is completed, it is signed by
the Law Enforcement Agency head or designee
and the Governing Body Head or designee and
returned to the Federal Government
(Department of Justice, Department of Treasury
and United States Attorney).
F.S.S. 932.701-707, Florida Contraband
Forfeiture Act.
SOP # 36.01 Property and Evidence
Management.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Impoundment Ordinance SOP # 38.02
VEHICLE IMPOUNDMENT ORDINANCE
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for the use and enforcement of
the Town of Gulf Stream Vehicle Impoundment
Ordinance. The ordinance provides for the
seizure and impoundment of any vehicle utilized
in illegal narcotics/controlled substance or
prostitution related crimes. The impounded
vehicle may be returned to the owner or his/her
agent or authorized representative, after an
administrative civil penalty of $250.00, plus
towing and storage costs are paid, or after an
administrative hearing is held as outlined in the
ordinance.
II. PROCEDURE:
A. A motor vehicle will be impounded
pursuant to town ordinance when a police
officer has probable cause to believe that
the vehicle:
1.Contains any controlled substance or
cannabis as defined in FSS 893; or
2. Was used in the purchase, attempt
to purchase, sale, or attempt to sell
controlled substance or cannabis; or
3. Was used to facilitate the
commission of an act of prostitution,
assignation, or lewdness as defined in
FSS 796.07; or
4. Was being operated by a person
driving under influence (DUI) as defined
in FSS 316.193; or
5. Was being operated by a person
driving with a revoked driver's license
(Habitual Offender) pursuant to FSS
322.264 as defined in FSS 322.34(5);
or
6. Was being operated by a person
driving with permanently revoked
driver's license as defined in FSS
322.341.
B. Upon impounding a motor vehicle under
this procedure, the officer will:
1. Have the motor vehicle towed by a
tow service to their storage facility or a
town owned or controlled facility. The
officer will complete a vehicle storage
report (VSR) and indicate on the VSR
that there is a hold on the vehicle and it
should not be released without
authorization from the department; and
2. Notify in writing the person
determined to be the owner of the
vehicle and any person found in control
of the vehicle at the time of
impoundment of the facts of the
impoundment as well as the right to
reclaim the vehicle and/or request a
preliminary hearing pursuant to the
town ordinance.
a. The notice will be hand -delivered
at the time of impoundment. If the
officer is unable to hand -deliver
notice at the time of impoundment,
the registered owner will be notified
by the Chief of Police or designee.
Notice will be mailed out within
forty-eight (48) hours, excluding
Saturdays, Sundays and legal
holidays.
3. The impounding officer will make a
copy of the VSR and placed in the Chief
of Police box in Administrative Services,
prior to going off duty.
C. Return of the vehicle prior to an
administrative hearing:
1. If the owner of the vehicle or his/her
representative pays the two hundred
fifty ($250.00) administrative penalty,
the department will release the hold on
the vehicle and the owner can claim the
vehicle. The owner is responsible for
towing and storage fees at the tow
facility.
a. Administrative Services will
accept payments during regular
business hours and the supervisor
will accept payments during all
other hours.
b. All payments will be made in
cash, bank check, or money order
made out to the Town of Gulf
Stream. No Personal checks will be
accepted.
Page 1 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Impoundment Ordinance SOP # 38.02
2. The member accepting payment will
complete the Vehicle Return Receipt
(Appendix B) and have the owner or
representative sign the form. A copy will
be provided to the owner or
representative.
3. The payment will be placed in an
envelope with the case number and
placed into locked storage.
4. The Vehicle Return Receipt will be
placed in the Chief of Police box in
Administrative Services and the tow
company will be notified that the vehicle
can be released.
5. The Chief of Police or designee will
be responsible to log and track all
vehicles impounded by the police
department pursuant to ordinance.
D. Administrative Hearings:
1. The ordinance provides for an
administrative hearing where the owner
may contest or appeal the civil penalty.
The owner must request an
administrative hearing, in writing, to the
Town Attorney, Town of Gulf Stream,
100 Sea Road, Gulf Stream, Florida
33483.
a. The vehicle will remain
impounded until the administrative
penalty is posted or a decision is
rendered in the administrative
hearing.
b. An administrative hearing can be
requested even if the penalty is
posted and if the owner prevails in
the hearing, the penalty will be
refunded.
E. Deposit of Payments:
1. The Chief of Police or designee is
responsible to obtain administrative
penalty payments from the locked
storage. Monday through Friday, except
holidays.
Original Issue: 311/2005
The Chief of Police will account for
each payment and enter the
payment into the designated log.
b. The Chief of Police or designee
will prepare the payments for
deposit and take to the town
finance department for deposit into
the police department's Law
Enforcement Trust Fund.
c. The Chief of Police will be
responsible for the accounting of
deposits and auditing the
designated police department
account.
7.01 Fiscal Management
22.02 Towing and/or Impoundment of
Vehicles
38.01 Seizure and Forfeiture
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Impoundment Ordinance SOP # 38.02
/1707,G1E'1
Page 3 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Vehicle Impoundment Ordinance SOP # 38.02
FOUVANDIVA:1
prepare the
Page 4 of 4
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Uniform Standard of Dress SOP # 50.01
UNIFORM AND PLAIN CLOTHES
ATTIRE, EQUIPMENT AND
APPEARANCE POLICY
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The Gulf Stream Police Department
requires all members' appearance to be neat, well
groomed and professional. The dress and
equipment used by members of the police
department will be properly maintained so that a
positive image is projected.
II. UNIFORMS WORN BY OFFICERS:
A. Sworn members will be provided an original
standard issue of uniforms and equipment
( Appendix A).
1. Members will be issued additional
uniforms and equipment specific to their
assignment, as required.
III. ISSUANCE OF UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible for ensuring that all sworn
personnel receive their initial issue of uniforms,
equipment, and related supplies.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will be
responsible for the issuance of all firearms and
ammunition.
C. All issued, non -expendable items remain the
property of the Town of Gulf Stream Police
Department and will be returned upon
separation (resignation, dismissal, termination),
or upon request.
IV. UNIFORM REGULATIONS FOR POLICE
OFFICERS:
A. Only sworn police personnel are to wear any
item of clothing that identifies the person as a
police officer for this department.
B. The regulation uniform shirt will be navy blue,
short sleeves and will be worn with only the top
button unbuttoned. Regulation uniform shirts will
have the department patch on both sleeves.
1. White shirts with departmental patches
may be worn by the Chief of Police and
Lieutenant.
2. Uniform shirts for sergeants will have
chevrons on each sleeve under the
department patch.
3. The department issued polo style shirt
may be worn for special assignments at the
discretion of the Chief. The shirt will be
worn with only the top button unbuttoned.
C. The regulation uniform pants will be navy
blue.
D. Dress long sleeve navy blue shirts, dress tie
and hat will be issued and worn for ceremonial
purposes and when deemed appropriate by the
Chief of Police or designee.
E. The police badge (shield) is to be worn
centered above left pocket of the shirt.
F. The name plate is to be worn centered,
immediately above the right pocket of the shirt.
G. Other pins, insignias, or decorations
approved to be worn on the uniform shirt will be
worn as follows:
1. Awards Bars will be worn with highest
ranking bar at the top, centered below the
badge on the left side.
a. Three (3) or less award bars will be
worn centered on the left pocket flap.
b. Up to five (5) award bars will
be worn on an issued leather display
attached below the badge.
c. Field Training Officer (FTO) pin will
be worn below the badge or on the
issued leather display, if applicable.
2. The Chief of Police or designee may
authorize the special occasion wear of an
approved special or commemorative
insignia (i.e., ribbons, flags, badges or
pins), designate the location worn, and the
duration of time the item may be worn.
H. The portable radio microphone holder,
worn by the officer, will be attached to the
epaulet or the front of the uniform shirt.
Page 1 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Uniform Standard of Dress
I. Soft body armor will be worn under the
uniform shirt so it is not visible outside of the
uniform.
1. When another color undershirt is worn,
it will not be visible outside of the uniform
shirt.
J. A uniform jacket will be issued and worn as
needed. All jackets will have the department
patch on both sleeves.
K. A baseball style cap with "Gulf Stream
Police" may be worn during special
assignments at the direction of the chief.
L. A gun belt with holster, ammunition pouches,
handcuff case, portable radio holder, baton
holder, O. C. spray holder and four belt keepers
will be issued. Belt keepers, Velcro or snap
type, are worn where necessary to support the
gun belt. The remaining items will be on the
belt:
1. Handcuff case,
2. Department approved holster, which will
be worn on strong hand side of belt,
3. Optional mini -flashlight holder, gloves,
knife case and knife or optional second
single handcuff case,
4. Department issued portable radio holder,
5. Magazine pouch(s) with magazine(s) in a
vertical or horizontal carrying position, and
6. Baton holder and OC spray holder may
be worn on either right or left side of body.
M. Duty firearm fully loaded.
N. Handcuffs and key.
O. Portable radio and lapel microphone, if
available.
P. Expandable friction lock baton,
O. Plain toed smooth black shoes, athletic type
shoes or boots.
R. Black or navy blue socks.
S. Traffic whistle.
T. Full finger black leather or Kevlar gloves may
be worn for safety and protection. Black leather
or Kevlar gloves may not be worn during routine
assignments. They are to be worn during
specific police functions such as search
warrants or searches of contaminated persons
or property.
1. Weighted gloves are prohibited. Colored
gloves are prohibited, except for orange
gloves for use in traffic direction.
U. Police identification.
V. Valid Florida Driver License.
W. All officers will have access to the following
items:
1. Flashlight,
2. Florida Criminal Law and Motor Vehicle
Handbook,
3. Gulf Stream Police Department
Procedures Manual, and
4. All department report forms and other
forms necessary to perform the duties of a
police officer.
X. All officers will carry a note pad, courtesy
cards, field interrogation cards, and black ink
ball point pen.
V. UNIFORM APPEARANCE:
A. Uniforms will be properly fitted, clean, neat,
well pressed, and in good repair.
B. Uniform members will wear the department
issued uniform and equipment in strict
conformity to Rules and Regulations.
C. Uniforms will be altered to fit the member by
the vendor at the time of order.
1. If members decide to alter any uniform
after it is issued, the member will pay for the
alteration.
2. Uniformed items will not be altered for
any reason other than to ensure proper fit.
D. Undergarments will not be worn so that they
are visible outside of the uniform.
E. Members will not mix civilian clothing with the
official uniform, on or off duty.
Page 2 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Uniform Standard of Dress SOP # 50.01
F. Metal accessories worn with the uniform will
be kept clean and shined.
G. Shoes/boots and leather goods will be kept
clean and well polished.
H. Only an approved jacket will be worn.
I. Members attending criminal court hearings
or trial will wear their regulation uniform, dress
suit, or sports coat and tie.
1. Members attending depositions or traffic
court hearings may wear the optional patrol
uniform (department polo ) or appropriate
casual business attire (collared shirt and
dress pants).
J. Members will not wear the official uniform
outside the county except when necessary to
perform official duties or with the approval of a
Chief of Police.
K. Members may wear plain clothes or the
uniform while an route to and from work.
L. Wearing or using any uniform or issued
equipment including garments, handcuffs or
weapons for additional employment will not be
allowed unless it is an approved special detail.
M. Members may wear sunglasses while in
uniform. Frames should be conservative in
appearance.
VII. PLAIN CLOTHES ATTIRE FOR SWORN
PERSONNEL:
A. All members will dress in a casual business
like manner while on duty or representing the
Gulf Stream Police Department.
1. Male:
a. Button up dress shirt with tie or
department issued polo style shirt. The
shirt must have a collar.
b. Dress or casual slacks, no denim
jeans.
c. Dress shoes, deck shoes or boots.
1) Moccasins, thongs, sandals, etc.
are forbidden.
d. Socks must be worn.
2. Female:
a. Conservative dresses, skirt and
blouse, slacks and blouses, or
pantsuits.
b. Blue denim jeans, micro mini -skirts,
halter -tops, or non- uniform shorts will
not be worn.
c. All footwear must complement the
clothing worn.
1) Moccasins, thongs, sandals, etc.
are forbidden.
d. All shirts, slacks or pants will be worn
securely buttoned and/or zipped.
e. All hosiery/socks worn and exposed
above the foot will complement the
clothing being worn.
3. Exceptions to these clothing
requirements may be granted by the Chief
of Police on a special purpose, limited time
basis to meet a specific need or as a
special privilege.
B. Members assigned to plain clothes or non-
uniform duty will be the responsible for the care
and maintenance of their clothing.
C. Members not conforming to the foregoing
standards are subject to disciplinary action.
D. Police personnel assigned to a investigator
position will be required to dress in a
professional manner, depending on the
assignment and the required duties of their
position. They will keep a coat and tie in their
office in case of a court appearance. The Chief
of Police has the authority to set the dress code
for investigators based on operational needs.
E. All non -uniformed sworn members who wear
exposed firearms are required to wear their
badge displayed and have department
identification readily available.
F. All non -uniformed police officers are required
to have a complete uniform and equipment
available to them at the police station.
G. The Chief of Police will be the final authority
as to any deviation, change, or alteration of any
duty uniform or attire worn by members of this
Page 3 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Uniform Standard of Dress SOP # 50.01
department.
VIII. MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, LOSS, OR
DAMAGE TO UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. All issued uniforms and equipment will be
kept clean and in good repair.
B. Members will notify their supervisor of any
damaged uniforms or hazardous, defective, or
damaged equipment.
C. Replacement of uniforms, leather/nylon
goods or equipment due to normal wear and
use will be handled through the member's
supervisor, who will inspect the uniform items
and, if warranted, submit a department request
for supplies to the Chief of Police.
1. The Chief of Police or designee will
review the request and authorize the
member to obtain a replacement from the
uniform supplier.
D. Lost equipment will be documented in an
Offense Report. The report will be forwarded
through the chain of command.
1. The replacement of lost or damaged
personally owned items and equipment
caused by negligence of a member will be
the responsibility of that member.
2. Whenever department property is lost or
damaged by a member, an administrative
investigation will be conducted by the
member's immediate supervisor to
determine if the loss or damage was due to
negligence on the part of the member.
a. The replacement cost may be
assigned to a member if negligence
was determined.
E. No member of the Gulf Stream Police
Department will sell, give, exchange, or trade
police uniforms or equipment to anyone outside
of the department without written authority from
the Chief of Police.
F. No member will have in his or her possession
any town or department key not specifically
issued to that person.
IX. APPEARANCE & GROOMING:
A. While on duty, unless expressly authorized
by competent authority, all members of the
department will be well groomed and clean.
Dyed hair must be a natural human color. All
members will conform to the following
standards of appearance:
1. Hairstyles - male/sworn:
a. Hair will be neat, clean and styled to
present a groomed appearance.
b. The length of the hair on the side of
the head may not extend outward
beyond the outermost edge of the top
of the ear, must be affixed in a manner
that does not cover any part of the ear,
and the hair may be trimmed to allow
the hair to be combed or brushed over
the top and behind the ear.
c. Hair will be evenly trimmed and will
not be teased or brushed as to stand
more than one and one half inches
from the head and will be tapered
proportionately along the sides and the
back of the head. The hair will not
extend at any point below the shirt
collar at the back of the neck or
protrude onto or over the ears.
d. Sideburns will not extend below the
bottom of the ear. The sideburns will be
tapered to the contour of the head.
Sideburns will not cover any part of the
ear and will present a groomed
appearance.
2. Facial hair:
a. Members will be clean-shaven,
except for mustaches, which must be
neatly trimmed and will not extend more
than one-half inch beyond the corners
of the mouth or more than one- fourth
inch below the corner of the mouth nor
cover any part of the lip. No other facial
hair will be allowed.
b. Beards and goatees will not be
permitted except for members assigned
to specialized assignments authorized
by the Chief of Police.
3. Hairstyles - Female/Sworn:
a. Hair will be neat, clean and styled to
present a groomed appearance.
b. Hair in front will be styled so that it
Page 4 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Uniform Standard of Dress SOP # 50.01
does not fall below the eyebrows.
4. Hair style will be at the discretion of the
individual officer. The length of hair for
female officers while in uniform will not
extend downward beyond shoulder length.
Hair ornaments may be worn to confine the
hair as long as a neat and professional
appearance is maintained and the
accessories conform to the uniform or
plain -clothes attire.
B. Jewelry may be worn on the hands,
wrist and fingers and be limited to a wristwatch,
wedding/engagement ring (or set), and no more
than two (2) other rings (such as class, school,
or organization ring).
C. All female sworn uniformed members may
wear earrings while on duty. Female officers
who desire to wear earrings will wear one pair of
small button type or non -dangling type to
portray a professional image.
D. All male sworn members are prohibited from
wearing earrings while on duty.
E. All members are prohibited from wearing any
item of ornamentation in any body piercing,
such as, in their nose, eyebrow, tongue or any
other location on their body that is visible, during
any duty hours or at any duty -related function.
1. The Chief of Police may authorize duty
wear of such items or ornamentation when
necessary for a special purpose for a
limited period of time.
F. If a necklace is worn by members in uniform,
Original Issue: 07/01/07
it will be worn on the inside of the shirt and will
be concealed from view.
G. Sworn members will maintain a maximum
1/4" nail length beyond the fingertip.
H. Nail polish may be worn only by female
officers and should be of a conservative color.
I. The department will reimburse a member
for certain items of personal property necessary
to perform job functions that is lost or damaged
while performing official duties with the final
authority being the Chief of Police.
1. The department will reimburse
a member up to $75.00 for watches and
non-prescription glasses.
2. The department will reimburse
a member for the replacement cost for
prescription glasses.
3. The department will not reimburse a
member for lost or damaged jewelry other
than a watch.
4. Receipts will be submitted for any
reimbursement by the department.
0
• Rules and Regulations, Section 4 Uniform
Appearance.
• SOP # 7.02 Property Acquisition and Control.
• SOP # 9.01 Special Duty Details.
• SOP # 17.11 Soft Body Armor.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Page 5 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Uniform Standard of Dress
APPENDIX A
Police Officer
Clothing:
1.
4
pairs of navy blue pants.
2.
4
dark blue short sleeve shirts with a
3. 1
police badge.
department patch on each sleeve.
3.
1
jacket with liner with department patch on
6. 1
traffic whistle.
each sleeve.
4.
1
long sleeve navy blue dress uniform shirt
7.
1
with a department patch on each sleeve.
5.
1
black tie.
6.
1
dress hat with metal band.
7.
1
soft body armor vest.
8.
1
Turtleneck Dickie
9.
1
rain coat
10.
1
BDU Shirt
11.
1
BDU Pants
12.
2
Gulf Stream Police Tee Shirts
Equipment: (Metal)
1. 1 9mm. cal. semi-automatic pistol with 3
Equipment: (Leather.)
1.
magazines or department approved
gun belt.
pistol with 3 magazines.
2. 1
name plate.
3. 1
police badge.
4. 1
hat badge.
5. 1
handcuff and key.
6. 1
traffic whistle.
7. 1
OC canister.
Equipment: (Leather.)
1.
1
gun belt.
2.
1
holster.
3.
1
handcuff case.
4.
1
double magazine holder.
5.
1
O.C. spray holder.
6.
4
belt keepers.
7.
1
portable radio, 2 batteries and charger.
8.
1
radio holder.
9.
1
rain coat.
10.
1
pair of plain toed smooth black shoes,
athletic
type shoes or boots
Page 6 of 6
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Critical Injury/Death of a Member SOP # 50.02
CRITICAL INJURYIDEATH OF A POLICE
OFFICER
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I.POLICY: It is the department's policy to provide
liaison assistance to the immediate family of any
Gulf Stream Police Officer who dies in the line of
duty. This assistance shall be provided whether the
death is the result of felonious or accidental
circumstances while that officer is an active
member of this police department.
The department will provide to the deceased
officer's family information about all survivor
benefits as well as emotional support during this
traumatic period and will take the necessary actions
to insure that the funeral arrangements properly
reflect the wishes of the deceased officer's family
and that any conflict will be decided in favor of the
family.
Additionally, it is the policy of the department to
provide similar liaison assistance to any Gulf
Stream Police Officer who suffers a severe and
debilitating injury in the line of duty. This assistance
shall be provided whether the injury is the result of
felonious or accidental circumstances, and will be
tailored to those specific needs.
II. PROCEDURES:
A. Notification. It shall be the responsibility of the
Chief of Police or designee to properly notify the
next of kin. The following guidelines shall be
followed:
1. The name of the involved officer shall not
be released to the media before immediate
survivors living in the area are notified.
2. If there is knowledge of a medical
problem with an immediate survivor,
medical personnel should be dispatched to
the residence in conjunction with the death
notification.
3. Notification will be made in person by the
Chief of Police or designee and a chaplain,
a psychologist, or another officer should
accompany the informing officer. However,
if the above persons are not readily
available, notification should not be delayed.
4. The Chief of Police will designate a
member to liaison with the family and be
available to assist in matters.
5. Prior to funeral arrangements being
made, the Chief of Police or designee will
meet with the liaison officer and other
agency(s) representatives who may assist
with funeral detail and establish a complete
funeral itinerary.
6. The Chief or Police or designee will post
the information at the department
concerning the funeral and that formal
uniform attire for those present.
7. The Chief of Police or designee will
assign an officer close to the involved
officer to remove property from the officer's
work area and return personal property.
8. The Chief of Police may authorize the
wearing of mourning bands for a designated
period of time following a line of duty death.
9. The Chief of Police will make
arrangements to assist the family and
visiting departments with transportation
after the funeral.
10. The Chief of Police will assign a
uniformed officer to sit watch over the
officer's home until the funeral is over.
III. SUPPORT FOR THE FAMILY DURING THE
WAKE AND FUNERAL
A. The appointment of a liaison officer is a
critical assignment. The liaison officer should
be aware of the family relationships, the officer
should not be so emotionally involved with the
loss that he/she would become ineffective. The
liaison officer is a role of facilitator between the
family and the department. The liaison officer
will:
1. Ensure that the needs of the family come
before the wishes of the department.
2. Meet with the family and tell them what
his/her responsibilities will be during this
time.
3. Meet with the family regarding funeral
arrangements. The department should only
make the family aware of what they can
offer in the way of assistance if the family
decides to have a "law enforcement
funeral".
Page 1 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Critical Injury/Death of a Member SOP # 50.02
4. Be aware of all the information
concerning the death and the continuing
investigation to answer family questions.
5. Provide as much assistance as possible;
oversee arrangements for travel and
lodging for out-of-town family members.
6. Be constantly available to the family
throughout this traumatic time.
7. See that the surviving parents are
afforded recognition and will have proper
placement arranged for them during the
funeral and funeral procession, if requested.
8. See that the family is briefed on the
funeral procedure; (i.e. 21 gun salute,
presenting of flag, playing of taps, etc.)
9. Accommodate all possible family
requests for assistance by communicating
those desires to the Chief of Police or
designee.
10. Be available to answer the officer's
residence telephone to screen calls, if
requested.
IV. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The Chief of Police or designee will be the
department representative and will:
1. Ensure that appropriate notification is
made to agencies via teletype for funeral
arrangements.
2. Set up and coordinate with the Honor
Guard for casket guards during the time of
viewing of the body at the funeral home.
3. Coordinate with the Honor Guard to mark
off the appropriate areas for the Honor
Guard(s), officers, family, friends, and press
to report to after their arrival at the
cemetery.
4. Made sure the family liaison officer have
briefed the family on everything that will
occur (21 gun salute, presenting of the flay,
playing of taps, etc.)
5. If the family desires a burial in uniform,
obtain a uniform and deliver it to the funeral
home.
V. MEDIA RELATIONS.
It shall be the responsibility of the Chief of Police
or designee to handle all exchanges with the
media regarding funeral arrangements.
VI. CONTINUED FOLLOW-UP WITH THE
FAMILY:
A. The department realizes that we should be
sensitive to the needs of survivors in addition to
the spouse we realize that grief is a process
and that everyone handles grief differently.
Items listed below may also need to be
considered.
1. Remember to invite the surviving
family to the police department
activities. They need continued contact.
2. Close co-workers of the deceased
officer should be encouraged to visit the
home of the family on a regular basis.
3. The Department should maintain
support as long as the family feels the
need for the support. In time, the family
will let you know when they are ready to
move on with their lives without
assistance from the police department.
VII. DEPARTMENT SUPPORT FOR THE
SURVIVING FAMILY AWAITING TRIAL OF THE
SUSPECT IN A HOMICIDE OF A POLICE
OFFICER:
A. It is the department's responsibility to keep
the family informed of all legal proceedings.
B. The Chief of Police or designee will notify the
family of upcoming court proceedings. He/she
should also ensure that the members of the
deceased officer's family are given a detailed
account of the entire incident which led to the
officer's death or serious injury. If any details are
not being released because of legal or
prosecution reasons, this should also be
explained to the family.
C. The family should be encouraged to
attend the trial so they might feel they are
representing the officer's interest.
Page 2 of 3
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Critical Injury/Death of a Member SOP # 50.02
D. The Chief or Police may assign an officer
close to the involved officer's family or to
accompany the family to court. This officer can
assist with transportation as well as suggest to
the family those portions of the trial, which might
be particularly upsetting to them.
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
Original issue: 07/01/07
Page 3 of 3
EAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Honor Guard Function
HONOR GUARD FUNCTION
EFFECTIVE: NOT USED AT THIS TIME E.A.
I. POLICY:
The department has set guidelines to establish and
maintain an Honor Guard Unit to demonstrate
proper respect for departmental members and other
members of the law enforcement community who
have been killed in the line of duty, as well as to
provide positive community relations by participating
in special events.
II. DEFINITIONS
A. Line of Duty Death - The death of a
member of the Lantana Police Department
while performing law enforcement or public
safety duties.
B. Retired Police Department Member -
Members who retire with not fewer than ten
(10) years of service with the department.
C. Honor Guard Supervisor—An
officer designated to supervise and give
commands to the Honor Guard, pallbearers,
and assembled officers during participation in
official departmental ceremonies.
D. Casket Watch - Two uniformed officers
stationed individually at the head and foot of
the casket during the period of visitation, or
viewing of the deceased.
III. PROCEDURE:
A. The Chief of Police will be responsible for
the overall supervision of the Honor Guard.
The Honor Guard shall consist of five
members:
1. One (1) Honor Guard supervisor
2. Four (4) Honor Guard members
B. One officer shall be designated as Squad
Leader. In the absence of the Honor Guard
Supervisor, the Squad Leader will direct and
coordinate the Honor Guard.
C. Officers will be selected for
the Honor Guard on the basis of job
performance, experience (military preferred),
ability, attendance, and appearance.
SOP # 50.03
1.The Chief of Police will select members to
serve on the Honor Guard.
D. Uniform Attire and Equipment: Members
selected to serve on the Honor Guard will be
issued the following equipment and uniforms:
1. One (1) departmental long sleeved
shirt with metal buttons
2. One (1) pair of departmental pants
with black strip
3. One (1) ascot
4. One (1) pair of white gloves
5. One (1) citation cord
6. One (1) pair of shoes with taps
7. One (1) Honor Guard uniform pin
B. One (1) uniform hat with badge
E. Each member shall be required to maintain
all equipment and uniforms in ready condition
at all times.
IV. ACTIVATION OF HONOR GUARD
A. The Honor Guard will be activated for
the death for any active member.
B. The Honor Guard may be activated for
the line of duty death for any law enforcement
officer, the death of a retired department
member, the death of a town official or
employee as determined by the Chief of
Police or designee.
C. The Honor Guard may be activated to
participate in public functions, parades or
ceremonies as determined by the Chief of
Police or designee.
D. Whenever the Honor Guard is activated
it will be the responsibility of the Honor
Guard Supervisor to ensure that the
appropriate Honor Guard members have
been notified.
E. Coordination of Members Funeral Services
1. The Honor Guard Supervisor will be
responsible for coordinating the
department's participation in funeral
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Honor Guard Function SOP # 50.03
ceremonies for any member based on
the wishes of the immediate family of the
deceased.
2. The Honor Guard Supervisor will be
responsible to visit the funeral home,
house of worship, and/or grave site so
that detailed arrangements can be
made concerning the placement of
honor guards, pallbearers, and escort
officers.
3. Based on the approval of
the family of the deceased, a
Honor Guard casket watch
will be provided during
visitation and viewing periods
for members.
V.
F. Coordination of Other Funeral Services
1. It will be the responsibility of the Honor
Guard Supervisor to:
Original Issue: 311/2005
Page 2 of 2
a. Select members of the Honor Guard to
attend
b. Arrange for transportation of the
Honor Guard
c. Arrange for any other uniformed or non -
uniformed personnel who wish to attend
d. Coordinate with the appropriate
agency or representative and comply
with his/her requests concerning
arrangements or procession details.
G. The Honor Guard Supervisor will be
responsible to coordinate the Honor Guard for
all other activities where the Honor Guard has
been activated.
• SON 50.01 Uniforms
• SON 50.02 Line of Duty Death
Garrett J. Ward, Chief of Police
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Court Attendance & Sub
COURT ATTENDANCE & SUBPOENA
SERVICE
EFFECTIVE: 07/01/07
I. POLICY: The department has established
guidelines for accepting witness subpoenas for
members of the department for court and court
related matters. Members will attend at the time
and place prescribed and prior to giving testimony
members will review reports and evidence for cases
summoned. All members will dress appropriately
and testify in a professional and knowledgeable
manner.
A. Subooena - A written command to appear
before a judicial, administrative or legislative
body having the power and authority to summon
witnesses. Included in this definition is the
standard notice to appear used by the 15th
Judicial Circuit, State of Florida in and for Palm
Beach County.
B. Court Liaison - The member designated by
the Chief of Police to accept service of criminal
witness subpoenas per F.S.S. 48.031.
III. COURT RELATED RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. The Chief of Police will designated
a Court Liaison for the department.
1. Administrative Services will accept
witness subpoenas during normal business
hours excluding holidays and weekends.
2. When a subpoena is received by
Administrative Services, the subpoena will
be date stamped and entered into the
subpoena book noting the court, defendant,
date and time for appearance, entry date
and the receiving Administrative Services
member ID #.
B. Administrative Services is not required to
accept service of subpoena:
1.If a member is no longer employed by the
agency;
2. If the member is not scheduled to work
prior to the date the member is required to
SOP # 50.04
appear; or
3. If the appearance date is less than five
(5) days from the date of service.
C. Members will check for subpoenas daily
during scheduled duty hours. Members will
initial the subpoena book when they receive a
subpoena.
D. Members will attend court, depositions, and
filing appointments at scheduled times.
1. A member, while on -duty, will notify the
appropriate court division and/or the
attorney who scheduled the appearance of
any situation that may cause the member to
be late for or miss a court related
appearance and will notify his or her
supervisor.
2. A member, when off-duty, will notify the
appropriate court division and/or the
attorney who scheduled the appearance of
any situation that may cause the member to
be late for or miss a court related
appearance.
3. When a member calls in sick for a shift
and is scheduled for court, deposition or
other legal proceedings for which they have
received a subpoena, the member is
responsible to notify the court division
and/or the attorney who scheduled the
appearance.
E. Prior to attending court or a deposition, the
member will review all facts surrounding his or
her involvement. Testimony will be presented in
a clear, concise, and professional manner.
F. If a member is informed that he or she is a
party to a civil action arising out of departmental
employment, he or she will immediately notify
the Chief of Police through the chain of
command by memorandum.
G. Members are expected to attend court
related activities and in the event members are
late or absent are subject to department
discipline.
IV. CANCELLATIONS, CONTINUANCE, PLEAS,
DISMISSALS:
A. Members receiving notices of cancellation,
Page 1 of 2
GULF STREAM POLICE DEPARTMENT -Court Attendance & Subpoena Service SOP # 50.04
continuance, plea, dismissal, etc., will obtain the
name and telephone number of the canceling
authority and retain the information for his or her
records.
V. VACATION NOTICES:
A. Members anticipating vacation, attending
school or leaves of absence will notify
Administrative Services prior to the anticipated
start of the leave.
Original issue, 07/01/07
B. In the event the case is not continued or
postponed, the subpoenaed member is required
by law to honor the subpoena.
VII. REFERENCES:
F.S.S. 48.031 Service of process generally;
service of witness subpoenas.
SOP # 11.02 Disciplinary Procedures.
• SOP # 50.01 Uniform Attire.
Chief of Police, Chief of Police
Page 2 of 2
TOWN OF GULF STREAM
PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA
Delivered via e-mail
October 14, 2015
Commerce Group, Inc. [mail to: records@commerce-group.com]
Re: GS #1962 (1136)
Provide a copy of all policies that are currently in effect or are in force (or were previously in
effect) relative to the Guo'Stream Police Department for the period beginning January 1, 2010
through October 7, 2015 which are in the possession of the Town of Gulf Stream. The term "Town
of Gulf Stream " shall mean each of the following: the Town of Gulf Stream, its Commissioners,
its Manager, its employees, its Police Department, its Police Officers and its Counsel (including,
without limitation, the following law firms) Sweetapple, Broeker & Yarkus; Richman Greer, PA;
and Jones, Foster, Johnston & Stubbs, (including, without limitation, the attorneys, employees and
partners of each such law firm)
Dear Commerce Group, Inc. [mail to: recordsacommerce-erouo.coml,
The Town of Gulf Stream received your original public records request on October 7, 2015. You
should be able to view your original request at the following link httv://www2.eulf-
stream.ore/weblink/0/doe/67568/Pagel.asyx. In future correspondence, please refer to this public
records request by the above referenced numbers.
The responsive records can be found at the same above link.
We consider this matter closed.
Sincerely, Town Clerk, Custodian of the Records